1 \LDICCT RT 'IFTr 3CHNICAL THOUSAND .1EVIATT* INITIAL? ai ;i! lifornial lonal lity JEB PUBLISHE;:.' B\ . GORDON & so*r;. 13 Ejv.-r '"our.T . . . EAR FIFTH* THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LOS ANGELES i A D A M S' MUSICAL DICTMABY FIFTEEN THOUSAND TECHNICAL WORDS, PHRASES, ABBREVIATIONS, INITIALS, AND SIGNS, EMPLOYED IN cal anb ^Ijjntljmttal ^rt &nfr Snenre, IN NEARLY FIFTY 1NCIENT AND MODERN LANGUAGES. BY JOHN S. ADAMS, AUTHOE OF " FIVE THOUSAND MUSICAL TERMS." NEW-YORK : PUBLISHED BY S. T. GORDON & SON, 13 EAST FOUKTEENTU STREET, NEAK FIFTH AVENUE. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year ISfio, by S. T. GORDOX, 3n the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New York. STEREOTTPED AT THE BOSTON STKKEOTYPE FOUNDRY, .No. 4 Spriag Lane. Music .Eibf3F)t It / R)4 ' y "U- PREFACE. THE author, encouraged by the success of w 5000 Musi- cal Terms," and conscious that the many improvements and additions which the twelve years that have elapsed since the publication of that volume have suggested, are called for in a work of this kind, has endeavored in this " Xew Musical Dictionary," not only to include all that was valuable in his previous work, but, by the addition of upwards of ten thousand words, phrases, &c., fuller and more correct definitions and valuable matter, and by a more systematic arrangement of the whole, to offer a work of far greater value to the public. Every available source of information has been drawn upon, the best authorities carefully consulted and compared, and no means spared to render the book complete, and, as far as possible, reliable. WEST ROXBUKY, MASS., October, 1865. (3) ABBREVIATIONS OF LANGUAGES USED IN THIS WORK, BEING THOSE IN WHICH THE WORDS, TERMS, AND PHRASES ARE WRITTEN, OR FROM WHICH THEY ARE DERIVED. Aby Abyssinian. Afr African. Ara Arabic. Arm Armenian. A. S Anglo-Saxon. Bel Belgian. Ere Breton. Cel Celtic. Cha Chaldaic. Chi Chinese. Cor Cornish. Dan Danish. Dut Dutch. Egy Egyptian. Fre French. Frs Frisian. Gae Gaelic. Ger German. Got Gothic. Grk Greek. Ha\t Hausa (Afr.) Heb Hebrew. Bin. . Hindoo. Hun Hungarian. Ice Icelandic. Iri Irish. Ita Italian. Jap Japanese. Jav Javanese. Lat Latin. Mai Malay. Moo Moorish. Nor Norman. Norw Norwegian. Per Persian. Pol Polish. Por Portuguese. lius Russian. Sco Scotch. Spa Spanish. Swe Swedish. Syr Syriac. Tern Temght (Afr.) Ten Teutonic. Tur Turkish. Wei. . Welsh. JS- The figures at the end of the definitions refer to illustrations in the Appendix. ADAMS' NEW MUSICAL DICTIONARY. A. A (Ita.) To, for, by, at ; the alphabeti- cal name given to the sixth note of the scale of C in ascending, and termed La ; the open note of the second string- of the violin, by which its other strings are tuned and regulated ; the name of that note in our musical system which answers to the lowest sound used by the aucieut Greeks, namely, the Proslambanomenos of the Hyperdorian, or deepest Greek mode, placed by the moderns on the first space in the bass clef; the name of one of the two natural modes. A 2. (Ita.) For two voices ; A 3, for three voices ; A 4, for four voices ; and so on. A above (i Gamut. That A, or that note, which is one tone higher than G gamut. A above the Bags Clef Note. That A, or that note, which is a third higher than the bass clef note. A above the Treble Clef IVote. That A, or that note, which is one note higher than the treble clef note. Aanes. (Grk.) A term applied to modes and tones by modern Greeks. A Archet. (Fre.) With a bow; instru- ments played with a bow, as the viol, violin, &c. Abacus. (Lai.) An ancient instrument for dividing the intervals of an octave. Abacus et Palmulre. (Lat.) The name given to the machinery by which the strings of the ancient polyplectrum were struck. Abacus Harmonious. (Lat.) The struc- ture and disposition of the keys of a mu- sical instrument. A Ilallata. (/la.) In the manner of a ballad ; a chorus repeated at the close of each verse of a song. Abandono ed Espressione, Con. (Ita.) With self -abandon and expression. A Itattuta. (Ita.) By beating, or in strict time, after au ad libitum. Abat Voix. (Fre.) A reflector of the voice. Abbadare. (Ita.) Take care ; pay atten- tion. Abbandonasi. (Ita.) With self-nega- tion and abandonment ; despondingly ; without restraint, making the time subor- dinate to the expression. Abbanclonatamente. (Ita.) Without restraint ; with despondency. Abbandono, Con. (Ita.) Despondingly; with submission. Abbassamento. (Ita..} To pass under ; in music for the harpsichord, piano, and organ, showing that, when playing very rapid passages, sometimes one hand passes over or under the other. Abbassamento di Manp. (Ita.) The falling of the hand in beating time. Abbassamento di Voce. (Ita.) The fall or change of the voice from tenor to bass. Abbellimenti. (Ita.) Ornaments intro- duced to set off a plain melody. Abbilclung der Klaviatur von sech Octaven. (Ger.) A key-board of six octaves. Abblasen. (Ger.) To sound a retreat. Abbreviamento. (Ita.) Shortening. Abbreviare. (Ita.} To abridge ; to shorten. Abbreviation Marks. Oblique strokes which distinguish the eighth, sixteenth, thirty-second notes, &c., when applied to unlilled or white notes, signifying the repetition of the same tone (01. a) ; a diagonal stroke with a dot on each side, signifying a repetition of groups of three or four notes (01. b) ; horizontal cross strokes repeated with the omission of the notes, indicating the repetition of eighths, sixteenths, &c. (61. c) ; a waving line (61. rf), a row of points (61. e\ or a short horizontal stroke (61. /) under each note employed in place of notes when two voices or parts which are parallel in time and run on the same degrees of the staff are to proceed by octaves ; a number of rests so combined as to denote a long pe- riod of silence (01. g) ;. rests placed tlia<- ABB s ACC onally with figitrcs above them, signifying 1 the number of whole notvs the pause is to equal in duration (01. h) ; figures placed upon the staff, indicating- the number of whole notes or measures the silence is to be continued (61. i). Abbreviatur. ( Ger.) Abbreviation. Abbreviature. (Ita.) Contractions or abbreviations in musical notations. Abbreviren. (Ger.) To abbreviate. A be molar. (Spa.) To compose in B flat. Abe 11 tilled. (Ger.} Evening song or hymn. Abriidmuslk. (Ger.) Music at night ; a serenade. Abe mist andchen. ( Ger.) A serenade. A Beneplacito. (Ita.) At pleasure as ; to time. Abermato. (Ger.) Once more. Abertura. (Spa.) Overture. Abf asscn. ( Ger.) To compose. Abftedeln. ( Ger.) To fiddle. Abflngern. ( Ger.) To finger. Abgeigen. (Ger.) To fiddle. Abgcstossen. (Ger.) Detached. Abgestotzen. (Ger.) Staccato. Abgestzt. ( Ger.) Staccato. A bgurgeln. ( Ger.) To carol. Abliauclien. (Ger.) To utter softly. Abllita. (Ita.) Skill; force of under- standing. Abkurzcu. (Ger.) To abridge; to abbre- viate. Abkurzung. (Ger.) Abridgment; ab- breviation. A bkiirzungen. ( Ger.) Abbreviations. Ablude. (Lot.) To play out of tune. Abludo. (Lat.) Playing out of tune. Abnehmend. (Ger.) Diminishing. A ho r afe In. (Ger.) To play off on the organ. Abposamien. (Ger.) To perform on the trumpet. Abqaletken. (Ger.) To whine or squeak out. Abrege des Prlnclpes de Wuxiqnr. (Fre.) The first rudiments of music. A!>r-is.suiig. (Ger.) A sudden stop in singing- or playing. Abrg. An abbreviation of Abridged. Abridgment. A collection, in a small compass, of the chief parts of an overture, oratorio, or other musical work. Abrupt Modulations. Sudden modu- lations into keys which are not closely related to the original key. Absatz. (Ger.) A section, or musical sentence ; stop ; cadence. Absetzen. (Ger.) A style of perform- ance similar to staccato. Absingen. (Ger.) To carol ; to chrinT. Absinguug. (Ger.) Singing ; chanting- ; carolling-. Absomms. Unmusical ; incapable of be- ing tuned. Abspieleu. ( Ger.) To perform on an in- strument. Abstand de Tone. (Ger.) Discordant tones. Abstlmmen. ( Ger.) To tune properly ; to lower or tune down. Abstiiumung. (Ger.) Discordance; dis- sonance. Ab* tossen. ( Ger.) Similar in manner of performance to staccato. Abtonen. (Ger.) To deviate from the right tone. Abtrommeln. (Ger.) To beat on the drum ; to publish by drumming ; to drum forth. Abtrompeten. (Ger.) To perform on the trumpet ; to trumpet forth ; to finish trumpeting. Abnb. (Heb.) A flute or hautboy. Abwechselnd. (Ger.) Alternately ; al- ternating. Abyssinian Flute. A flute nearly the size and shape of the German flute, with the mouthpiece like that of the clarinet, and played upon lengthwise. A Campana Herlda o a Campaiia Tniiida. (Spa.) At the sound of the bell. Acanu. ( Wei.) To chant. A Capella. (Ita.) In the church or chapel style. A Caprlccio. (Ita.) At will; agreeable to the taste of the performer. A Carillon. (Fre.) Musical clocks. Acatalectlc. (Grk.) A verse having the complete number of syllables without de- fect or superfluity. Acathistns. (Grk.) A hymn sung in the ancient Greek church in honor of the Virgin. Ace. An abbreviation of Accompagnamento and Accordeon. Arcade mia Musicale. (Ita.) Musical academy. Acearezzevole. (Ita.) In a persuasive and caressing manner. Accarezxevolmente. (Ita.) Fawning- ly ; persuasively. Accel. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Accele- ratvlo. Acceldo. An abbreviation of Accelerando. Accelerando. (Ita.) With gradually in- creasing velocity of movement. Acceleratamente. (Ita.) Speedily. Accelerate. (Ita.) Accelerated ; with in- creased rapidity. Accent. A stress or emphasis upon a note or passage to mark its place and relative importance in a composition. Accent, l>ead. An expression of tone resulting from boldly attacking a violin, prossimr the bow with a heavy, dead weight upon the strings. ACC ACC Accent, Descriptive. An accent which fully illustrates the various expressions or sentiments of a composition in its most minute points. Accented. Uttered with accent ; notes or those parts of a bar on which the empha- sis or expression naturally falls. Accented ."Votes. In common time the lir.-t and third notes, and in triple time the first note ; notes upon which emphasis is placed. Accent, False. An accent removed from the first note of the bar to the second or fourth. Accent, Grammatical. The stress laid on the accented part of the bar. Accent, Measure. A regular alternation of strong and weak parts in a measure. Accento. (Ita.) Accent. Accentor. An old term, signifying- the performer who took the principal part in a duct, trio, &c. Accent, Oratorical. The emphasis dic- tated by feeling, giving- the music its pe- culiar expression. Accent, Rhythmic. Rhythmical accent. Accent, Rhythmical. A uniform suc- cession of small or large groups or figures of notes symmetrical in their relation to each other. Accents. In old music, verse, or song. Accent uarc. (Ita.) To accentuate; to perform with expressive accentuation. Accentuation. The act of accenting ; the giving to the several notes of a composi- tion their due emphasis, or expression ; the art of placing accents, or of uttering them. Accentuation, Metrical. An elevation of the voice accompanied by the ictus, or stroke of the foot marking it. Accentuate. (Ita.) Distinctly and strong- ly accented. Accentuiren. ( Ger.) To accent. Accentus. (Lot.) Accent. Accessory Notes. Those notes situated one degree above and one degree below the principal note of a turn. Accessory Parts. Accompaniments. Accessory Sounds. Sounds which aid in producing effect in a secondary man- ner ; accessory tones. Accessory Tones. Harmonics ; tones f;iiutly heard in higher octaves, as the principal tone dies away. Accessory Voices. Accompanying voices. Acciaccare. (Ita.) A broken and unex- pected way of striking a chord. Acciaccatura. (Ita.) A species of ar- peggio, expressed by a small note placed before the principal note. Accidens. (Fre.) A term applied to flats, sharps, and naturals, which are found be- fore or after particular notes in the course of a piece. Accidental. An accessory sharp, flat, or natural not appertaining to the original key of the piece. Accidental Chords. Chords containing one or more notes foreign to its proper harmony. Accidental Chromatics. Chromatics employed in preparing the leading note in the minor scale ; chromatics incidentally employed. Accidental Harmonies. The three relatives of the key. Accidental Notes. Notes which do not belong to the harmony. Accidentals. Sharps, flats, and naturals used to change the sound of letters, as the chord, of which these letters are a part, may require. They affect the sound of the letters upon which they are set no farther than the compass of the bar in which they are enclosed. Accidents. Occasional sharps, flats, and naturals placed before notes in the course of a piece. Acclamation. A form of words uttered with vehemence, performed in the later ages of Rome by a chorus of singers in- structed for the purpose. It somewhat resembled a song, and was sometimes ac- companied with applauses made by the hands. Accodato. (Ita.) Accompanied. Accolade. (Fre.) The brace employed to connect two or more staves in piano- forte or harp music, and in scores. At the commencement of a tune, it shows how many parts move together (7). Accom. An abbreviation of Accompagna- mento. Accom. ad Lib. An abbreviation of Ac- companiment ad Libitum. Accomodare. (Ita.) Accommodated or adjusted. Accomp. An abbreviation of Accompani- ment. Accompagnamento. (Ita.) An accom- paniment. Accompagnando. (Ita.) Accompani- ment. Accompagnare. (Ita.) To accompany. Accompagnateur. (Fre.) An accom- panist. Accompaguatore. (Ita.) One who ac. companies. Accompagnatrice. (Fre.) A female ac- companist. Accompagnemena. (Fre.) ACCOUK punimcuts. Accompagnement. (Fre.) An accom- paniment. Accompagner. (Fre.) To accompany; to be the accompanist. Accompagnist. (Ger.) An accompan- ist. Accompanied Madrigals. Those mad- rigals in which the voices are sustained by the piano forte or organ. Accompanied Recitative. Passages in operatic music entirely devoted to pas- sion, but which, for the reason that the ACC 10 AGO mind of the speaker is agitated by a rapid succession of various emotions, are not adapted to any particular strain of length of melody ; a recitative having parts ar- ranged for other instruments la addition to the bass. Accompanied Shake. A shake in the execution of which two fingers are em- ployed, while the other fingers of the same hand play the notes with which the shake is accompanied. Accompanied Style. That style in which the voices are accompanied by the organ, or some other low-toned instru- ment, to sustain the basses. Accompaniment. A part added to n principal, by way of enhancing the effect of the composition. Accompaniment ad Libitum. Use the accompaniment or not, at pleasure. Accompaniment, Arpeggio. An ac- companiment, the passage* of which con- sist chieliy of the notes of the several chords, taken in returning successions. Accompaniment, Divided. A mode of accompaniment in which the intervals arc taken by both hands always maintaining the distance required by th'eir rules. Accompaniment Obligate. The ac- companiment must be used. Accompaniment of the Scale. The harmony assigned to the series of notes forming" the diatonic scale, ascending and descending. Accompaniment, Pulsatile. An ac- companiment consisting of regular and monotonous repetitions of the chords. Accompaniments. Instrumental parts in a composition which do not include the principal or principals, but which are added to relieve them, to supply the necessary chasms, fill up the harmony, decorate and variegate the motive, arid heighten the general effect. Accompanist. The person playing the accompaniment. Accompany. The act of performing the accompanying part. Accomp. Obto. An abbreviation of Ac- companiment Obligate. Accomps. An abbreviation of Accom- paniments. Accopiate. (It a.) The union of two parts. Accorciare. (Ita.) To contract; to abridge. Accorciatnra. (Ita.) Abridgment. Accord. (Fre.) A chord; to agree in pitch and tone. Accordable. (Fre.) Tunable. Accordamento. (Ita.) Consonance ; nni- non ; harmony of parts. Accordando. (Ita.) Tuning : in tune. Accordant. (Fre.) In concord; in uni- son. Accordare. (/to.) To tune ; to agree in sound. Accordato. (Ita.) Harmony ; tuned. Accordatore. (Ita.) A tuner. Accordatrice. (Ita.) A woman who tunes. Accordatura. (Ita.) The scale of notes, according to which the open strings of any instrument arc tuned. Accordeon. An instrument held in the hands while played upon, the sounds !>:- ing produced by a current of air from the drawing and closing of bellows acting upon metallic springs. Accorder. (Fre.) To tune an instrument. Accorder wn Piano. (Fre.) To tune a piano. Accordenr. (Fre.) A tuner. Accordi. (Ita.) Play again the chords. According. An harmonious blending of various parts. Accordion. (Fre.) An accordeon. Accordior. (Fre.) A tuner. Accordiren. (Ger.) To accord. Accordo. (Ita.) A chord ; a viol of twelve or fifteen strings, several of which were sounded at once, and made harmony at every stroke of the bow. Accords Sons de la Harpe. (Frf.) Tones of the harp. Accozzamente. (Ita.) A striking to- gether. Accres. An abbreviation of Accresci- mento. Accre scere . ( Ita . ) To increase ; to augment. Accrescimento. (Ita.) An increase, or augmentation, of a sound. Accresciuto. (Ita.) Superfluous ; aug- mented in respect to intervals. Accts. An abbreviation of Accompani- ments. Acelerndamente. (Spa.) Speedily; swiftly. A Cemb. An abbreviation of A Cembalo. A Cembalo. (Ita.) For the harpsichord. Acento. (Spa.) Accent ; a modulation of the voice. Acetabnlnm. (Lot.) An ancient instru- ment of music. Acht. (Ger.) Eight. Achte. (Ger.) Octave ; eighth. Achtel. (Ger.) Quavers. Achtelnote. (Ger.) A quaver. Achtstimmig. (Ger.) For eight voices. Achtzehate. (Ger.) Eighteenth. Achtzehn. (Ger.) Eighteen. A Chula. (Ita.) A Portuguese dance, resembling the fandango. A Cinque. (Ita.) For five voices or in- struments. Aeoemetse. (Grk.) An order of ancient monks who performed their religious offices (chiefly consisting of singing) both night and day. Acolytes. (Grk.) Persons employed in the musical services of the Romish church ; acolythi. AGO 11 ADE Aeoljrthl. (Grit.) Young 1 persons em- ployed in the Komish church to light the tapers, carry the candlesticks at the cele- bration of all offices in which music and sinjjin" 1 are introduced, to prepare the several articles used in the mass, and oc- casionally to chant in the choirs. Acoly thia. ( Grk.) The order of service observed in the Greek church ; hymns, psalms, &c., of which that service is prin- cipally composed. Acompanamiento. (Spa.) Accompani- ment. Acompanar. (Spa.) To sing or play in concert with others. A Compas. (Spa.") Ill true musical time. Acordar. (Spa.) To tune musical instru- ments. Acorde. (Spa.) Harmony of sounds. Acostlca. (Spa.) Acoustics. Acousmate. (Fre.) The sound of instru- ments or voices heard in the air. Acoustics. (Grk.) The science of sound, by a knowledge of which we are enabled to determine the relations of tones, and the ratios of the harmonic intervals, as produced by the various vibrations of dif- ferent chords, and sonorous bodies. Acoustic Vessels. Brazen tubes or ves- sels, shaped like a bell, used in ancient theatres to propel the voice of the per- formers so as to render them audible at a great distance, in some theatres at the distance of four hundred feet. Acoustique. (Fre.) Acoustics. Acroteleutic. (Grk.) Noting an addition to a psalm, or to a hymn, as a doxology. Acte de Cadence. (Fre.) A cadence. Acteur. ( Fre.) Actor. Action, Double Pianoforte. The ac- tion of a pianoforte in which a second or under hammer is employed, and by which the velocity of the first is multiplied. Action, Pianoforte. The mechanism of a pianoforte, consisting of several small, interposed parts, by which the pressure of the finger upon each key is to be transmitted in the most effective man- ner through the hammer to the corre- sponding string. Actor. A singer whose profession it is to represent human nature by action, speech, and musical intonation. Actress. A female actor. Actrice. (Fre.) Actress. Acts. Parts of an opera or musical enter- tainment, the separations of which from each other form the first and grand divis- ion of the piece. Act Tunes. Pieces performed between the different acts of any theatrical play. Aculte. (Fre.) Acuteness. Acumen. (Lnt.) The fullest or keenest sound of the voice ; the power of nicely discriminating fine or acute sounds. Acustlca. (Ita.) Auditory. Acustico. (Ita.) Acoustics ; auditory. Acustik. (Ger.) Acoustics. Acusttsch. (Ger.) Acoustic. Acute. A term applied to any sound that is sharp, or high, in respect to some other sound. Acuteness. Elevation or sharpness of sound. Ad. (Lat.) At; to; for; by. Adag. An abbreviation of Adagio. Adagietto. (Ita.) Somewhat adagio. Adagio. ( Ita. Ger. and Fre.) The second degree, from slow to quick ; noting a per- formance not only slow, but graceful and embellished ; tender and plaintive in style. Adagio- Adagio. (Ita.) A double re- tardation of time, nearly as slow as grave, and twice as slow as adagio. Adagio Assai. (Ita.) Extremely slow and expressive. Adagio Cautabile e Sostenuto. (Ita.) The air or movement to be executed in a slow time, with graceful, ornamental, aud sustained expression. Adagio fttalto. (Ita.) Very slow and expressive. Adagio non Troppo. (Ita.) Not too slow. Adagio Patetico. (Ita.) In a slow time, aud with plaintive expression. Adagio poi Allegro. (Ita.) Slow, then quick. Adagio quasi una Fantasia. (Ita.) An adagio similar to a fantasia. Adagiosissimo. (Ita.) Very slow. Adagio Sosteuuto. (Ita.) A sustained adagio. Adagissimo. (Ita.) Extremely glow. Ada'o. An abbreviation of Adagio. Adaptation. An harmonious conjunction of words to music ; a concord of senti- ment in the words aud the melody. Adapte a une Clef. (Fre.) Keyed. Adasio. (Ita.) Adagio. Adattare. (Ita.) Adapted. Adattaxione. (Ita.) Adaptation. Ad Captandum. (Lat.) In a light and brilliant style. Added Lines. Short lines, either above or below the staff, used when more than nine degrees are wanted ; ledger lines (4). Added ]Votes. Notes written upon or between the added or ledger lines. Added Sixth. A sixth added to a funda- mental chord. Additato. (Ita.) Fingered. Addition. The extra duration given to notes by affixed dots. Additional Keys. Those keys of a pianoforte which lie above or below the former compass of the instrument. Addolorato. (Ita.) With sadnest. Asitre. (Fre.) In time; synony- mous with the Italian words A tempo. A-la-mi-re. (Ita.) A method to determine the key of A by its dominant and subdom- iuant, A E D. " In the Guidonian scale it is the octave above a-re, or A in the first space in the bass. A 1' Antique. (Fre.) Antique; in the style of the ancients. AlaPolacca. (Ita.) In the style of the Polish music. Alarum Trumpet. In military service, the trumpet that sounds the onset. Albada. (Spa.) A morning serenade. Albert! Bass. A bass formed by taking the notes of chords in arpeggios, so failed because invented by Domiuico Albert!. Albosue. (Spa.) A sort of pastoral flute ; a style of martial music played with cym- bals. Albognero. (Spa.) One who makes or plays on Albogues, or pastoral flutes. Alborada. (Spa.) Music of a morning serenade. Alcaics. Several kinds of verse, one of which consists of live feet, H spondee or iambic, an iambic, a long syllable, and two dactyls. Alcmanlan Verse. A verse consisting of six anapests or their equivalents, want- ing the last two syllables. Aleliiya. (Spa.) Hallelujah. Alemaua. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Alexandrian Verse. A verse consisting of twelve syllables, or twelve and thirteen alternately. Al Fine. (Ita.) To the end. Al Fine e poi Coda. (Ita.) At the close of the piece perform the coda. Aliquot Tones. Accessory tones, or har- monics ; tones indistinctly heard, which are always produced with the principal tone, at harmonic intervals above it. A 1'ltalienne. (Fre.) In the Italian style. A Livre Ouvert. (Fre.) At sight; lit- erally, at the opening of the book. All'. An abbreviation of AUa. Alia. (Ita.) To the ; in the style of. All' Antica. (Ita.) In the ancient style. Alia Breve. (Ita.) A term employed to indicate a quick species of common time, formerly used in church music. Alia Caccia. (Ita.) In the hunting style. Alia Camera. (Ita.) In the chamber style. Alia Capella. (Ita.) In the sacred or church style. Alia IHritta. (Ita.) "With the right hand. Alia >fadre. (Ita.) Songs and hymns to the Virgin Mary. Alia ^faniera Turca. (Ita.) In the Turkish manner. Alia >Iarcia. (Ita.) In the style of a march. Alia jMente. (Ita.) A sort of counter- point which is suug at sight in chorus. Alia Militaire. (Ita.) In * martial style. Alia Moderna. (Ita.) In the present or modern stylo. Alia MorUcn. (Ita.) In the Moorish style. Alia Palestrina. (Ita.) An air in thtf style of Palestriua. Alia Polacca. (Ita.) In the style of Polish dance-music. Alia Ri versa. (Ita.) In an opposite di- rection. Alia Roversclo. (Ita.) In contrary or reverse movement. AllaRnsse. (Ita.) Resembling Russian music. Alia Scozzese. (Ita.) In the Scottish style. Alia Sicilians. (Itu.) In the manner of Sicilian dance music. Alia Stretta. (Ita.) Increasing the time ; accelerating the degree of movement. Alia Tedesca. (Ita.) In the German style. Alia Turca. (Ita.) In the Turkish style. Alia Venezlana. (Ita.) In the style of Venetian music. Alia Zingaresa. (Ita.) la the Gypsey style. ALL 15 ALL Alia Zoppa. (Ita.) In a constrained and limping style. Alia 3za. (Ita.) A sign which, when above the staff, implies that with each of the tones indicated by the succession of notes, a higher tone, at the distance of a third, is to DC played, and when below the staff, a tone lower at the same distance. Alia 6ta. A sign which, when above the staff, implies that with each of the tones indicated by the succession of notes, a higher tone, at the distance of a sixth, is to be played, and when below the staff, a tone lower at the same distance. Alle. (Ita.) To the ; in the style of. Allegramente. (Ita.) With quickness. Allegraiite. (Ita.) Joyous ; mirthful. Allegrativo. (Ita.) Gladdening ; divert- ing; blithe. Allegretto. (Ita.) Somewhat cheerful, but not -so quick as allegro. Allegretto Scherzaiido. (Ita.) Mod- erately playful and vivacious. Allegrezza. (Ita.) Joy. Allegrezza, Con. (Ita.) With cheerful- ness. Allegria. (Ita.) Joy, mirthfulness. Allegri di Bravnra. (Ita.) Brilliant and effective compositions. Allegrissimo. (Ita.) Extremely quick and lively. The superlative of Allegro. Allegro. (Ita.) Quick ; lively ; a rapid and vivacious movement, but frequently modified by the addition of other words. Allegro Agitato. (Ita.) Quick, with anxiety and agitation. Allegro Appassionato. (Ita.) Vehe- mently joyful. Allegro Assai. (Ita.) Very quick. Allegro Brillaiite. (Ita..) An allegro . intended for a brilliant style of execution. Allegro Comodo. (Itu.) With a con- venient degree of quickness. Allegro con Brio. (Ita.) Quick, with brilliancy. Allegro con Brioso. (Ita.) Joyful and bold. Allegro con Fuoco. (Ita.) Quick, with fire and animation. Allegro con Fuocoso. (Ita.) Very an- imated. Allegro con Moltisslmo Moto. (Ita.) A very quick allegro. Allegro con Moto. (Ita.) Quick, with more than the usual degree of movement. Allegro con Spirito. (Ita.) Quick, ./ with spirit. i/Allegro di Bravnra. (Ita.) Quick, dashing, and brilliant. Allegro di Molto. (Ita.) Exceedingly quick. Allegro Fnrioso. (Ita.) Quick, with fury. Allegro Gaio. (Ita.) An allegro of a gay, spirited style. Allegro, ma Grazioso. (Ita.) Quick, but gracefully. Allegro, ma non Presto. (Ita.) Quick, but'uot to excess. Allegro, ma noil Troppo. (Ita.) Quick, but with moderation. Allegro Moderate. (Ita.) Moderate Allegro. Allegro lUolto. (Ita.) Extremely quick. Allegro non Molto. (Ita.) Not very quick. Allegro 11011 Tnnto. (Ita.) Not too quick. Allegro Veloce. (Ita.) Quick to abso- lute velocity. Allegro Vivace. (Ita.) With vivacity ; rapidly. Allegro Vivo. (Ita.) With great life *nd energy. Allegrucio. (Ita.) Good humored ; sprightly. Alleiusang. (Ger.) A solo. Alleiiisiinger. (Ger.) A solo singer. Alleiiispiel. (Ger.) A solo. Alleinspieler. (Ger.) One who plays a solo. Alleluia. (Fre.) Hallelujah. Allelujah. (Heb.) An ascription of praise ; hallelujah. Allemande. (Fre.) A slow dance or melody in common time of four crotchets in each measure. Alleutando. (Ita.) Decreasing the time unto the close. Allerameuto. (Ita.) A breathing time ; a respite. All' Espagnuola. (Ita.) In the Spanish style. Alle Stimmen Ziehen. (Ger.) To draw out all the stops. Allgtto. An abbreviation of Allegretto. Allied Tones. Accessory tones; beitones. Allievo. (Ita.) A pupil. All' Improviso. (Ita.) Suddenly. All' Improvista. (Ita.) Without pre- vious study ; unpremeditatedly. All' Iiiglese. (Ita.) In the English style. All' Italiana. (Ita.) In the Italian stylo. Alliteration. The frequent recurrence of the same note or passage. Allmahlich. (Ger.) Little by little. Allo. (Ita.) To the ; in the style of; an abbreviation of Allegro. Al I^oco. (Ita.) \ term referring 1 the player to some previous place ia the piece. All' Ongarese. (Ita.) In the Hunga- rian manner. Allonger. (Fre.) To develop ; to lengthen. Allongez 1'Archet. (Fre.) Give de- velopment to the bow; lengthen the strokes of the bow. ALL 16 ALT All' Ottava. (Jta.) In the octave ; an ex- pression in scores directing one part to play in the octave above or below another. All' Ottava Alt*. (Jta.) In the octave above. All' Ottava liassa. (/la.) In the octave below. All' Roversico. (/to.) By a contrary or opposite movemeut. All' Segno, (/la.) To the sign. Alltto. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Alle- gretto. All' I'nisono. (Ita.) In unison, or occa- sionally in octaves. All' 8va. An abbreviation of All' ottava. Alma. (Ara.) The name given in some parts of the East, especially in Egypt, to girls skilled in singing and dancing, who are employed by the rich to give instruc- tion in these accomplishments, and by :!! classes to furnish amusement at entertain- ments and shows, or to sing dirges and utter lamentations at funerals. Almniii. An air in common time. Almauda. A certain air or tune where the measure is in common time, ami the movemeut slow. Alma Redemptoris. (Lot.) A hymn to the Virgin Mary. Almees. (.-Ira.) Arabian girls who arc in attendance upon Moorish coffee-houses for the purpose of dancing, and singing melodies known by the general name Chabatis. Almehs. (Tnr.) Singing and dancing girls ; the Almees of the Arabs. Alphabet. The seven letters used in music. When either part exceeds these seven, either ascending or descending, the series is repeated iu the same order. Alpine Horn. An instrument made of the bark of a tree, and used to eonvey sounds to a great distance. Al Rigore di Tempo. (Ita.) In rigor- ously strict time. Al Rovescio. (Ita.) In reversed order. A la Rugae. (Fre.) In the Russian style. Al Seg. An abbreviation of Al Segno. Al Segno. ( Ita.) A mark (42) signifying that the performer must return to a simi- lar character in the course of the move- ment, and pl;;y from that place to the word jine, or a mark over a double bar (4o). Alt. (Ita.) High; an expression applied to those notes which lie between F, on the fifth line in the treble staff, and G, on the fourth ledger line above. Alta. (Ita.) Higher. Alta. (Spa.) A dance formerly common in Spain. Alta- Viola. (Ita.) A counter tenor viol. Alt Clarinet. A large clarinet, curved near the mouth-piece, and a fifth deeper than the ordinary clarinet. Alt era Prima l>onna. (Ita.) The two principal female singers. Alterata. (Ita.) One of the terms given by the old theorists to the first deviation from the ecclesiastical modes. Alteratio. (I^at.) Formerly applied to the doubling the value of a note. AlteratI Snoni. (Itn.) Sounds raised or lowered by flats and sharps. Alterato. (Ita.) Augmented, with respect to intervals. Altere. (Fre.) Augmented with regard to intervals. Altered A'otes. Notes changed or varied by accidentals being placed before them. Altered Triads. The diatonic dissonant triad, with its third sometimes flattened and sometimes sharpened. Alteruamente. (It.i.) Each part to be performed alternately. Alternations. Changes rung on bells. Alteruativemeuto. (Ita.) To sing the parts of two songs alternately. Alternativo. (Ita.) Proceeding alter- nately from one movement to another. -VH-Gcige. (Ger.) The tenor violin. Alti. (Ita.) High ; the plural of Alto. Altisonante. (Ita.) Loud sounding. Alt isouous. High sounding ; a term used in the sixteenth century to denote the highest of the parts intended for the natural adult male voice ; altisonant. Altiss. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Altissimo. Altisslmo. (Ita.) Extremely high as to pitch ; a term applied to all notes situated above F in alt ; i. c., those notes which are more than an octave above F ou the fifth line in the G, or treble cleff. Altista. (Ita.) One who has an alto or counter tenor voice. Altiste. (Fre.) One having an alto or counter tenor voice. Altitonans. (Lat.) High sounding. Alto. (Itn.) In vocal music, the counter tenor, or highest male voice ; the part for the tenor in instrumental music. Alto Clef. The C cleff on the third line of the staff (50). Alto Concertante. (Ha.) The tenor of the little chorus which continues through- out the piece. Alto Concertina. A concertina having the compass of the viola. Alto Flauto. (Ita.) A tenor flute used in bands. Alto Octavo. (Ita.) An octave higher. Alto Primo. (Ita.) The highest alto. Alto Ripieuo. (Ita.) The tenor of the great chorus, which is performed at some particular place, or iu the full parti of a composition. Alto Secondo. (Ita.) The lowest alto. Alto Tenore. (Ita.) The highest tenor. ALT 17 AMU Alto Trombone. A trombone having 1 a compass from the small c or e to the one-lined a or two-lined c, and noted in the alto clef. Alto Viola. (Ita.) The counter tenor viol. Ambrosianns Cantns. (Lot.) Ambrv sian Chant. Ambubaje. The name of a society of strolling flute-players among the ancient Greeks. AltoViollno. (Ita.) Counter tenor viol, Ame. (Fre.) The sound-post of a violin, or small tenor viol, on which the alto may be played. Altra. (Ita.) Other ; another. Altrl. (Ita.) Others. Altro. (Ita.) Other ; another. Altro Modo. or mode. (Ita.) Another manner, Alt-Schlusflel. ( Ger.) The C clef on the third line. Altos. (Ita.) The upper or counter tenor. Alt-Vlole. (Ger.) The tenor violin. Alt-Zeteh.cn. (Ger.) The C cleff on the third line. A 1'Unisson. (Fre.) In unison ; unisonant. Alzamentp. (Ita.) An elevating of the voice ; a lifting up. Alzamento di Mano. (Ita.) To ele- vate the hand in beating time. Alzamento di Voce. (Ita.) To elevate the voice. Al. Zop. An abbreviation of Alia Zoppa. Amabile. (Ita.) Amiably. Amabillta. (ita.) In an amiable or af- fectionate manner. Amabillta, Con. (Ita.) With amiability. tenor, &c. Amen. (Ileb.) So be it ; truly; verily; a word used as a termination to psalms, hymns, and other sacred music. Amen Chorus. A chorus in which the word Amen forms the principal theme. Ameno. (Ita.) Pleasing ; sweet ; charm- ing. Amenochord. An instrument resembling a harpsichord and piano forte. American Fingering. The use of the sign X * indicate the thumb in piano playing, in distinction from the German or foreign fingering, in which the thumb is calico the first finger. AMezzaAria. (Ita.) A melody of mod- erate compass ; a style partly recitative. A Mezza di Voce. (Ita.) In a soft, sub- dued tone ; a swell of the voice. A Mezzo Manico. (Ita ) In violin play- ing, the placing of the hand near the mid- dle of the neck. A Mezzo Voce. (Ita.) In a soft, subdued tone. Amflmacro. (Spa.) An amphimacer. Amisll. ( Tern.) The voice. Ammaestratore. (Ita.) An instructor. A Major. That key, in modern music, in j Ainmaestratrice. (Ita.) An instructress, xth diatonic tone is assumed I Ammodulato . (/to .) Tuned. A Moll. (Ger.) The key of A minor. A Molto Cori. (Ita.) Full choruses; a collection of choruses. Amore. (Ita.) lu a tender, gentle style. Amore, Con. (Ila.) With tenderness and delicacy. music, but not engaged in it as u profes! Amoreyole. (Ita.) Soft; gentle ; tender g j on as relates to style. Amatenr Concert. A performance of Amore volmente. (Ita.) With extreme music by a person or persons skilled in lon ' as the fundamental tone of the major key. Amarevole. ably. Amarczza. (Ita.) tion. Amarezza, Con. (Ita.) With sorrow. Amatenr. One versed in, or a lover of, (Ita.) Affectionately; ami- Bitterness and afflic- music, but not regularly engaged in the profession. Amati. Name applied to violins made by A Morisco. (Ita.) In the style of the Moorish or Morris dance. Amorosamente. (Ita.) In a tender and the brothers Amati, in Italy, about t he year ! affectionate manner. 1050, and much esteemed by amateurs, j Amoroso. (Ita.) To be performed in a They are rather smaller than violins of| soft, delicate style. the present day, and are easily recognized hn An In8trumen t of the by the.r pecuhar sweetness oi tone. ^pskhord and piano forte class. Amonsilcos. (Grk.) Unmusical ; a term of reproach among the ancient Greeks, im- plvino- a deficiency of nutunil firmness in the organs of sound, or of their proper cultivation. Amphibrach. A metrical foot consisting of three syllables or tones, the middle one long, or accented, and the others short, or unaccented. Amphimacer. (Grk.) A metrical foot of three syllables or tones, the middle one short, or "unaccented, the others long, or by their pei Amautes. Persons who composed the songs and plays with which the Incus of Peru in ancient times amused their sub- jects on festive occasions. Ambitus. (Lat.) A word once used to signify the distance between the highest and lo'west notes. Ambo. (Lat.) The desk at which the canons were sung in the early ages. Ambon. (Fre.) The ambo. Ambrosian Chant. The chant intro- duced by St. Ambrose into the church at Milan, in the fourth century. 2* accented. ANA 18 ANG Amusement. A light, pleasing composi- tion, employed in a course of study as an exercise. Anacamptle. (Grk.) The name "riven by the ancient Greeks to sounds produced by reflection, as in echoes. Anacamptos. (Grk.) A course of ret- rograde or reflected notes ; notes proceed- ing downwards, or from acute to grave. Auaclastlc Glass. A thin glass vial of the form of a tunnel, having a very large bottom, which is made convex or con- cave by an application of the performer's mouth to the orifice, and blowing or draw- ing the air, the passing from one form to another being productive of a very loud noise. Anacreontic. (Grit.) In a bacchanalian, free and easy style ; a verse consisting of three feet and a half foot, the first a spondee, iambus, or anapest, the others usually iambuses or spondees. Aiianl. (Spa.) A musical pipe used by the Moors. Anafilero. (Spa.) A player on the anaOl. Anagaza. (Spa.) A bird-call. Analyse. (Fre.) An analysis. Aiialyzatlon. The division of a musical composition into its chords or parts for the purpose of examining each, and ascer- taining the manner of the construction of the piece. Ananes. (Grk.) The modes or tones of the ancient Greek church. Anapest. (Grk.) A metrical foot consist- ing of two short or unaccented syllables or tones, followed by one long or a'cccnted tone. Anapesto. (Spa.) An anapcst. Anaphora. An old term denoting the immediate repetition of a passage. Anborung. (Ger.) Hearing. Anche. (Fre.) The reed or mouth-piece of the clarinet, oboe, or of any other in- strument formed of tubes or pipes. Anche d'Orgue. (Fre.) A reed stop of an organ. Ancher. (Fre.) To reed a musical instru- ment. Ancia. (Ita.) The reed of the oboe, bas- soon, &c. Ancient Flute. An instrument composed of two tubes with a mouth-piece attached. Ancient Modes. The modes or scales of the ancient Greeks and Komans. Ancient Signatures. A term given to a deviation produced when, instead of the complete series of sharps or flats of the signature, the last sharp or flat is sup- pressed, and inserted as an accidental when requisite. Ancllla. (Lot.) Sacred shields on which the ancient Greeks beat the time of their music at public festivals. Ancora. ( fta.) Once more ; repeat again. Ancorada Capo. (Ita.) From the com- mencement again. Andacht. (Ger.) Devotion. Andfichtlg. (Ger.) Devout. Aiidamento. (fta.) An accessory idea which the composer introduces in a fugue to relieve the subject and its answers, and to produce variety. Andante. (Ita.) A slow and distinct movement ; a performance not having any prominent or peculiar feature. Andante Aflettuoso. (Ita.) Slow, and with much pathos. Andante Amabile. An andante ex- pressive of affection. Andante Cantabile. (Ita.) Slow, and in a pleasing, melodious style. Andante, Con Itloto. (Ita.) Slow, but faster than andante. Andante Grazloso. (Ita.) Slow, but gracefully. Andante L,nrgo. (Ita.) Slow, distinct, and exact. Andante Maestoso. (Ita.) Slow, and with majesty. Andante, ma non troppo, e con Trlstezza (Ita.) Hot too slow, but with pathos. Andante, non troppo. (Ita.) Slow, but not in excess. Andante Pastorale. (Ita.) Slow, in a simple and pastoral style. Andante, plu tosto Allegretto. (Ita.) Andante, or rather allegretto. Andante, quasi Allegretto. (Ita.) Andante, nearly as rapid as allegretto. Aiidantino. (Ita.) A little slower than andante. Andaiitino Sostennte e Sempllre- mente, 11 Canto un poco pin Forte. (Ita.) In a sustained and simple stylo, with the melody somewhat louder than the other notes. Anduo. An abbreviation of Andaiitino. Androldes. Musical automaton figures NO constructed us to puribrm on musical instruments. Andte. An abbreviation of Andante. Aneanes. (Grk.) The modes and tones of the ancient Greeks. Aiicmochord. (Grk.) ..Eolian harp. Anfang. (Ger.) Commencement. Anf anger. (Ger.) Beginner. Aiifiinjjsjjrundc. (Ger.) The elements or principles. Anf a lips Ritornell. (Ger.) An intro- ductory symphony to an air, &c. Anfibraco. (Spa.) Amphibrach. Anfunregespan. (Ger.) Teacher. Anf uhrer. ( Ger.) Conductor ; director ; guide. Angellqne. (Fre.) Angelot, an instru- ment ot the lute kind. Angelot. A musical instrument having fioini) resemblance to the lute. Angcinesscu. (Gtr.) Suitable. ANG 19 ANT Angkloung. (Jar.) A rude instrument of tlie Javauese, made of different lengths of bamboo, fastened to a strip of wood. Aiiglaisc. (Fre.) A tune adapted for a country dance ; in the English style. Angosciosamente. (Ita.) Anxiously ; apprehensively. Angstlich. (Ger.) Timid. Anhaltend. (Ger.) Holding 1 out. Anhaltende Cadenz. (Cur.} A pedal note or organ point. Auhang. ( Ger.) An adjunctive member to a musical sentence ; a species of coda. Anhitnglich. (Ger.) Attached. Aiihiinglichkeit. ( Ger.) Attachment. Aninia. (fta.) In an animated manner; lively ; spirited ; the sound-box of an in- strument. Anima, Con. (Tta.) With animation and feeling. Anima di IMtnsica. (Tta.') Animated music ; to perform with full power and feeling. Animas. (Spa.) The ringing of a 1>ell in the Roman Catholic church for prayers for souls in purgatory. Animate, (Ita.) Performed with bold- ness and spirit. Anime. (Fre.) Animated. Anlmo. (Ita.) Animated ; in a lively, spirited manner. Animo, Con. (Ita.) With boldness. Anlmoso. (Ita.) In an animated manner. Aniversario. (Spa.) A mass celebrated on the anniversary of a person's death. Anklang. (Ger.) Sound produced by the collision of sonorous bodies ; intonation. Anklingeln. (Ger.) To tingle or tinkle. Anklingen. (Ger.) To accord. Anlage. ( Ger.) The plan or outline of a composition. Anleit ui*g. ( Ger.) An introduction. Anmuth. (Ger.) Agreeableness. Anmuthig. (Ger.) Agreeable. Annulaire. (Fre.) Third finger. Anomalies. False scales or intervals, which exist in keyed instruments, from their being incapable of a true and perfect temperament. Anomalous. The third of the diatonic dissonant triad, sometimes flattened and sometimes sharpened, thus forming al- tered triads, termed by the Germans anomalous. Anomalous Chord. A chord in which some intervals are greater or less than those of the fundamental chord. Anomalous Triads. Altered triads. Anoner. (Fre.) To perform in a hesi- tating; manner. Ansatz. (Ger.) The mouth-piece of a wind instrument. Ansel* lag- (Ger.) The percussion of a discord. Ansprache. (Ger.) Intonation. Aiistimmcn. (Ger.) To begin to sing i to sound an instrument. Anstimmung. ( Ger.) Intonation; tuning. Answer. To act reciprocally, as the strings of an instrument to the hand j a reverberated sound ; an echo. Antecedent. The subject of a fugue, or of a point of imitation. Ante-Chapel. That portion of the chapel leading to the choir. Anth. An abbreviation of Anthem. Anthem. A vocal composition in the sa- cred style, the words of which are gen- erally selected from the Psalms. Anthema. (Grk.) A dance practised much by the Grecians, in which they sang whi'e dancing. Anthem, Choral. An anthem in a pim- ple, slow, measured style, in the manner of a choral. Anthem, Full. An anthem consisting wholly of chorus. Anthem, Instrumental. An anthem furnished with accompaniments for vari- ous instruments. Anthem, Solo. An anthem consisting of solos and choruses, without verse. Anthem, Verse. An anthem containing verse and chorus, but beginning in verse. Anthem, Verse and Chorus. An an- them consisting of verse and chorus, but beginning in chorus. Anthem-wise. In the style of anthem singing. Antibracchins. A metrical foot of three syllables, the first two long, or accented, the last short, or unaccented. Anticipating Grace. An embellishing note which forestalls the succeeding note. Anticipation. The taking of a note or chord previous to its natural and expected place. Anticipazione. (Ita.) The introduction into a chord of any note or notes which are to form a part of the chord immedi- ately following ; the action of the voice or finger, by which a following note is sounded before its regular time. Antico, All'. (Ita.) In the ancient style. Antienne. (Fre.) Anthem. Aiitif ona. (Ita. and Spa.) Anthem. Aiitifonal. (Spa.) A book of anthems. Antifonario. (Ita. and Spa.) Anthem book ; singer. Antifonero. (Spa.) A precentor. Antifoni Suoni. (Ita.) Notes which, though distant one or more octaves from one another, are yet alternate concords among themselves. Antl-9f usical. Opposed to music ; hav- ing no ear for music. Antipaato. (Spa.) A foot of Latin verse consisting of four syllables, the first and ANT 20 APP last of which are short, and the second and third long. Antiphona. (Grk.) An anthem. Antlphoiial. Relating to antiphony ; the chanting of Scripture ; a book of anthems ; an antiphonary. A lit I pHo nar. An antiphonary. Aiitiplioiiarium. A volume containing the responses made by one side of the choir to the chants of the other. Antiphonary. A service book of the Catholic church in which the antiphonies were written ; a responsory. Antlphone. (Grk.) Responses marie by one part of the choir to another, or by the congregation to the priest, in the Roman Catholic service ; in Greek music, the in- terval of the octave whose ratio is half. Antiplionel. Na-.ne given by Debain to an automaton pianist contrived by him. Antlphonler. (Fre.) A book of an- thems ; antiphonal. Aiitiplioniziurif. Singing in octaves. Antiphous. Dialogues on pacred sub- jects, chanted by tlie choirs of the early Christian church. AiitipUony. Short passages, sometimes t;iken from the Scripture, chanted or sung at religious festivals by each side of the choir alternately ; a response. Aiitistrofa. (Spa.) An ancient dance. Antistrophe. Or!;.) The second couplet of the periods of the ancient Greek WW> ; that .part of a song or dance performed by turning from left to right in opposition to the strophe, which was from right to left. A lit ii iic ii. ( Ger.) To begin to sound. Ant.ro inmeln. (Ger.) To begin to drum. Aiitrompeten. (Ger.) To trumpet. Anivachsend. (Ger.) Increasing. A Otto Voci. (Ita.) For eight voices. Apagador. (Spa.) A piece of cloth placed on the jack of a harpsichord to deaden the echo of the chords. Apagar la Vox. (Spa.) To put a mute on a stringed instrument. A Parte. (Itn.) On the side of. A Parte Egnale. (Ita.) A term used to designate 'two or more performers who sustain an equally difficult and important part; any musical performance where the voices or instruments are equally promi- nent. A Passo a Passo. (Ita.) Step by step ; slowly ; regularly. Apelde. (Spa.) The morning bell in a Franciscan convent. Aperto. (lt-i.) Open; an adjective some- times used to indicate thii employment of the damper pedal. Apertus. (Lot.) An open canon. Aphonous. Being destitute of voice. Aphony. A loss of voice. A Piaeere. (Ita.) At the pleasure of the performer. A Piaclmeiito. (/to.) Subject to the taste of the performer. Apicnl. (Ita.) A term applied to those sounds which are distant one or more octaves, and yet concordant. A plena Orchestra. (Ita.) For a full orchestra. A Pino. (Spa.) Upright 5 a term applied to bells turned half round in ringing. A Plomb. (Fre.) With exactitude as to time ; firmly and energetically ; with em- phasis and precision. A Poco a Poco. (Ita.) By degrees. A Poco pin Lento. (Ita.) A little slower. A Poco pin Mosso. (Ita.) A little quicker ; with briskness. Apolllno. (Grk.) A harmonic contrivance combining the tones, characteristics, and powers of eight different kinds oi instru- ments, and capable of playing them indi- vidually or collectively. Apollo. (Grk.) In ancient mythology, the go I of tne lyre, and said to be the in- ventor of music. Apollonicon. Name given to a very large organ built i.i London in IS. 2, de- signed to b;.> played by five performers at the same time, or by machinery. Apopeniptlc. A farewell hymn, anciently sung to a stranger about to return to his own country. Apopeinptic Strains. Songs or hymns among the ancients addressed to the gods on consecrated days. Apotome. (Grk.) The remaining part of an entire tone, after a greater semitone has been taken from it. Apotome Major. (Grit.) The enhar- monic quarter of a tone ; an ancient inter- val corresponding to the enharmonic di- esis. Apotome Minor. (Grk.) An interval smaller thau that denominated Apvtcnne Major. Apotropwa. (Grk.) Verses or hymns composed by the ancients for the purpose of averting the wrath of incensed dei- ties. Appassionatamente. (Ita.) With in- tense expression. Appasslonamento. (Ita.) With deep loeling. Appassionato. (Ita.) Intensely and feel- ingly. Appeau. Tones which resemble the war- bling 01 birds. Appel. ( Fre.) A call of the drum. Appenato. (!ta.) With concern or grief. Appllcatur. (Ger.) \position cr shift on the violin, violoncello. Ac. Appoifslato. (Ita) Dwelt, leaned upon. Appoggiatnra. ( Ita.) A note of embcl- APP 21 ARE lishmcnt generally written small, intended to soiteu and smooth the effect of certain distances, and by causing the dwelling upou a note of any chord to retard the completion of the subsequent harmony ; a fore note ; a leaning note (04). Appoggiatura, Compound. An ap- poggiatura consisting of two or more small notes (64). Appoggiatura, I>ouble. A union of two short appoggiaturas. Appoggia.tu.ra, Greater. The long ap- poggiatura. Appoggiatura, Inferior. An appog- giatura situated one degree below its prin- cipal note (64). Appoggiatura, Lesser. The short ap- poggiatura. Appoggiatura, Long. An appogg^atu- ra consisting of a single note forming a part of the melody, its length being deter- mined by the value of the succeeding note. It borrows half the length of the next note, and is always accented. Appoggiatura, Short. An appoggia- tura lormed of one or more notes played without regard to the value of the next note, though governed somewhat by the character of the piece. Appoggiatura, Superior. An appo- giatura placed one degree above its princi- pal note (64). Appoggiature. (Ita.) An appoggia- tura. Apprise. A sign placed to direct the eye 1'rom the last note of a staff to the first of the succeeding one ; a direct (114). Apre. (Fre.) Harsh. Apremcnt. (Fre.) Harshly Aprete. (Fre.) Harshness. A Prima Vista. (Ita.) At first sight. Apuntacion. (Xpti.) The act of mark- ing musical notes. Apuntador. (Spa.) A prompter. Apycni. (Grk.) A collective name of those three sounds in the Greek scale or system, which, separately, were called proslambanomenos, nete symnemenon, and nete hyperbolason . Apycnos. (Grk.) Applied to the diatonic genus from its being plain and easy, free from minute divisions, and having great or spacious intervals, in comparison with the chromatic and enharmonic. A Quartre Plains. (Fre.) For four hands ; for two performers on one pianoforte. A Quatro. (Ita.) For four voices or in- struments. A Quatro >Iniil. (Ita.) For four hands or two players on one piano. A Quatro Soli. (Ita.) For four only. A Qnatro Tempi Staccati e Vivace. (Ita.) The measure in four parts, to be beaten with much life and animation. Ar. (For.) Air. Arnrib. (Tern.) A species of flute used in Africa. Arbitrii. (Lat.) Certain extemporaneous preludes, or points introduced by the singer while the accompaniment ceases, and from which he returns at his pleasure to the subject of the air. Arbitrio. (Lat.) Subject to the judgment of the performer. Arc. (Ita.) The bow; an abbreviation of Area. Arcadians. A people of Arcadia, not distinguished in any of the liberal arts, except poetry and music, the latter be : ng a stated branch of their education, and under the special patronage of the magis- trates. Arcata. (Ita.) Manner of bowing. Arcato. (Ita.) To be played with the bow. Arch. A curve formerly placed over a bass note to signify that it was accompanied with the imperfect fifth. Arch-Chanter. The chief chanter ; the leader of the chants. Arche. (Ger.) The sounding-board of an organ. Archeggiamentp. (Ita.) The manage- ment of the bow in playing the violin. Archeggiare. (Ita.) To use the bow ; to scrape ; to fiddle. Archettino. (Ita.) A violin bow. Archicymbal. An instrument of the harpsichord and pianoforte class. Archilaud. (Spa.) An archiluth. Archet. (Fre.) A violin, violoncello, or double-bass bow. Archi r,euto. (Ita.) A very large and long lute ; the archlute. Archilpchian Line. The third line of an alcaic stanza. Archiluth. (Fre.) The archlute. Archlnte. A stringed instrument re- sembling the theorbo, and by some con' sidcred synonymous with it. Archure. (Fre.) Drum. Archytas' Genera. (Grk.) One among the many modes which the Greeks pre- tended to have of dividing thetetrachord, or minor fourth, in forming their scales of musical intervals. Arco. (Ita.) The bow ; the utensil with which the violin, viola, viol da gamba, violoncello, and double bass are per~ formed upon ; in violin music, a term de- noting that the bow is again to be used instead of applying the fingers to the strings. Ardente. (Ita.) With fire. Ardito. (Ita.) Boldly ; energetically ; with emphasis. Ardito dt Xolto. (Ita.) "With force ; passionately. Are. The note next preceding the lowest in Guide's scale. Aretinian Syllables. The syllables -tit, AltG 22 ARP re, mi, fa, sol, la, used by Guido d' Arezzo for his system of hexachords. Argentin. (Fre.) Silver-toned. Arghool. (Tur.) A musical instrument ot the Turks, properly called a double flute. Argives. An ancient people noted for their attainments in the practice of music. Argute. An acuteuess of sound ; shrill. Aria, (Ita.) An air or song-. Aria Bufla. (Ita.) A comic air, or hu- morous song. Aria Conceriata. (Ita.) An air with elaborate orchestral accompaniments ; a concerted air. Aria d' Abilita. (//a.) An air requiring great musical ability for its just perform- ance. Aria di Bravura. (Ita.) A bold, spir- ited air, the passages of which are marked by a striking, heroic style. Aria di Cautabile. (fta.) An air in a graceiul and flowing style ; cleg-ant, grace- ful, and replete with feeling. Aria di Sorbetto. (Ita-) Pieces sung by the. second or third singers while the company partake of refreshments. Ariadne Dance. A Grecian dance. Aria d'Ostinazione. (7/a.) Obligate airs. Aria Fngata. (Ita.) An air the accom- paniments to which are written in the fugue style. Aria Parlante. (fta.) A species of can- tilena, the style of which lies between air and measured recitative ; a style of speaking melody, or recitative a tempo. Aria Tedesca. (Ita.) An air composed in the German style of song. Aria mid Cnor. (Ger.) Air and chorus. Arie. (Ita. and Ger.) Airs. Arie Aggiunte. (Ita.) Airs added to or introduced in any opera subsequent to its first performance. Arlen. (Ger.) Airs. Arietta. (Ita.) A short air or melody. Arietta alia Veneziana. (Ita.) Airs in the style of the Venetian barcarolles. Ariette. (Fre. and Ita.) An arietta; a ciivatiua ; u small song. Ariettiua. (Ita.) A short air or melody ; am arietta. Arie mid Chor. ( Ger.) Air and chorus. A Itigore del Tempo. (Ita.) In strict time. Ariosa. (Ita.) In the movement of common song or tuue. Ariose. Characterized by melody, as dis- tinguished from harmony, as, " Ariose boiiuty of Handel." Ariose Cantate. A kind of-gpnaking air, which, by introducing frequent changes of measure and mi'.nner, first served to draw the line between air and recitative. Arioso. (Ita.) In the style of an air ; vocal ; melodious ; graceful. A risto xoiiii s ' Genera. Certain modes in- to which the Greek writers divided their tetrachord, or minor fourth. Arm. A small piece of iron at the end of the roller of an organ, in which is placed one of the hooks belonging to a tracker. Armazon. (Spa.) A bell frame. Armer la Clef. (Fre.) An expression relating to the placing of the sharps or flats, requisite for the key of the piece, iiu. mediately after the clef. Armenia. (Ita.) Harmony. Armoniaco. (Itn.) Harmonized. Arnionica. (Ita.) Harmonious ; the har- monica, a musical instrument, invented by Dr. Franklin. Armonica, <>uida. (Ita.) A guide to harmony. Armoiiici. (Ita.) Harmonic. Armonico. (Ita.) Musical ; harmonical Armoniosamente. (Ita. and Spa.) Ha* moniously. Armonioso. (Itn. and Spa.) With liar mony ; harmonious ; sonorous. Armonista. (Ita.) One who is acquainted with the doctrine of harmony. Armonizzameiito. (Ita.) Harmonious- ness ; agreement ; concord. Armonizzante. (Ita.) Harmonizing. Armonizzare. (Ita.) To harmonize ; t- make harmony. Arm Viol. An instrument, answering- t<\ the counter tenor, treble, or fifth violin, called by the Italians Viola di lirnccio. A ltove.sc.io. (Ita.) Reversed ; in an op- posite direction. Arpa. (Ita. Spa. and Por.) A harp. Arpa d' Eolo. (Ita.) An Eolian harp. Arpa Doppia. (Ita.) A double-actioned harp. Arpador. (Spa.) A harp player. Arpa Eolica. (Ita.) Eolian lyre or harp. Arpe. (Ita.) Arpa ; harp. Arpeg. An abbreviation of Arpeggio. Arpegement. (Fre.) Arpeggio (07). Arpcger. (Fre.) To perform arpeggios. Arpeggi. (Ita.) Arpeggios. Arpeggiameuto. (Ita.) In the style of a harp"; arpeggio. Arpeggiando. (Ita.) A word implying that the notes of a chord murt be played in quick succession, generally from the lowest note to the highest, in imitation of the harp. Arpeggiately. Harp-like. Arprggiato. (Ita.) This term implies that the passage, or movement, against which it is placed, is to be performed in the style of harp music. Arpeggiatura. (Ita.) A term applied ta ARP 23 ASS those passages which, by taking 1 the notes of the harmony in succession, are imita- tive of harp music. Arpeggio. (Ita.) A rapid succession of the several notes composing any chord (07). Arpeggio Accompaniment. An ac- companiment, the passages of which elm-fly consist of the notes of the several chords, taken in returning successions. Arpicordo. (Ita.) Harpsichord. Arpio. An abbreviation of Arpeggio. Arpista. (Ita. and Spa.) A harper ; min- strel. Arp'o. An abbreviation of Arpeggiato, and of Arpeggio. Arqueada. (Spa.) A stroke of a violin bow. Arr. An abbreviation of Arranged and Arrangement. Arraiig. An abbreviation of Arranged and Arrangement. Arrangement. That extension, or selec- tion and disposal, of the movements and parts of a composition, which fit and ac- commodate it to the powers of some instrument or instruments for which it was not originally designed. Arrendajo. (Spa.) A buffoou. Arrhythmy. Want of rhythm. Arrullo. (Spa.) A song to lull infants to sleep. Ars Canendl. (Lat.) The art of singing. Ars Component!*. (Lat.) The art of composing. Arsis. (Lat.) The raising of the hand in beating time ; metrical accentuation. Ars Mnsica. (Lat.) The art of music. Art de 1'Archet. (Fre.) The art of bowing. Articolare. (Ita.) To articulate distinctly each note. Articulate. To utter distinct, separate tones, modified by inflection and accent ; to sing with distinctness and a clear enun- ciation of each sound. Articulately. In an articulate manner; clearly ; distinctly. Articulation. A distinct and accurate expression, giving to every syllable and sound a truthful and perspicuous utter- ance. Articulato. (Tta.) To be enounced with distinct articulation. Artificial. Not natural ; a term applied to any note or chord when chromatics are introduced with it. Artificial Compound. A mixture of several different sounds, each of which may be recognized as distinct from the others. Artificial Harmony. Combinations which, though discordant, are allowable, as bearing some relation to th<^ triad, or common chord of the fundamental note. Artificial Scale. A scale in which there are flats and sharps iu contradistinction to the natural scale, which contains neither flats nor sharps. Artikuliren. (Ger.) To articulate. Artiste. ( Fre.) Artist ; one skilled in the performance of music. Art, Musical. One of the liberal arts ; the ability to execute vocal or instru- mental music. Art of Music. The practice of music, in distinction from the theory, the latter being a science. Arzillo. (Ita.) Lively; sprightly. As. (Ger.) A-flat. Asamblea. (Spa.) A drum-beat to call soldiers together. Ascending. Passing from one note to another more acute. Asclepiad. (Cfrk.) A verse of four feet, the first of which is a spondee, the second a choriamb, and the last two dactyls ; or of four feet and a cesura, the first a spon- dee, the second a dactyl, then a cesura followed by two dactyls. Asclepiadeo. (Spa.) An asclcpiad. Ascoltatore. (Ita.) An auditor ; a hearer. Ascnlee. (Grk.) A name applied by the ancients to those who professed to per- form on the organ. As Dur. ( Ger.) A-flat major. A Sei. (Ita.) For six. Asheor. (Heb.) A ten-stringed instru- ment of the Hebrews. Asmatography. The art of writing songs. As Moll. (Ger.) A-flat minor. Asor. An ancient instrument very much resembling the quadrangular lyre. Asperges Me. (Lat.) The commencement of the mass in the Catholic service. Aspiracion. (Spa.) Aspiration; a short pause in singing. Asprezza. ( Ita.) Dryly ; with coarseness or harshness. Assai. (Ita.) Very ; in a high degree. Assa Tibia Canere. (Lat.) Without a chorus. Assaying. A flourish on the instrument before the commencement of a piece, to determine whether it is in tune. Assembly. In military service, the second beating of a drum before a march, when the soldiers strike their tents. Assoluto. Alone ; one voice ; without ac- companiment. Assonant. A similarity of sound. Assonate. To sound or ring like a bell. Assono. (Lat.) Assouate ; to sound like a bell. Assourdir. (Fre.) To muffle. Assonrdissant. (Fre.) Deafening; stun- ning. ASU 24 AUF A Sno Arbitrio. (Ita.) Adlibitumj.it will as to time, the choice of the degree of movement being lelt to the performer. A Suo Beiie I'laciiiieuto. (ltd.) An old term signifying at the pleasure of the performer. A Suo Ileiie Placlto. (Itn.) May be varied at the pleasure of the performer. A Sno Commodo. (Ita.) At the discre- tion of the performer as to time. Asynartete Verse. A verse consisting of two members having different rhythms. A. T. The initials of A Tempo. Atabal. (Spa.) A kettle-drum ; a kind of tabor used by the Jews. Atabalear. (Spa.) To imitate the noise of krttlr drums. Atabalejo. (Spa.) A small kettle-drum. Atabalero. (Spa.) A kettle-drum player. Atabalillo. (Spa.) Small kettle-drum A Table Sec. (Fre.) The practice of vocal exercises unaccompanied by an instru- ment. Atellaitus. (Lat.) A style of comedy originating in Atclln, a city of Campania, consisting mostly of lascivious songs. A Tern. (Ita.) An abbreviation of A Tempo. A Temp. (Ita.) Abbreviation of A Tempo. A Tempo. (Ita.) In time ; a term used to denote that after some short relaxation or deviation in the time, the performer must return to the original degree of move- ment. A Tempo dell' Allegro. (Itn.) In the time allegro ; a quick movement. A Tempo dl tiavotta. (Itn.) In the time of a gavot ; moderately quick. A Tempo Ginsto. (Ita.) In strict and equal time ; in a manner. A Tempo Ordiuario. (Itn.) In an ordi- nary or moderate degree of movement. Athemholen. (Ger.) Breathing; respi- ration. Atlimen. ( Ger.) To blow softly. Atiplar. (Spa.) To render a sound more acute ; to grow very sharp. A Ton Basse. (Fre.) In a low tone of voice. A Tre. (Ita.) For three voices or instru- ments. A Tre Soli. (Ita.) For three solo voi- ces. A Tre Soprani. (Ita.) For three trebles. Atril. (Spa.) A missal stand. A Trois. (Fre.) For three performers. A Troig Mains. (Fre.) For three hands. A Trompa Tanida. (Spa.) At the sound Of the trumpet. Attable. (Fre.) A sort of a Moorish drum. i.ttacca. (Ita.) Implies that the performer must directly commence the following movement. Attacca 1'Allegro. (Ita.) The allegro is immediately to follow. Attacca Sublto. (Ita.) Commence the movement that follows. Attempered System. A system of tem- perament founded on the diminution of some intervals, and the augmentation of others. Attendant Keys. The relative key ; the key of the dominant and its relative, and of "the subdoininaut and its relative. Attlbbel. ( Tern.) A drum. Attillatamente. (Ita.) With affecta- tion. Atto. (Ita.) An act ; a division of an ora- torio, opera, or play. Alto cli Cadenza. (Itn.) A disposition of the parts which indicates a cadence ; as when, at the end of a strain, the bass rises a fourth or falls a lifth. Atto Primo. (Ita.) Act the first. Atto Secuiido. (Ita.) Act the second. Atto Terzo. (Ita.) Act the third. Attori. (Itn.) The principal male singers in an opera or oratorio. At trice. (Ita.) The principal female singer in an opera or oratorio. Aubade. (Fre.) A morning concert given in the open air. An Commencement. (Fre.) At the be- ginning. Audace. Bold ; spirited ; audacious. Audace, Con. (Ita.) With boldness. Audibility. Capability of being heard. Auf . ( Ger.) On ; upon ; at : to ; up. Auf niaseii. ( Ger.) To sound a wind instrument. Auf dem Claviere Spielen. (Ger.) To play on the piano. Auf dem Klavier Trommeln. (Ger.) To drum on a piano. Auf der Trommel Wirbeln. (Ger.) To boat on the drum. Auf der Trompete Xtlasen. (Ger.) To play on the trumpet. Auf einem Trommeln. (Ger.) To beat the drum. Auffliiten. (Ger.) To play on a flute. Aufgcigen. (Ger.) To fiddle. Aufgeregt. (Ger.) Excited. Aufbaltiing. (Ger.) A suspension. Aufloiuiig. (Ger.) The resolution of a discord. Auforgelu. (Ger.) To play on the or- gan. Auf pf eif en. ( Ger.) To perform on a pipe or whistle. Auf schlag. ( Ger.) The unaccented part of a bar. Aufschalleu. (Ger.) To sound loudly. AUF 2.3 AUT Aufspielen (Ger.) To play or strike up ;i dance. Aitf jitrich. ( Ger.) An up-bow. Aitftakt. (Ger.) The unacccutecl part of ii bar. Auftrompeten. (Ger.) To play on a trumpet. Augenclavier. An instrument similar to a harpsichord and pianoforte. Augmentation. In counterpoint anrl fugue, the doubling of the value of the notes of the subject ; giving the intervals in notes of twice their original length. Augmentazioue. (Ita.) Increase. Augmente. (Fre.) Increase. Augmented An epithet applied to such intervals as arc more than major, or per- fect. Augmented Fifth. An interval con- taining four whole tones. Augmented Fourth. An interval con- taining three whole tones. Augmented Imitation. A style of imi- tation in which the answer is given iti notes of greater value than those of the subject. Augmented Intervals. Intervals which ai-V' a semitone greater than the major or perfect intervals. Augmented Octave. An interval con- taining five whole tones, two major semi- tones, and one minor semitone. Augmented Second. An interval con- taining one whole and one minor semi- tone. Augmented Sixth. An interval con- taining live whole tones. Augmented l T nison. A minor semitone. Auletes. (Lat.) A flute player ; a piper. Auletic. Belonging to pipes. Au Lever du Itideau. (Fre.) When the curtain rises. Aullar. (Spn) To howl ; to yell ; to utter a sound of distress. Aullido. (Spa.) Howl ; the cry of a dog or wolf. Aullo. (Spa.) Howl ; a cry of horror or distress. Aulo. (Ita.) A species of ancient flute. Aulodia. (Ita.) Singing accompanied by the flute. A I'na Corda. (Ita.) On one string. Aur. (Chi.) Air. Auricle. The external part of the ear. Auricular. Within the sense of hear- ing. Aurth-udhyay. (Hin.) The fifth division of Hindostanee music, expatiating on the signification of the poetry sung. Aus. (Ger.) From; out of. Ausarbeitiing. (Ger.) The elaboration or last finish of a musical composition. Ausblauken. ( Ger.) To finish playing a march on a wind instrument. 3 Ausdehnnng. (Ger.) Extension; expan- sion. Ausdruck. (Ger.) Expression. Ausdrucksvoll. (Ger.) Expressive. Ausficdeln. (Ger.) To stop playing the violin. Ausfloten. (Ger.) To stop playing the flute. Ausfuhrung. (Ger.) Performance. Ausgchalten. (Ger.) Sostenuto. Ausgeigen. (Ger.) To play to the end. Ausgclassen. (Ger.) Unrestrained ; wild. Ausgelasscnhcit. (Ger.) Extravagance. Aushalteu. ( Ger.) To hold on or to sus- tain a note. Aushaltung. (Ger.) The sustaining of a note. Aushaltungszeichen. (Ger.) The char- acter called "a pause (113). Auskliiigeln. (Ger.) To give out siifn- cieut tone. Ausyosauiien. (Ger.) To proclaim by found of trumpet. Aussiiigen. (Ger.) To sing to the end ; to sing allonc knows ; to perfect by singing. Ausstimmcii. (Ger.) To tune completely. Austromineln. ( Ger.) To drum out ; to publish by sound of drum. Auswcichen. ( Ger.) To make a transi- tion from one key to another. Ausivcichiiiig. (Ger.) Modulation. Antentico. (fta.) Authentic. Auteur. (Fre.) An author; a composer of music. Auteur d'Hymiie*. ( Fre.) A hymnolo- gist ; one wiio writes hymns. Authentic. A name given to those church modes whose melody was confined within the limits of the tonic, or final, and its octave. Authentic Cadence. A perfect or final cadence in any key ; the chord or harmony of the dominant, followed by that of the tonic, or the progression of the dominant to the tonic. Authentic Keys. Those keys, in the an- cient system of the Greeks, whose tones extended from the tonic to the fifth and octave above. Authentic Melodies. Melodies having their principal notes between the key note and its octave. Authentic Modes. Church modes the melody of which was confined within the tonic find its octave. Authentic Tones. Authentic modes. Automatons. Mechanical contrivances in the form of men or animals, so made as to have the appearance of self-acting, and to perform upon musical instruments, without the assistance of any power inde- pendent of themselves. Antor. (Spa.) An author ; a manager. AUT 26 BAL Autos Sacrameutalea. (Spa.) Dramat- ical representations which the Spaniards formerly made in their churches at public religious festivals. Auxiliary Antes. Such notes as stand on the next degree of the staff above or below any principal note. Auxiliary Scales. Scales of the relative keys belonging to any principal key. Avant-Dernier. (Fre.) The penulti- mate ; the last but one. Avant Scene. (Fre.) Events preceding the opening of an opera. Avec. (Fre.) With. Avee Allegresse. (Fre.) Lively ; with sprightliness. Avec Ame, ou gout. (Fre.) With feeling or grace. Avec Feu. (Fre.) With spirit. Avec Force. ( Fre.) With force. Avec gout. ( Fre.) With taste. Avec Grandiose. (Fre.) Grandly. Avec les Pieds. ( Fre.) With the feet, in organ playing. Avec JHouvement. (Fre.) With move- meat. Ave IHnrin. (Ita.) A hymn to the Virgin Mary ; a bell rung at morning and even- ing twilight to announce tin; hour of prayer. Avena. (Lat. and Spa.) An oaten straw ; a pastoral pipe, supposed to have been the third kind of musical instrument used by the ancients. A Vide. (Fre.) Open. A Vista. (Ita.) At sight. Avivadamente. (Spa.) In a lively man- ner ; briskly. Avoir dn Retentissement. (Fre.) To be repeated. Avoir le Verbe Haiit. (Fre.) To have a loud voice. A Volx Forte. (Fre.) With a strong, loud voice. AVolonte. (Fre.) At will. Awyr. ( Wei.) Air. Axamenta. (Lat.) Verses or songs, sung by the Salii, in honor of all men. Ayre. (Spa.) Air. Azionc Sacra. (Ita.) A. sacred musical drama. B. BTHE nominal of the seventh note in j the natural diatonic scale of C, to which De Nevers, a French musician in the beginning of the last century, first applied the syllable Si, Guido 1 aving furnished syllables for only C, D, E, F, G, A ; an initial of Bass, denoting that the bass is to play alone. Babnra. (Spa.) A Spanish country dance. Babel. A confused mixture of sounds ; a combination of discordant utterances. B above G Gamut. That B, or that note, which is a third higher than G gamut. B above the Bass Clef Xote. That B, or that note, which is a fourth higher than the bass clef note. B above the Treble Clef Rote. That B, or that note, which is a third higher than the treble clef note. Bacas. (Spa.) Quick tune on the gui- tar. Bacchia. (Ita.) A. Kamschatdalc dance la ( time. Bacchanalian Song*. Songs which, either in sentiment or style, relate to scenes of revelry. Bacchicus. (Lat.) A metrical foot con- sisting of one short or unaccented, and two long or accented syllables or tones. Bacclocolo. (Ita.) A musical instrument common in some parts of Tuscany. Bachelor of Music. Tho first musical degree taken at the universities. Backfall. In an organ a lever moved by the Sticker pulling down a Tracker. Backfall, Double. One of the old Eng- lish graces comprised in the class of em- bellishments called smooth. Back Turn. A turn commencing on the semitone below the note on which the turn is made. Batlajada. (Spa.) The stroke of the tongue of a bell. Badajo. (Spa.) The tongue of a bell. Badinage. ( Fre.) Playfulness. Bagatelle. (Fre.) A small musical com- position. Bagpipe. A favorite Scotch instrument consisting of a leathern bag and pipes, played upon by compressing the bag under the arm, and regulating the notes by stopping and opening the holes of the pipes, eight in number, with the ends of the fingers. Bagpiper. One who plays on a bag- pipe. Baguette. (Fre.) Drumstick. Baguettes de Tambour. (Fre.) Drum- sticks. Baile. (Spa.) The national dances of Spain. Baisser. (Fre.) To lower or flatten in pitch. Bal-tscr le Rideau. (Fre.) To drop the curtain. Balada. (Spa.) A ballad. BAL 27 BAQ Balalaika. (Rus.) An instrument of the Russians, consisting of a. piece of wood, rudely shaped, narrower and more flat than the guitar, furnished with three strings. Balgentreter. (Ger.) Organ blower. Balgzug. (Ger.) In an organ, the stop of the bellows. Balitadera. (Spa.) An instrument, made of reeds, for calling fawns. Bnlken. (Ger.) The bass bar of a violin, or similar instrument. Ballad. A short, familiar song of simple aud natural construction, usually in the narrative style ; formerly, a little history told in lyric verse. Ballade. (Fre. and Ger.) A ballad. Balladendichter. (Ger.) \ ballad writer. Balladensiinger. (Ger.) A ballad singer. Balladenverkaufer. (Ger.) Ballad mon- ger. Ballader. A maker or singer of ballads. Ballad-Farce. A musical drama com- prising ballads. Balladist. A writer of ballads. Ballad ol Ballads. The designation given in an old version of the Bible to Solomon's Song. Ballad Opera. Light opera ; an opera in wlii.ih b ill.rls and dances predominate. Balladry. Tho subject or style of ballads. Ballad Singer. One whose employment it is to sing ballads. Ballad Style. In the air or manner of a ballad. Ballad Tune. The song or tune of a ballad. Ballare. (Ita.) To dance. Ballata. A ballad the melody of which is designed to regulate the measure of a dance. Ballated. A subject woven into a ballad. Ballatetta. (Ita.) A ballad, or short fa- miliar song, accompanied with dancing. Italian. ( (I'-/., A bell. Ballerino. (Ita.) An opera dancer. Balleronzolo. (Ita.) A little dance. Ballet. (Fre.) A theatrical representation of some story or fable, of actions, charac- ters, sentiments, and passions, by means of mimic movements and dances, accom- panied by music. Ballet Master, (fta.) The artist who superintends the rehearsals and perform- ance of the ballet, and not unfrcquently invents the fable and its details. Ballette. A ballet. Ballettl. (Ita.) Dance airs. Balletto. (Ita.) A ballet. Balli. (Ita.) Dances introduced between the acts of Italian operas. Balli delta Stiria. (Ita.) Styrian dances rescmbliug waltzes. Balli Inglesi. (Ita.) English country dances. Balli I'ngaresi. (Ita.) Hungarian daace in j time, usually accented on the weak part of the bar. Ballo. (Ita.) A dance, or dance tune. Ballonchio. (fta.) A country dance , round dance. Ball Itoom Music. Music composed for dancing. Bambalina. (Spa.) The proscenium of an opera house. Bail. In military affairs, a proclamation, by beat of drum or sound of trumpet, re- quiring a strict observance of discipline, either for declaring a new officer or for punishing an ofl'onder. Band. Practical musicians, associated for the purpose of performing together on their respective instruments. Banda. (Ita.) A band. Band, Brass. A number of musicians whose performances are on brass instru- ments only. Band, Chamber. A company of musi- cians whose performances consist exclu- sively of chamber music. Band, Choral. Orchestral performers. Bandereau. (Fre.) A trumpet string. Band, Fall. A band in which all the voices and instruments are employed. Band, Marine. A company of musicians located in a garrison or employed on na- tional vessels. Band Master. The leader, or conductor, of a company of instrumental musicians. Bandola. (Spi.) A four-stringed iustrn- ment resembling a lute. Bandora. (Ita..) An ancient stringed in- strument of the lute species. Bandore. Bandora, an ancient stringed instrument. Band, Reed. A company of musicians whose performances are confined to reed instruments. Band, Regimental. A company of mu- sicians belonging to a regiment ; a mili- tary band. Band, String. A company of perform- ers on stringed instruments. Bandnrria. (Spa.) Bandora, an old in- strument of the lute species. Banjo. A rnde imitation of the guitar united with the tambourine. It has five strings, played with the fingers and hand, its body is in the form ot a hoop, over which parchment is stretched, as over a drum. Biinkrlgesang. (Ger.) The singing of ballads. Banitelsaugcr. (Ger.) Ballad singer. Baqneta. (.S]p.-i.) Drumsticks. Baquetas del Tambor. (Spa.) Drum- sticks. BAQ 28 BAS Rnquico. (Spa.) Bacchanalian. Bar. A line drawn across the staff to di- vide the music in small and equal portions of duration, also, each of these small por- tions in themselves (5). Bar. (Iri.) An old term given to the ex- alted state of a poet or musician. Barbarism. False harmony, or modula- tion offensive to a musical car. Barbarous. A term applied to the music in the early ages on account of its rude and inharmonious construction. Barbiton. (Grk.) An instrument in- vented by Anacreon. Barbitos. (Lat.) An ancient instrument somewhat resembling a lyre. Barcarolle. A song of the Venetian gon- doliers ; barcarolle. Barcarola. (Ita.) A barcarolle; a boat song. Barcarolles. (Ita.) Airs sung by the Venetian gondoliers, or boatmen, "while following their avocations. Barcaruola. (f'i.) The song of the Venetian gondoliers. Bard. A poet and musician. Bardd. ( Wfl.) Bard ; a poet musician. Bardd Alan. ( Wei.} Professor of music, and master of soug. Bardgan. ( Wei.) A song. Bardo. (Tta.) A poet and singer among the ancient Celts. Bar, Dotted 1>ouble. A double bar with dots preceding it, showing that the pre- ceding strain is to be repeated ; a double bar with dots following it, showing that the following strain is to be repeated ; a double bar with dots on both sides of it, showing that the preceding and following- strains are to be repeated (42). Bar, Double. Two heavy strokes drawn through the staff to divide the different strains of the movement, or to show the end of the piece (fi). Bardns. (Cel.) A singer. Barl. An abbreviation of Baritone. Bariplciii. (Grk.) A term applied by the ancient Greeks to low sounds in general. Baripicni Suoiii. (Ita.) Fixed sounds. Baritou. (Fre.) Baritone. Baritone. The lowest but one of the six registers into which the scale of the hu- man voice is commonly divided. Baritone Clef. The F cleff placed on the third line (5J). Baritone Voice. A male voice intermedi- ate in respect to pitch between the Iciss and tenor, the compass usually extending from B flat to F. Raritono. (Ita.) Bixritonc. Bar Lines. Lines drawn perpendicularly across the staff lor the purpose of mark- ing the measures (5). ISarooeo. (Ita.) A terra applied to music having- a confused harmony, an imuatural melody, and full of modulations and dis- cords. Baroque. (Fre.) Music having confused harmony ; barocco. Barre. (Fre.) A term used in playing the guitar, implying that a temporary nut i* to be formed by means of the fore fing-r of the left hand. Barred C. C with a bar across it ; the sec- ond mark of common time (15). Barre de Mesure. (Fre.) A bar line ('). Barre de Repetition. (Fre.) A dotted double bar. Barred Semicircle. A character used to denote a quicker movement than tin- semi circle without the bar, and called alia, breve, because it was formerly written with one breve in a measure (125). Barrel. The body of a bell. Barrel, Chime. The cylindrical portion of the mechanism sometimes applied to a chime of bells for the purpose of ringing them. Barrel Organ. An organ which produces music in consequence of the turning of an enclosed barrel, or cylinder, in which lixed pins touch a series of steel points in such order and at such intervals of time as to produce the various sounds of a tune. Barrer. The act of pressing the first fin- ger of the left hand upon two or more strings on the same fret of a guitar at the same time. Barrer, Creat. The act of pressing all the strings of a guitar at the same time with the first finger of the left hand. Barrer, Small. The act of pressing two or three strings of a guitar at the same time with the first finger of the left hand. Barydd. (Iri.) An old term applied to the highly exalted condition of a poet or musician. Barypicni. (Grk.) A name given by the ancients to five of the eight sounds or ?rincipal chords of their system, viz., the fypatc-Hypaton, the Hypatc-Mcson, the Mcse, the'I'aramese, and the Nete-Diaz- cugmenon. Barytone. Baritone. Barx. ( Wei.) Bard ; a poet musician. Bas. (Fre.) Low. Bas-Dessus. (Fre.) A mezzo-soprano or second treble voice. Base. The bass; the lowest part. Basque Dnim. An instrument of per- cussion in use among the Gauls. Bass. The lowest part in music ; the base. Bassa. (Ita.) Lower. Bass Albert!. A bass formed by taking the notes of chords in arpe^uio*, sai 1 to have been invented by one l>uniiiiico Al- berti. Bass Beam. The sp.iull beam inside the viol, and nearly under the bass string. Bassbliiscr. (Ger.) Bassoonist. Bass Bridsre. Thr> bass b^am. BAS 29 BAS Bass, Chantante. (Fre.) Any bass the notes of which flow in a smooth and pleas- ing manner, forming in themselves, inde- pendent of the superior parts, an agree- able melody. Bass Clef. The character placed at the beginning of a staff, in which the bass or lower notes of a composition are placed, and serving to determine the pitch and names of those notes (53). T?ass Clef 3Tote. That note which in the Kiss staff is placed on the same line with the bass clef; i. e., the fourth line. Bass Concertina. A concertina having the compass of a violoncello. Bass.Continued. Bass continued through the whole piece ; thorough bass. Bass, Contra. (Ita.) The lower bass. Bass Cornet. An ancient instrument consisting of a serpentine tube four or five feet in length, gradually increasing in di- ameter from the mouth-piece towards the end. Bass, Counter. The under-bass ; that part which, when there arc two basses in a composition, is performed by the double basses. Bass, Double. The largest and lowest toned instrument of the viol kind ; the double-bass viol. Bass, Drone. The monotonous bass pro- duced by the large tube of the bagpipe ; a deep, unchangeable sound accompany- ing a melody, or a series of notes moving above it. Basse. (Fre.) The bass part in general, instrumental or vocal. Basse Cliantantc. (Fre.) The vocal bass. Basse Chiffree. (Fre.) A bass figured to indicate the chords or harmony. Basse Continue. (Fre.) Thorough bass. Basse Contrainte. (Fre.) A ground bass. Basse-Contre. (Fre.) Bass-counter. Basse Figuree. (Fre.) The figured bass. Basse Fondamentale. (Fre.) The fun- damental bass, composed of only the roots of the chords which form the harmonic tissue. Basse Taille. (Fre.) A counter tenor. Basset Horn. An instrument resembling a clarinet, but of greater compass, em- bracing nearly four octaves. IJassett. A little bass; in general, a bass lying somewhat higher than the usual one. Bassetto. (ltd.) A diminutive term, im- plying the little bass. Bassetto Horn. A speries of clarinet a filth lower than the C clarinet. Bass, Figiiral. Figured bass. Bass, Figured. A bass accompanied with numerals denoting the harmonv formed by the upper or superior parts of" the com- position, and dim-ting the chords to be 3* played by the organ, harpsichord, or piano- forte ; a bass which, while a certain chord or harmony is continued by the parts above, moves in notes of the same har- mony. Bass, First. High bass. Bass, Fundamental. That bass which forms the tone or natural foundation of the harmony, and from which that har- ( mony is derived. Bassgeige. (Ger.) The violoncello. Bass. Given. A bass to which harmony is to be affixed. Bass Grace. A small note, like a short appoggiatura, and very similar to the acciaccatura of the Italians, struck only once, and at the same time with the prin- cipal note, but immediately quitted. It is frequently used upon the organ to strengthen the parts, and to supply the want of pedals. Bass, Ground. A bass which starts with some subject of its own, and continues to be repeated throughout the movement, while the upper part or parts pursue a separate air and supply the harmony. Bass, High. A baritone ; a voice midway between bass and tenor. Bass Horn. An instrument formerly much used in bands, resembling the oph- icleide, by which it has been in a great measure superseded. Bassi. (Ita.) A term implying the en- trance of the bass instruments. Bassist. (Ger.) A bass singer. Bassista. (Ita.) The singer who takes the lowest part. Bass, Hiow. Second bass. Bass, Melodious. The bass chantante ; the singing bass. Basso. (Ita.) The bass part. Basso Buffo. (Ita.) The first bass singer in a comic opera. Basso Cantante. (Ita.) The first bass singer in a serious opera. Ttasso-Comieo. (Ita.) A comic bass singer in an opera. Basso Concertante. (Ita.) The lighter or more delicate parts of a composition, performed by the violoncello or bassoon. Basso Constrntto. (Ita.) Ground bass ; constrained bass. Basso Continue. (Ita.) A bass that is figured, to indicate the harmony. Basso, Contra. (Ita.) The double bass. Basso, Contro. (Ita.) A double bass viol ; the lowest or gravest part of a mu- sical composition. Basso d' Acoompajjnamento. (Ita.) An accompanying buss. Bass Oder F Schlnssel. (Ger.) Tho bass or F clef (53). Basso Figurato. (Ita.) The figured bass. Basso Fondamentale. (Ita.) The fuu damcntal bass. BAS 30 BAT Basson. (Fre.) Bassoon. Itusso .\uim-ruto. (Ita.) Figured bass. Bassoon. A wiud instrument consisting of a perforated tube, and a reed through which it is blown. Its compass extends from double B flat to B flat iu alt. Bassoonist. A performer on the bassoon. Bassoon, Quart. An instrument whose tones are a fourth lower than those of the bassoon. Bassoon Stop. A reed stop in an organ the tones of which are imitative of the sounds of the bassoon. Basso Ostinato. (Ita.) A ground bass. Basso Primo. (Ita.) The first bass. Basso Recitaute. (Ita.) Bass of the small chorus. Basso Ripieno. (Ita.) Implying that the part to which it is applied is the full bass, or the bass of the grand chorus. Basso Rivoltato. (Itn.) That bass which, instead of bcin"- the fundamental or lowest note of the word to which it is applied, consists of the third or fifth of the fundamental note. Basso Secoudo. (Ita.) The second bass. Basso Tenuto. (Ita.) Continued bass. Basso Violiuo. (Ita.) A small bass viol. Basso Voice. A bass voice. Basspfeife. (Ger.) Bassoon. Bassposamie. (Ger.) Sackbut. Bass, Radical. The fundamental bass. Bass-Saite. (Ger.) Bass string. Bass-Schlussel. (Ger.) The bass clef (53). Bass, Second. Any bass the notes of which flow in a smooth and pleasing man- ner, forming in themselves, independently of the superior parts, a pleasing melody. Bass, Singing. The bass chantautc ; the second or melodious bass. Bass Staff. The staff marked with the bass clef. Bass Stiinme. (Ger.) Bass voice. Bass String. The string of any instru- ment upon which tt; lowest note is sounded. Bass, Snb. An organ or set of pipes be- longing to its pedals ; the lowest notes of an organ ; the ground bass. Bass, Supposed. The lowest note of a chord when not the fundamental one. Bass, Tenor. A male voice midway be- tween bass and toner. Bass. Thorough. The art by which harmony is roperaddad to any proposed bass ; the fundamental rules of musical composition ; harmonic science. Bass, Thorough, Practical. A knowl- edge of the manner of taking the several chords on an instrument, as prescribed by the figures placed over or under the bass part of a composition, and a familiar ac- quaintance with the powers of those fig- ures, a facility in taking the chords they indicate, and judgment in the various ap- plications and effects of those chords In accompaniment. Bass, Thorough, Theoretical. A com- prehension of the connection and disposi- tion of all the several chords, harmonious and dissonant, including all the established laws by which they are formed and regu- lated. Bass Trombone. A trombone having a compass from the great C to the one-lined , and noted in the F olef. Bassus. (Lat.) An old Latin term for the fundamental sounds of all harmony. Bass Viol. The violoncello, a stringed in- strument in the form of a violin, but much larger, having four strings and ci,ITO. (Spa.) Bass ; a player on the bass viol or bassoon. Baxon. (Spa.) A bassoon ; a bassoon player. Baxoucillo. (Spa.) Counter bass. Bayladero. (Spa.) Suited to dancing. Bayle. (Spa.) An interlude between the second and third act ; a dance. Baylcclto. (Spa.) A little dance. B. C. The initials of Basso Continue. B Cancellatnm. (Lat.) A sharp. B Double. Double B; the B below G gamut ; the twelfth below the bass clef note. B Dur. (Ger.) The key of B flat major. B Durum. B natural. Beak. (Ger.) The reed of any instru- ment. Beam, Bass. A small beam inside the viol, and nearly under the bass string. Bearbcitung. (Ger.) Adaptation. Bearing ?otes. In the tuning of keyed instruments, harps, Ac., those notes be- tween which the most erroneous or highly-tempered fifth is situated,on which, also, the wolf is said to be thrown. Beat. The rise or fall of the hand or foot in marking the divisions of time in music ; one of the principal graces in music, struck immediately before the note it is designed to ornament, being a quick operation of a trill (72). Beat a Charge. To give notice by beat of drum to charge the enemy. Beat an Alarm. To give notice of danger by beat of a drum. Beat a Parley. To give a signal on a drum for a conference with the enemy. Beat a Reveille. A beat upon a drum given at break of day for awakening the soldiers and putting a stop to the chal- lenging of sentries. Beat, Down. The falling of the hand in beating time. Beat, naif. An inferior note struck but once, and at the same time with the prin- cipal note, then immediately quitted. Beatings. Regular pulsative heaving? or swellings of sound, produced in an organ by pipes of the same key, when they are not exactly in unison ; i. c., when their vi- brations are not perfectly equal in veloci- ty, not simultaneous. Beating Time. Marking the divisions of the bar by means of the hand, loot, or baton. Beat, Left. A movement of the hand towards the left in beating time. Beat, Right. A motion to the right in beating time. Beats. The audible phenomenon attending the sounding of two notes at the same time, which approacli within certain lim- its to the producing of a concord with each other. Beat the General. To give notice by beat of drum for the troops to march. Beat the Tattoo. A beat of drum, usu- ally at night, lor warning soldiers to their quarters. Beat the Troop. A beat of drum giving notice to soldiers to repair to their colors. Beat to Arms. A beat upon a drum noti- fying soldiers to repair to their arms. Beat, T*p. The raising of the hand in beat- ing time. Beben. (Ger.) To tremble ; to shake; tj vibrate. Bebung. ( Ger.) Vibration. Bee. (Fre.) The mouth-piece of a clai- inet. Becarre. (Fre.) A natural. Becco. (fta.) The mouth-piece of a clar- inet. Becco Polacco. (Ita.) The name of a large species of bagpipe, used in some parts ol Italy. Bccken. A Turkish musical instrument. Beckenschlager. (Ger.) A cymbal player. Bedon. (Fre.) A tabret or drum. Bee. (Ger.) Flat. Been. A stringed instrument of the guitar kind, having nineteen frets, used in India. Befabemi. (Spa.) A musical sign. Beffrot. (Fre.) The frame which sup- ports the bell in a belfry ; a belfry. Begeistreung. (Ger.) Exaltation : ex- citement; poetical enthusiasm. Begl. An abbreviation of Beyleitung. Begleiten. (Ger.) To accompany. Begleitende Stimmrn. (Ger.) The accompanying parts. Bcgleiter. (Ger.) An accompanist. Begleitung. (Ger.) An accompaniment. Beharrlich. (Ger.) Perscveringly. Beherzt. (Ger.) Courageous. Beifallklatschen. (Ger.) Applauding; applause. BEI 32 BEN Beiiiahe. (Ger.) Almost. ISei.sp. An abbreviation of Beispiel. Rcisplel. (Ger.) Example. Beit. (Per.) A distich. Beitoues. (Ger.) Accessory tones. Beizeichen. ( Ger.) An accidental. Belehrer. (Ger.) An instructor. Belfry. A tower or other place in which bells are hung 1 . Belleben. (Ger.) Pleasure ; at pleasure. Belieblg. ( Ger.) As chosen. Beliere. (Fre.) The tongue of a bell. Bell. A hollow, metallic machine, the most musical of instruments of percus- sion. It is formed of a composition of tin and copper, and consists of three parts, the body, or barrel; the clapper, or tongue ; and the ear, or cannon, by which it is suspended ; the broad end of a horn, trumpet, and similar instruments. Bella. (Sax.) A bell. Bell Chamber. That portion of the tower or steeple in which a chime of bells is placed ; a belfry. Bellen. (Ger.) A bell. Bellezza, Con. (/to.) With beauty of expression. Belezza Delia Voce. (Ita.) A beautiful, melodious voice. Bell Harp. A very old instrument, sup- posed to be the lyra or cithara of the an- cients. Bell, Harp. A stringed instrument, so named from its being swung like a bell in performance. Bellicozamente. (Ita.) In amartial style. Bellicnm. (Lnt.) The sound of a trum- pet calling to battle. Bell, Mas*. A small bell, used in the ser- vice of the Roman Catholic church, to di- rect atteiition to the more solemn parts of the mass ; the sacring bell. Bell .Metal lo tli Voce. (Ita.) Bell-like brilliancy, and fulness of voice. Bell Metronome. A metronome with tin- addition of a small bell, which strikes at the commencement of each l>::r. Bellows. A pneumatic appendage for sup- plying the pipes of certain wind instru- ments. Bellows, Exhaust. A kind of bellows ! used on melodeous, and other reed instru- I ments, the air from which, being ex- hausted, is drawn in through the reed*. Bellows, Panting. A style of bellows I designed to prevent all jerktngs, and to give a regular flow of wind to the pipes of an organ. Bell, Passing. A bell rung at the hour of di-ath to obtain prayers for the passing soul ; also, the bell sounded immediately after death. Bellpipe. Name given by English bird fanciers in the last century to a certain note of a bird. Bell "Ringer. One whose occupation is to ring a beU or chime a set of bells. Bell Itiiigcr.s. Musicians, who with a number ot hand bells ranging in size from the smallest to the largest, produce cor- rectly every variety of music. Bell, Sacring;. A small bell used in the Roman Catholic church to direct attention to the more solemn parts of the mass. Bell, Saint's. The sacring bell. Bell Scale. A diapason with which bell founders measure the size, thickness, weight, and tone of their bells. Bells, Musie. Carillons ; a set of bells tuned to the various degrees of the neale, and played by means of keys resembling those of a pianoforte. Bell, Soul. The bell rung at the hour of death, or immediately following ; the sa- cring bell. Bell Tone. A tone of voice of a remark- ably clear, musical flow, possessed only by superior soprano voices. Bell Tree. A Turkish instrument formed, of an upright stick with branches, upon which bells are fastened. Bell, Vesper. The sounding of a bc'l about half an hour after sunset in Roman Catholic countries, for the purpose of calling the people to vespers. Belly of an Instrument. A smooth, thin boarding, over which the strings are distended. In a double bass, violoncello, tenor violin, and all instruments performed with the bow, as also in the guitar, it is that part of the body which lies immedi- ately under the strings. Bemol. B flat ; a semitone below B natural. Bemolado. (Spa.) Having B flat. Bemol, I>ouble. Double flat. Beuiolise. (Fre.) Marked with a flat. Bemolizzare. (Ita.) To depress the pitch of the natural notes by applying a flat to them. Bemollc. (Ita.) Flat. Ben. (Ita.) Well. Bene. (Ita.) Excellent; good. Benedicite. (Lett.) A canticle used at morning prayer in the church after the first lesson. Benedictns. (Lnt.) A movement bo- longing to a mass of the Roman Catholic morning service. Benc Placito. (Ha.) At will. Ben Marcato. (Itn.) "\Vellmarkedjthe passage must be executed in a clear, dis. tiiu-t, and strongly accented manner. Ben Marcato il Canto. (Itn.) Marlr well the melody. Ben Pronounciato. (Ita.) Distinctly pronounced. Ben Prouounziato. (Ita.) Firmly ex- pressed. Ben TVnuto. (ltd.) Held on ; fully suo- tallied. BEQ 33 BLA Beqnardo. (Ita.) A natural. Bequarre. (Fre.) A natural. Bequem. (Ger.) Convenient. Bergamasca. (Ita.) A rustic dance. Bergeret. An old term signifying 1 a song. Bergkreyen. (Ger.) A melody employed in singing histories in rhyme, in the style of the modern ballad. Bergomask. A rustic dance. Bergreiheii. (Ger.) Alpine melody. Bcrliugozza. (Ita.) A country dance. Berloque. (Fre.) In military service, the breakfast or dinner drum. Beschleuuigcnd. (Ger.) Hastening. Beschreibuiig. (Ger.) A description. Besiedern. (Ger.) To quill a harpsi- chord. Bestimmt. (Ger.) Distinct. Betonung. (Ger.) Accentuation. Betrubnlss. (Ger.) Grief; sadness. Betrubt. (Ger.) Sad ; grieved. Beweglicli. ( Ger.) Movable ; nimble. Bewegt. (Ger.) Moved ; rather fast. Bewegung. (Ger.) Movement ; motion. Bey spell. (Ger.) An example. Bezeicliiiuug. (Ger.) Mark; sign ; ac- centuation. B Flat. The flat seventh of the natural key C, and the first flat introduced, in modulating by fourths, from the natural diatonic mode. B Hard. II natural. Bhav-itdtiyay. (Hin.) The sixth divis- ion of Hindoostance music, relating to expression and gesture. Bi. A syllable applied in solmization, by the Spaniards, to the note B natural, called by other nations si. Blaiica. (Ita.) A minim (10). Jtit initial. (Lot.) A composition in two parts. Bien Attaquer nne IVote. (Fre.) To make a note tell. Bi-Equal Third. A name given to in- tervals two of which added to a major third, make up an octave, consequently two of them equal a minor sixth. Blmolle. (Ita.) B flat. B In Alt. (Ita.) The third in alt; the tenth above the treble clef note. B ill Altissiino. (Ita.) The third note in altissimo ; the octave above B in Alt. Binary Measure. Twofold, or double measure. Bind. A ligature, or tie, connecting two or more notes (70). Bindebogen. (Ger.) Bind (70). Binder, Spring. A spring-back folio for holding sheet music. Binding Xotes. Notes held together by curves or ties. Blnduug. ( Ger.) Legato ; tie ; syncopa- tion. Bindungszcichen. (Ger.) A tie or bind (70). Biiiiou. (fire.) Bagpipes. Binotonous. (Lot.) Consisting of two notes. Biol. (Iri.) A viol. Biquadro. (Ita.) A natural (57). Bird Organ. A small barrel organ used in teaching birds to sing. Birii. (Ger.) That part of a .clarinet and basset-horn into which the mouth-piece i. inserted. Birtelsnote. (Ger.) A crotchet (17). Birth Song. A song written for or sung at the nativity of a person. Bis. (Lat.) Twice ; a term which indicates that a certain passage, distinguished by a curve or dotted lines drawn over or under it, must be performed twice (4-1) ; once more ; encore. Biscantare. (Ita.) To hum ; to sing low ; again and again. Bischero. (Ita.) A peg of a violin, vio- loncello, or similar instrument. Biscroma. (Ita.) A semiquaver (19). Biscrome. (Fre.) Semiquaver (19). Bisdiapasou. (Lat.) A double octave. Biseaii de 1'Orgue. (Fre.) The stop of a pipe in an organ. Bisinia. (Lat.) A term formed from the word bis, twice, and applied to pianoforte pieces, or movements in which both hands are alternately employed upon the same melody or succession of intervals. Kissed. (Lat.) Encored. Bis I'nca. (Lat.) The name formerly given to a semiquaver (1'J). Bitterkeit. ( Ger.) Bitterness. Bizzaramcnte. (Ita.) Whimsically. Bizzarria, Con. (Ita.) Capriciously; at the fancy of the player or composer. Bizzarro. (Ita.) An irregular and fantas- tic style ; whimsical, smart, comical, in- clining to insipidity. Blackboard. A board, colored black, used by music teachers, and upon which they write notes, examples, and exercises. Black Xotes. All except the whole and half notes are so called because their heads are full, in contradistinction to the whole and half, which are open (11). Blanche. (Fre.) A minim; a half note (10). Blanche Poiutee. (Fre.) A dotted minim (30). Blasebalge. (Ger.) The bellows of an organ. Blasegerath. (Ger.) A wind instru- ment. Blaser. (Ger.) A player on a wind in- strument. Blasinstrument. (Ger.) A wind in- strument. Blasinstrumenten. (Ger.) Brass in- struments. BLA 34 BOO Blasmusik. (Ger.) Music for wind in strunn nts. Blast. The sound mado by blowing sud- denly or strongly a trumpet or any sim- ilar instrument. Blatant. Bleating ; bellowing. B, Latticed. A term by which the Ger- mans designate the character representing a sharp. Blow. To sound or inflate a wind instru- ment. Blower, f larluo. The performer of the first-trumpet part. Blotver, Organ. One who works the bellows of an organ. Bluette. A short, brilliant piece. B Moll. ( Ger.) The key of B flat minor. B Xatural. So named in contradistinction to B Molle; the H and B flat of the Ger- mans. Boaus. (Lai.) Echoing; resounding. Board, Fiuger. The whole range of keys of a pianoforte or organ ; that part of n stringed instrument on which the fingers press in playing. Board, Fret. That part of a guitar or similar instrument on which the frets are placed. Board, Key. The rows of keys of a piano- forte, organ, or similar instrument, when j spoken of collectively ; an instrument lor dividing the intervals of the octave. Board, Sound. In an organ, a broad, shallow box, extending nearly the entire width of the instrument, and divided by partitions into as many grooves of various breadths as there are keys to which it be- longs, and upon which are placed the ranks of pipes forming the stops ; in mu- sical instruments generally, a thin board designed to contribute to "their vibration and tone. Board. Sounding. A sound board. Boat Songs. Songs sung by the rowers ; gondolier songs. Bob. A peal of several courses or sets of changes upon a chime of bells. Bob, Grandslre. The seven hundred and twenty changes upon a peal of six bells. Bob Major. A full peal upon eight bolls. Bob Maximu*. A full peal upon twelve bells, containing 4r9,001,(>00 changes. Bob Minor, Single. A plain bob ; grand- sire bob. Bobo. (Spa.) A buffoon. Bob, Plain. A grandsire bob. Bocal. (Fre.. and Spa.) The mouth-piece of a horn, trombone, serpent, or other wind instrument. Bocchiuo. (Ita.) Mouth-piece of a horn. Bociaccla. (Tia.) A loud, strong voice. Bocina. (Spa.} A species of large trum- pet ; a bugle horn. Bocina de Cazador. (Spa.) A hunts- man's horn. Bocinar. (Spa.) To sound the trumpet, bugle, or horn. Bociiiero. (Spa.) A trumpeter. Bocinilla. A small speaking trumpet. Boden. (Gcr.) The back of a violin, tenor, &c. Boelim Flute. An instrument differing from the common flute in having 'I'-' si*' 1 and situation of the holes arranged in their natural order, with keys by which each finger is enabled to act simultaneously upon two or more holes. Bogen. (Ger.) The bow. Bogenflugel. (Ger.) An instrument resembling a harpsichord or pianoforte. Bogenfuhrnng. (Ger.) The manage- ment of the bow. Bogeniiistrament. (Ger.) A bow in- strument. Bogenstrich. (Ger.) A stroke of the bow. Bpgigaiiga. (Spa.) A company of stroll- ing singers. Bolero. (Spa.) A Spanish national dance in ^ time, accompanied with castanets and singing. Bomb. A stroke upon a bell ; to sound. Bombarde. (Fre.) An old wind instru- ment of the hautboy .species. Bombardo. (Ita.) An old wind instru- ment. Bombardon. A brass instrument. Bombilate. Making a humming noise. Bombilation. A humming. Bombilatu*. (Lot.) To make a hum- ming noise. Bombix. (Grk.) A Greek instrument formed of a long reed or tube, Bombo. (Spa.) A large drum. Bpmbus. (Lnt.) A species of applause in ancient times, consisting of a confused din made by the hands or mouth. Bomme. (Dut.) A drum. Bommeu. (Diit.) To drum. Bonang. (Jar.) A Javanese instrument consisting of a series of small vases or gongs placed in two lines upon a frame. Bones. A name sometimes given to casta- nets ; castanets mode of bone. Book, Choral. A collection of choral melodies, either with or without a pre- scribed harmonic accompaniment ; the book in which choral melodies are writ- ten. Book, Hymn. A collection or volume of hymns for the use of the congregation. Book, Mass. The Missal ; the Roman Catholic service book. Book, Service. The Missal ; a book con- taining the musical service of a church. Book, Singing. A book containing psalms, hymns, or songs with appro- BOO 35 BRA priatc tunes for sing-ing, frequently pre- fixed by a course of instruction in the elements of vocal music. Boom. A roaring noise like that of the waves of the ocean. Boquilla. (Spa.) Mouth-piece of a wind instrument. Bora. ( Tur.) A tin trumpet used among the Turkish military. Border Tunes. Melodies composed in the English counties bordering on Scot- land. Bordou. (Spa.} Bass of an organ and stringed instrument ; burden of a song. Bordoiie. (Jta.) The double open diapa- son stop in an organ. Bordonrar. (Spa.} To play well oil the thorough bass. Bordoiie, Falso. (Tta.) A term for- merly given to a counterpoint having either a drone bass, or some part con- stantly moving in the interval with it. Boree. (Fre.} A dance introduced from Biscay. Borrowed Harmony. Chords of the added ninth derived from the dominant seventh, by substituting the ninth in the place of the eighth. Botasela. (Spa.) A trumpet signal for cavalry to saddle. Botto. (/to.) The tolling of a bell. Boudoir Piano. An upright piano simi- lar iu form to a parlor organ. Bouflfe. (Fre.) Buffoon. Bourdon. (Fre.) A drone base i; a deep, unchangeable sound, accompanying a mel- ody or series of notes moving above it ; the drone of a bagpipe ; the double diapa- son or lowest stop in French and German organs. Bourdon de 1'Orgue. (Fre.) The drone of an organ. Bourdonnemeut. (Fre.) Humming ; singing. Bourree. (Fre.) A lively dance, in com- mon time, beginning with an odd crotchet. Boutade. (Fre.) An impromptu ballet in a fanciful style. Boute-felle. (Fre.) A trumpet-call used when an army is to decamp or march. Bow. A round stick having a projection at each end to hold the hairs, which form the effective part in playing the violin, violoncello, and other bow instruments ; a horizontal brace employed to group notes (7). Bow, Contrary. A reversed stroke of the bow. Bow Hair. Hair, usually that of the horse, with which tho bows of violins, vi- oloncellos, and double-basses are formed. Bow Hand. A term applied by violinists to the right hand, because with that hand they hold the bow. Bow Harpsichord. An instrument in- vented aj Konigsberg by Garbrecht. Bowing. Playing with the bow ; manage- ment ot the bow. Bow- Instruments. All instruments strung with catgut or goatgut, from which the tones are produced by means of the bow. Box, Music. A small box producing tunes by the revolution of a cylinder, moved by a spring, in which steel pins are lixed that touch, and cause to vibrate, steel points at proper intervals of time. Boy Choir. A choir formed of boys from eight to fourteen years of age. The for- mation of these choirs has been confined mostly to the Episcopal church. B Quadratum. A term applied by old theorists to the character now called a natural, on account of its shape (57). B Quadrum. (Lot.) Square 13 ; B quad- ratum ; a natural (57). Braced Points. Points having braces over them, showing that the notes over which they are placed are to be performed in a style between that of legato and stac- cato (74). Braces. Curved or straight lines indica- ting that the notes which they connect are to be played or sung together ; cords on the sides of a drum for tightening the heads and snares (7). Brachycatalectic. (Grk.) In Greek and Latin poetry, a verse wanting two syllables and its termination. Brachygraphy, Musical. The art of writing musical notation in an abbreviated style by means of signs, characters, &c. Bracio. (Jta.} A term applied to certain instruments that are played with a bow, and held up to the neck by the left arm, as the violin. Bramadera. (Spa.) A rattle ; a shep- herd's horn. Branches. Those parts of a trumpet which conduct the wind. Bran de Inglaterra. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Brando. (Spa.) A tune adapted to a dance. Branle. (Fre.) An old dance, very lively, and performed in a circle, to a rondeau tune. Brass Band. A number of musicians whose performances are on brass instru- ments only. Brass Instruments. Musical wind in- struments formed of brass, chiefly used for field service. Bratsche. (Oer.) The tenor violin. Bratschen. (Ger.) Violas. Bratschenlpleler. (Ger.) Violist. Bratschenatimme. (Ger.) The viol part in any composition. Brantlied. (Ger.) Epithalamium ; a mar- riage song. Brava. (Jta.) An exclamation of ap- proval used in theatres of Italy. BRA 36 BUG Bravi. (Ita.) A term of approval. Bravo. An expression of approval. Bravura. (Ita.) A term applied to splen- did and spirited passages. Bravura, Con. (Ita.) With boldness; with bravery. Bravura, >Iezza. (/la.) A song, the ex- ecution of which is of a moderate degree of difficulty. Bravura Pieces. Compositions requir- ing considerable skill for their proper exe- cution. Bray. A harsh sound with a trumpet or similar instrument. Brazen Instruments. Brass instru- ments. Brazzo. (Ita.) Instruments played with a bow. Breakfast Call. A drum-beat calling the soldiers to fall in a Hue for breakfast. Breast Voice. The lower register of the voice ; the natural voice of adults. Breath, Full. A complete inhalation taken before the commencement of sing- ing, or after an apparently entire expira- tion. Breath, Hali. An additional supply of air, taken by a partial inspiration during the course of singing, in order to refresh the lungs and strengthen the tone of the voice. Brehons. (Iri.) Ancient Irish poets and musicians who proclaimed the laws in recitative. Breit. (Ger.) Broad. Breitheamhain. (Irl.) A class of poets and musicians among the ancient Irish who promulgated laws in a style of reci- tative. Breloque. (Fre.) In military service, the beat of a arum for breakfast or dinner. Bretador. (Spa.) A bird call. Brcttgeige. (Ger.) A kit. Breve. A double note (14). Breve, Alia. (Ita.) A term used to indi- cate a quick species of common time for- merly employed in church music. Breve, Imperfect. A breve without a dot affixed, equal in duration to one quar- ter of a large, or to two seniibreves (H). Breve, Perfect. A dotted breve, equal in duration to three eighths of a large, or three semibreves (-30). Breve Rest. A rest equal in its duration ID that of a double note (20). Breviario. (Ita.) A breviary. Breviary. A book containing the matins, lauds, and vespers of the Roman Catholic church. Brevig. (Lat.) A breve (14). Bridal Soiijrs. Songs composed for and sung at weddings, or in celebrating nup- tial occasions. Bridge. That part of a stringed instru- ment over which the strings are drawn. Bridge, Bass. The bass beam ; the small beam inside a viol, nearly under the bass Brief. A measure of quantity; a breve (H). string ; un upright piece "of wood over which the strings of a bass viol are drawn. Brievete. (Fre.) Brevity. Brill. An abbreviation of Krillante. Brillador. (Spa.) Brilliant; sparkling; radiant. Brillaiite. (Ita.) In a gay, showy, and sparkling style. Brimbaler. (Fre.) To ring. Brio. (Ita.) Briskness; spirit ; animation ; brilliancy. Brio ed Animato, Con. (Ita.) Ani- mated, and with brilliancy. Brioso. (Ita.) With brilliancy and spirit. Brise. (Fre.) Sprinkled ; broken into ar- peggio, iu treating of chords. Broach. An old musical instrument played by turning a handle. Broderies. (Fre.) An old term applied to casual, unstudied ornaments in per- formance. Broken Chords. Chords taken iu a broken, interrupted manner, not simulta- neously. Brokking. An old term signifying qua- vering. Broiice. (Spa.) A trumpet made of brass. Bronco. (Spa.) Harsh ; rough to the ear. Bronquedad. (Spa.) Harshness; rough- ness of sound. B Rotuudum. (I.nt.) B flat. Bruit. (Fre.) Rattle ; penl ; clatter. Britmmen. (Ger.) To hum ; to drone. Briimmtou. (Ger.) A humming sound. Brunette. (Fre.) A delicate and simple air. Bruscamente. (Ita.) Abruptly ; coarsely. Brusquemeut. (Fre.) Impetuous ; bois- terous. B Sharp. The sensible or proper seventh of the major diatonic of C sharp ; in keyed instruments, same as natural. Bunl-jjovn. ( JFcJ.) A hunting or mili- tary horn. Bucciua. (Lat.) A military wind instru- ment used by the ancients ; a herdsman's horn. Burrinnl. (Lat.) Sounding like a horn or trumpet ; trumpet shape. Buccinality. The quality or sound of a trumpet. Buccinateur. (Fre.) A trumpeter. Buccino. (Lat.) To sound a trumpet. Buccinum. (Luf.) A trumpet. Bucinador. (Spa.) A trumpeter. Bucolic. (Lat.) Pastoral songs, per- formed by the ancient shepherds. Bucolical. (Lat.) In the style of an- cient pastoral songs. BUG 37 CAD Bucolico. (Spa.) Relating to pastoral poetry. Bucolique. ( Fre.) A poem. B ufTu . ( Ita.) Comic ; a singer who takes j the light und humorous parts ; a light, ; comic opera. Buffet d'Orgue. (Fre.) An organ case. Buffet Organ. A very small organ. Buflo. (Ita.) Ludicrous; in the style of buffa. Buffo Burlesco. (Ita.) A buffo who, in addition to his singing, acts the part of a caricaturist. Buffo Cautaute. (Ita.) A singing buffo ; a character in an opera combining comic singing and acting. Buit'o Caricato. (Ita.) A humorous character in an opera. Buffo tie. (Ita.) A comic, sportive char- acter in an opera. Buffonescamente. (Ita.) Ludicrous ; buffoon-like ; comic. Buffo, Opera. (Ita.) A comic opera ; in- termezzi interlude ; a burletta. Bufo. (Spa.) Comic opera. Bufouazo. (Spa.) Great buffoon. Bugle. A metal horn, used for hunting or military purposes. Bugle Horn. A trumpet with keys ca- piible of all the iuilexions of the scale; a bugle. Bujjra. (Hin.) The first of the Srpotis, into which the fourth note of the Hindoo scale is divided. Bulafo. An organ of Barbary operated mechanically. Bungc. (Ger.) Drum ; kettle-drum. Bungeii. (Ger.) To drum. Buon. (Ita.) Good. Buonaccordo. (Ita.) An instrument re- sembling a spinet, and of small dimen- sions, to accommodate the fingers of very young practitioners. Buon < nutate. (Ita.) A well-informed vocalist. Biioii Gusto. (Ita.) A performance in the best style, by one whose taste is unex- ceptionable. Buon Maiio. (Ita.) A good hand ; a per- former having perfect command of the most brilliant and effective styles. Buonocardo. (Ita.) An instrument like the spinet. Burden. A regular return of the theme in a song at the close of each verse ; the chorus ; the open string of a violin or similar instrument. Burla. (Ita.) Comical ; with great humor. Burlando. (Ita.) In a jesting and play- ful manner. Burlescaiueute. (Ita.) Facetious ; droll. Burlesco. (Ita.) With extravagant and burlesque humor. Burlesque Music. A musical composi- tion or performance in which a trifling subject is treated with great gravity, or as a matter of importance. Burletta. (Ita.) A light species of mu- sical drama, somewhat in the nature of the English farce. Burrasca. (Ita.) A storm piece ; a com- position descriptive of a tempest. Burre. (Fre.) A dance melody. Burthen. A burden. Bnshe-Buslie. (Hau.) A general name for wind instruments. liusiia. (Ita.) A sort of trumpet. Bussone. (Ita.) A bassoon. Butra. (Hin.) The first of the four Sroo- tis into which the first note of the Hindoo octave is divided. Biixum. (Lot.) A pipe. Buxua. (Lat.) A pipe with two rows of holes. Buzz. A low, humming sound. Bwmp. ( irel.) A hollow sound. By ma. (Sax.) A trumpet. Bymian. (Sax.) To blow or to sound a trumpet. c. ("1 THE nominal of one of the two nat- 1 ural modes ; that note in the natural major mode to which Guido applied the monosyllable ut, but which has been relin- quished for that of do, as softer and more vocal. The tone C is the one with which the so-called natural scale commences, a scale having neither flats nor sharps. C. A. The initials of Col Area. labaletta. (Ita.) A simple melody or passage of a pleasing and attractive char- acter, contained in a larger piece of music, especially in an aria ; a cavaletta. Caccla, Alia. (Ita.) A vocal or instru- mental composition, written in the limit- ing or chase style. Cacofonia. (Ita.) Want of harmony ; ca- cophony. Cacofonlco. (Ita.) Discordant. Cacophonious. Sounding harshly. Cacophony. (Ork.) A combination of discordant sounds, forming no regular hn.'mony ; a bad tone of voice. Cad. An abbreviation of Cadenza. Cadam. (Iri.) Cadence. CAD 38 CAL Cadence. A shake or trill; a close in melody or harmony cither terminating the piece or dividing into numbers or pe- riods ; an ornamental and extemporaneous passage introduced at the close of a song or piece of music ; tone ; sound. Cadence, Authentic. A perfect or final cadence in any key ; the chord or harmony of the dominant, followed by that of the tonic, or the progression of the dominant to the tonic. Cadence, Church. The plagal cadence. Cadence, Complete. A full cadence ; a term employed in church music when the last or fumf sound of a verse in a chant is on the key-note. Cadence, Deceptive. A cadence in which the dominant cnord resolves into another harmony, instead of into the tonic. Cadence, Demi. In harmony, a half ca- dence. Cadence, False. An imperfect or inter- rupted cadence. Cadence, Great. A cadence in which the closing chord immediately follows that of the sub-dominant, or fourth of the key ; plagal cadence. Cadence, Greek. Plagal cadence. Cadence, Half. A cadence that is not full and perfect. Cadence, Immediate. Common perfect cadence ; that which occurs immediately after the dominant harmony. Cadence Imparfaite. (Fre.) An im- perfect cadence. Cadence, Imperfect. A cadence in which the dominant harmony is preceded by the common chord of the tonic. Cadence Interrompue. (Fre.) An in- terrupted cadence. Cadence, Interrupted. A cadence in which the bass, instead of falling or rising from the fifth to the key-note, passes to some other, and interrupts the full close, or final cadence. Cadence, Irregular. An imperfect ca- dence ; the tonic followed by the domi- nant without its added seventh. Cadence JInrks. Short lines, placed per- pendicularly, to indicate the point of ca- dence in sentences and verses arranged to be chanted (12C). Cadence, mixed. The triad on the sub- dominant, followed by that on the domi- nant. Cadence Parfaite. (Fre.) A perfect ca- dence. Cadence. Perfect. A complete and sat- isfactory close in both the harmony and molody ; a close in which the dominant or fifth passes into the chord of the tonic or key-note. Cadence, Plagal. The triad on the key- note, preceded by that of the sub-dominant. Cadence, Protracted. Suspended ca- dence. Cadencer. (Fre.) To shake ; quaver ; trill. Cadence, Radical. The cadence result- ing when the basses of both chords arc the roots of the respective triads. Cadence Rompue. (Fre.) An inter- rupted cadence. Cadence Section. A section finishing with a perfect cadence. Cadence, Simple. That in which the notes are equal throughout all the parts. Cadence, Suspended. Several modula- tions being passed through, instead of leading directly from the dominant chord to that of the key-note. Cadencia. (Spa.) Cadence. Cadens. (Lai.) Cadence. Cadent. One of the old Knglish graces com- prised in the class denominated^ smooth. Cadenza. ( Ita.) A cadence, or close, at the termination of a song or other move- ment, introducing some fanciful and ex- temporaneous embellishment. Cadenza d'Ingauuo. (Ha.) An inter- rupted cadence. Cadenza Finta. (Ita.) A term indica- ting that when, having done every thing proper for a true cadence, instead of fair ing on the right final, another note, higher or lower, is taken, or a pause introduced. Cadenza Semplice. (Ita.) A cadence in which all the notes are equal in all the parts. Cadenza Sfnggita. (Ita.) An avoided, that is, a broken cadence. Cadenza Sospesa. (Ita.) A suspended cadence. Csccus non judicat de colore. (Lat.) A term in old enigmatical canons, indicat- ing that the black notes of the antecedent are to be converted into white notes in the consequent, and so of others. Cue sura. (Lat.) The rhythmic termina- tion of any passage consisting of more than one musical foot ; the last accented note of a phrase, section, or period; a metrical break or division in a verse. Ceesural. (Lat.) Relating to the caesura, or to the pause of the voice. Cahier de Chant. (Fre.) A singing book. Cahier de lluslque. (Fre.) Music book. Caisse. (Fre.) Drum. Cal. An abbreviation of Calando. Calamist. A piper ; one who plays on a reed or pipe. ('alamo. (Spa.) A kind of flute. Calamus Pastoralis. (Lat.) One of the first instruments used by the ancients, a simple reed or cane. Caland. (Ita.) A term signifying that the time of the passage over which it is written is to be gradually diminished in quickness ; calando. Calando. (Ita.) Gradually diminishing in tone and quickness, becoming softer and slower by degrees. Calando lla Forza. (Ita.) An abate- nent of the strength or force of the tone. CAL 39 CAN Calando Nel Tempo e A'rlla Forza. (/to.) A lessening 1 of the strength of the tone and the time of the movement. Calascione. (Ita.) A species of guitar. Calathumpiau .Music. A discordant combination of sounds ; a performance out of time by instruments out of tune. Calcando. (Ita.) Pressing upon ; hur- rying the time. Calderon. (Spa.} A sign denoting a sus- pension of the instruments. Call. The beat of a drum. Call, Adjutant's. A drum-beat directing the band and field music to take the right of the line. Calliope. The muse who presided over eloquence and epic poetry, and supposed capable of playing on any musical instru- ment ; an instrument formed of metal pipes, with keys as in an organ, the tones of which are produced by currents of steam instead of air. ('alma. (Ita.) Repose or tranquillity. {'alma. Con. (Ita.) With calmness. Calmato. (Ita.) Calmed ; quieted ; at rest. Calo. An abbreviation of Calando. Calorc. (Ita.) Much warmth and anima- tion. Caloroso. (Ita.) Warmly ; animated. Cambaleo. (Spa.) A company of co- medians among the ancients consisting of five men and live women. Caiubiare. (Ita.) To change. Cameua. (Lot.) Amuse; a song; poetry; verse. Camera. (Ita.) Chamber ; a term applied to music composed for a chamber, parlor, or hall, and not for the stage or street. Camera .Husica. (Ita.) Chamber music. Caminando. (Ita.) Flowing; with geu- tle and easy progression. Campana. (Ita. and Spa.) A bell. Campanada. (Spa.) Sound of a bell. Campana de Rebato. (Spa.) An alarm bell. Campana Fnnebrig. (Lat.) A passin" bell ; a funeral bell. Campanario. (Spa.) Belfry; a place where bells are rung. Campanarum. (Lat.) Clock chimes. Campanarum Concentus. (Lat.) A ringing of bells. Campanarnm Modulatio. (Lat.) A chiming of bells. Campanarum Pulsator. (Lat.) A ringer of bells. Campanas Modulate. (Lot.) To rin"- the bells. Campanella. (Lat.) A little bell. Campanellino. (Ita.) A very little bell. Campanello. (Ita.) A little bell. Campaueo. (Spa.) Bell-ringing ; chiming. Campauero. (Spa.) A bell-ringer. Cnmpaiirta. (Spa.) A small bell. Campanile. (Jta.) A belfry. Campanula. (Spa.) A small bell. Campaiiillazo. (Spa.) Strong, violent ringing of bells ; signal given with a bell. Campanlllear. (Spa.) To ring a small bell otteu. Campanologist. (Ita.) A bell-ringer. Campanology. (Ita.) The science or art of ringing bells. Campauone. (Ita.) A great bell. Campanula Sacra. (Lat.) A saint's bell. Can. ( Wei.) A song. Caiia. (Arm.) To sing. Canarder. (Fre.) To imitate the tones of a duck. Canarie. (Fre.) A piece of music sup- posed to have come to us from the Canary Islands, whence it derives its name ; a sort of gigue, or jig, from which it is dis- tinguished only by a still swifter time, commonly in y or ^ but sometimes in * measure. Canario. (Spa.) A quick dance. Cancelling Sign. The sign called a nat- ural, employed to remove the effect of a previous flat or sharp (57). Cancherizante. (Ita.) A term denoting that the piece is played in a retrograde style, beginning at the end and going back to the commencement. Cancion. (Spa.) Song; words set to mu- sic. Cancioncilla. (Spa.) Canzonet ; a little song. Cancionero. (Spa.) A book of songs. Caiiriouista. (Spa.) A singer of songs ; a song-writer. Cancrizans. (Ita.) Retrograde move- ment. Cancrizante. (Ita.) Reversed; going backwards. Candamo. (Spa.) An ancient rustic diince. Cane Flute. A cane made to resemble a flute, and played on in the same man- ner. Canere. (Lat.) To sing ; to play upon an instrument. Canere ad Tibiam. (Lat.) To sitig to the pipe. Canere Beceptui. (Lat.) To sound a retreat. Canere Tibia. (Lat.) To play upon a pipe. Caiievas. (Fre.) The canvass of a song ; the rough draught or model of a song, con- taining certain notes of the composer to indicate to the poet the measure of the verges required. Canna. (Lat.) The pipe of an, organ ; a flageolet. Cannien. (Arm.) To chant. CAN 40 CAN Cannon. The portion of a bell by which it is suspended ; in chime ringing, a si- multaneous crash of all the instruments. Caunoii Drum. The tom-tom. Cano. (Lot.) To play upon an instru- ment. Canon. A species of uninterrupted imita- tion ; a vocal composition in two or more parts, so constructed as to form a perpet- ual fugue. Cnnou, Circle. A canon whose first part closes in a different scale from that in which it began, generally in its domi- nant. Canon, Driving;. A syncopated canon. Canone. (Ita.) A canon or catch for sev- eral voicea or instruments. Canone al Sospiro. (Ita.) A canon, the parts of which come in at the distance of a crotchet rest from each other. Canone Aperto. (Ita.) An open canon. Cauone Chluso. (Ita.) A close or hidden canon, in which the solution must be dis- covered ; an enigmatic canon. Canone in Corpo. (Ita.) A perpetual fugue. Canone Partito. (Lat.) A perpetual fugue, in which all the parts are written either in partitions or different lines, or in separate parts, with the proper pauses which each is to observe. Canoneria. (Spa.) All the pipes of an organ. Canon, Free. A canon not in perfect con- formity with the rules intended to govern this style of composition, the melody of the first part not being followed through- out. Canon, Harmonical. The monochord. Canon, Hidden. A close canon. Canonical Mass. A mass in which the various parts of musical service arc fol- lowed in their regular course, or in strict canonical order. Canonics. The doctrine of musical sound as applied to the internal nature of mu- sical art. Canon, Infinite. A canon the end of which leads to the beginning, and the per- formance of which may be incessantly repeated ; a perpetual fugue. Canon in the Tnison. A catch, or round. Canon. Mixed. A canon of several voices, the parts of which begin at different inter- vals. Canon per Augmentation. An aug- mented canon. Canon per Diminutizem. A dimin- ished canon. Cniinn Perpetuus. (Lat.) Continuous fugue. Canon, Riddle. A canon designed to tax the ingenuity of the curious, in which no indication is'givenof the number of parts, intervals, or points of introduction, some- times even with false directions. Canons, Minor. Certain clergymen of the church of England who occasionally assist in the performance of the service and anthem. Canon, Strict. A canon in which the rules of this form of composition are very closely followed. Canor. (Lat.) To be sung; melodioua singing ; melody. Canore. (Fre.) Musical ; tuneful. Canorns. (Lat.) Musical ; tuneful; so- norous. Canos o Caiiones del Organo. (Spa.) Tubes or pipes of an organ. Cant. An abbreviation of Canto and Can- tata. Cantab. An abbreviation of Cantabile. Cantabau-t pueri et assa voce et cum tibiciue. (Lat.) With vocal mu- sic only. Cantabile. (Ita.) Tn a melodious, grace- ful, and singing style : a performance smooth, elegant, and replete with feeling. Cantabile ad Libitum. (Ita.) In sing- ing style ; at pleasure. Cantabile, Con Molto Portamento. (Ita.) In a singing style; very gliding. Cantabile, Omamenti ad Libitum, ma piu tosto pochi e buoni. (Ita.) In a singing style, with embellishments at will, but few and well chosen. Cantable. (Spa.) Tunable ; harmonious ; musical ; pathetic ; affecting. Cantacchiare. (Ita.) To sing low ; to hum. Cautada. (Spa.) A cantata. Cantadours. Itinerant singers of songs and ballads, who, with other mtisicnl pro- fessors of various descriptions, sprang up in Provence about the middle of the ninth century. Cantafera. (Ita.) A ballad ; a ditty. Cautameiito. (Ita.) Singing; tune; air. Caiitando. (Ita.) In a melodious, sing- ing manner. Cautaus. (Lat.) Singing. Cantante. (Ita.) A part intended for the voice. Cantante, Ariose. (Ita.) A species of speaking air, which, by introducing fre- quent changes of measure and manner, iirst served to mark the distinction be- tween air and recitative. Caiitar. (Spa.) To sing, or to chant. Cantar a la Almohadllla. (Spa.) To 9my alone, and without being accompa- nied by instruments. Cantarcico. (Spn.) A little song. Cantarcillo. (Spa.) A little song. Cantare. (Ita.) To sing ; to chant. Cantar e a AH a. (Ita.) To sing without confining one's self to the music written. CAN 41 CAN Cantare a Libro. (Ita.) To sing from notes. Cantare a Orecchio. (Ita.) To sing 1 by cur, that is, without a knowledge of mu- sical notation ; singing by rote. Cantare tli Maiilcra. (Jta.) To sing with a profusion of embellishments, with- out taste or discernment. Cantariu. (Spa.) One who is constantly singing. Caiitarina. (Spa.) A woman who sings in public. C'aiitar 1' Istesso. (Ita.) Sing the same, or in the same manner. Cantata. (Jta.) A species of composi- tion consisting of an intermixture of air and recitative ; any elaborate vocal compo- sition not having a more specific name. Cantata Amorose. (Ita.) A cantata having for its theme the subject of love. Cantata Jlorali o Spiritual!. (Ita.) A cantata designed for the church. Cantata, Secular. A style of composi- tion requiring less light and shade than ecclesiastical or dramatic music. Cantata, Spiritual. Ecclesiastical mu- sic, consisting of several solo and choral movements. Cantate. (Ita.) A cantata. Cantatilla. (Ita.) A short cantata. Cantatina. (Ita.) A cantata of limited compass. Cantatiou. The act of singing. Cantator. (Lat.) A singer ; a chanter. Cantatore. (Ita.) A singer. Cantatrice. (Ita.) A female singer. Cantatrice Bulfa. (Ita.) A woman who sings in comic opera. Cantatrix. (Lat.) A female vocalist. Cantazzarc. (Jta.) To sing often and poorly. Canterellando. (Ita.) Singing softly. Canterellare. (Ha.) To sing low; to warble. Canterino. (Ita.) A singer ; a musi- cian. Cautica. (Lat. and Spa.) A short inter- lude formerly introduced in dramatic per- formances. Canticsea. (Lat.) Short interludes. Canticar. (Spa.) To sing ; to chant. Caiiti Carnascialeschi. (Ita.) A col- lection of songs, ballads, madrigals, 4c., on various subjects, sung late nt night during the carnival at Florence, by parties of men in masks, with lighted tapers and a band of music. Canticchiare. (Ita.) To hum ; to chirp. Cantici. (Ita.) Devotional songs or can- ticles. Canticio. (Spa.) Constant or frequent singing. Canticle. A hymn, or divine song. 4* Canticles. A collection of divine hymns and songs ; among the Greeks, soliloquies introduced in dramas. Cantico. (Ita. and Spa.) A canticle, or divine song. Cauticum. (Lat.) A. canticle, or divine song ; the words sung by a chorus in the background of Greek pantomime. Cantiga. (Spa.) To chant ; to sing. Cantilate. To recite musically. Cantilation. A recitation with musical cadence ; chanting. Cantilena. (Ita.) The melody, air, or principal part in any composition, gen- erally the highest vocal part ; in ancient times, secular music. Cautilenaccia. ( Ita.) A bad song. Cantilenaria. (Ita.) To sing. Cantilena Scotica. (Ita.) An old and favorite Scotch air or tune. Cautilene. (Fre. and Ita.) Cantilena ; melody. Cant ina. (Spa.) A vulgar song; Ga- licia. Cautinela. (Spa.) A ballad. Cantino. (Ita.) The treble string of a violin, and similar instruments. Cantio. (Lat.) A song, or tune. Caution. A song, or number of verses. Cantioues Macrae. (Lat.) Sacred songs. Cantique. (Fre.) A canticle ; a spiritual song. Cantito. (Lat.) To sing often. Caiitiuncula. (Lat.) A ballad ; a catch. Canto. (Ita.) The highest vocal part in choral music ; in ancient church music, the soprano voice, or part ; to chant ; to sing ; a part, or division of a poem. Canto Clef. The C clef when placed on the tirst line. Canto Concertante. (Ita.) The treble of the principal concerting parts. Canto Fermo. (Ita.) A chant or melody of the Komish church anciently adopted as n standard melody ; any subject con- sisting of a few long, plain notes, given as a theme for counterpoint. Canto Figurato. (Ita.) A figured mel- ody. Canto Fioritto. (Ita.) A song in which many ornaments are introduced^ ; figurate counterpoint. Canto Gregoriano. (Ita.) The Grego- rian Chant. Canto Xecessario. (Ita.) A term indi- cating those parts that are to sing through the whole piece. Canto Piano. (Ita.) The plain song or chant. Canto Primo. (Ita.) The first treble. Cantor. (Ita.) A singer. Cantorate. (ltd.) The office or residence of a cantor ; a leading singer of a choir. CAN 42 CAR Cautorcillo. (Spa.) A petty, worthless singer. C'iiiitore. (Itn.) A singer. Canto Uecitntivo. (Ita.) The combina- tion of an air and a recitative. Cantoria. (Ita. and Spa.) A singing- gal- lery ; a musical canto ; singing. Cantor iu Clioro. (Lot.) A chorist ; a chorister. Canto Ripieiio. (Ita.) The treble of the grand chorus : the part that sings or plays in the grand chorus only. Cantoris. (Ita.') A. term used in cathe- dral music to indicate the passages in- tended to be taken by those singers who are placed on that side of the building where the cantor or precentor sits. Canto Kivoltato. (Ita.) The treble changed. Canto Secondo. (Ita.) The second treble. Canto Simplice. (Ita.) Plain song. Cantrix. (Lot.) A female singer. Canturla. (Spa.) Musical composition ; method of performing music ; vocal music. Caiitus. (Lat.) A song ; a chant ; melody. Caiitus Ambroslanus. (Lat.) The mel- ody or chant introduced into the church by St. Ambrose. Cantus Duru.s. (Lat.) Major songs. Cantus Kcrlesiasticus. (Lat.) Sacred song ; ecclesiastical or church music. Cantus Figuratus. (Lat.) Embellished or ligurate melodies ; chants ; mode of singing. Cantus Virmug. (Lat.) The plain song, or chant. Cnntus Gregorianus. (Lat.) Gregorian Chant ; the chant established by St. Greg- ory. Cantus 31 ensurabilis. (Lat.) Measured melody. Cantus MollU. (Lat.) Minor songs. Canu. ( ft el.) To sing. Canum. ( Tur.) A Turkish instrument, having catgut strings, on which the ladies of the seraglio play with a tortoise-shell plectrum. Canzpnaccia. (Ita.) A bad song; bad singing. Canzoucino. (Ita.) A canzonet; a lit- tle song. Canzone. (Ita.) An air in two or three parts, with passages of fugue and imita- tive ; a kind of lyric poem, adapted, with some alteration, from the poetry of the troubadours, and introduced into Italy in the thirteenth century. Canzonet. A short canzone, or song. Canzonetta. (Itn.) A short song, ex- pressive of delicate sentiment. Canzoiii. (Ita.) A term formerly signi- fying symphonies ; a sonata ; and, in con- nection with a passage of music, having the same meaning as allegro. Canzoniere. (Itn.] A song book. Cauzoiiiua. (Ita.) A little song ; can- zonet. Canzonnccia. (Ita.) A canzonet ; little song. Caoinan. (Iri.) An ancient Irish requi- em, accompanied by the harp. Capellmeister. (Ger.) The leader of a b:uul, especially in the service of a prince or great personage. Capilla. (Spa.) A band of chapel musi- cians. Capiscol. (Spa.) A precentor ; a sub- chauter. Capistrnm. (Lat.) A muzzle used by the ancient trumpeters, so formed as to embrace and confine the cheeks, to pre- vent their bursting with the violence with which they blew the instruments. Capitular. (Spa.) To sing prayers at divine service. Capitulario. (Spa.) A book of prayers. Capo. (Ita.) The head, or beginning. Capo d' Astro. (Ita.) Sometimes used instead of capotasto, to signify the prin- cipal bridge. Capo d' Instrument!. (Ita.) The mas- ter, leader, or director of the instrumental poribrmers. Capo d' Opera. (Ita.) A superior work ; a masterly production. Capo d' Orchestra. (Ita.) The leader of the orchestra. Capoiia. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Capotasto. (Ita.) The nut of the finger- board of a violin or violoncello ; the prin- cipal bridge. Capo Violiuo. (Ita.) The first violin. Cappella. (Ita.) Chapel ; musician of a church. Cappella, Alia. (Ita.) In the church style. Capriccietto. (Ita.) A short capriceio. Capriccio. (Ita.) A fanciful and irregular species of composition ; a fantasia. Capricciosamente. (Ita.) With a droll, comical manner of delivery. Capriccioso. (Ita.) Fanciful ; capricious ; humorous. Capriccj. (Ita.) Capriccio. Caprice. A fanciful and irregular form of composition. Capricho. (Spa.) A caprice. Car. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Cartn. Caracteres de Muslque. (Fre.) A term applied to musical signs collect- ively. Caramillar. (Spa.) To play on a flageo- let. Caramillo. (Spa.) A flageolet; a small flute. Carattere. (Ita.) Character. Carattere, 3Iezzo. (Ita.) A term ap- CAR 43 CAV plied to songs that are neither insipidly plain, uor highly ornamental. Carezzando. (Ita.) In a caressing or coaxing style. Carezzevole. (Ita.) Caressingly ; in a persuasive style. Carlcato. (Ita.) In a caricatured or ex- aggerated manner. Caricatura. (Ha.) An exaggerated rep- resentation. Carillon. (Fre.) A melody for chimes. Carillonnemcnt. (Frc.) Chiming. Carillonueur. (Fre.) A performer on the carillons. Carillons. (Fre.) Chimes, consisting of a set of bells tuned to the various degrees of the scale, on which airs are played by clock-work, or by means of keys like those of a pianoforte ; an air composed for chimes. Cnrita. (Ita.) Tenderness. Carita, Con. (Ita.') With tenderness. Carmen. (Lat.) A song; a verse ; a book of verses. Carmen rVatalitium. (Lat.) A carol. Carol. An old ballad sung at Christinas by itinerant minstrels ; the act of singing or warbling. Carola. (Ita.) A ballad; a simple song sung to a dance ; a carol ; a dance-. Carolare. (Ita.) To sing in a warbling manner ; to carol. _ Caroletta. (Ita.) A little ring dance in singing. Caroll. ( Wei.) To carol. Carolle. (Fre.) A carol. Carraca. (Spa.) A rattle ; an instru- ment used instead of bells the last three days of Holy Week. Carracon. (Spa.) A large rattle. Carrerilla. (Spa.) Eise or fall of an octave. Carried ]Vote. An appoggiatura which takes oue half the value of the following note. Carrure des Phrases. (Fre.) The quadrature, or balancing of the phrases. Cart, (lla.) An abbreviation of Carta. Carta. (ltd.) A page ; a folio. Carwl. ( Wei.) A carol ; a ballad, or light song. Cascabelada. (Spa.) Jingling of small bells. Case, Organ. The frame or outside of an organ ; an organ house. Cassa. (Ita.) Chest, or box. Cassn Grande. (Ita.) The great drum iu military music. < uty. An expression ap. plied to the office or performance of the organist of a cathedral. Catling. A lute string. Cat Single. A name given by the Ger- mans to a performance of discordant sounds ; calathumpian music. Cattivo. (Ita.) Bad ; unfit. Cnttivo Tempo. (Ita.) A certain part or time of the measure whereon it is not proper to perform certain t'linsrs, as to end a cadence, place a long syllabic, &c. Cauda. (Lat.) Coda. Cavalletta. (Ita.) A cabaletta ; an agree- able passage occurring in an extended composition. Cavalletto. (Ita.) A cabnletta. Cavalquet. (Fre.) A piece of music for the trumpet, used as a signal for the march of cavalry. Cavalquet, Double. A manner of sound- CAV 44 CHA Ing the trumpet in approaching a city, or marching through it. Cavatn. (Ita.) A small song, sometimes preceded by a recitative ; a cavatiua. Cavatliia. (//.) An air of one move- ment or part only, occasionally preceded by a recitative. Cavatine., (Fre.) A cavatina. Caxa. (Spa.) A drum; the wooden ease of an organ. Caxon. (Spa.) A mould for casting or- gan pipes. C. B. The initials of Col JBasso and Con- tra fiasso. C Barre. (Fre.) The character indicating alia breve time ; C barred (125). C Barred. C with a bar across it ; the second mark of common time (125). C Clef. A clef that gives to the notes E laced on the same line with itself the ?tter C for their local name (i8). C l>ur. (Ger.) The key of C major. Cebell. The name of an old air, written in common time, characterized by a quick and sudden alternation of high and low notes. Ceja. (Spa.) Bridge of a violin, or simi- lar instrument. Celcbrer. (Fre.) To sing. Celere. (Ita.) Quick ; rapid. Celcridad. (Spa.) Celerity ; velocity. Celerita. (Ita.) Celerity. Celeste. (Fre.) A word indicating the employment of the pedal in some piano- fortes, which acts on the celestiua, or soft stop. Celestial Music. One of the subdivisions of music among the ancients , comprehend ing the harmony of the sounds supposed to result from the motions of the heavenly bodies. 'Cellist. An abbreviation of Violoncellist. 'Cello. An abbreviation of Violoncello. Cemb. An abbreviation of Cembalo. Cembal d'Amour. An instrument sim- ilar to a harpsichord or pianoforte. Cembalo, (fta.) The harpsichord, and instruments of similar construction. Cembalo Onnlcordo. (fta.) An instru- ment of the harpsichord or pianoforte class. Cembanello. (Ita.) A small tabret. Cencerrear. (Spa.) To play on an un- tuned guitar. Ceiicerro. (Spa.) An ill-tuned guitar. Cennamella. (Ita.) Bagpipe; flageo- let. Cenobites. Monks of the Greek church who live in cloisters, and perform all the services of the choir. Centone. (Fta.) A sort of medley on a Inr^re scale, being several tunes connected by appropriate passages. Cephalicas. The name of one of the mu- sical characters of notation used in tho middle ages. Cerdana. (Spa.) A dance in Catalonia. Cerdear. (Spa.) To emit harsh and dis- cordant sounds. Cervalet. A short wind instrument, re- sembling in tone the bassoon. Ce. (Ger.) C flat. C. ICspr. An abbreviation of Con Es pressione. Cesura. (Lot.) A pause in verse, so in- troduced as to aid the recital and render the versification more melodious. Cesure. (Fre.) A metrical break or di- vision in a verse. Cetera. (Ita.) A cithern ; harp ; lyre. Ceterante. (fta.) A player on the harp. Ceteratore. (Ita.) Harper. Ceteriziare. (Ita.) To harp. Cetra. (Ita.) A small harp. Cetrarciere. (Ita.) One with bow and cithern. Ch. An abbreviation of Choir and Chants. CHa. (Chi.) An instrument similar to the kin, but having the chromatic scale. Oiabatis. The name of the favorite mel- odies of the Almees, or Arabian singing girls. The first part is always sung, and repeated by the accompaniment. Chace. (Fre.) A fugue. Chacoua. (Spa.) A chaconne; an air constructed on a ground bass; a daneo resembling the saraband. Chaconde. (Fre.) A dance in the air of a saraband. Chaconne. (Fre.) An air constructed on a ground bass ; a dance, of Arabian origin, resembling the saraband. Chain, of Shakes. A series of shakes upon several tones. dial. An abbreviation of Chrilumenn. Chalempouug. (Jav.) A stringed in- strument of the Malays, having from ten to fifteen strings, and played like a harp. Chalil. (Heb.) An old Hebrew instru- ment, being a pipe perforated and fur- nished with holes like the fife or flute. Chalmey. A wind instrument, so called from the Latin word calamus, a reed, through which it is blown ; a chalu- meau. Chalotte. A tube of brass, closed at its lower end, and filed down flat upon one side, to receive the reed of an organ pipe, an opening being left upon the flat side, to allow the passage of the wind. Chalnmean. (Fre.) An ancient rustic flute : in music written for the clarinet the word signifies that the passage to which it refers must be played an octave lower. Chamade. (Fre.) A beat of tht> drum, or sound of trumpet, to indicate to an CHA 45 CHA enemy a willingness to capitulate, make t truco, or the like. Chamber Band. A company of musi- cians whose performances are confined to chamber music. Chamber, Bell. That portion of the tower or steeple in which a chime of bells is placed ; a belfry. Chambcrga. (Spa.") A Spanish dance, accompanied by song. Chamber Voice. A voice especially suited to the execution of parlor music. Chancherizato. (Ita.) A composition having a retrograde motion. Changeable. A peculiarity of chants which may be performed either in the ma- jor or minor key of the tonic in which they are written. Changed IVote. An irregular, transient note. Chance, Enharmonic. A passage in widen the notation is changed, but tlic same key s of the instrument arc employed. Change Ringing. The round ringing of a chime ol bclTs, varied by changes at the option of the ringer. Changes. Alternations or variegated peals rung on bells. Changing A T otes. Passing notes on the accented parts of a bar. Chans. An abbreviation of Chanson. Chanson. (Fre.) Song. Chanson Bachique. (Fre.) A drinking song. Chanson des Rues. (Fre.) A street tune ; a vaudeville. Chansonner. (Fre.) To make songs. Chansounette. (Fre.) A short or little song. Chansonnier. (Fre.) A songster ; n bal- lad writer. Chansonnicre. (Fre.) A woman who writes songs and ballads. Chansons de Geste. (Fre.) Historical and heroical romances, sung by minstrels of the thirteenth century. Chansons Royales. (Fre.) Songs sung at court. Chant. A simple melody, generally har- monized in four parts,." to which lyrical portions of the Scriptures are sung; the act of reciting musically ; to sing ; a mu- sical subject ; theme. Chaiitable. (Fre.) Suitable to be sung. Chant, Ambrosian. The chant intro- duced by St. Ambrose into the church at Milan in the fourth century. Chant, Amoureux. (Fre.) A love song; an amorous ditty. Chantant. (Fre.) In a singing manner ; instrumental music of a smooth, melodi- ous style; tuneful; adapted to singing; harmonious. Chantant avee Goat et Grace. (Fre.) In a graceful, singing style. Thaiitante. (Fre.) Singing. Chautante, Bass. (Fre.) Any bass tho notes of which flow in a smooth and pleasing manner, forming in themselves, independent of the superior parts, a pleas- ing melody. Chant d'Allegresse. (Fre.) A song of joy. Chant d'Kglise. (Fre.) Church sing- ing. Chant de Guerre. (Fre.) AVar song. Chant de Aoel. (Fre.) A Christmas carol. Chant, Dorian, (fta.) A chant with which the harp was sometimes associated, adapted to grave and warlike measures. Chant, Double. A simple, harmonized melody, extending to two verses of a. psalm, as sung in cathedrals, &c. Chant du Soir. ( Fre.) Evening song. Chant en Ison. (Fre.) Psalmody, or a species of chant of only two notes. Chanter. A male singer; the leader of a choir ; one who chants ; the pipe which sounds the tenor or treble in a bagpipe. Chanter a pleine volx. (Fre.) To be in full song. Chanter, Arch. The leader of the chants ; the chief chanter. Chanterelle. (Fre.) The first string of the violin or guitar ; any small and shrill- Bounding string of instruments strung with catgut ; a musical bottle. Chanter en Choeur. (Fre.) To sing in chorus. Chantcres. Ancient minstrels. Chanter Faux. (Fre.) To sing out of tune. Chantcrie. (Fre.) The chanter's place. Chanter Juste. (Fre.) To sing in tune. Chanter la IVote. (Fre.) To solfa ; to sing in tune, but without expression. Chanter le plain Chant. (Fre.) To chant. Chanter par Doubles Croche. (Fre.) To semiquaver. Chanterres. (Fre.) Provengal singers of songs and ballads. Chanter Toivfours la ]*feme Anti- euiie. (Fre.) To sing the same song over and over again. Chanteur. (Fre.) A male vocalist; a songster; song-bird. Chanteur des Rues. (Fre.) A ballad singer. Chantense. (Fre.) A female vocalist ; a ch.intrcss. Chant Funebre. (Fre.) Dirge; a funeral song. Chant, Gregorian. A chant, established by St. Gregory the Great, and incorpo- rated in the Roman liturgy by Charle magne in 789. Chanting. The act of repeating words with a chanting modulation. CHA 46 CHI Chant I>ugubre. (Fre.) A dismal, dole- ful ditty. Chant, Kydiait. A chant of a sorrowful style, having for its object a sense of lan- guor and melancholy. Chant IKonotone. A monotonous song. Chantonner. (Fre.) To hum a tune. Chantonnerie. (Fre.) Humming. Chantor. A singer in the choir of a ca- thedral. Chant, Phrygian. A chant intended to excite the hearers to fury aud rage. Chant, Plain. An ecclesiastical chant in duple measure, with notes of equal length, and seldom extending beyond the limits of an octave ; plain song. Chantre. (Fre.) The leader of a choir. Chantress. A female singer. Chantries. Institutions in the Romish rliurrh, endowed for the purpose of sing- ing masses for the founders. Chant, Roman. The Gregorian chant. Chantry. An endowed chapel. Chantry Priests. Certain stipendiary priests, whose particular office it is to sing mass in the chantries. Chant Sucre. (Fre.) Sacred music. Chant, Single. A simple, harmonized melody, extending only To one verse of n psalm'as sung in cathedrals. Chants, Royal. (Fre.) Lyrics written on lofty subjects, and much used ni lin- early times of French poesy. Chant, Sub-Phrygian. A chant em- ployed to appease the furor excited by the Phrygian chant. Chant aur le Litre. (Frf.) A species of counterpoint on the plain chant, per- formed by several voices, each composing and singing extempore. Chanzoneta. (Spa.) A ballad ; a little, merry song. Chapeau C'hinois. (Fre.) Chinese bell. Chape-Chuter. (Fre.) To make a rus- tling noise. Chapel, Ante. That portion of the chapel leading to the choir. Chapelle. (Fre.) Chapel. Chapter. (Fre.) A singer in his cope. Characteristic Chord. The leading or principal chord. Characteristic IVote. A leading note. Characters. A general name for musical signs. Chariot Air. A musical air of the an- cient Greeks. Charivari. ( Fre.) A noisy music made with tin horns, kettles, bells, pans, Ac., in derision of some person or event; a mock serenade. Chaise. (Fre.) In the hunting style. Chatsoteroth. (H<-f>.) The silver trum- pet of the ancient Hebrews, straight and hollow throughout, a cubit i:i length, with a bell-duped mouth. Chatzozerah. (Ileb.) The chatsotc- roth. Chaunt. Chant. Chatuitor. A person who singg in the choir of a cathedral ; a chuntor. Che. (Jta.) Than; that: who; which; &c. Che. (Chi.) One of the eight species into which the Chinese divide their musical sounds, being that derived from silk. Chei. (Fre.) Leader; chief. Chef d'Orchestre. (Fre.) The conduct- or of an orchestra. Chef d'Onvre. (Fre.) A choice perform- ance ; a masterpiece. Cheippiir. (/'er.) A Persian trumpet used in mlitary service. Chelys. (Or!;.) A stringed instrument of the lute species, so called because lirst made of tortoise shell. Cheng. (Cfii.) One of the eight species into which the Chinese divide their mu- sical sounds, being that derived from gourds. Cherubical Hymn. A hymn of great note in the early Christian church ; tiie Trisagium. Chest of Viols. An old expression ap- plied to a set of viols, consisting ot six, the particular use of which was to play fantasias in six parts, generally two each of b.ms, tenor, and treble. Chest Tones. Tones naturally produced by the vocal organs in ordinary conversa- tion ; the lower tones of the voice. Chest Voice. The register of the chest tones. Chest, tyintl. A reservoir In r.n orgtm lille 1 wiih ;;ir by means of Jhe U-liov. ;;, an j iroin which it passes to the l:i; s. Chevalet. (Fre.) The bridge of any in- strument of the violin species. Cheville. (Fre.) The peg of a violin, tenor, violoncello, Iajor Threefold. A large threefold chord, Chord, faster. The principal chord. Chord, A'ona. The dominant chord, with a third added to it. Chord of the Eleventh. A chord formed from the chord of the seventh, consisting of a Iii'th, seventh, ninth, and eleventh. Chord of the False Fifth. The first inversion 01 the dominant seventh, formed on the seventh, or leading note of' the key, and consisting of a bass note with its minor third, imperfect fifth, and minor sixth. Chord of the Fifth. Composed of three notes, namely, a iirst, third, and iiith. Chord of the Fifth and Sixth. The first inversion of the seventh, formed by taking the third of the original chord for the bass, and consisting oi that, together with its third, fifth, and sixth. Chord of the Fowrth and Fifth. The chord of the eleventh, with the seventh and ninth omitted. Chord of the Fourth and Sixth. The second inversion of the common chord, formed by taking the fifth of the original chord for a bass, and consisting of that, together with its fourth and sixth. Chord of the IVinth. A chord consist- ing of a third, fifth, seventh, and ninth. CHO 49 OHO Chord of the Second. The third inver- sion oi' tin 1 seventh, turmoil by taking the seventh of the original chord as a bass, and consisting of that buss note, together with its second, fourth, and sixth. Chord of the Second and Fifth. An inversion of the chord of the fourth and fifth, the fourth taken as a bass. Chord of the Seventh. A chord con- sisting of a third, fifth, and seventh. Chord of the Sixth. The first inversion of the common chord, formed by taking the third of the original chord for a bass, and consisting of that, together with its third' and sixth. Chord of the Superfluous Sixth. A chord occurring- only on the sixth degree of the minor scale, and consisting 1 of a b;t !=:i note, with its major third and super- fluous sixth. Chord of the Third, Fourth, and (Sixth. The second inversion of the sev- enth, formed by taking for a bass the fifth of the original chord, and consisting- of that, together with the intervals of the third, fourth, and sixth. Chord of the Thirteenth. A chord formed from the chord of the seventh, iM>M>i>tiiiL: of u seventh, ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth. Chord of the Tritonc. The third inver- sion of the dominant seventh, formed on the subdominant of the scale, consisting of a bass note, with its major, second, tritonc, or superfluous fourth, and major sixth. Chordometer. An instrument by which to ascertain the strength of string's. Chord, Perfect. A chord entirely conso- nant. Chord, Primitive. That chord the low- est note of which is of the same literal denomination as the fundamental bass of the harmony. Chord, Redundant. A chord which contains a greater number of tones, semi- tones, or lower intervals than it does in its natural state, as from f.i to sol sharp. Chords. Strings by the vibration of which the sensation of sound is excited. Chords, Broken. Chords taken in a bro- ken, interrupted manner, not simultane- ously. Chords by Alteration. Chord; in which there is a momentary alteration of one or several notes by the introduction of an ac- cidental sharp, Hat, or natural. Chords by Prolongation. Chords in which the dissonant note is at first heard in a state of consonance. Chords by Substitution. Chords in which one note is substituted for another which enters more naturally into their composition. Chords, derivative. Chords derived from fundamental chords. Chords, Diminished. Chords some- what less than, perfect. 5 Chord, Sensible. The dominant chord. Chords, False. Chords which do not con- tain all the intervals belonging to them iu their perfect state. Chords, Imperfect. Chords that do not contain all the nominal members. Chords, Inversional. Inverted chords. Chords, Irrelative. Chords having no common uniting tie between them. Chord, Small Threefold. A threefold chord having the interval of a small (mi- nor) third between its fundamental tone and its third. Chords, Natural Dissonant. Disso- nant chords which dp not ofl'eud the ear, even when heard directly, and without any preparation. Chords of Transition. Transient chords. Chords, Passing. Chords int reduced for the purpose of forming an agreeable tran- sition from one chord to another. Chords, Relative. Chords which, by reason of affinity of component parts, ad- mit of an easy and natural transition from one to the other. Chord, Threefold. A chord consisting of three tones, comprising a tone com- bined with its third and fifth. Chord, Transient. A chord in which, in order to smooth the transition from one chord to another, some intermediate notes are introduced which do not form any component parts of the fundamental har- mony, nor can justly be called either an- ticipations or suspensions. Chorea. (Lot.) A party of dancers ; a ball. Choree. (Grh.) In ancient poetry a foot of two syllables, the first long, the second short ; the trochee. Choreus. (Lat.) The choree or trochee. Choriamblc. Eclating to a choriambus. Choriambus. A metrical foot of four syllables or tones, the first long or ac- cented, the second and third short or unaccented, and the fourth long or ac- cented. Choric. Relating to a chorns. Chorion. (Grk.) A composition consist- ing of a hymn sung in honor of C'ybele, the mother of the heathen gods. Chori Proef ectns. (Lat.) A chanter. Chorlst. A member of a choir. Choriste. (Fre.) A chorist ; a singer in a choir. Chorister. A lender of a choir ; a singer. Choristic. Belonging to a choir. Chork-nabe. (Ger.) Singing boy. Chorocitharistnc. (Lat.) A concert of instruments and voices ; those who play while others dance. Chorsanger. (Ger.) A chorus singer. Chorschuler. (Gcr.) A chorister boy. Choi-ton. (Ger.) Choral tune. Chorus. A band or company of singers ; CHO 50 a choir ; a composition intended to be sung by a number of voices. Chorus, Amen. A chorus in which the word " amen" forms the principal theme. Chorus, Cyclic. The chorus which per- formed the gongs and dances of the dithy- rambic odea at Athens, dancing in a circle round the altar of Bacchus. Choruses, Martial. Choruses in mar- tial style, in commemoration of warlike deeds. Chorus Singer. One who sings in a chorus. Christmas Carols. Light songs, ballads, or lays sung by itinerant minstrels during the Christmas holidays. Chrola. ( Grk.) Colors of the genera. Chroma. (Grk.) A graceful style of sing- ing; a quaver. Chromatic. Proceeding by semitones, or formed by means of semitones ; a term applied by the ancient Greeks to that of their three genera or modes, which con- sisted of semitones and minor thirds. Chromatic Chord. A chord that cannot be expressed without a chromatic sign. Chromatic Depression. The depression of a tone by a chromatic transposition sign. Chromatic Elevation. The elevation of a tone by a chromatic transposition sign. Chromatic Genus. A species of melody produced by an arrangement of the tones of the chromatic scale. Chromatic Horn. The French horn. Chromatic Instrument*. All instru- ments on which chromatic tones and mel- odies can be produced. Chromatic! Suoni. (/la.) Sounds raised above their natural pitch a semitone minor. Chromatic Keyboard. An attachment applied to the ordinary keys of a piano for the purpose of enabling players of moderate skill to execute the simple chro- matic scale, chromatic runs in double notes with either hand, chromatic pro- gressions of chords, and, in short, all chromatic runs, passages, cadenzas, le- gato as well as staccato, with ease and correctness. Chromatic Keys. The black keys of a pianoforte ; every key in whose scale one or more so-called chromatic tones occur, and in which a chromatic signature is requisite. Chromatic Melody. A series of tones moving by chromatic intervals. Chromatics, Accidental. Chromatics employed in preparing the loading- note in the minor scale ; chromatics incidentally employed. Chromatic Scale. A scale which rliviili-s every whole tone of the diatonic pcale, and consists of twelve semitones in un octave. Chromatic Signature. The flats or sharps placed after the clef at the begin- ning of the staff, affecting throughout the movement all notes of tfie same letter. Chromatic Signs. Accidentals ; sharp*, flats, and naturals. Chromatic Tenor Horn. The tenor horn. Chromatic Transition. A transition in the diatonic genus in which the bass moves, so as to require in the parts the introduction of a minor scmitouo. Chromatic Tuning Fork. A tuning fork sounding all the tones and semitones of the octave. Chromatlqne. (Fre.) Chromatic; pro- ceeding by semitones. Chromatiquement. ( Fre.') Chromat- ically. Chromatisch. (Ger.) Chromatic. Chromatlsch.es Klnngeschlecht. (Ger.) The chromatic genus. Chromatische Tonleiter. (Ger.) The chromatic scale. Chronometer. (Grk.) The name given to any machine constructed for the pur- pose of measuring the time. Chronometer, Weber. An invention of Godfrey Weber, similar to a metronome, but simpler in its construction, consist- ing of a cord marked with filty-five inch spaces, and having a bullet or other weight at its lower end. The degree of motion is varied by suspending a shorter or longer portion of the cord. Its use is in- dicated by a sign (131). Chrotta. (fta. and Fre.) The primitive fiddle, differing from the modern by the absence of a neck ; the crowle. Church Cadence. The plagal cadence. Church Concert. A sacred concert ; a concert given by the choir of a church. Church !>ut.y. An expression implying either the duty of a cathedral, or that of a parochial church or chapel. Church Modes. The ancient modes, called Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian, Mixo- lydian, JKolian, Ionian or lastiau. Church Music. The service of singing or chanting in a church ; music suited to church service; sacred music. Church Part. That portion of church music designed to be sung by the congre- gation. Church Songs. Songs composed, verse for verse, from the Scripture text. Churumbela. (Spa.) A wind instrument resembling a hautboy. Ciaconna. (Ita.) A chaconne ; a Spanish dance. Ciruta. (Lnt.) A pipe made of the hollow stalk of hemlock ; a shepherd's pipe. Cignena. (Spa.) The crank of a bell. Cimbalillo. (Spa.) A small bell. Cimballca. (Fre.) Cymbals. CIM 51 CLA Clmbalo. (Spa.) Cymbal. C in Alt. (Ita.) The eleventh above the G, or treble clef note ; the fourth note in alt. C ill Altissimo. (Ita.) The octave above C in alt ; the fourth note in altissimo. Cinelle. (Tur.) A Turkish instrument, the cinellen. Clnellen. ( Tur.) A Turkish musical in- strument, adapted to make a noise, rather than to produce pure musical sound. Ciitnara. (Ita.'} The harp of the Romans. Cinque. (Fre.) A composition intended for live voices ; a quintette. Cinque-Pace. (Fre.) A dance, the meas- ures of which are regulated by the num- ber five. Cinques. A full peal upon eleven bells. Ciphering. The sounding of the pipes of an organ when the keys are not touched. Circle Canon. A canon whose first part closes in a different scale from that in which it began, generally in its domi- nant. Circle, Half. A melodic figure consisting of four tones, the second and fourth of which are the same. Circle of Fifths. A method which con- veys us round through all the scales, bauk to the point from which we started. Circolo. (Lat.) A character placed after the clef in ancient music, indicating treble lime (129). Circular Scale. The row of tuning- pins and the wrest plank of a piano, made in a curved form, instead of straight. Circnmflex. A wave of the voice, com- prising a rise and fall on the same sylla- ble. Circumforaiieous Musicians. Itin- erant pcribrmers of music whose practice it is to attend at the doors of hotels of France, sometimes entering the dining rooms, for the purpose ot entertaining the guests. Cls. (Ger.) C sharp. Ciscis. (Ger.) C double sharp. Cis iMir. (Ger.) C sharp major. Cis Moll. ( Ger.) C sharp minor. Cisne. (Spa.) A good musician. Cistella. (Lat.) An instrument formed of, or contained in, a little chest. Cistre. (Fre.) A cithern. Cistrutn. An ancient stringed instrument of an oval form ; the sistrum. Citara. (Ita. and Spa.) A kind of harp ; the cittern. Citaredo. (Ita.) A harpist ; a minstrel. Citareggiare. (Ita.) To play on a harp. Citarist.a. (Ita.) A minstrel ; a player on the harp. Citarizar. (Spa.) To play on the cithara. Citarizzare. (Ita.") To play on a harp. Cithar. (Dan.) A cittern. Cithara. (Lat.) An ancient instrument of the harp kind. Cithara Bijnga. (Lat.) A eitharn, so called from its having two necks, which determine the lengths of the two sets of strings. Cithara Hispaiiica. (Lat.) Spanish. guitar. Cithara, Keyed. The clavicitherium. Citharista. (Lat.) A player on the harp. Citharistic. Musia intended for the harp or guitar. Citharizo. (Lat.) To play upon the harp. Citharodia. (Lat.) The art of singing to the lyre. Citliarcedicus. (Lat.) Belonging to a harp or harper. Citharoedist. A player upon the harp or guitar ; a singer who accompanies himself upon a lyre. Citharcedtis. (Lat.) He *hat sings to, or plays upon, the harp or cittern ; a fid- dler. Citole. An instrument of the dulcimer species, and probably synonymous with it. Citron. A stringed instrument of an oval form, used by the ancient Egyptians ; the sistrum. Cittam. The ancient English name of the guitar. Cittern. An old instrument resembling the lute. Civetteria. (Ita.) Coquettishly. Clair. (Fre.) Clear ; shrill ; loud. Claircylindre. An instrument invented by Chladni, in 1787, for the purpose of ex- perimenting on longitudinal vibrations, and other objects of acoustics. Clairon. (Fre.) Clarion. Clam. In bell ringing, to unite sounds in the peal. Clama ne Cesses. (Lat.) A term em- ployed by the old masters of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries in their enigmat- ical canons, to indicate that the consequent ought to imitate all the notes of the ante- cedent by suppressing the rests. Clamor. In bell ringing, a rapid multipli- cation of strokes. Clamor de Campauas. (Spa.) A sol- emn peal upon bells. Clamorear. (Spa.) To toll the passing bell. Clamoreo. (Spa.) The sound of the pass- ing bell. Clamoroso. (Spa.) Plaintive sounds. Clamose. (Lat.) Loudly j with great noise. Clamosus. (Lat.) Loud ; shrill ; re-echo- ing. Clang. A sharp, shrill noise ; a clangor. Clangens. (Lat.) A nourish of sound. Clangere. (/>.) To sound a trumpet. CLA 52 CLA Clangor. A loud, shrill sound, peculiar to the trumpet. C I n utf ore. (/to.) Clangor ; a shrill, sharp noise. Clangor Tuba rum. (Lot.) An ancient instrument, a specimen of which was found in the ruins of Pompeii, consisting of a large tube of bronze, surrounded by- seven small pipes of bone or ivory, in- serted in as many of metal, all of which terminated in a single mouth-piece. Clapper. A piece of metal suspended in a bell, which, striking the lower end of the barrel, produces the sound ; the tongue of a bell. Claqnebois. (Fre.) A three-stringed viol; the rebec. Clar. An abbreviation of Clarinet. Claribella. The name of an organ stop tuned in unison with the diapasons. Claribel Stop. A stop similar to the clarinet stop. Clarichord. A keyed instrument, now out of use, somewhat in the form of a spinet. Its strings, which were covered with cloth to render the sound softer and sweeter, were supported by five bridges. It was formerly much used by nuns, and sometimes culled the dumb spinet. Clarificus. (Lat.) Sounding aloud. Clarim. (For.) A clarion. Clarln. (Spa.) Clarion. Clarinero. (Spa.) A trumpeter. Clarinet. A wind instrument having a reed mouth-piece, through which it is blown. Clarinet, Alt. A large clarinet, curved near the mouth-piece, and a fifth deeper than the ordinary clarinet. Clarinet, Bass. A clarinet whose tones are an octave deeper than those of the C or B flat clarinet. Clarinette. (Fre.) A clarinet. Clarinettista. (Ita.) A performer on the clarinet. Clarinet tlste. (Ita.) A clarinet player. Clarinetto. (Ita.) Clarinet. Clarinetto d' Amore. (Ita.) A species of clarinet a lifth lower than the C clarinet. Clarinetto Oolce. (Ita.) The clarinetto d' amore. Clarinetto Secondo. (Ita.) The second clarinet. Clarini. (Ita.) A clarion ; a trumpet. Clariiio. (Ita.) An instrument similar to the trumpet, but having a smaller tube. Clarjuo Blower. One who plays the iirst trumpet part. Clarino Part. The highest, or first trum- pet part, in a musical composition. Clarion. (Fre. and Ita.) An octave trum- pet of a clear, shrill tone ; an organ stop. Clarion Stop. An orcr.in stop resembling in tone that of the octave trumpet stop", but an octave higher. Clarisonons. Clear sounding. Clarone. (Ita.) A clarinet. Clarus. (Lat.) Loud and shrill. Clasps. Vertical linos or braces uniting the staves, containing the various parts of a composition (7). Classical JIuslo. That music which, from its intrinsic merit and superior ex- cellence, is worthy of being studied by masters of the art. Classicum. (Lat.) The sound of a trum- pet to call men together. Classicum Canere. (Lat.) To sound an alarm. Clause. Phrase (122). Clausel. (Ger.) A close, or cadence. Claitsnla. (Lett.) The final melody of a close. Clausula Affiiialis. (Lat.) A name given by old composers to a cadence in a key related to the predominant key of the piew, as where a piece of music in D mi- nor ends with a cadence in F rruijor. Clausula IMssecta. (Lat.) Half ca- dence. Clausula I>omiiiaus. (Lat.) The sec- ondary or dominant close. Clausula Fiualis. (Lat.) The final close. Clausula Medians. (Lat.) The cadence in a minor key when in the key of a third. Clausnla Peregrina. (Lit.) A cadence in a key the fundamental tone of which is not in the scale of the principal key. Clausula Primaria. (Lat.) The ca- dence in the principal key. Clausnla Princlpalis. (Lat.) The prin- cipal or customary cadence in the key of the piece. Clausnla Secnndaria. (Lat.) The ca- dence in the filth. Clansula Tertiaria. (Lat.) The ca- dence of a piece in a minor key, when it took place in the key of the third. Clausus. (I^it.) A close canon. Clav. An abbreviation of Ckivecembalo, Clavichord, and Clavecin. Clavecimbano. (Spa.) Clavicembalo. Clavecin. (Fre.) A harpsichord. Clavecin Acoustiqne. (Fre.) An instru- ment of the harpsichord or pianoforte class. Clavecin a Penn , in some of which the hammers were in a degree detached from the keys. Claveoline. An instrument of the harp- si.-hord or pianoforte class. Clavcg. (Lat.) A word formerly used for dels. Claves Iiitellectse. (Lat.) A term for- merly applied to those notes whose pitch could be known without being marked. Claves uon Signatae. (Lat.) Notes without signs or marks appended. Claves Slgiiatoe. (Lat.) Keys to the signs ; a term applied by Guido to colored lines, used in his tablature before the in- vention of clefs, to mark the situations and powers of the notes. Clavessin. (Fre.) The harpsichord. Claviary. An index of keys, or a scale of lines and spaces. Claviatur. An harmonica furnished with a set of keys. Claviatur. ( Ger.) The keys of an organ. Clavicembalo. (Ita.) The harpsichord. Clavicembalum. (Lat.) The harpsi- chord. Clavichord. An old instrument with keys that struck the chords, like those of a piano. Clavlchordinm. (Lot.) An ancient keyed instrument ; the spinet. Clavlcitherium. (Lat.) Keyed cithara, a small oblong box. holding a series of strings in triangular form, aud struck by plectra of quill attached to the inner ends of the keys; an instrument, invented in the twelfth century, and the earliest ap- proach to the pianoforte. Clavicordio. . (Spa.) A clavicembalo ; harpsichord. Clavicylinder. An instrument exhibited at Paris in 1808. Its construction was ni'ver disclosed, but it was supposed to consist of a series of metallic cylinders op- erated upon by bows, which were put in motion by a crank, and brought in contact with the cylinders by means of the keys oi' a key-board. Clavieymbel. (Ger.) An instrument of tin. 1 spinet kind ; a clavichord. Clavier. ( Fre. and Ger.) The key-board of a piano or organ ; a clavichord. Clavierdraht. (Ger.) Music wire. Clavlerlcbrer. (Ger.) A pianoforte teacher. Claviermassig. (Ger.) A term applied by the Germans to passages of musical composition not adapted to specialities of the pianoforte or the capabilities of per- formers. 5* Clavlerschule. (Ger.) Pianoforte in- struction book. Clavier-spiel. (Ger.) Playing on the pianoforte. Clavierspleler. (Ger.) A pianoforte player. Clavierstimmer. ( Ger.) Pianoforte tuner. Clavierubting. (Ger.) Exercises for the clavichordT Clavlerunterricht. (Ger.) Lessons or instruction in pianoforte playing. Clavigero. (Spa.) Bridge of a harpsi- chord. Clavija. (Spa.) Peg of a stringed in- strument. Claviorgano. (Spa.) A harpsichord having strings and pipes. Clavis. (Lat.) A key or clef; formerly a note or tone ; the lever of the organ bel- lows ; the key of a wind instrument. Clavis Signata. (Lot.) A note distin- guished by a mark or sign. Clef. Key ; a character serving to deter- mine the name, acuteness, or gravity of the note in the staff to which it is pre- fixed ; a key to turn the pins of a harpsi- chord. Clef, Alto. The C clef on the third line of the staff (50). Clef, Baritone. The F clef when placed on the third line (54). Clef, Bass. The character placed at the commencement of a staff on which the bass or lower notes of a composition are placed, aud serving to determine the pitch and names of those notes (53). Clef, C. The clef, so called because it gives to the notes placed on the same line with itself the letter C for their local name ().. Clef, Contralto. The alto clef (50). Clef, Counter Tenor. The C clef when placed on the third line in order to accom- modate the counter tenor voice (50). Clef d'Accordeur. (Fre.) A tuning hammer. Clef de Fa. (Fre.) The F, or bass clef (53). Clef, Descant. The treble or soprano i-lef (40). Clef, IMscant. The treble or soprano clef (45). Clefd'Ut. (Fre.) The C clef (48). Clef, F. The bass clef; a compound char- acter placed on the fourth line of the staff, so that the two dots arc in the third and fourth spaces (53). Clef, French Treble. The G clef on the bottom line of the staff, formerly much used in French music for the violin, flute, &c. (47). Clef, Oerman Soprano. The C clef placed on the first lino of the staff, for so- prano, instead of using the g clef on the second line for that part (51). CLE 54 COL Clef, Mean. The tenor clef (49). Clef, Mezzo Soprano. The C clef when placed on the second line of the staff, for- merly used in church music for second treble voice, and for which the treble clef is now substituted (52). Clef Note. The note indicated by the clef. Clef Note, Bass. That note which in the bass staff is placed on the same line with the bass clef. Clef Note, Treble. That note which is on the line of the clef in the treble staff. Clef Sol. (Fre.) The G or treble clef (40). Clef, Soprano. The C clef placed on the first line (4G). Clef, Tenor. The C clef when on the fourth line of the staff; the treble clef is also used for this, and recently a new form, which places these letters the same as the treble clef, has been adopted (49). Clef, Treble. A character by which the pitch and names of the highest parts of music are determined (46). Clelne alt Posaune. ( Ger.) A sackbut proper for a counter tenor. Clepsydra. (Grit.) A water clock in- vented by Plato, which indicated the hours of night when the dial could not be seen, by playing musical passages upon flutes ; the iirst approximation to the modern organ. Clerizon. (Spa.") Chorister ; a singing- boy belonging to a cathedral. Cleric, Imy. A vocal officiate in a cathe- dral, taking a part in the services and au- thems, but not of the priesthood. Cliffs. Clefs. Clink. To ring or jingle ; to utter or make a succession of small, sharp sounds. Clinis. (Grk.) Name given by the Greek musicians of the middle ages to one of their notes. Cliquetis. (Fre.) Jingle. Cloche. (Fre.) A bell. Cloche de 1'Elevation. (Fre.) Saints' bell. Cloche Fnnebre. (Fre.) Death bell. Cloche Mortuaire. (Fre.) The passin- bell. Clocher. (Fre.) A belfry. Cloche Sowrde. (Fre.) A muffled bell. Clocheton. (Fre.) A bell turret. Clochette. (Fre.) A little bell. Clocks, Musical. Clocks containing an arrangement similar to a barrel organ, moved by weights or springs, and produ- cing various tunes. Clorone. A species of clarinet which is a fifth lower than the C clarinet. Close. The end of a piece or passage ; ca- dence. Close, False. A close, so called to distin- guish it from the full or final close. Close, Final. The prihcipal or customary cadence in the key of a piece. Close Harmony. A harmony whose tones are nearly allied in point of pitch. Close, Imperfect. The ancient thick single bar ; a close whose bass is any other than the key note of the composi- tion. Close, Interrupted. An interrupted ca- dence. Close, Perfect. A close having for itg bass the key note of a composition. Close Plain Shake. A semitone shake, rapid, though with less energy than the open shake, and closing without a turn (87). Close Position. A term applied to a chord when its tones are near together. Close, Principal. The usual cadence in the principal key, so called because it oc- curred at the close of the piece. Close Shake. One of the old English graces comprised in the class denominated si i, 'iked. Close Turned Shake. A close shake ending with a turn. Club, Catch. A musical society having for its object the singing of glees and catches. C Major. The key or scale of C without flats or sharps, with its short, diatonic distances, or small seconds, between the third and fourth, and between the seventh and eighth degrees. C Minor. The key or scale of C with three flats. CMoll. (Ger.) C Minor. C Natural. The tone C neither flatted nor sharped. C. O. An abbreviation of Choir Organ. ' Co'. (Ita.) With ; with the. Cocchiua. (Ita.) An Italian country dance. Coda. (Ita.) A few bars added beyond the natural termination of a composition. Coda Brillante. (Ita.) A brilliant end- ing. Codetta. (Ita.) A short passage serving to connect one period or movement with another. Coffre. (Fre.) The belly of a lute. Cogli. (Ita.) With the. Cognoscente. (Ita.) One well versed in classic music ; a connoisseur. Coi. (Ita.) With the. Coi liassi. (Ita.) With the basses. Coi Fagotti. (Ita.) With the bassoons. Coi Violini. With the violins. Col. (Ita.) With the. Cola. (Spa.) Coda; burden of a song or other piece of music. Colachon. (Fre.) An instrument similar to a lute ; a guitar with a long neck. Colacsione. (Ita.) A species of guitar used by the Neapolitans. COL 55 COM Col Arco. (/to.) "With the bow. Col Basso. (Ita,.') With the bass. Col C. An abbreviation of Col Canto. Col Canto. (Ita.) With the melody or voice, an expression implying that the accompanist must follow the singer in regard to time. Coliseo. (Spa.) An opera house ; play house ; stage on which operas or dramatic performances are given. Coll'. (Ila.) With the. Colla. (Ila.) With the. Colla Massima IHscrezione. (Ita.) With the greatest discretion. Colla Parte. (Ila.) The accompanist must follow the principal part iu regard to time. Colla Plu Gran Forza e Prestezza. (Ita.) As loud and as quick as possible. Colla Punta dell' Arco. (Ita.) With the point of the bow. Coll' Avco. (Ita.) With the bow. Colla Voce. (Ita.) With the melody or voice ; the accompanist must follow the singer iu regard to time. Colle. (Ita.) With the. College Songs. Songs composed for the use of c ege students, usually of a con- vivial and spirited character, and having for their subject local incidents and cus- toms peculiar to the institution. College Youths. A society of London bell ringers. Col Legno. (Ita.) With the bow-stick. Col r.egno Dell' Arco. (Ita.) With the bow- stick. Colle Parti. (Ita.) With the principal parts. Colle Trombe. (Ita.) With the trum- pets. Colllnet. Flageolet. Collo. (Ita.) With the. Coll' Ottava. (Ita.) With the octave. Colofonia. (Ita.) Resin for violin, vio- loncello, and double bass bows. Colon. A sign placed in the middle of each verse of the Psalms for the purpose of indicating to the chanters in cathedral service a pause (119). Colophon. (Fre.) Resin. Coloratura. (Ita.) Every variety of mu- sical ornament introduced for the purpose of making a performance agreeable. Colorature. (Ita.) Decorations ; orna- ments ; embellishments. Coloraturen. (Ger.) Coloratures. Colored. A term applied to that music the notes of which are of different value, and the motions of various time. Colored Keys. The short or black keys of a pianoforte ; the chromatic keys. Colored Tones. Chromatics. Coloring. The adaptation of scenic mu- sic to the character delineated. Co Imo. An abbreviation of Canto Primo. Col Imo. Vio. (Ita.) With the first vi- olin. Coma. (Spa.) A comma. Come. (Ita.) As. Comediante. (Spa.) An actor ; a pro- fessional player. Comedy, IJyric. A comedy in which singing forms a chief part ; comic opera. Come '1 Primo Tempo. (Ita.) In tha same movement as at tirst. Come Prima. (Ita.) As before. Comes. (Lat.) The answer of a fugue ; name formerly applied to those of a baud who followed the leader. Come Sopra. (Ita.) As above, or be- fore. Come Sta. (Ita.) As it stands; perform exactly as written. Come Tempo del Tema. (Ita.) Same movement as the theme. Cornice. (Lot.) Like a comedy ; mer- rily. Comico. (Spa.) A writer of comedies ; an actor. Comic Opera. A burlesque opera ; an op- era interspersed with light songs, dances, and laughable incidents. Comic Song. A lively air with humorous words. Comicns. (Lat.) A writer of comedies ; belonging to comedy. Comique. (Fre.) Comedy ; comic singer. Comiquement. (Fre.) Comically ; jo- cosely. Comma. The smallest of all the sensible intervals of tone ; the difference between a tone major and minor. Comma, T^esser. The difference between the comma aud the enharmonic diesis ; the diachisina. Comme il iaut. (Fre.) As it should be ; elegant. Commencant. (Fre.) A beginner in music. Commencer a Chanter. (Fre.) To strike up a tune. Commodamente. (Ita.) With case and quietude. Commodo. (Ita.) Quietly ; composedly. Common Chord. A chord consisting of a bass note, together with its third and fifth, to which the octave is often added. Common Chord. Imperfect. A chord consisting of a bass note, accompanied by its minor third and imperfect fifth. Common Hallelujah Metre. A stanza of six lines of iambic measure, the sylla- bles of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 6, 8, 6, 8, 8. Common Measure. That measure which has an even number of parts in a bar; common time. COM 56 COM Common Metre. A stanza of four linos in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 0, 8, 6. Common Particular Metre. A stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the sylla- bles of each being in number uud order iw follows : 8, 8, 6, 8, 8, 0. Common Time. That time which has an even number of parts iu a bar. Common Time, Compound. Measures of two times, composed of six equal notes, three for each time ; sextuple measure. Common Time, Half. A measure con- taining only two crotchets, or their equiv- alents. Common Time, Simple. A time of which there are two species, the first con- taining one semibreve in each bar, the sec- ond only the value of a minim. Common Turn. A turn commencing on the note above the note on which the turn is made. Commune-. (Lat.) One of the modes of the ancients, otherwise called the Hypo- dorian. Coma-din. (Lat.) A comedy or interlude. Comrcdus. (Lot.) A comic actor. Compact Harmony. Close harmony ; that whose tones are nearly the same as to pitch. Compania. (Spa.) A company of play- ers. Comparire in Iscena. (/la.) To ap- pear upon the stage. Com parses. (Fre.) Supernumeraries; persons who appear on the stage in op- eratic performances to increase the num- ber of the singers and dancers, without taking part with them. Compas. (Spa.) Power of the voice to express the notes of music ; time. Compasillo. (Spa.) Quick musical time. Compass. The range of notes or sounds comprehended by any voice or instru- ment. Compasso. (for.) A beating of time. Compensating Piano. An English piano, so made as to allow of the use of heavy strings, by which the full power of a grand is obtained from a cottage or small piano. Compiacevole. (Ita.) Pleasing ; attrac- tive. Compiacevolmente. ( Ita.) In a pleasant and agreeable style. Compieta. (Lat.) A psalm or hymn used in the Komish church service. Compiler. A person who frames a book by collecting parts or passages from the compositions of various musical authors. Complainte. (Fre.) A religious ballad. Complement. That quantity which is wanting to any interval to fill up the oc- tave. Complementary Part. That part which is added to the subject and counter subject of a i'ugue. Complete Cadence. A full cadence; a term used in church music when the last or liual sound of a verse in a chant is on the key note. Complete Chord. A chord having all its proper members ; a perfect chord. Complin. Kvening service during Lent in the Catholic church. Componedor. (Spa.) A composer. Compouere. (Ita.) To compose. Compoiiista. (Ita.) A composer of mu- sic. Componitore. (Ita.) A composer of mu- sic. Componitrice. (Ita.) A female composer of music. Comporre per 1' Organo. (Ita.) To set to the organ. Composer. One who invents and arranges new music, according to the laws of har- mony and modulation. Composer, Ecrire pour 1'Orgue. (Fre.) To arrange music for the organ. C: i in posit: ion. (Spa.) Musical composi- tion. Composite Intervals. One of the two divisions into which the ancients divided musical intervals, and denominated by them systems ; in modern music, those intervals which consist of two or more semitones. Compositeur. (Fre.) A composer. Compositeur de Fugues. (Fre.) Fu- guist ; a composer of fugues. Composition. Any musical production ; the art of inventing music according to the established rules of harmony and modulation. Composition, Free. That which deviatcg somewhat from the rules, and employs voices or instruments. Compositions, Erotic. Compositions having for their subject sentiments of love. Composition, Strict. A composition in which only voices are employed : that which rigidly adheres to the rules of art. Compositore. (Ita.) A composer. Compositor, Music. A person who sets, adjusts, and corrects pages of music type preparatory to printing, stereotyping, or electrotyping. Composizione. (Ita.) A musical compo- sition. Composizione di Tavolino. (Jta.) Ta- ble music ; glees, catches, < vozione. (Ita.) With devotion ; devoutly. Con Dilitfeiiza. (Ita.) With diligence ; in a studied manner. Con IMscrezione. (Ita.) With discretion. Con Disperazione. (Ita.) With despair. Con Dolce >Iniiiti-a. (Ita.) In a simple, delicate manner. Con l>olcezza. (Ita.) With sweetness. Con Dolore. (Ita.) Mournfully ; with grief and pathos. Conducidor. (Spa.) A conductor. Conducluiento. (Ita.) A term answering to the " agoge " of the Greeks, the " duc- tus " of the Romans, and signifying a melody, or succession of sounds, moving by conjoint degrees. Conducimeuto Circoncorrente. (Ita.) A species of the modulation of the an- cient Greek Melopoeia, in which the sounds rise by sharps, and fall by flats. Condncimento Recto. (Ita.) One of the species of modulation of the Melo- poeia of the ancient Greeks, in which the sounds move from grave to acute. Conduclmento Itltornante. (Ita.) One of the species of modulation of tho Melo- poeia of the andent Greeks, in which the sounds pass from acute to grave. Conductor. A person who arranges, orders, and directs the necessary prepara- tions for a concert, and superintends and conducts the performance. Conductu*. (Lat.) An ancient species of air characterized by the fact that, though in every other kind of descant some known melody was chosen which gov- erned the air originating from it, in this the descant and the harmony were both of them new, and produced together. Con due Violini, e Violoncello, basso per 1' Oreauo. (Ita.) With two violins, a bass viol, and a thorough bass on the organ. Con Ouolo. (Ita.) With expressions of grief. Con Klegaiiza. (Ita.) With elegance. Con F.lcvatezza. (Ita.) With elevation of style. Con Elevazione. (Ita.) With dignity. Con Energia. (Ita.) With energy. Con Euergico. (Ita.) With energy. Con Kntusiasmo. (Ita.) With enthu- siasm. Con Kqunlinnza. (Ita.) With equality and smoothness. Con e Senzn. Stromenti. (Ita.) Witk and without instrument*. Con e Senza Violini. (Ita.) With and without violins. Con Esp. An abbreviation of Con Es- pressione. Con Kspres. An abbreviation of Con E- pressione. Con Kspressioue. (Ita.) With expres- sion. Con Facilita. (Ita.) With facility. Con Kerocita. (Ita.) With an expression of ferocity. Con Fierezza. (Jta.) With fierceness. Conflation. A blowing together of many instruments in a concert performance. Con Flessibilita. (Ita.) Flexible ; uncon- strained. Confoeotto Obligate. (Ita.) Must b played with a bassoon. Con Forza. (Ita.) With force; vehe- mently. ConFreddezza. (Ita.) With coldness and apathy. Con Fretta. (Ita.) With an increase and hastening of the time. Con Fuoco. (Ita.) With fire and anima- tion. Con Fuoco sin' al Fine. (Itn.) With spirit to the end. Con Furia. (Ita.) Furiously ; with vehe- mence. Con Furore. (Ita.) With fury ; with great agitation. Con Garbo. (Ita.) With simplicity. Con Gentilezza. (Ita.) With grace and elegance. Con Giustezza. (Ita.) With precision. Con Giustezza dell' Intonaziou*. (Ita.) With appropriate intonation. Con gli. (Ita.) With the. cox 60 CON Con gli Stromentl. (ltd.) With the in- struments. Con Gradazione (/to.) With gradual increase and decrease. Con Gravita. (Ita.) With gravity. Con Grazla. (Ita.) With grace and ele- gance. Congregational Singing. A mode of singing in which the congregation unites with the choir, or in which a choir is dis- pensed with. Con Gusto. (Ita.) With taste. Con Impeto. (Ita.) With force. Con Impeto Doloroso. (Jta.) With pa- thetic force and energy. Con Impetuosita. (Ita.) With impetu- osity. Con Indifferenza. (Ita.) In an easy, in- different manner. Con Inuocenza. (Ita.} In an artless and innocent style. Con Intrepidezza. (Ita.) With intre- pidity. Con Isdegno. (Ita.) With anger. Con Ismania. (Ita.) With frenzied style. Con Istrepito. (Ita.) With noise and bluster. Conjoint I>egrees. Two notes which immediately follow each other in the order of the scale. Conjoint Tetrachords. Two tctra- chords,or fourths, where the same note is the highest of one and lowest of the other. Conjunct. A term applied by the an- cient Greeks to those tetrachords which were so disposed with respect to each other that the last, or highest, note of the lower tetrachord was also the first or low- est note of the tetrachord next above it. Conjunct Degree. A degree in which two notes are so situated as to form the interval of a second. Conjunct Succession. A succession of sounds in melody, proceeding regularly upward or downward through the sev- eral intervening degrees. Con Justo. (Ita.) With exact precision. Con T^eggierezza. (Ita.) With lightness and drii.'iicjr. Con Hieutezza. (Ita.) With slowness. Con Mae.sta. (7/a.) With grandeur and majesty. Con Mistero. (Ita.) With an air of mys- tery. Con Jloderazione. (Ita.) With a mod- crate degree of quickness. Con Malta Carattere. (Ita.) With much character and emphasis. Con >Iolto Passioiie. (Ita.) In a highly lei'ling and affecting style. Con Molto Sentlmento (Ita.) With much feeling or sentiment. Con >Iorbidezza. (Ita.) With excess of delicacy. Con >Toto. (Ita.) With somewhat of an agitated expression. Connecting A'ote. A note held in com- mon by two successive chords. Con A'egligenza. (Ita.) Negligently; without restraint. Con A'obilita. (Ita.) With nobleness. Connoisseur. (Fre.) One well versed in fine music ; a good judge and critic of I musical composition and performance. Conocedor. (.Spa.) Connoisseur. Con Osservanza. (Ita.) With scrupulous exactness in regard to time. Con Ottava. (Ita.) With the octave. Con Passione. (Ita.) In an impassioned manner ; with emotion ; nearly synony- mous with affettuoso, though indicative of more fervid feeling. Con Piacevolezza. (Ita.) In a pleasing and graceful style. Con pin 3Ioto. (Ita.) With increased motion. 011 Precipltazione. (Ita.) In a hurried manner. Con Precisione. (Ita.) With distinct ness and precision. Con Prestezza. (Ita.) With rapidity. Conquc. (Fre.) A conch; a sea shell used formerly as a trumpet. Con liaubia. (Ita.) With rage; furi- ously. Coil liapidita. (Ita.) With rapidity. Con Replica. (Ita.) With repetition. Con Risolnzioue. (Ita.) With boldness and resolution. Con Scioltezza. (Ita.) Freely ; discon- nectedly. Con Sdcguo. (Ita.) In a fiery and indig- nant style. Consecutive. A term applied to any two or a series of similar intervals or chords. Consecutive Fiftlis. Two or more per- fect filths immediately following one an- other in two parallel parts of the score. Consecutive Intervals. Intervals in two parallel parts or voices of the score passing in the same direction. Consecutive Octaves. Two or more octaves following one another in two par- allel parts of the score. Consecutiyes, Covered. Passages of harmony in which a third or a sixth moves to a fifth, that is, in which two con- secutive fifths may be imagined, though they do not really exist. Consecutives, Hidden. Such as occur in passing, by similar motion, from an imperfect to a perfect concord, or from one perfect concqrd tq anpther of a dif- ferent kind. Con Scmplicita. (Ita ) With sim- plicity. Con Sensibilita. (Ita.) With sensibility and feeling. CON 61 CON Con Sentimento. (Ita.) With feeling aud sentiment. Consequent. The answer of a fugue, or of a point of imitation. Cousequente. (Ita.) A term applied to a part ot a fugue or canon when it follows the h'rst part, called the guide, imitating its motions, notes, and figures. Conservatoire. (1're.) A music school in Paris. Conservatoria. (Ita.) An academy of music. Conservatorio. (Ita.) An institution for instruction m music. Conservatorium. (Ita.) A seminary in which music is taught. Con Severita. (Ita.) "With strict and se- vere style. Con Smaiiia. (Ita.) With passion ; dis- tractedly. Consolante. (Ita.) In a cheering and en- couraging manner. Con Soleunita. (Ita.) With solemnity. Consonance. An interval agreeable to the ear ; the condition of two or more notes sounding in unison Consonance, Perfect. A just and de- termined interval ; a consonance in which the interval is invariable. Consonances, Imperfect. In harmony, the major and minor thirds and sixths. Consouaiicia. (Spa.) Consonance. Consonant. Accordant ; harmonious ; formed of consonances. Consonant Concord. The perfect con- cord anil its derivatives. Consonante. (Ita.) Harmonious ; conso- nant. Coiisonaiitcmcute. (Spa.) Accordantly. Consonantia. (Lat.) Consonance; agree- ment of voices. Consoiiaiitissime. (Lat.) Most harmo- niously. Consonant Sixths. The minor sixthi composed of three tones and two semi- tones major, and the major sixth, com- posed of four tones and a major semitone. Consonant Thirds. The major third, consisting of two tones, aud the minor third, consisting of a tone and a half. Consonanza. (Ita.) Agreement of simul- taneous sounds. Consonar. (Spa.) To sing accordantly ; to play in unison. Consonare. (Ita.) To sing or play in unison. Coiisoncs. (Spa.) Concordant sounds. Consoui Suoiil. (Ita.) Concords. Cousono. (Spa.) Harmonious; conso- nant. Con Sonoritn. (Ita.) With a full, vibrat- ing kind of tone, Consonons. Symphonious. Consordinl. (Ita.) A direction tt> perform 6 a passage, if on the pianoforte, with the dampers down, and if on the violin, with the mute on. Consort. Harmony ; symphony ; concert; to unite by symphony. Consorte. (Ita. and Spa.) Harmony; con- cert. Con Spirito. (Ita.) With quickness and spirit. Con Strepito. (Ita.) With impetuosity. Con Strnmeuti. (Ita.) A performance with voices and instruments united. Con Suavita. (Ita.) With sweetness and delicacy. Consueta. (Spa.) A prompter. Cont. An abbreviation of Contano. Contauo. (Ita.) They count or rest; a term applied to certain parts not played for the time being. Con Tenerezza. (Ita.) With tenderness. Con Tepidita. (Ita.) With coldness and indifference. Contera. (Spa.) Prelude. Contours. One of the classes comprising the ancient order of Jonglerie. Con Timidezza. (Ita.) With timidity. Continental Music. A term applied to the melodies sunfj and played during the time of the American revolution. Continuato. (Ita.) A term which, when applied to a single tone, means that the tone is to be held or continued on ; but when applied to a passage or movement, apprises the performer that such passage or movement is to be given in exact time. Continued Bass. Bass continued through the whole piece ; thorough bass. Continued Harmony. A harmony which does not change, though the bass varies. Continued Rest. A rest continuing through several successive measures, and indicated by a figure over a whole rest, showing the number of measures, and counteu by adding ne in each successive measure (-io). Continued Thorough Bass. Tli.it which continues to play constantly, both during the recitatives and hi support of the chorus. Continui Snoni. (Ita.) Sounds hold out, or continued, lor the pronunciation of some syllable, or the state of the voice, neither ascending nor descending, but re- taining the same pitch. Continue. (Ita.) Without cessation. Continuous Horizontal I,ine. A line indicating that the passages are to be played as unisons. Contra. (Ita.) Low ; under : counter. Contra-Bass. (Ita.) The lower bass. Contra-Basso. (Ita.) The double bass. Contra-Bass Viol. A large viol ; a double-bass viol. cox 62 CON Contrabaxo. (Spa.) Counter bass ; bass viol. Contracted Section. A section contain- ing not more than three bars. Contraction. That which occurs in a fugue when two parts compress the sub- ject, counter subject, or even an interven- ing subject. Contraddanza. (/to.) Counter dance ; contra dance. Contra Fagotto. (Ita.) Double bassoon. Contra Fuga. (Ita.) Counter fugue. Cont r Alti. The higher male voices, usu- ally called counter tones. Contralto. (Ita.) Alto ; a counter tenor voice ; the highest species of male voice, and the lowest of female voices. Contr' Alto Clef. The alto clef; the C clef on the third line of the staff (50). Con Tranquillezza. (Ita.) With tran- quillity. Con Tranquillita. (Ita.) With.markcd tranquillity. Contra Octave. (Itu.) A low octave ; a lower octave. Contra Parte. (Ita.) Counterpart. Contrapas. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Contrapaso. (Spa.) A counter note ; a dance. Contrapnnckt. (Gcr.) Counterpoint. Contrapuiictum duplex in J><-ci- 111:1 Acuta. (Lot.) A term applied to double counterpoint when one or two parts move throughout in tenths or thirds above the subject, counter-subject, or intervening subject. Contrapunctum Floridum. (Lat.) Or- namental or figurate counterpoint. Contrapunctum in I>ecima Gravi. (Lat.) A term given to double counter- point when the parts move in tenths or thirds below the subject. Contrapuntal. Relating to counterpoint. Contrapunta alia Zonpa. (Ita.) A species of counterpoint in which by the introduction of a note a syncope is pro- duced. Contrapuntante. (Spa.) He who sings in counterpoint. Contrapnntear. (Spa.) To sing in coun- terpoint. Contrapuntist. A musician skilled in counterpoint. Contrapuntista. (Ita.) One who under- stands counterpoint. Contrapunto. (Ita.) Counterpoint, the lirst and most necessary step towards a knowledge of musical composition. Contrapnnto alia Deeima. (Ita.) A species of double counterpoint, wherein the principal counterpoint may rise a tenth above, or fall as much below, the subject. Contrapnnto alia >fente. (Ita.) A confused kind of counterpoint, or the plain chant performed by several voices, eacli singing extempore. Contrapunto Doppio. (Ita.) Double counterpoint. Contrapunto d' un sol Passo. (Ita.) A succession of sounds in the beginning of a song, consisting of one, two, or three bars, to be imitated in other places by an observance of the same number, motion, and figure. Contrapunto Legato. (ltd.) A syncope in harmony in which one only of the parts syncopates, but without discord. Contrapnuto Sciolto. (Ita.) A counter- point that is not full of tied or syncopated notes, or that is not obliged to move in a particular manner. Contrapnnto sopra il Soggetto. (Ita.) Counterpoint above the subject. Contrapunto sotto il Soggetto. (Ita.) Counterpoint below the subject. Contrapunto Syncopate. (Ita.) In harmony, the syncopation of one part for the purpose of introducing a discord. Contrapuntus Simplex. (Lat.) Simple counterpoint. Contrarco. (Ita.) A reversed movement of the bow. Contrario. (Ita.) Contrary. Contrary Bow. A contrary, or reversed, stroke of the bow. Contrary Motion. The motion of one pttrt in an opposite direction to some other part. Contrary Retrograde Inversion. An inversion made by reversing the retro- grade inversion, beginning with the first note, and proceeding to the last. Contras. (Spa.) The bass pipes of a largo organ. Contrassoggetto. (Ita.) The counter subject of a fugue. Contrasporto. (Ita.) In an angry and passionate manner. Contra Tenor. The counter tenor voice ; contr' alto. Contratenore. (Ita.) Contralto ; a coun- ter tenor voice. Contra Violone. (Ita.) The double bass. Coutre Basse. (Fre.) A double bass. Coiitre Banse. (Fre.) A quadrille or country dance. Contre Partie. (Fre.) The first and sec- ond part. Contrepoiiit. (Fre.) Counterpoint. Contrepointiste. (Fre.) A contrapuntist. Contresujet. (Fre.) The counter subject of a fugue. Contretemps. (Fre.) Syncopation ; driv- ing notes, or unaccented and accented notes tied together, contrary to the natural rhythmic flow of the measure. Contretems. (Fre.) A deviation from the strict time of any piece of music. Contreteneur. (Fre.) Counter tenor. cox 63 COR Contro. (Ita.) Counter ; low, or lower. Coiitro Basso. (Ita.) A double-bass viol ; the lowest or gravest part of a musical composition. Contro Fagotto. (Ita.) A large bassoon an octave, fifth, or a fourth lower than the common bassoon. Contro Fugue. A counter fugue. Controvlolone. (Ita.) A double-bass viol. Con Tutta la Forza. (Ita.) With the whole strength. Con Variazione. (Ita.) With variations. Con Veemenza. (Ita.) Forcibly; vehe- mently. Con Velocita. (Ita.) With velocity. Conversio. (Ita.) Inversion. Con Violenza. (Ita.) With violence. Con Viyacita. (Ita.) With animation; with vivacity. Con Vivezza. (Ita.) With animation ; vi- vaciously. Convivial Sonars. Songa written for, or sung at, festive and jovial entertain- ments. Con Volubilita. (Ita.) With freedom and case. Con Zelo. (Ita.) With zeal. Con 8va. An abbreviation of Con Ottava. Con 8va ad Libitum. With octaves at pleasure. Coperto. (Ita.) To deaden the sound either by covering, muffling, or otherwise ; in violin music it signifies that a tone is not to be given, as it otherwise might be, on the open string, but on a lower string lingered. Coplero. (Spa.) A ballad seller. Copllca. (Spa.) A little ballad. Coprire la Voce. (Ita.) To drown the voice. Copter, (Fre. and -Spa.) To cause the tongue of a bell to strike on one side only. Copula. (Lat.) That movement in an or- gan by which two rows of keys can be connected together, or the pedals with the keys. Copyright. The exclusive right allowed by law to an author, or to his representa- tive, of printing, publishing, and selling a musical composition during a specified term of years. Cor. An abbreviation of Cornet. Cor. (Fre.) A horn. Cor. ( Wei.) A choir. Cora. (Iri.) A chorus. Corale. (Jta.) The plain chant. Corale, Fugal. A fugal construction of a whole corale, in which one strophe after the other is taken separately as the subject of the fugue, and is carried'through. Coranacti. (Gae.) A lamentation for the dead ; a funeral song or dirge. Cor Anglais*. (Fre.) English horn. Coranlch. Gae.) A funeral song or dirge. Coraute. (Ita.) A slow dance in \ or \ time. Coranto. (Ita.) A certain air comprising three crotchets in a bar. Corchea. (Spa.) A crotchet (17). Corda. (Ita.) A string. Cordatura. (Lat.) The system by which the strings of any instrument are tuned ; an appellation given to the open scale of stringed instruments. Corde. (Fre.) A string. Cor de Cliasse. (Fre.) A French horn : hunting horn. Corde de Luth. (Fre.) A lute string. Cordes a Boyau. (Fre.) Catgut. Cor de Signal. (Fre.) A bugle. Corde Vuidc. (Fre.) The open string. Cordiera. (Ita.) The tail-piece of a violin, tenor viol, &c. Cordon de Sonnette. (Fre.) A bell rope. Corea. (Spa.) Dance accompanied by a chorus. Corear. (Spa.) To sing or play in a cho- rus. Coreo. (Spa.) A foot in Latin verse ; con- nected harmony of a chorus. Coriambico. (Spa.) Choriambic. Cot-iambus. (Lat.) In ancient poetry, a foot consisting of four syllables, of which the first and last are long, the others short ; a ehoriambus. Corifeo. (Spa.) Corypheus, the principal or leading character in a chorus among the Greeks and Romans. Corillo. (Spa..) A small choir. Corista. (Ita.) The diapason. Corista. (Spa.) Chorister. Corn. ( irel.) A horn. Cornamusa. (Ita.) A cornmuse ; a bag- pipe. Cornamusare. (Ita.) To play ou the bagpipe. Cornamute. A wind instrument ; a kind of bagpipe ; a cornmuse. Cornarare. (Ita.) To sound a horn. Cornatore. (Ita.) One who sounds a horn. Corne. (Fre.) A horn. Corne de Chasae. (Fre.) The horn of the chase ; a French horn. Corneous Instruments. Instruments of the horn species. Cornet. The name of an organ stop consisting of several ranks of pipes ; a wind instrument of the oboe class, now little known, which gave place, a century or more ago, to the hautboy ; a species of trumpet used in brass bauds. lor in ta. (Spa.) Cornet; a French horn. COR 64 COU Cornet a Bouquin. for the cornet. e.) Early name Comet a Pistons. (Fre.) A species of trumpet with valves. Cornet, Bass. An ancient instrument con- sisting of a serpentine tube four or nve feet in length, gradually increasing in di- ameter from tlie mouth-piece towards the end. Cornete. (Spa.) A small horn ; a bugle. Corneter. A cornet player. Cornetica. (Spa.) A small cornet. Coruetist. A performer on the cornet. Cornet Stop. An organ stop consisting of nve pipes to each note. Cornetta. (Ita.) A pipe or English flute ; a cornet. Cornet, Tenor. An old style of cornet, formed of a curved tube three feet in length, with a diameter increasing from the mouth-piece to its end. Coriiettiuo. (Ita.) A small cornet. Cornetto. (Ita.) A cornet; a small horn. Cornet. Treble. An old form of cornet, consisting of a curved tube about three feet in length. Cornenr. (Fre.) A horn blower. Corneznelo. (Spa.) A bugle. Corni. (Ita.) The horns. Cornicello. (Ita.) A small horn ; a cor- net. Cornist. A performer on the horn. Corniste. (Fre.) A player upon the horn. Cornmnse. A Cornish pipe, similar to a bagpipe. Corno. (Ita.) A horn. Corno Bassetto. (Ita.) A species of clar- inet a fifth lower than the C clarinet. Corno Basso. (Ita.) A bass horn ; an im- proved serpent. Corno Cromatico tli Teuore. (Ita.) The chromatic tenor horn. Corno di Bassetto. (Ita.) A basset horn. Corno ill Caccia. (Ita.) A French horn. Corno in B Basso. (7/a.) A low B horn. Corno Iiiglese. (Ita.) An English horn. Corno Quarto. (Ita.) The fourth horn. Coruo Uuinto. (Ita.) The fifth horn. Corno Sordo. (Ita.) A horn with damp- ers. Coro. (.Spa. and Ita.) Choir; chorus; verses designed for a choir; an ancient dance. Corotoasuas. (Iri.) An ancient instrument formed of two circular pieces of brass, strung together by wire of the same ma- terial, and used for marking time. C'orodica. A vocal performance by more than one voice ; chorus singing. Coro-Favorito. (Ita.) A chorus in which the best voices and instruments are em- ployed. Coromeion. (Grk.) A brazen bell much used by the ancients. Corona. (Ita.) A pause or hold (113). Corouata. (Ita.) A pause (113). Coronet. A hold. Coro Primo. (Ita.) The first chorus. C'oro-Recitante. (Ita.) A chorus com- prising the best voices and instruments ; the little chorus. Coro Sptzzato. (Ita.) A composition for two, three, or four choruses. Corps. (Fre.) The body of a musical in- strument ; a band or company of musi- cians. Corps de Ballet. (Fre.) A general name for the performers in a ballet. Corral. (Spa.) The pit of an opera or play-house. Corrente. (Ita.) An old dance tune in triple time. Corrido. (Spa.) A merry song, accompa- nied with the guitar. Corybant. (Grk.) A priest of Cybelc in Phrygia, whose rites were celebrated with enthusiastic dances, to the sound of the drum and the cymbal. Coryphaeus. (Lat.) A conductor of a choir ; chief of the chorus. Coryphee. (Fre.) The leader of the groups of dancers. Cosaque. (Fre.) A dance ; the Cossack dance. Costilla. (Spa.) The triangled part of an organ bellows. Cote fie ,uth. (Fre.) A portion of the body of a lute. Cotil. An abbreviation of Cotillon. Cotillon. (Fre.) A lively and animated dance in ( ^ time. Cottage Pianoforte. An upright piano- forte. Concbed Harp. The original name of the spinet. Coule. (Fre.) A group of two notes con- nected by a slur. Couler. (Fre.) To slide; to slur. Counter. Xame given to an under part ; counter tenor. Counter Bass. A second bass, where there are more than one in the same per- formance. Counter l>ance. A dance in which the persons are arranged in opposite posi- tions. Counter Fusrne. A fugue in which the subjects move iu contrary directions. Counterpart. A part to be applied to another, as the bass is the counterpart t the treble. cou 65 CUE Counterpoint. The combination and modulation of Bounds either consonant or allowably discordant. Counterpoint, Double. A counterpoint which admits of an inversion of the parts. Counterpoint, Equal. Compositions in two, three, four, or more parts, consisting of notes in equal duration. Counterpoint, Florid. Figured coun- terpoint. Counterpoint, Fugued. Counterpoint in four, five, six, or seven parts, the only counterpoint in use previous to the eigh- teenth century. Counterpoint, Inverted. A species of counterpoint in which the parts are not only reversed towards each other, but are also conducted, step by step, in a con- trary direction. Counterpoint, Plain. Simple counter- point. Counterpoint, Quadruple. Counter- point in four parts, admitting of twenty- four different inversions. Counterpoint, Simple. That counter- point in which note is set against note, and which is called simple, in opposition to more elaborate composition, known as fig- urative counterpoint. Counterpoint, Single. A counterpoint concerned only in the invertion of two or more real parts. Counterpoint, Triple. A counterpoint in three parts, all of which are invert- ible. Counterpoint, Unequal. Compositions in notes of unequal duration. Counter Subject. The first part of a fugue when continued along with the sub- ject. Counter Tenor. The highest adult male voice, and the lowest female voice. Counter Tenor Clef. The clef when placed on the third line, in order to ac commodate the counter tenor voice (50). Counter Tenor Voice. That male voice which ranks in height next above the tenor voice ; the lowest female voice. Counter Theme. Second subject. Counter Tones. The deepest tones on the pianoforte, beginning at C, and con- tinuing to the next C. Country Dance. Any lively, pointed air, calculated for dancing, not confined to any particular measure. Coup de Baguette. (Fre.) Beat of the drum. Coup de Cloche. (Fre.) Stroke of a bell. Coupler. A draw stop in an organ by which two rows of keys may be so con- nected that they may be both played at the same time ; copula. Couplet. A division of a hymn, or ode, in which an equal number or measure of 6* verses is in each part called a strophe; two verses or lines of poetry forming complete sense. Coupleter. (Fre.) To make a song. Coups d'Arcliet. (Fre.) Strokes of the bow ; ways of bowing. Courant. (Fre.) A melody, or air, of three crotchets in a bar, moving by quavers, and consisting of two strains, each beginning with the last three quavers of the oar. Courante. (Fre.) A sprightly dance ; an old dance tune. Courtaud. (Fre.) A courtaut. Coin-taut. (Fre.) An ancient instrument, similar to the bassoon, but much shorter. Covered Consecntives. Passages of harmony in which a third or a sixth moves to a fifth, that is, in which two consecutive fifths may be imagined, though they do not really exist. Covered Octaves. Such octaves as be- come for the first time distinguishable when the interval of the two voices, pro- ceeding in an exact movement by octavos, is filled up with unimportant notes. Cowbrawl. A Swiss song or tune. C. P. The initials of Colla Parte. Cr. An abbreviation of Crescendo. Cracovienne. (Fre.) A kind of dance which originated at Cracow. Cravicembalo. (Ita.) A general name for all instruments of the harpsichord species. Credo. (Lat.) One of the movements of the Catholic service, commencing with the word credo. Creed. The Credo. Crembala. An ancient instrument which resembled the castanets, and was the com- mon accompaniment to female singers and dancers. Cremona. (Ita.) An organ stop ; the cro- morna ; the name of a superior make of violins made at Cremona, Italy. Cremona Stop. A reed stop in an organ, in unison witli the diapasons. Cremorn. An organ stop of eight feet, of the reed kind. Crepitaculum. (Lat.) A timbrel ; a rat- tle. Cres. An abbreviation of Crescendo. Cres. al Forte, or Al n*. (Ita.) Increas- ing to loud, or as loud as possible. Cres. al Fortissimo. (Ita.) Increasing to very loud. Cresc. An abbreviation of Crescendo. Cresc. al Forte. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Crescendo al Fortissimo. Crescendo. (Ita.) A word denoting a grad- ual increase of tone ; sometimes expressed by a sign (101). Crescendo al Fortissimo. (Ita.) A gradual increase of tone. Crescendo-Diminuendo. (Ita.) An in- CRE 66 CRO crease, immediately followed by a dimin- ish (103). Crescendo e Diminuendo. (/*") In- crease the sound, and then diminish it (103). Crescendo e Inealcando Poco-a-Po- co. (Ita.) Increasing and hastening by degrees. Crescendo e poi Diminuendo. (Ita.) Increase, and then diminish the sound (103). Crescendo fin al Fortissimo. (Ita.) In- crease until as loud as possible. Crescendo il Tempo* (Ita.) An increas- ing rapidity of movement. Crescendo BTel Tempo e IVella Forza. (Ita.) An increase iu the time and strength of the tone. Crescendo Poco-a-Pocp. (Ita.) In- crease the sound little by little. Crescent. A Turkish instrument, formed of several small bells hung on an in- verted crescent, fixed on the top of a staff about six feet high, and played by shak- ing it. {'res. Dim. An abbreviation of Crescendo e Diminuendo. Cres. e Legato. (Ita.) Crescendo and le- gato. Cretic. A metrical foot consisting of a short or unaccented syllable, or tone, be- tween two long or accented ones ; an am- phimacer. C, Reversed. A sign in old music signi- fying a diminution of one half the value of the notes. Criard. (Fre.) Shrill; squeaking. Crier. (Fre.) To sing badly. Cries of London. Musical phrases, or successions of sounds, in which London hawkers announce their several articles. Crincrin. (Fre.) A screaking fiddle. Croclie. (Fre.) A quaver (18). Croche, Double. (Fre.) A semiquaver (19). Croche Pointee. (Fre.) Dotted quaver (30). Croche, Quadruple. (Fre.) A semidcmi- semiquaver (21). Crochet. (Fre.) A crotchet (17). Croche, Triple. (Fre.) A demisemiqua- ver (20). Crodhee. (Hin.) The second of the Sroo- tis, into which the Gundhar, or third note in the Hindoo scale, is divided. Croma. (Ita.) A quaver (18). Cromatica. (Ita.) Chromatic. Crome. (Ita.) Demi-crotchets, or quavers : a term which, when written under crotch- ets or minims, directs the divisions of those notes into demi-crotchets or qua- vers. Cromorna Stop. The name of a reed stop iu the organ, voiced like the oboe, but of a different quality, bearing the same relation to the oboe as the stopped diapa- eon to the open ; sometimes written Cre- mona. Cromorne. (Fre.) The cromorna ; an or- gan stop. Crooked Flute. An Egyptian instru- ment in the form of a bull's horn ; the photinx. Crooked Horn. Buccina ; a wind in- strument of the ancients, used for martial music. Crooked Trumpet. An ancient instru- ment made of the horn of au animal ; the crooked horn. Crooks. Movable curved tubes applied to trumpets, horns, and similar instruments, to change their pitch, and adapt them to the key of the piece in which they are to be used. Croqne-3tate. (Fre.) A poor musician ; a person who strums. Croqne-Sol. (Fre.) A poor musician ; a croque-note. Cross. The head of a lute, that part in which the screws for tuning it are in- serted ; a mark placed over a note, signify- that it is to be played with the thumb (140). Cross Flute, A transverse flute ; a Ger- man flute. Crotales. Little bells. Crotalia. (Lat.) Jewels so worn that they jingle as they strike against one an- other. Crot alistrla. ( Grk.) A woman who plays upon an instrument called crotalon ; a le- male minstrel. Crotalo. (Ita.) Castanet ; cithern. Crotalnm. (Grh.) An ancient kind of castauet used by the Corybantea. Crotchet. A note the length of which is one half that of the minim, and double that of the quaver ; to play in a measured time (17). Crotcheted. Having musical notation. Crotchet nest. A rest equal in duration to the length of a crotchet (2U). Crowd. An old English instrument, being an early form of the violin, having a deep, curved body. Crowdero. A performer on the crowd. Crowle. An English wind instrument of former times, a kiud of brass flute or bas- soon. Crowned A'ote. A note marked with a crown, or hold (110). Crow Quills. Quills attached to the wooden jacks of a harpsichord, the action of which upon the wired produces the sounds. Growth. (Wei.) An old Welsh instru- ment, having six strings, and somewhat resembling the violin. CRU 67 DAC CrnclflxuB. (Lot.) Part of the Credo in the Catholic service. Crnit. (Iri.) An ancient musical instru- ment of the Irish. Crupezia. (Grit.) The wooden clog used by the ancient musicians in beating time. Crusma. (Grk.) A timbrel ; a tabor ; the sound of the organ or cymbal. Oiitchetam. Name originally given to tlie crotchet. Crutli. ( Wei.) The crowth, an old Welsh instrument. Cruzado. (Spa.) Manner of playing the guitar. C. S. The initials of Con Sordino. Csardas. (Hun.) Hungarian dance, and its music. C Schliissel. (Ger.) The C clef (48). Cto. An abbreviation of Concerto. Cuclear. (Spa.) To sing as the cuckoo. Cue. The words last spoken by an actor on the stage, serving as an intimation to the actor who is to follow when to appear, or what and when to speak ; the part which an actor is to play in his turn. Cuerno. (Spa.) A horn, or cornet. Cnmbe. (Spa.) A negro dance ; the tune of the dance. Cum Caiitu. (Lat.) A phrase of the Cath- olic church service, meaning with song, or singing. Cum Discantu. With vocal melody. Cumodutee. (Hin.) The second of the Srootis into which the first note of the Hindoo octave is divided. Cum Sancto Spiritu. (Lat.) Part of the Gloria. Curtail. A wind instrument similar to the bassoon. Curtle. A term applied to the distinctive feature of the lowest note of the bas- soon. Curule Song 1 . A song said to have been composed by Olympus, possessing ex- traordinary powers of arousing the enthu- siasm of its hearers. Curve. The slur and a part of the hold. Curved Horn. The corno di bassetto ; the krumm horn. Curved Scale. The scale of a pianoforte, in which t lie tuning pins and wrest plank are in a curved form. Curve, Harp. The form in which the strings are arranged in the circular scale of a pianoforte. Curve, Tclemann's. A curve indicating a diminished triad, and employed to dis- tinguish it from a minor third (121). Custo. A character placed at the end of a line when the measure is not complete, to indicate the first note which is to follow on the next line (114). Custos. (Lat.) A direct (114). Cyclic Chorus. The chorus which per- formed the songs and dances of the dithy- rambic odes at Athens, dancing round the altar of Bacchus in a circle. Cyclicws. (Lat.) An itinerant maker and singer of ballads ; a troubadour. Cymbal. An ancient instrument, made of brass, similar to the kettle drums in present use, but generally smaller. Cymbale. (Fre.) Cymbal. Cymbalist. A performer on cymbals. Cymbalistria. (Lat.) A woman who plays on the cymbal. Cymbals. Metal plates used in military bands, which, on being struck together, produce a clashing sound. Cymbalnm. (Lat.) The cymbal ; an in- strument of antiquity, similar to the tym- panus or drum. Cymbalnm Quatere. (Lat.) To play on a cymbal. Cypher System. An old system of mu- sical notation in which the notes were represented by numerals. Cytara. The cithara. Cyter. (Dan.) A cithern. Cwibiaw. ( Wei.) To quaver ; to trill. Cwyzaw. ( Wei.) Cadence. Czakaii. The cane flute. DTHE second note in the natural di- atonic scale of C, to which Guido Arctiuus applied the monosyllable RE. D, in music, marks in thorough basses what the Italians call discanto, and inti- mates that the treble ought to play alone, as T does the tenor, and B the bass. It is the Kupertonic, or second note. Em- ployed in accordeou music, D shows that the bellows are to be drawn. I>a. (Ita.) By , for ; from. I>abbudda. (Ita.) Psaltery ; a species of harp. 1> 'abort! tres lentement, et avco t- ejalite. (Fre.) At first very slow and equal. Da Camera. (Ita.) Composed for the chamber, or in the style of chamber music. a Capella. (Ita.) In the church style, or for the chapel. Da Capo. (Ita.) From the beginning ; an expression written at the end of a move- ment to indicate that the performer must return to and finish with the first strain. or until the sign (43) is reached. DAC 63 DAS I>a Capo al Fine. (Ita.) An expression placed at the end of a movement, signify- ing that the performer must return to tfie first part, and conclude where the word fine" is placed. l>n Capo al Segno, (/(a.) Repeat from the sign (43). Da Capo fln al Segno. (Ita.) From the beginning to the sign (43). T>.i Capo senza Repetlzione, e poi la Coda. (//.1 Ifo'gin again, but without any repetition of the strain, and then pro- ceed to the coda. Da Capo Sign. A mark placed before a certain note when a piece is to be re- peated, not from any double bar, nor from the beginning, but from that note (43). D' Accordo. (Ita.) In concord ; in har- mony. !>actilo. (Spa.) Dactyl. Dactyl. A metrical foot consisting of one long or accented syllable, and two short or unaccented ones. Dactylic Flute. A flute consisting of unequal intervals. Dactylicns. (Lat.) Of, or belonging to, :i dactyl. Dnctylion. A machine for strengthening the lingers, and rendering them inde- pendent of each other in pianoforte play- ing. Dactyliqne. (Fre.) Dactylic. Dactylus. (Lat.) A dactyl. Dnda. A term used in drum music to indi- cate the left hand. Dal. (Hun.) Song. Dal. (Ita.) From, or by. Dall. (Ita.) From the; of the. Dal la. (Ita.) Of the; from the. Dalle. (Ita.) From the ; of the. Dallo. (Ita.) From the; of the. Dal Segno. ( Ita.) From the sign (43). Dal Segno alia Fine. (Ita.) From the sign to the end. Dal Segno flu al Segno. (Ita.) From sign to sign. Dnl Teatro. (Ita.) In the style of theat- rical music. Daina. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Damper Pedal. That pedal of a piano- forte whicli raises the dampers from the strings, and thus allows them their full vibration. Dampers. Certain movable parts of a pianoforte, covered with cloth, and by nuuiis of a pedal brought into contact with the wires, in order to deaden their vibration. Diiiupf en. ( Ger.) To dampen ; to deaden. Dance, Ariadne. A Grecian dance. Dance, Country. Any lively, pointed air, calculated for dancing, and iiot con- lined to any particular measure. Dance Melody. Any composition suited to a dance. j Dance, Morrice. The Morris dance. Dance, Morris. A dance in imitation of tlie Moors, usually performed with casta- nets, tambours, &c., by young men dressed in loose frocks adorned with bells and ribbons ; the Morrice dance. Dance, Morrlske. The Morris dance. Dance Music. Music of a lively, spirited style, suitable as an accompaniment for a dance. Dancerie. A collection of dance tunes. Dances. Certain tunes composed for, oi used in dancing. Dance, Sword. An old Spanish tuno played on solemn occasions. Dance, Torch. A dance of olden times, in which the dancers carried torches, ac- companied by joyous music. Dancing Pages. A company of ten or more boys who take a part in the services of the cathedral at Seville. Attired as pages, with castanets in their hands, they advance at a given signal, and dance a stately minuet, singing with the accompa- nying orchestra, Danse. (Fre.) Dance. Danse, ('outre. (Fre.) A quadrille; a country dance. Danse de Matelot. ( Fre.) A dance simi. lar to a hornpipe. Danza. (Spa.) Dance. Danzetta. (Ita Suonnr. (ltd.) To sound or play. Das AValdhorn It laser. (Gcr.) To wind the horn. Das Wirbeln. (Ger.) The roulade ; trill- ing ; quavering. Da Teatro. (Ita.) For the theatre. Datis. (GrJc.) The song of mirth. Dauer. (Ger.) The duration or length of notes. Daul. ( Tur.) A large drum used by the Turkish soldiers. Daumenklapper. (Gcr.) Castanets. Daumklappem. ( Ger.') Thumb rattles ; castanets. Daybreak. Song 1 . Among ancient Saxon ecclesiastics, a species of soiig employed at daybreak ; a matin song. J>. C. The initials of Da Capo. D Our. ( Gcr.) I) major. Deaconing. An olrl practice of reading cacli line of a hymn to be snug by the con- gregation ; lining the hymn. Dead Accent. An expression of tone produced on a violin by attacking the note boldly, pressing the bow with dead weight tip'on the string, thus instantly stopping the vibration. Debandcr. (Fre.) To unbrace a drum. Dcbile. (Tla.) Weakly; faintly. Debit. (Spa.) A recitative. Debole. (Ita.) Feeble. Debut. (Fre.) A first appearance. Debutante. (Fre.) One who makes a de- but. Decachord. An ancient instrument of ten strings ; the decachordon. Decacliordon. (Grk.) A musical instru- ment witli ten strings, called by the He- brews liasur, of a triangular figure, with n hollow belly, and sounding from the lower part. Decani. (Lr/t.) Priests ; in cathedral mu- sic, u term used to indicate those passages that are to be sung by those singers only who arc in holy orders. Decaiito. (Lot.) To sing or chant. Decastich. A poem consisting of ten lines. Decasyllabic. Having ten syllables. Dfcenix. (Spn.) Consonance made of an octave and a third. Deceptive Cadence. A cadence in which the dominant chord, instead of resolving into the tonic, resolves into another har- mony. Deceptive Modulation. Any modula- tion by which the ear is deceived, and led to an unexpected harmony. D Chant Monotone. (Fre.) Sing- son-'. Decima. (Lat.) An interval composed of an octave and a minor. Decima. (Spa.) A Spanish stanza of ten verses of eight syllables. Decima Acuta. (Lat.) Tenth above. Decima Gravis. (Lat.) Tenth below. Deciso. (Ita.) In a bold, decided man- ner. Dectssimo. (Tta.) With the greatest de- cision and firmness of touch. Decke. (Ger.) The belly of a violin, violon- cello, &c. Declamando. (Ita.) In the recitative style. Declamatio. (Ita.) Recitative. Decoration. (Fre.) Used by some French theorists in the sense of signature. Decorative IVotes. Appoirgiaturas ; notes not essential, but added as embellish- ments (u;;r.l of :tu organ. Der Ficdelbocren. (Ger.) Row of a violin. Der F Schlussel. (Ger.) Tho bass clef (5"). Derglelch.cn. (Ger.) The same. Derive. (Fre.) Derivative. Derivative Chords. Those chord. i which arc derived from fundamental chords. Derivative, First. The first combination from primitive notes. Derivative IVotes. Accented or har- monic notes of a bass which are not fun- damental. Der Schulcr. ( Ger.) The scholar. Der Schuler Muss niif n nsr s lant dazu zahlen. (Ger.) The pupil must in the beginning count the time aloud. Der Stimmer eiiies Tonwerkzenges. (Ger.) The tuner of an instrument; a tuning instrument. Der Ton. ( Ger.) The tone ; the note. Der Wlrbel an Ortjelpfelfen. (Ger.) Stopper, or plug, in an organ pipe. Der Wlrbelkastcn einer Gelge. ( Ger.) The hollow of the neck of a violin. DES 71 DIA I>es. (Ger.) T> flat. Desaccord. (Fre.) Discord. lesaccorde. (Fre.) Out of tune. Desaccorder. (Fre.) To put out of tune. Desacordar. (Spa.) To make discord. Desafinar. (Spa.) To be out of tune ; In- harmonious. Descant. A melodious display of suc- cessive notes, extemporaneously sung or played to a given bass ; among old au- thors, the art of composing in parts. Descant Clef. The treble or soprano clef (46). Descant, Double. Such an arrangement of the parts of a composition as admits of the treble, or of any high part, being con- verted into the bass, and vice versa. Descant, Figurate. Figured descant. Descant, Figurative. A descant ad- mitting of an admixture of discords. Descant, Figured. A form of descant which, instead of moving note by note with the bass, consists of a free and florid melody. Descant, Florid. Figured descant. Descant, Plain. A descant confined to a due series of concords : simple counter- point. Descend. To fall in tone; to pass from a higher to a lower tone. Descendant. 'Fre.) In descending. Descender. (Spa.) Descending. Descending. Passing from any note to one less acute. Descendre. (Fre. and Spa.) The lowering of a tone. Descendre d'un Ton. (Fre.) To sing a note lower. Descent. The lowering of the tone of a voice or instrument to a note less acute. Deschant. (Fre.) Descant. Descriptive Accent. An accent portray- ing the minute shades of expression or sentiment of a composition. De Our. (Ger.) D flat major. Desenclavijar. (Spa.) To take the pins or pegs from an instrument. Desentonacion. (Spa.) Dissonance. Desentpnamiento. (Spa.) Dissonance ; excess in the tone of the voice. Desentono. (Spa.) Disharmony ; a harsh, rude tone of voice. DeshecUa. (Spa.) The burden of a song. Design. Invention and management of a subject, the disposition of the various parts, and the general order of the whole ; counterpoint. Deslc. A frame, or stand, upon which, for the convenience of the performer, the book or sheet of music is placed. Des Moll. (Gcr.) D flat minor. c Sole nice d 'Argent. (Fre.) Covered strings. De Sons Varies. (Fre.) Many tuned. Des Sons Itudes. (Fre.) Rough, harsh, grating sounds. Dessous. (Fre.) Sub ; below. Dessns. (Fre.) The treble or upper vocal part. Destemplar. (Spa.) To disharmonize. Destemple. (Spa.) Discordance. Destra. (Ita.) Eight. Destra Mano. (fta.) The right hand. Detache. (Fre.) Staccato ; to detach. Determinate. (Ita.) A delivery in exact time, and given firm and decided, with a strong prominence of the accented notes. Detonner. (Fre.) To sing out of tune. Deuteron. (Lat.) Of the second rank ; a term given by old writers to the third and fourth tones of plain song. Deuteros. ( Grk.) Second ; the numerical term by which the ancients marked the JEolian mode. Deutlich. (Ger.) Distinctly. Deutsche Flote. (Ger.) A German flute. Deux Cors. (Fre.) Two horns. Deuxieme. (Fre.) Second. Devotional Music. Vocal or instrumen- tal music, adapted to public or private re- ligious service. Devozione. (Ita.) Devotion. Dextra. (Lat.) The right hand. Dextree. (Lat.) Name given by the an- cient Romans to the flute, fingered with the right hand, by those who played two flutes at the same time. Dextre. (Fre.) Right. D Flat. The flat seventh of E flat; the fourth flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Dim. (Jlin.) A syllable applied to the sixth note of the Hindoo scale in solfaing. Dhyvut. (Hin.) The name of the sixth note in the Hindoo musical scale. Di. (Ita.) Of. Dia. (Grk.) Through; throughout. Diaconicon. (Grk.) The Collects ; the book of service used by the Greek church. Diacoustics. (Grk.) The science which treats of the properties of sounds re- fracted in passing through media of differ- ent densities ; diaphonics. Diafoni Snoni. (Ita.) Discordant sounds. Diagonal Stroke. A transverse, heavy stroke, with a dot on each side, denoting the repetition of the previous measure, or of the previous group of notes in the same measure (61, b). Diagram. The name giyen by the an- cients to their table, or model, represent- ing all the sounds of their system. Diagrarama. (Grk.) Diagrams scor* D1A 72 DIB Dialogo. (Itn.) A dialogue ; a piece or passage in which two or more parts arc so constructed as to respond to one another. Dialogue. A vocal or instrumental com- position of two parts, in which the per- formers, through the greater portion of the piece, sing or play alternately, yet oc- casionally unite. Diana. (Spa.) A drum-beat. Diane. (Fre.) The beat of a drum at break of day. Diap. An abbreviation of Diapason. Diapase. (Grk.) Diapason. Diapason. (Lot.) In the ancient Greek system, the interval of the octave ; the rule or scale by which the measures of musical instruments are determined ; cer- tain stops in an organ, so called because they extend through the whole scale of the instrument. Diapason, Bis. Twice, or double diapa- son ; twice through the octave ; a double octave. Diapason-Diaex. A species of compound coneord, of whi'-h there are two kinds, the- greater, which is in the proportion of 10 : :t ; and the lesser, in that of 16: 5, called a thirteenth. Diapason Diapente. (Grit.) The inter- val compounded of an octave and a fifth conjoined ; a twelfth. Diapason Diatessaron. (Grk.) The in- terval compounded of an octave and a fourth conjoined ; an eleventh. Diapason Ditone. A compound concord whose terms are in the proportion of 10:4, or 5:2. Diapason, Semi-Ditone. A compound concord whose terms are in the propor- tion of 12 : 5. Diapason Stop, Open. An organ stop, the pipes of which are open at the top, and generally made of metul. Diapason Stops. Organ stops that run through the whole register of the key board. Diapason Stop, Stopped. An organ stop having its pipes closed at their upper end with a wooden plug, by which it is tuned, and its tones rendered soft and mellow. Diapente. (Grk.) A perfect fifth. Diapentissare. (Grk.) A method of des- cant by fifths. Diaphona. (Grk.) A composition for two voices. Diaphonia. (Grk.) Rules for the use of the organ in connection with vocal music. Diaphonica. (Grk.) A dissonant interval. Diaplionics. (Grk.) The science, or doc- trine, of refracted sounds. Diaphonoi. (Grk.) A general name for all dissonant intervals ; a composition in two parts. Diaphony. (Grk.) Dissonant intervals ; a composition in two parts. Dlaschisma. (Grk.) In ancient music, an interval forming the half of a minor semitone. Dia s ta 1 tic. ( Grk.) Dilating ; a term ap- plied by the ancient Greeks to the major third, major sixth, and major seventh, because they are extended or dilated in- tervals. Dlastem. (Grk.) An interval or space. Diastema. (Grk.) Interval. Diatessaron. (Grk.) A perfect fourth; the concord or harmonic interval, COTII posed of a greater tone, a lesser tone, and one greater semitone. Diatessaronare. ( Grk.) An expression implying singing in fourths. Diatonic. Proceeding in the order of tones ; denoting the natural scale, which, proceeding by degrees, includes both tones and semitones. Diatontcally. Harmoniously ; musically. Diatonic Flute. A flute capable of pro- ducing the various shades or different '9 of pitch requisite to produce all the ma- jor and minor diatonic scales in perfect tune. Diatonic Oeniis. A melody produced by the common arrangement of the dia- tonic scale. Diatonic Melody. A melody in which no tones are used which are foreign tothc key. Diatonico. (Ita.) Diatonic. Diatonic Scale. A melodic representa- tion of the seven gradations of ton*', ar- ranged in conformity with some particular key. Diatonic Scale, Major. That in which the semitones fall between the third and fourth, and seventh aud eighth notes, both in ascending and descending. Diatonic Scale. .Minor. That in which the semitones fall between the second and third, and seventh and eighth, in ascend- ing, and between the fifth and sixth, and second and third, in descending. Diatonic SHarp. Ptolemy's proportions of the intervals ; diatonum iuteusum. Diatonique. (Fre.) Diatonic. Diatoniquemeut. (Fre.) In a diatonic scale. Diatonum. (Lot.) Plain song. Diatonum Intensnm. (Lat.) The name given by musical theorists to those famous proportions of the intervals proposed by Ptslemy in his system of that name. Diazeutic. (Grk.) In the ancient Greek system, a tone located between two fourths, and which, upon being joined to either, forms a fifth. Diazeuxis. (Grk.) Division ; name given by the ancients to the tone which sepa- rates two disjunct tetraehords. Dibattitojo. (Ita.) Cithern ; lute ; large guitar. Dl Bravura. (Ita.) In bravura style with vigor and boldness. DIG 73 DIL Dichen. ( Ger.) A ditty ; a small poem to be sung 1 . DlcHord. (Grk.) A two -stringed lyre. Diclit. (Out.) A little poem to be sung; a ditty. Dichten. (Ger.) To compose metrically. DicJitung. (Ger.) Poetry; poetical com- position. Dicis. (Ger.) G double sharp. Didactic Exercises. Compositions de- signed to impart a correct knowledge of musical execution. .Didactic Music. Scales and exercises lor instruction and practice. Die- Bierte. (Ger.) The subdominant. Die Erste, obere Stimme. (Ger.) The first part. Die Erste Violine. ( Ger.) The first violin. Die Gesammtcn Stimme. (Ger.) The chorus. Die Glocken TOnen. (Ger.) The bells ring. Die Grosse Bassgeige. (Ger.) Double bass. Die Grosse Davidsharpe. (Ger.) The musical harp. l>ie Grosse Secliste. (Ger.) The major sixth. Die Grosse Terzle. (Ger.) The major third. Die Kleine Bassgeige. (Ger.) Violon- cello. Die Kleiiie Secliste. (Ger.) The minor sixth. Die Kleine Terzie. (Ger.) The minor third. Die IVote Hervorgelioben. (Ger.) The note must be accented. Die Orgelpfeifen Verlegen. (Ger.) To put lips on organ pipes. Die Orgel Rauscht. (Ger.) The organ sends forth its swelling sounds. Dicsare. (Ita.) To raise the pitch of a note by means of a sharp. Diese Arie gelit auf B .^loll. (Ger.) This air is in the key of B flat. Dieser. (Fre.) I5y means of a sharp elevat- ing the pitch of a uote ; to sharpen. Dieser IT15tcnspieler lint eincn vort- refflichen Aiisatz. (Ger.) This flute player has an excellent embouchure, a good lip, a rich tone. Dies!. (Spa.) The smallest and simplest division of a tone. Dies Inc. (Lat.) A principal movement in a requiem. Diesis. (Grk.) A small interval used in the m nthematical computations of inter- vals ; the elevation of a note above its nat- ural pitch ; a quarter of a tone. Dies, Music. Steel punches, on one end of which the characters used in music are cut, for the purpose of stamping music plates. Die Sorgen Versingen. (Ger.) To sing away care. Die Stimme Abverdienen. ( Ger.) To modulate the voice. Die Stimme einerGeige. (Ger.) Sound- ing post of a violin. Die Stimme Heben. ( Ger.) To raise the voice. Die Stimmen Aussclireibeu. (Ger.) To copy the parts. Diestra. (Spa.) The right hand. Die Tief e Wieberstimme. ( Ger.) Coun- ter tenor. Die Tone Abstand. ( Ger.) To play stac- cato. Die Tier Stimmen, der Diskant, der Alt, der Tenor, und der Bass. (Ger.) The four voices, the treble, the alto, the tenor, and bass. Die Walze. ( Ger.) The barrel of a hand organ. Dieze. (Fre.) A sharp (55). Dieze, Double. (Fre.) Double sharp (58). Die Zeit Versingen. (Ger.) To pass the time in singing. Diezengmenon. (Grk.) The third tetra- chord disjoined from the second. Diezeutic. (Grk.) A term applied in the ancient Greek music to a tone which dis- joined two fourths, one on each side of it, and which on being joined to either made a fifth. Die Zunge an den Schnarrenden Orgelpfeifen. (Ger.) Tongue in the trumpet-like organ pipes ; the reed stop of an organ. Die Zunge einer Jloboe. (Ger.) Heed or mouth-piece of a hautboy. DW. ( Tur.) An Oriental instrument resem- bling the tamborine. Differentia. ( Grk.) A ratio measuring an interval. Digital Exercises. Exercises for the purpose of rendering the action of the fingers independent. Di Grade, (Ita.) A regular succession of notes according to the scale. Di Grado. (Jta.) By degrees, in opposi- tion to moving by skips. Di Grado Ascemleiite. (Ita.) A series of notes of regular ascent. Di Grado Descendentc. (Ita.) A scries of notes of regular descent. Digressing. The act of moving from one key into another to return to the first. Digressione. (Ita.) A deviation from the regular course of the piece. Diiambus. A metrical foot consisting of two iambuses. Dllettant. (Ger.) An amateur; a dilet- tante. Dilettante. (Ita.) A lover of music ; one who, though not a professor, is interested in the advance of musical art. DIL 74 DIS Dllettosamente. (Ita.) Agreeably ; pleasantly. Diligenza. (Ita.) Diligence. Diligenza, Con. (Ita.) In a studied, dili- gent manner. Dlluemlo. (Ita.) A gradual flyinw away of the tone till it arrives at extinction. IMm. An abbreviation of Diminuendo. Dimeter. A poetic measure of four feet ; a series of two metres. IMmlii. An abbreviation of Diminuendo. Diminish. To take from a note by a sharp, flat, or natural. Diminished. Somewhat less than per- fect. Diminished Chords. Chorda which are somewhat less than perfect. Diminished Fifth. An interval con- taining two whole tones and two major semitones. Diminished Fourth. Two whole tones and a semitone. Diminished Imitation. A style of imitation in which the answer is given in notes of less value than those of the sub- ject. Diminished Interval. An interval which, l>y the application of a sharp or natural to the lower tone, or of a flat or natural to the upper tone, becomes con- tracted within its natural space or com- pass. Diminished Octave. An interval con- taining four whole tones and three major semitone*. Diminished Second. An interval of conjoint degree, containing fonr commas. Diminished Seventh. A dissonant sev- enth, consisting of three tones (two mi- nors and one major) and three major semitones. Diminished Sixth. A dissonant sixth, composed of two tones and three major semitones. Diminished Third. A dissonant third, consisting of two major semitones. Diminished Triad. The triads upon the seventh degree of the major scale, and upon the second and seventh degrees of the minor scale, sometimes called the false triad. Dlminncion. (Spa.") A. diminishing. Dimlnne. (Fre.) Diminished, in regard to intervals and chords. Diminuendo. (Ita.) This term implies that the quantity or intensity of tone must be gradually diminished. Diminuendo-Crescendo, (It ft.) A di- minish followed by an increasing of tone. Diminuer. (Fre.) To diminish. Diminuir. (Spa.} To diminish, as applied to intervals, chords, &c. Diminnlto. (Ita.) Diminished, in regard to intervals and chords. Dimtnntio. (Lot.) Diminution ; the imi- tation of, or reply to, a subject In notes oi half the length or value of those of the subject itself. Diminution. Imitation of a given sub- ject by means of notes of shorter dura- tion. Diminution, Figures of. Those nu- merical characters which reduce the time of the notes over which they are placed one third of their relative length. Diminutions. A term applied in the six- teenth century to variations. Diminuzloue. (Ita.) A diminution. Di Molto. (Ita.) An expression which serves to augment the signification of the word to which it is added. Din. A loud or rattling noise ; a violent and continued sound. D In Alt. (Ita.) The fifth note in alt : the twelfth above the G, or treble clef note. D in Altissimo. (Ita.) The fifth note in altissimo ; the twelfth above G in alt. D' Inganno. (Ita.) An unexpected end- ing. Ding-Dong. The monotonous ringing of a bell. Dinner Call. A drum-beat calling the soldiers into a line for dinner. Direct. A character placed at the end of a staff, on that line or space corresponding to that occupied by the note, to apprise the performer of the first note in the stuff that follows (111). Directenr. (Fre.) The director or con- ductor of a musical performance. Direct Interval. An interval which forms any kind of harmony, or the funda- mental sound which produces it. Directive Terms. The terms by which are disclosed the character and movement of a piece of music. Direct Motion. Parallel or similar mo- tion ; the motion of two or more parts in harmony, moving in the same direction, both up or both down. Director. One who arranges the order of a concert, and directs the performance ; a conductor. Director, Hand. A chiroplast. Direct Turn. A turn expressed by the sign (79) over a note, consisting of four notes, namely, the note above that over which the fign is written, then the princi- pal note, and the note below it, ending with the principal note (80). Direttore del la Musica. (Ita.) A di- rector of a musical performance. Dirge. A vocal or instrumental composi- tion designed to be performed at a funeral, or in commemoration of the dead. Diritta. (Ita.) The gradual rise or fall of the voice. Dls. (Ger.) D sharp. Dlsaccordare. (Ita.) To be out of tune. Disallowance. Any anomalous forma- tion or su'cceIusic. A degree conferred by universities. i Doctor's Call. A drum-beat denoting the time for reporting the sick in camp. Dodccachordon. (Grk.) Thy twelv* modes of Aristoxenus. DOD 77 DOS Dodecnpla dl Crome. (Ita.) The triple g 3 in which twelve notes are required, in- stead of four, in common time. Dodecupla di Semi Crome. (Ita.) The triple }g wherein there are twelve notes, instead of sixteen, in a bar of duple time. Doigte. (Fre.) Fingered. Doigter. (Fre.) Fingering ; to finger. Doigts Fixes. (Fre.) Fixed fingers. l>ol. An abbreviation of Dolce, Dolce. (Ita.) A soft and sweet style of performance. Dolce con Gusto. (Ita,) In a soft, sweet style ; with taste. Dolce e Cantabile. (Ita.) Sweet ; soft; in singing style. Dolce e Liisingando. (Tta.) With a pe- culiarly soft ana attractive expression. Dolce e 1'iacevolmeiite Kxpressivo. (Ita.) Soft, and with pleasing expression. Dolce ma M arcato. (Ita.) Delicate and gentle, yet decided. Dolce Maniera. (Ita.) A sweet, delicate, and finished manner of performance. Dolcemente. (Ita.) In a sweet and grace- ful style. Dolcezza. (Ita.) Sweetly and softly. Dolclano. (Ita.) A small bassoon formerly much in use. Dolclmello. (Ita.) A dulcimer. Dolcino. (Ita.) A small bassoon. Dolciss. An abbreviation of Dolcissimo. Dolcissimo. (Ha.} With extreme sweet- ness. Dolemment. (Fre.) Dolefully; mourn- fully. Dolent. (Fre.) Doleful; mournful. Dolente. (Ita.) Grieving; mournful. Dolentemente. (Ita.) Plaintively: mourn- fully. Dolentisaimo. (Ita.) The superlative of doleute. "rtolore. (Ita.) Sorrow; grief. Dolorosamente. (Jta.) Dolorously. Doloroso. (Ita.) A soft and pathetic style of execution. Dolorously. In a dolorous, plaintive m. 'inner. Domestic!. (Lot.) Two of the four sing- ers who act as assistants in the patriarchal church of Constantinople. Dominant. A name given by theorists to tlie fifth note of any scale, so called from its governing the key-note in har- mony. Dominant Chord. The sensible chord ; that which is practised on the dominant of the tone, and introduces a perfect ca- dence. l>o in Inn lite. (Fre.) The dominant, or fifth uute of the scale. Dominant Harmony. Harmony on the fifth of the key. Dominant Section. A section terminat- ing on the common chord of the domi- nant. Dominant Sept ima Chord. The dom- inant chord. Domine, Salvum Fac. (Lot.) A prayer for the king, sung after the mass. Dominican Psalmi. (Lat.) Certain psalms of the Koman Cathott church, sung in the vespers. Dona IVobis Pacem. (Lot.) Give tig peace ; the concluding movement of the mass, or Catholic morning service. Donner du Cor. (Fre.) To wind a horn. Donner le Rhythme a. (Fre.) To time. Donner nne Serenade. (Fre.) To sere- nade. Doppel. (Ger.) Double. Doppelbce. (Ger.) Double flat. Doppelblasebass. (Ger.) A counter bassoon. Doppelflote. (Ger.) A double flute; a flute stop. Doppel-Flugel. An instrument of the class comprising the harpsichord and pianoforte. Doppelfuge. (Ger.) The double fugue. Doppelgesang. (Ger.) A song in two parts ; a duet. Doppelgrifle. (Ger.) Double stop on the violin, &c. Dopplekonzerte. (Ger.) Double con- cert. Doppelkrenz. (Ger.) Double sharp. Doppclschlag. (Ger.) A double turn ; the repetition of a note. Doppelschrltt. ( Ger.) A quick march. Doppelstaudchen. (Ger.) A double serenade. Doppelt. (Ger.) Double. Doppelten IVoten. (Ger.) Double notes. Doppelter Trillerlauf . ( Ger.) Double cadence. Doppelt Gestrichere Note. (Ger.) A semiquaver. Doppia, Iyra. (Ita.) A double lyre. Dopplo. (Ita.) Double. Doppio Movimento. (Tta.) Double movement or time ; that is, as fast ag:un. Doppio Tempo. (Ita.) Double time. Doppo. (Ita.) After. Dorian. ( Grk.) The name of one of the ancient Greek modes. Doric Mode. The first of the authentic modes in the system of the ancient Greeks, employed on religious and mar tial occasions. Dossoloifia. (Itft.) A closing form 01 praise ; doxology. DOT 78 DOU Dot. A point which, when placed after a note or rest, increases its duration by the half of its original value. l>ot, Double. Two dots placed after a note, to increase its duration three fourths of its original length. Dots. Points employed instead of dashes, indicating that the notes over which they are placed are to be struck short, but not in so marked a way as when dashes are used (111). Dotted Double Bar. A double bar with dots preceding it, indicating that the preceding strain is to be repeated ; a dou- ble bar, with dots following it, indicating that the following strain is to be repeated ; a double bar with dots on both sides of it, indicating a repetition of both the pre- ceding and the following strains (42). Dotted ]Vote. A note which, by having a dot placed after it, lias its value increased one half (36). Dotted IVote, Double. A note whose original value is increased three fourths by two dots placed after it (37). Dotted IVote, Triple. A note having its value increased seven eighths by three dots placed after it (38). Dotted Rest. A rest having a dot af- fixed, by which its value is increased one half (39). Dotted Rest, Double. A rest which, on account of two dots affixed to it, is increased in value three fourths (40). Dotted Rest, Triple. A rest whose duration is increased seven eighths its original value by three dots placed after it (41). Dotted Semibreve. A scmibreve with its length increased one half by the sign of a dot (36). Dotted Touch. A touch, upon keyed in- struments, which rigidly marks the dis- tinction between the dotted or doubly- dotted note and that which follows it. Dot, Triple. Three dots placed after a note, lengthening its original value seven eighths (41). Double. A term sometimes used as sy- nonymous with variation. Double-Action Harp. A harp having pedals capable of being placed in two positionn, the first of which raises the sound of the instrument half a tone, and the second a whole tone. Double After-jVote. Two after-notes, taking their time from the previous note, and distinguished from the double fore- note by a curved line, connecting it with the preceding principal note. Double Appoggiatnra. A union of two short appoggiaturas. Double B. The B below G gamut; the twelfth below the bass clef note. Double Iiacltfn.il. One of the old Eng- lish graces comprised in the class of em- bellishments de-nominated smooth. Double Bar. Two thick strokes drawn through the staff, to divide the different strains of the movement (6). Double-Bass Viol. A large, deep-toned bass instrument, the largest and deepest toned of instruments of the viol kmd. Double Bemol. Double flat. Double Cavalqnet. A manner of eonnd- ing the trumpet when approaching a city, or passing through it on a march. Double Chant. A simple, harmonized melody, extending to two verses of a psalm as sung in cathedrals. Double Counterpoint. A counterpoint which admits of the parts being inverted. Double Croche. (Fre.} A semiqua- ver (10). Double Curtail. A wind instrument similar to a bassoon. Doubled. A term applied to a tone of a chord when it is used in two different parts of a piece at the same time. Double Demisemiquaver. A note equal in duration to one half of a deml- semiquuver; a sixty-fourth note. (21). Double Descant. Such an arrangement of the parts of a composition as admits of the treble, or of any high part, being con- verted into the bass, and vice versa. Double Diapason Stop. In an organ, an open set of metal or wood pipes, tuned an octave below the diapasons. Double Dieze. (Fre.} Double sharp. Doubled Letters. Capital letters dou- bled, indicating that the tone is an octave lower than when the letters stand single. Double Dot. Two dots placed after a note or rest, increasing the duration three fourths of the original length. Double Drag. A drum-beat in | time, used in camp to call troops to dinner. Double Drum. A large drum used hi military bands, and beaten on both ends. Double Ending. A strain Vaving dots at its end, with a double bai and two or more notes, a figure 1 placed over the first part, and a figure 2 over the second part, signifying that certain measures are to be repeated. Double Flageolet. A flageolet having two tubes. Double Flat. A character compounded of two flats, and signifying that the note before which it is placed is to be sung, or plaved, two semitones lower than its nat- ural pitch (46). Double Flute. A flute so constructed that two tones may be produced from it at the same time, and on which two parts may be performed at once. Double Fore-IVote. Two short fore- notes united, one of which is higher and the other lower than the principal note, or two small notes ascending or descend- ing to the principal note by the regular steps of the scale. DOU 79 DRA Double Fugue. A fugue on two subjects. Double r. The octave below G gamut ; the lowest note of the letter G on the pianoforte. Double Long. An old character equal in duration to four breves (12). Double Iyre. The Lyra Doppia, an old instrument of the viol kind. Double iVote. A breve; a note twice the length of a whole note (14). Donble-^Vote Rest. A pause equal in du- ration to the length of a double note (20). Double Octave. An interval of two oc- taves, or fifteen notes in diatonic progres- sion ; a fifteenth ; the bis-diapasou of the ancient Greeks. Double Organization. In ancient times, in organ playing, the act of playing the air a fourth below and a fifth above the chant, or singing part. Double Paradiddle. A drum-beat. Double Pianoforte Action. The ac- tion, or mechanism, of a piauaforte in which a second or under hammer is em- ployed, and by which the velocity of the lirst is multiplied. Double It atmacue. A fancy drum-beat in quickstep time. Double-Reed JMclodeon. A melodeon containing two sets of reeds. Double Relish. One of the old English graces comprised in the class of embellish- ments known as the shaked. Doubles. Name formerly applied to vari- ations. Double Shake. Two simultaneous shakes on notes which are either sixths or thirds to each other (90). Double Sharp. After all the notes have been made sharp, the same series of letters begins again, and each is designated as a double sharp. It is usually marked with a cross (58). Double Shift. A shift on the seventeenth line, or I), of a violin. Double Singing. An old mode of sing- ing in two parts, usually in thirds. Double Stem. A stem drawn both up- wards and downwards from a note, in order to show that the note as used in one part has its natural and appropriate length, while in the other it is shorter, having a length that corresponds to other notes fol- lowing it (9). Double Stroke. Two strokes, or dashes, over or under a semibreve, or through the stem of a minim or crotchet, implying that such note must be divided into as many semiquavers as are equivalent to it in du- ration (01 c). Double Suspension. A suspension that retards two notes and requires a double preparation and resolution. Double Themes. Two subjects. Double Time. A time which has two parts, or motions, in each and every meas- ure, and marked or beat by letting the hand fall and rise alternately. Double Trill. A trill composed of two simultaneous voices. Double Triplet. A sextole (60). Double Trumpet Stop. A real stop used only in the pedal organ, the pipes be- ing of the same length as the double di- apason, to which it is tuned in unison. Double-Toned Violoncello. A violon- cello having steel wires within it drawn to a high degree of tension. Double Tonguiug. A mode of artic- ulating quick notes, used by flutists. Donblette. (Fre.) An organ stop, the fif- teenth. Doubly- Inverted Counterpoint. A species of counterpoint in which the pnrts are not only reversed towards each other, but are conducted, step by step, in a con- trary direction. Douce. (Fre.) Sweet j soft ; harmonious. Douced. A French musical instrument, not now in use, mentioned by Chaucer, and supposed by some to be the dulcimer. Doucement. (Fre.) Sweetly; pleasing- ly ; slowly. Douceur. (Fre.) Melody ; musicalncss ; harmony. Douloureux. (Fre.) Dolorously ; gloomy in style. Donx. (Fre.) Sweet; soft; musical. Donzeave. (Fre.) A scale of twelve de- grees. Donzieme. (Fre.) Twelfth. Down-Beat. The falling of the hand or baton in beating or marking time. Down-Bow Sign. A sign used in violin music, indicating that the bow is to be drawn down (128). Doxologia. (Lot.) Doxology. Doxplogie. (Fre.) A closing form of praise ; doxology. Doxologize. To praise by the use of dox- ologies. Doxology. A form of praise or glorifica- tion sung in divine service, commonly at the close of a prayer, psalm, or hymn. Drag. A grace chiefly confined to slow passages in vocal music, consisting of an unequal and descending motion, including eight to twelve notes ; strasciuando. Drag, Double. A drum-beat in g time employed to call troops to dinner. Dragona. (Spa.) A drum-beat of the dragoons. Drag Paradiddle. A drum-beat used in fancy troops and quicksteps. Drag, Single. A drum beat produced by giving t\yo strokes with the left hand, one stroke with the right, and one hard stroke with the left, used in camp to call troops to breakfast or supper. Drama, Melo. A species of drama in which descriptive instrumental inusi* is DRA 80 DRU introduced between the remarks of tlie actors, and sometimes accompanies the speaking. I>rama per Musica. (Ita.) A melo- drama. Dramatic. A term applied to music writ- ten for the stage, and to all imitative com- positions calculated to excite interest and passion. 1>r:r um, Side. The common drum ; the snare drum. I>rumslade. The name formerly given to a drummer. Drum, Snare. The small drum, BO called on account of having- strings of twisted hide drawn over its lower head, and to dis- tinguish it from the bass drum; the side drum. Drumstick. A stick formed for the pur- pose of being used upon a drum. Drums, Tower. Certain drums taken at the battle of Malplaquet, and used by Han- del in the performance of his oratorios, and at festivals and state ceremonials. Drum Strings. The cords placed at the lower end of a common drum. Dryman. (A.S.) To perform on a musical instrument; a drum. D. S. The initials of Dal Segno. Dt. An abbreviation of Duet . Duan. ( Gae. and Iri.) A poem suited to music; a song. Ductus. (Lai.) One of the four parts into which Euclid divided the melopceia. Ductus Clrcumcurrens. (Lot.) A spe- cies of the modulation of the ancient Greek melopo3ia, in which the sounds rise by sharps and fall by flats. Ductus Itcctus. (Lot.) One of the spe- cies of modulation of the melopoeia of the ancient Greeks, in which the sounds move from grave to acute. Ductus Kevertens. (Lai.) One of the species of modulation in the melopreia of the ancient Greeks, in which the sounds pass from acute to grave. Dndeler. ( Ger.) One who plays or sings badly. Dndeln. ( Ger.) To play on a bagpipe ; to play badly. Du Demi Ton. (Fre.) A semitonic. Due. (Ita.) Two. Due Clariiii. (Ita.) Two trumpets. Due Corde. (Ita.) For two strings. Due Cori. (Ita.) For two choirs or cho- ruses. Duet. A composition for two voices or instruments. Due Trouibe. (Ita.) Two trumpets. Duetti. (Ita.) Duets. Dnettino. (Ita.) A short and easy duet. Duetto, (fta.) A duet; among old teach- ers, implying a piece written in a free and easy style Duetto Buffo. (Ita.) A humorous duct. Due Volte. (Ita.) Twice. Dulce. (Spa.) Soft. Dulcemele. (Spa.) A dulcimer. Dulcemente. (Spa.) Sweetly; delight- fully. Dulcet. Harmonious to the car; soft; sweet; musical. Dnlcian. (Ita.') A small bassoon t one time much used. Dulciana Stop. An organ stop of a pe- culiar sweetness of tone, produced by the greater length and smaller diameter of its pipes than those of other stops. Dulcianoro. (Ita.} Musical ; melodious. Dulcimer. An instrument, usually of triangular shape, strung with about fifty brass wires, which are struck with a me- tallic rod held in each hand; an ancient Hebrew instrument, the particulars of which are unknown, but probably of the wind species. Dulcino. (Ita.) A small bassoon, at one time much used in playing tenor parts to the hautboy. Dulcisono. (Spa.) Sweet-toned. Dulzayna. (Spa.) A wind instrument resembling a trumpet. Dumb Peal. The ringing of a chime of bells in commemoration of a death, by padding one side of the clappers, and round ringing the covered and the uncov- ered sides alternately. Dumb Pianoforte. A key board ar- ranged for the practice of pupils without producing sound. Dumb Spinet. The clavichord. Dump. A melancholy tune or air. Dumpf. ( Ger.) Hollow ; muffled. Duo. (Ita.) A composition for two voices or instruments ; a duet; among old teach- ers, a composition written in the strict style, in contrast with duetto, a more free style. Duo Alternate. (Fre.) Songs in the style of a dialogue. Duo Concertante. (Ita.) A duet in which each part is alternately principal and subordinate. Duodecima Acnta. (I.at.) Twelfth above. Duodecima Gravi. (I.at.) Twelfth be- low. Duodrama. (Ita.) A musical drama. Duoi. (Ita.) Two. Dupla. (Lat.) Double. Duple Time. Double time. Duplex Longa. (Lot.) Maxima, one of the notes in the old system of music; a Large (12). Duplication. Doubling, which takes place when one or more, or all, the inter- vals of a chord in different parts are em- ployed doubly or oi'tener. Dur. (Fre.) Harsh of sound. Dur. (Ger.) Major, in relation to keys and modes. Dnrale. (Ita.) Hard; harsh; sharp. Duramente. (Ita.) Harshly; coarsely, Dnrate. (Ita.) Harsh ; a term applicable to whatever offends the ear by its effect. DUR 82 ECO Diirchblassen. (Ger.) To play or prac- tise on a wind instrument. Durchbrunimen. (Ger.) To hum through. I>urchfuhrnng-. ( Ger.') Development. Uurchgeheud. (Ger.) Transient; pass- ing. Durchgeigen. (Ger.) To play on a vio- lin from beginning to end. I>urchscliallen. (Ger.) To fill with sound ; to cause to resound or ring. J>urchspielen. (Ger.) To play to the end. Durchstimmen. (Ger.) To tune thor- oughly ; to tune all successively. Durchtrillen. (Ger.) To trill from be- ginning to end. Duree. (Fre.) Length or duration of notes. Durete. (Fre.) Harshness of sound. I>urezz*. (ltd.) Harshness. IMii-o. (Ita.) Kude ; coarse ; harsh. I>itrnm. (Grk.) One of the tctrachordw in the Guidonian scale. !Dur und Molltonleitern. (Ger.) The major and minor scales. Duster. (Ger.) Gloomy. Hutch Concert. A concert in which each musidan plays his own tune, or in his own time, simultaneously. I>ux. (Lat.) The subject of a fuguf ; a leader, or leading performer in yna. (Sax.) To sound. Dynamics. (Grk.) The doctrine of all the various modifications of tones in respect to the degree of strength or loudncss with which they are to be performed. Dyne. (A. S.) A din; a loud, continued sound. Dysphony. (Grk.) Difficulty of articu- lating sounds. Dzwielc. (Pol.) Sound. E. ETHE Italian conjunction and; the . third tone of the natural scale. Ear. A sensible, clear, and true percep- tion of musical sounds ; that portion of a bell by which it is suspended. Earthen Pot Dram. An instrument used in Egypt, made by stretching a skin over the head of an earthen pot. E ben >I nrcato. (Ita.) And well marked or accented. Ecbole. (Grk.) A term in the ancient Greek music signifying a change in the enhar- monic genus, by the accidental elevation of a chord, or string, five dieses above its ordinary pitch. Eccedentc. (Ita.) Augmented with re- gard to intervals. Ecchus. (Grk.) An echo of the voice. Ecclesiastical. A term applied to all compositions written for the church, but more particularly to anthems, services, masses, and other cathedral music. Ecclesiastical Modes. The ancient church modes, called by the following names : Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian, Mixo- I.ydian, JSolian, Ionian, last'ian. Ecclesiastical Tones. Ecclesiastical modes. Ecclestagtlco Stilo. (Ita.) Composi- tions in the style of church and cathedral music. Ecco. (Ita.) A repetition or imitation of a previous passage, witli some remarkable modification in regard to tone; a particu- lar register of an organ. Echar el Compas. (Spa.) To beat time. Kcheggiare. (Ita.) To echo ; to resound. Echegglante. (Ita.) Echoing; resound- ing. Echela. (Grk.) Harmonic vases tuned in the harmonical proportions of fourths, fifths, and eighths, with their replicates, and placed in niches between the scats of spectators in ancient Greek and Koman theatres for the purpose of augmenting the sound of the voices of the singers and actors. Echelle. (Fre.) The scale or gamut. Echo. A repetition of a passage, with a striking modification of tone. Echometre. (Grk.) A scale for measur- ing the duration of sounds, determining their powers and the relation of their in- tervals. Echometry. The art of measuring the duration of sounds. Echo-Organ. That part of an organ emitting veiled and smothered sounds. Echo, Tautological. An echo that re- peats the same tone many times. Eclat. (Fre.) A burst of applause ; ac- clamation ; expressions of approbation; splendor. Eclataute. (Fre.) Piercing; loud. Eclisses. (Fre.) The sides or hoops of a violin. Ecloga. (Spa.) Eclogue. Eclogn*. (Grk.) A select piece ; a com- position in a simple, natural style ; a pas- toral poem. Ecmeli Suoui. (Ita.) Unmelodiouf sounds. Eco. (-ft a.) A repetition. ECO 83 EIN Kcol. (Grk.) Tropes or modes sung 1 in the Greek church during 1 passion week. EcoJe. (Fre.) A school or course of in- struction. Ecole de Chant. (Fre.) A singing 1 school. Ecometrta. (Ha.) Echometry; the art of measuring the duration of sounds. Ecometro. (Ita.) Au echometrc. Er-o*r.;:iise. (Fre.) A dance, tune, or air in the Scotch style. 12cossfi.se. (Ger.) A Scotch dance ; ecos- saise. Ecoutants. (Fre.) Auditors; listeners. Ecrire pour le Piano. (Fre.) To ar- range a piece of music for the pianoforte. Ed. (Ita.) And. Editeiir de >Iusi<|>ic. (Fre.) j A pub- Editore di Musica. (Ita.) j Usher of music. E Our. (Ger.) E major. Eeses. (Ger.) E double flat. E Flat. The flat seventh of F, and the second flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Eglise. (Fre.) Church. Egloga. (ltd.) Eclogue; a pastoral poem. Eguale. (Ita.) Equal. Egualianza, Con. (Ita.) With equality and smoothness. Egualmente. (Ita.) Equably ; smoothly. Egyptian Flute. A flute formed of a cow's horn, with three or four holes in it, formerly used by the Egyptians. Eighteenth. An interval comprising 1 two octaves and a fourth ; the replicate of the eleventh. Eighth. An interval comprehending seven conjunct degrees, or eight diatonic sounds. Eighth, Extreme Flat. The octave di- minished by the chromatic semitone. Eighth Note. A quaver (18). Eighth-Note Rest. A pause equal In point of duration to the length of an eighth note (30). Eights and Four metre. A metre des- ignated thus, 8s & 4, consisting of a Btanxa of five lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and or- der as follows : 8, 8, 8, 8, 4 ; or of eight linos in trochaic measure, as follows : 8, 4, 8, 4, 8, 8, 8, 4. Eights and Nine Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s & 9, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in anapestic meas- ure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 9, 8, 9, 8, 9, 8, 9. Eights and Sevens Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s & 7s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7. Eights and Sixes Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s & 6s, consisting of a Btanza of five lines in iambic measure, the syllables of eaeri being in number and or- der as follows : 8, 6, 8, 8, 0. or 8, 8, 6, 8. Eight Semibreve Rest. A rest equal in duration to the length of eight semi- breves (23). Eights Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s, consisting of a stanza of lour lines in anapestic measure, each line containing eight syllables. Eights, Sevens, and Four Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s, 7s, & 4, consisting of a stanza of six lines in tro- chaic measure, the syllables of each oeiug in number and order as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7, 4,7. Eights, Sixes, and Eights Metre. A metre designated thus, 8s, (is, & Ss, con- sisting of a stanza of eight lines in iambio measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 6, 8, 0, 8, 8, 8, 6. Eight Stroke Roll. In drum music a succession of beats in chords or passages where no pause exists. Eight, Threes, and Six Metre. A metre designated thus, 8, 3s, & C, con- sisting of a stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being iu number and order as follows : 8, 3, 3, 0. Ein. (Ger.) One. E in Alt. The sixth note in alt. E in Altissimo. The octave above E in alt ; the sixth note in altissimo. Ein Ikri-istimmiger Gesang. (Ger.) A trio. Eine Arie Ueberblasen. (Ger.) To play a tune at one breath. Eine Arie um einen halben ben Ton htther siugen. (Ger.) To sing an air or tune half a note or tone higher. Eiue Biertelsnote.(Ger.) A crotchet(17). Eine falsche Taste Greifen. (Ger.) To strike a wrong note. Eine Flotenahullche Stimme. (Ger.) A mellow, soft, musical voice. Eine Geige Oumpfen. (Ger.) To apply a mute to a violin. Eine Kreichen de Stimme. ( Ger.) A shrill voice. Einem Vorsingen. (Ger.) Teaching vocal music by examples; to lead the music of a church. Eiiieu Marsch Trommeln. (Ger.) To beat a march on the drum. Eiue Note Schleifen. (Gtr.) To slur a note; to piay legato. Eineu Tact Auslassen. (Ger.) To omit or skip a bar. Einen Todten Anslauben. (Ger.) To ring a knell. Einen Ton von slch geben. (Ger.) To utter a sound ; to resound. Einen TVirbel Schlagen. (Ger.) To beat a roll on a drum. Eine Ton lose Slimme. (Ger.) A lifeless, feeble, monotonous voice. EIN ELF Eine Trommel Dumpi en. (Ger.) To muffle a drum. Kinf ach. ( Ger.} Simple. i;infaitig. (Ger.) Having but one string. Eingang. (Ger.) An introduction. Einhalt. ( Ger.) A pause. Kinheit. ( Ger.) Unity. Einklaug. (Ger.) Consonance; harmo- ny. Eiiileitmig. (Ger.) An introduction; overture ; prelude. Einleituiigssatz. (Ger.) An introduc- tory movement. Ein r,iedchen Trullern. (Ger.) To hum si tune. Ein IJedspielen. ( Ger.) To play a tune ; to play to the end. Eiumal. ( Ger.) Once. Kin Register grob Gedackter (1C Rubssiger) Bfeifen. (Ger.) A regis- ter of pipes of sixteen feet. Eiiisr lime ichelnd. ( Ger.) Flattering ; insinuating. Einschnitt. ( Ger.) A phrase or imperfect musical sentence. Einsperrenspielen. (Ger.) To prac- tise on an instrument. Kiiislimmeiier diesang. (Ger.) A solo. Einstimmen im Singen. (Ger.) To sing in concert. Ein Stnckchen Trompeten. (Ger.) To play an air on the trumpet. Ein Stnckchen Tnten. (Ger.) To sound the horn; to trumpet a tune. Eiu VollUommeiier Tonkunstler. (Ger.) A scientific musician; a virtuoso. Ein Zweistimmiger Oiosang. (Ger.) A duet. Eis. (Ger.) E sharp. Eisteddfod. ( Wei.) A meeting for the election of chief bards and teachers of instrumental music. EJacncion. (Spa.) Execution ; the per- formance of music, either vocal or instru- mental. Eklysis. Among the ancient Greeks, a particular kind of tuning in the enharmon- ic genus, in which, from a certain sound, the performer dropped by an Interval of three quarter tones. Ela. The name originally Ioll. (Ger.) E minor. Empftndnng. (Ger.) Emotion; passion. Emphasis. A particular stress of utter- ance or force of voice given to certain words or passages. Emphasize. To sing with marked ac- cent. Emphindsaiu. (Ger.) Sensitive ; senti- mental. Em phy soomeiia. Instruments designed to imitate the human voice. Emplume. (Fre.) Quilled. Emplnmer. (Fre.) To quill. Empneousta. (Grk.) Wind instruments. Emporkirche. (Ger.) An organ loft. En. (Fre.) In. En Accelerant. (Fre.) Accelerating. Eiiarmonico. (Ita. and Spa.) Enhar- monic, a scale which proceeds by quarter tones. 13 Ji Augmentant la Force pen A pen. (Fre.) Increasing gradually in loudness. En Augmentant Xieg&remeut. (Fre.) Gently forcing the sound. En Chantant. (Fre.) Singingly. En Choeur. (Fre.) In a chorus. Enchorda. (Grk.) Stringed instruments. Eucorda. (Spa.) To string an instru- ment. Encore. (Fre.) Again; once more; a word employed bj the audience, at thea- tres and concerts, to signify their desire that B non or other composition should be repeated. 8 Endccasslllabo. (Ita.) A metrical line of eleven syllables. Endecha. (Spa.) A dirge ; a doleful ditty. Endechar. (Spa.) To sing funeral songs in honor and praise of the dead. Eudechoso. (Spa.) Mournful; doleful. En Diminnant la Force. (Fre.) De- creasing the force of the tone. Ending, Double. A strain having dots at its end, with a double bar and two or more notes ; a figure 1 placed over the first part, and a figure 2 over the second part, signifying that certain measures are to be repeated. Energe. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Ener- gicamente. Energia. (Ita.) Energetic. Energicamente, j (Ita.) Energetically ; Euergico. ) with much energy. Energisch. (Ger.) With energy. Enfant de Choeur. (Fre.) Singing boy. Eiifler. (Fre.) To increase the tone. En Forruiit subitemeut le Son. (Fre.) Increasing the sound suddenly. Enge. (Ger.) Close ; condensed. English Fingering. In pianoforte mu- sic, the use 01 a sign (HO) to indicate the thumb, in distinction from the German or foreign fingering, in which the thumb ia designated as the first finger. English Horn. A species of oboe, a fourth or a fifth lower than the instrument usually known by that name. Engraver, music. One who stamps music plates. Enharmonic. Relating to a change of notes to the eye, while, as the same keys are employed, the instrument can mark no difference to the ear ; pertaining to a scale of perfect intonation, recogniz- ing all the notes and intervals resultinir from an exact tuning of diatonic scales and their transposition into other keys. Enharmouical. Enharmonic. Enharmonically. In just intonation. Enharmonic Change. A passage in which the notation is changed, but the same keys of the instrument are employed. Enharmonic IMesis. (Lat.) The dif- ference between the greater and lesser semitone ; about a quarter of a tonej the least sensible interval in music. Enharmonic Genus. A style of melo- dy constructed from a scale of tones nom- inally about one fourth as lar from each other as those of the common diatonic scale. Enharmonic Interval. A small va- cancy existing between two approximat- ing chromatics. Enharmonic! Suoni. (fta.) Sounds raised above their natural pitch by mean! of the enharmonic diesfc. ENH 86 EPI Enharmonic Modulation. A moilu- latioa produced by altering the notation of one or more interval 8 belonging 1 to some characteristic chord, and thus changing the key and the harmony into which the chord would naturally have resolved. Enharmonic Music. Music that pro- gresses by intervals smaller than the dia- tonic and chromatic. Enharmonic Organ. An organ in which the octave, instead of being limited to a division of twelve intervals, ranges from seventeen to twenty-four. Enharmonic Relation. The relation existing between two chromatics, when, by the elevation of one and the depression of the other, they are united in one. Enharmonic Scale. A scale containing quarter tones ; a scale that divides each tone into a quarter tone and two chromat- ic semitones. Enharmonicns. (Lot.) Enharmonic. Enharmonisch. (Oer.) Enharmonic. Euharmonion. A song in many parts ; a concert of various tunes. Enharmoniqne. (Fre.) Enharmonic. Enigma Canon. A riddle canon. En Mesure. (Fre.) In time. En 3Iusique. (Fre.) Musically. En Passant. (Fre.) In passing ; by the way. Enpholme. The main body of the bom- bix, an ancient Greek instrument. En Ralentissant. (Fre.) Slackening the time. En Itomleau. (Fre.) After the manner of a rondeau. Ensayo. (Spa.) Rehearsal of a piece. Enseignement. (Fre.) Instruction. Enseigner. (Fre.) To instruct. Ensemble. (Fre.) Together; at the same time ; uniformity ; harmony. Entata. (Grk.) Stringed instruments. Entertainment. An appellation former- ly givcu to musical and other dramatic afterpieces ; an operetta. Entonaclon. (Spa.) Modulation ; the act of tuning the voice to a certain key ; blowing the cello ws of an organ. Entonador. (Spa.) An organ-blower. Entoner. ( Fre.) To sing in tune ; to chant. Entonner. (Fre.) To intonate ; to begin a tune ; to sing. Eiitono. (Spa.) The act of intoning. Entorchar. (Spa.} To cover musical in- struments with wire. Entr'acte. (Fre.) Music played between the acts of the drama. Entradar. (Spa.) The beginning of a musical phrase. Entrata. (tta.) A prelude; a trumpet piece for the entry of a procession. F.utremea. (Spa.) A short interlude. F.ntremeslsta. (Spa.) A player of In terludes. Entremets. (Fre.) Movements intro- duced for the sake of variety. Entries. Name formerly given to operat- ic scenes, burlettas, &c. Entschlossen. (Ger.) Resolved ; resolute. Entune. To tune; to sing; tochaut. Entnsiasmo. (Ita.) Enthusiasm. Kutwurf. (Ger.) Sketch or rough draught of a composition. Envoi. ( Fre.) Verses intended as a ded- ication of court songs. Envoys. Old English ballads. En Vox. (Spa.) In voice. Eolian. (Grk.) One of the ancient modes, tiie fundamental chord of which was im- mediately above that of the Phrygian mode; JEolian. Eolic. The dialect, verse, or music of th ^Eolians. Eolien. (Fre.) Eolian ; Eolic. Koli-Harpe. (Fre.) JEolian harp. Eoline. A German instrument resembling a mclodeon. Eolodion. A German melodeon. Eond. (Ara.) An Arabian guitar. Epandoran. (Grk.) .An ancient stringed instrument. Epianla. (Grk.) Song of the millers. Epic. A narrative poem. Epicede. (Grk.) A funeral song. Epicedio. (Ita.) Elegy ; song. Epicedinm. (Lot.) An elegy; a dirge; a funeral song or poem. Eplgonion. (Grk.) A funeral ode. Epigonium. (Grk.') An instrument hav- ing forty strings, so named from Epigo- nius, its inventor. Epilenia, )(Grk.) Song of the grape- Epilenion. j gatherers. Epilogue. A short poem or speech ad- dressed to the audience by one of the per- formers at the conclusion of an opera or concert. Epinette. (Fre.) A spinet. Epinicion, j (Grk.) Song of triumph; Epinlttiaii. j pertaining to or in celebra- tion of victory. Episode. A portion of a composition not founded on the principal subject. Epistola. (Spa.) Part of the mass read or sung. Epistolario. (Spa.) A collection of epistles read or sung at the mass. Eplstolero. (Spa.) The priest who sings tho epistles. Episynaphe. (Grk.) \Vhen three tetra- chords or fourths are sung one after an- other. Epitachordo Majore. ( fta.) The great- er seventh. EPI 87 ESP JBpttachordo Mlnore. (Ita.) The lesser seventh. Epitnlamiro. (/to.) Nuptial; in praise of the bride and bridegroom. Kpitnlamio. (Spa.) Epithalamium ; nup- tial song. Epttasis. (Grk.) That part of an opera iu which the plot thickens, or which leads to the catastrophe. Kpithalame. (Fre.) A wedding song. Kpithalamion. (Grk.) A marriage song. Epithnlamium. (Grk.) A nuptial song or ode ; a congratulatory poem on a mar- riage. Kp ithalamy . A nuptial song ; an epitha- liimium. Epltonium. (Lat.) A tuning-hammer : a peg or pin to which the strings of an in- strument are fastened. E pit rite. (Grk.) A metrical foot consist- ing of three long syllables and one short. Epode. (Grk.) Conclusion of a chorus; a short lyric poom ; the third couplet of tne periods of the Greek odes, or the air to which it was sung. Epodo. (Spa.) Epode. EPoi. (Ita.) And then. j: Pol la Coda. (Ita.) And then the coda. Epopee. (Grk.) An epic poem. Epopeja. (Ita.) An epic or heroic poem. Epopeya. (Spa.) An epic or heroic poem. Epos. {Crrk.) An epic. Eptachordo. (Grk.) The seventh. Eptacorde. (Fre.) A seven-stringed lyre of the ancients. aCquabilmeiite. (Ita.) In the same manner. Equal. For voices of one kind only. Equal Counterpoint. A composition in two, three, four, or more parts, con- uisting of notes of equal duration. Equal Temperament. A species of temperament in which the keys deviate in au equal degree from perfect purity. Equal Voices. Compositions in which either all male or all female voices are employed. Equisonance. (Grk.) The concord or consonance of the octave and double oc- tave. Equispnamt. Of the same or like sound : a unison ; a term often used in guitnr playing, to express the different ways of slopping the same note. Eqnisoiio. (Ita.) Equal in sound. Eqni Snout. ( Ita.) Unisons. Equivocal. A term applied to such chords as, by a mere change in the nota- tion, may belong to several keys ; that chord whose fundamental bass is not indi- cated by the interval by which it is formed. Equivocal Chord. A name sometimes applied to the diminished seventh. Erblasen. (Or.) A player on a wind in- strument. Ergebnng. (Ger.) Submission; resign* tion. Ergeigea. (Ger.) A professional vio- linist. Erhaben. ( Ger.) Sublime. Erhebung. (Ger.) Elevation; dignity. Erhohuiig. ( Ger.) The raising the pitch of a note by a sharp. Erklingen. ( Ger.) To ring ; to sound ; to resound. Eriiiedrigung. (Ger.) The depression of a note by means of a flat. Erniedrigungszeichen. ( Ger.) A flat. Ernst. (Ger.) Earnest; seriousness. Ernsthait. (Ger.) Serious. Erntelied. ( Ger.) Harvest song. Erohnngszeichen. (Ger.) A sharp. Eroico. (Grk.) Heroic. Erotic. (Grk.) A term applied to com- positions having reference to love ; a sub- division of the Greek mcloposia. Erotic Songs. Love songs. Er sang uns eln t,ied Vor. (Ger.) Be sang us an air. Erste. (Ger.) First. Erstemal. (Ger.) First time. Erweitert. (Ger.) Expanded ; extended. Es. An affix made by the Germans to tho letters used to represent the notes in their natural state when they are to be rendered flat. Esametro. (Ita.) Hexameter. Escena. (Spa.) Operatic or dramatic stage; scene. Esclamando. Operatic scenes or situa- tions in which loud exclamations of sur- prise or passion occur. Escuela. (Spa.) A school. Ks Our. (Ger.) E flat major. Eaecnzione. (7/a.) The rendering of vocal or of instrumental music ; execu- tion. Eseguire. (Ita.} To execute. Esercizi. (Ita.) Exercises ; studies for the acquirement of execution. Esercizio. (Ita.) An exercise. Eses. (Ger.) E double flat. Es Moll. (Ger.) E flat minor. Espace. (Fre.) A space; the interval between two lines of the stavo. Espacio. (Spa.) An interval. Espagunola, All'. (Ita.) Iu the Span- ish style. Espanoleta. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Esplitcla. (Spa.) A species of Spanish poetry, consi sting of ten verses of eight syllables. Espineta. (Spa.) A spinet. ESP 88 EUP Espirando. (.Spa.) Diminishing the time and sound to the end. JEsplendor. (Spa.) Splendor; brilliancy; excellence. E.spondeo. (Spa.) A spondee. Kspr. An abbreviation of Espressivo. Esprcss. An abbreviation of Espressivo. Espressione. (/fa.) Expression. Espressivo. (/to.) With marked ex- pression. Esqnilla. (Spa.) A small bell. Essachordo. (Ita.) The greater And lesser sixth. Es.sui. (Fre.) An essay ; a trial. Essay. An attempt; a trial of musical ex- ecution. Esscmpio. (Ita.) An example. Essential Harmonies. The three har- monies of the key. Essential Notes. Those notes of a chord which constitute its real component parts, in contradistinction to those which are merely accidental or ornamental. Essodio. (Ita.) Interlude. Estancia. (Spa.) A stanza; a division of a song. Estemporanco. (Ita.) Extemporaneous; impromptu. Estilo. (Spa.) Style. Estiiigroeudo. (Ita.) Diminishing the intensity of the tone by degrees. Estinte. (Ita.) A gradual diminishing of tone and movement. Estinto. (Ita.) Diminishing; gradually dying away, both as to tone and move- ment. Estrambote. (Spa.) Burden of a song. Estrangnl. (Spa.) Mouth-piece of a wind instrument. Estravaganza. (Ita.) A performance without regard to rules ; a composition remarkable for wildness and incoherence. Estrememente. (Ita.) Extremely. Estribilho. A favorite Portuguese song in | time. Estribillo. (Spa.) The commencement of a song. Estriulenda. (Ita.) A close, confined style of performance. Estro. (Ita.) Elegance and grace. 1 vitro fa. (Spa.) A strophe. Estropier nn Air. (Fre.) To play a tune improperly. Estudiante. (Spa.) A prompter. Et. (Lot.) Aud. Etendre. (Fre.) To tympanize a drum. Etendne. (Fre.) Compass _>f instruments. Ethiopian Melodies. Melodies origi- nating with the negroes of the Southern States, or in imitation of them, and adapt- ed to words illustrating, to a certain de- gree, their life and customs. Ethiopian >Hiistrels. Companies o vocalists who : with blackened hands am faces and peculiar dress, give public enter- tainments, consisting of Ethiopian songs, jokes, conundrums, dances, &c., accompa- nied with violin, banjo, castanets, &c. Ethologus. (Lat.) A buffoon; a mimic actor. Et incarnatus eat. (Lat.) A portion of the Credo. Etouffe. (Fre.) A word used in harp playing to signify a stifling, deadening of the tones. EtonfFer. (Fre.) To deaden sounds. Etonffoir. (Fre.) Damper of a piano. Etre en Repetition. (Fre.) To be in rehearsal. Et resnrrexit. (Lat.) Part of the Credo. Etrarlan. Etruscan. Etruscan. The music of Etruria, n town whose people were noted for their musical talent. Ettachordo. (Ita.) Instruments having seven strings. Ettasillabo. (Ita.) Of seven syllables. Etude. (Fre.) A study. Etudier. (Fre.) To practise. Etui de Lutli. (Fre.) Lute case. Et Vitam. (Lat.) A part of the Credo. Enchastic. (Grk.) An epithet applied to that subdivision of the melopceia which constituted the. calm and assuaging. Eufonia. (Ita. and Spa.) Euphony ; an agreeable sound. Eufouico. (Ita. and Spa.) Having eupho- ny, or an agreeable sound. Euharmonic. Producing perfect harmo- ny or concord. Enharmonic Organ. An instrument of American origin, containing three or four times the usual number of distinct sounds within the compass of an octave, furnishing the precise intervals for every key, the tones composing the scale of each key being produced by pressing a pedal corresponding to its key note. Enmolpides. (C,rk.) A name applied by the ancient Greeks to their priests and singers. Enphon. An instrument invented in 1789, consisting externally of small cylinders of glass, which, by rubbing longitudinal- ly with the moistened fingers, produced sounds varied by interior mechanism. Enphouia. An automaton figure made by Mr. Faber, and so constructed as to be capable of producing tones in imitation of those of the human voice. Euphoniad. A reed instrument invented in JKJO. It was of triangular form, and held on the lap of the performer, who worked the bellows with the elbow of each arm, allowing the lingers to rest upon the keys on each side of the box in front. Euphonic. Sounding sweetly. EUP 89 EXT Euphonical. Agrecableness or sweet- ness of sound. Euphouicou. (Grk.) A pianoforte of the upright kind. Euphonious. Smooth and melodious. Euphonlque. (Fre.) Euphonious ; a pleasing tone. Enphonism. An agreeable combination of sounds. Euphonize. To make harmonious or euphonous. Euphpuou. A musical instrument re- sembling the upright piano, and having the tones of the organ. Euphonous. Sweet sounding, smooth, dulcet. Huphony. A pleasing, smooth enuncia- tion of sounds. Euterpe. ( Grk.) The seventh muse, cel- ebrated for the sweetness of her singing, aud as the presiding muse of wind instru- ments. Euterpean. Relating to Euterpe ; noting an association for the practice of music. Enthia. (Grk.} A continuity of notes from grave to acute. Evangelista. (Spa.) One who chants the gospel in a church. Evaiigelisterio. (Spa.) The priest who chants the books of the evangelists at masses. Evening Songs. Name applied by an- cient Saxon ecclesiastics to a class of songs sung at evening ; vesper hymns. Eyidoir. (Fre.) Bit for hollowing wind instruments. Evlratl. (Ita.) Male vocal performers capable of singing soprano. Evolutio. (Lilt.) Inversion of the parts in double counterpoint. Evovse. A word formed of six vowels ; denoting the syllables of the two words seculorum amen, employed in the psaltery and antiphonaries of the Catholic church. Ex. An abbreviation of Example and Ex- ercise. Exametro. (Spa.) Hexameter verse. Examples. Passages illustrating a les- son; one of the classes of the ancient Mysteries, representing the acts of the saints. Excellens. (Grk.) The upper or last tet- ruchord of the ancient system. Excluded Sound. One of the three rad- ical sounds composing the harmonic triad. Exes. An abbreviation of Exe.rdset. Executant. (Fre.) Player; performer. Execute. To sing or play a piece of mu- nic. Eii-cuter. (Fre.) To execute or perform either vocally or on an instrument. Execnter de la Mnslque. (Fre.) Ta execute music ; to play or sing. Execution. A term applicable to every species of musical performance; a facility 8* of voice or finger in running rapid divis ions and other difficult and intricate pas- sages. Exemple. (Fre.) Example. Exequlae. (I.tit.) Funeral solemnities; songs; dirges. Exercice. (Fre.) Exercise. Exercice de Ii'Archet. (Fre.) Practice of the bow in violin playing. Exercise. Any composition calculated to improve the voice or finger of the per- former; the act of practising. Exercises, IHdactic. Exercises for the purpose of imparting instruction in mu- sical execution. Exercises, Digital. Exercises for the purpose of acquiring nn independent action of the fingers. Exhaust Bellotvs. A kind of bellows used on roelodeons and other similar in- struments, the air from which being ex- hausted and drawn in through the reeds produces the tones. Exility. A feebleness of the voice. Explosive Tone. A tone produced by sounding a note suddenly and with great force, aud as suddenly causing it to cease. In written music it is expressed by a sign (109). Expresion. (Spa.) With expression. Express!!. (Fre.) Expressive. Expressio. (Lat.) Indicates that the passage is to be executed with expression. Expression. The tone, grace, or modu- lation of voice or sound suited to the sub- ject or sentiment of a composition ; the act of executing with life and spirit, with strict regard to proper accentuation. Extemporaneamente. (Spa.) Extern poraneously. Extemporaneous. Without premedita- tion. Extempore. (Lat.) Unpremeditated; ex teniporaneous ; written or performed without previous thought. Extemporize. To perform unprcmedi tatedly. Extemporizing. The act of playing or singing pieces composed at the moment, without premeditation. Extended Harmony. That harmony in which the notes forming the different chords are separated from each other by wide intervals. Extended Phrase. A phrase in which, by repeating one of the feet, or by any other variation of the melody, three meas- ures are employed instead of two. Extended Section. A section contain- ing from five to eight bars. Extension Pedal. The loud pedal of a pianoforte ; that pedal by which the souuj is increased aud sustained. Extent. The compass of a voice or lit. strument ; the distance or interval between its gravest and most acute tones. EXT 90 FAL Extentlo. fT.at.) One of the four parts into which Euclid divided the melopceia. Extentns. (Lat.) Loud or shrill. Extracts. Partial scores. Extraneous. A term applied to those sharps mid flats, and to those chords and modulations, which, forsaking the natural course of their diatonic intervals, digress into abstruse and chromatic evolutions of melody and harmony. Extraneous Modulation. A modula- tion into some other than the original key and its relatives. Extravaganza. A performance without any regard to rules or good taste ; a wild, incoherent composition. Extreme. The highest and lowest notes of any scale or compass ; aterm applied to intervals that are extended or contracted as much as possible. Extreme Flat Eighth. The octave di- minished by the chromatic semitone. Extreme Flat Fourth. A tone and two diatonic semitones composed of four de- grees ; the perfect fourth diminished by a chromatic semitone. Extreme Flat Seventh. The minor seventh diminished, consisting of four tones and two diatonic semitone's, forming seven degrees. Extreme Flat Third. Two diatonic semitones, composed of three degn;es, the minor third diminished by the chromatic semitones. Extreme Intervals. Intervals larger than those denominated major, or smaller than those termed minor. Extremes. Those parts of a composition which are the greatest distance from each other in point of gravity or acuteness. Extreme Sharp Fifth. The perfect fifth, increased by the chromatic semitone, con- sisting of four tones, forming five degrees. Extreme Sharp Second. A tone and a chromatic semitone composed of two de- grees. Extreme Sharp Sixth. A sixth con- sisting often semitonic intervals. Extreme Triad. A triad consisting of a fundamental tone, a major third, and an extreme fifth. Extremity. The last note of any compass of sounds, reckoning from grave to acute, or from acute to grave. F. FTHE subdomjnant or nominal of the . fourth note in the natural diatonic scale of C ; an initial of Forte. Fa. A syllable applied to the fourth tone of the scale for the purposes of solmiza- tion ; by the Italians and French used to designate the fourth tone of the scale of absolute pitch ordinarily represented by F. Fabella. (Lot.) An interlude. Fabot. (Spa.) A kind of wind instru- ment serving as a double bass to the haut- boy. Faburden. That which is high sounding or lofty ; a species of counterpoint with a double bass. Fae. An abbreviation of Facciata, Facciata. (Ita.) Page ; folio. Facile. (Fre.) Light ; graceful ; easy. Facilita. (Ita.'] Facility; a term gener- ally placed over a passage in small notes intended to facilitate any difficulty. Facilmente. (Ita.) With facility ; in an easy manner. Fa c is to 1. (Spa.) A stand upon which choir books are placed ; a music desk. Faekeltanz. (Ger.) Torch dance. Facteur de Pianos. (Fre.) A piano maker. Facteur d'Orgue. (Fre.) An organ maker. Fu-I>iee. (F rf .) F sharp. Fading. A kind of dance mentioned by Shakspeare. Fag. An abbreviation of Fagotto. Fagot. A bassoon. Fagottino. (Ita.) An instrument simi- lar to the bassoon. Fagottista. (Ita.) A performer on the bassoon. Fagotto. (Ita.) A bassoon. Fagotto, Contro. (Ita.) A large bas soon an octave, a fifth, or a fourth lower than the common bassoon. Fagottone. (Ita.) A double bassoon. Fagotto Stop. Bassoon stop. Faible. (Fre.) Weak; faint; thin. Faiblement. (Fre.) Feebly ; weakly. Faire. (Fre.) Manner ; style. Faire Chorus. (Fre.) To join in chorus j to chime in. Faire des Arpegements. (Fre.) To perform arpeggios. Faire Retentir. (Fre.) To resound. Faire un Mnance. (Fre.) To run a division. Fa, r/a. The burden or chorus of many old English songs. Falalella. (Ita.) Nonsensical song. Fall. The act of dropping from an acute to a grave tone; a declination of Bound. FAL 91 FCL Falsa. (Itn.) Harsh, inharmonious sounds. Falsa Biminuta. (/to.) A false or de- fective fifth. FnlschSiiigen. (Ger.) To sing out If time. False. A term applied to those intonations of the voice which do not truly express the intended intervals, as well as to all ill- adjusted combinations, and to string's, pipes, and other sonorous bodies which cannot be accurately tuned. False Accent. An accent removed from the first note of the bar to the second or fourth. Falsear. (Spa.) Not to agree in sound. False Cadence. An imperfect or inter- rupted cadence. False Chords. Those chords which do not contain all the intervals belonging to them in their perfect state. False Closes. Certain closes so called to distinguish them from the full or final closes. False Fifth. An imperfect or diminished fii'th. False Harmony. A harmony that is contrary to the established rules that should govern it. False Interval. An interval that varies from an interval previously established as a standard. False Intonation. A variation in pitch from what is understood and acknowl- edged to be the true tone. False Octaves. Progressions of two voices in exact movement by octaves. False Relation. That connection which any two sounds have with one another when the interval which they form is either superfluous or diminished. Falset. An abbreviation of Falsetto. False Triad. The diminished triad, formerly named thus on account of its having a so-called false fifth. Falsette. A voice having a shrill or very high tone ; falsetto. Falsetto. (ltd.) Certain notes of a man's voice which are above its natural compass, and which can only be produced artifi- cially. False Voice. A falsetto voice. Falso. (Ita,) False. Falso Bordone. (Ita.) A term applied, in the oarly days of descant, to such coun- terpoint us had either a drone bass, or some part constantly moving in the inter- val with it. Fa Majenr. (Fre.) F major. Fa Miiieur. (Fre.) F minor. Fancies. Little, lively airs. Fandango. (Spa.) A Spanish national dance In '^ or Jj time, generally accompa- nied by castanets, and at times with eiuging. F and P. Flute and piano. Fanfare. (Fre.) A trumpet tune; a flourish of trumpets. Fanfarer. (Fre.) To make a flourish with trumpets. Fant. An abbreviation of Fantasia. Fantaisie. (Fre.) A fantasia. Fantaisie Iferoique. (Fre.) A bold, glowing fligut of fancy ; a fantasia in the heroic style. Fantasia. (Itn.) A piece of music in which the author gives himself up wholly to the caprice of his imagination, and de- viates from the strict rules of composi- tion. Fantasia Bicercata. (Ita.) The intro- duction of extemporaneous passages into motets, &c. Faiitasireu. (Ger.) To improvise; to play in the fantasia style. Fantasticamente. (Ita.) Expressive of fantastic effects. Fantastico. (Ita.) Indicative of fantas- tical effects. Fantastiqne. (Fre.) Whimsical; fan- tastical. Fantastiscn. ( Ger.) Fanciful. Farandole. (Fre.) A dance of Provence. Farandonle (Fre.) A lively French dance, in I time. Farce. A short, extravagant comedy, the dialogue of which is interspersed with suitable airs, arranged for the voice with instrumental accompaniments. Farce, Ballad. A musical drama in which ballads form a prominent part. Farcical. Belonging to a farce. Fares. (Spa.) Choral service sung in the holy week. Far 11 Capotasto. (Ita.) In violoncello playing, the act of making a bridge by means of the thumb. Farsa. (Ita. and Spa.) Farce. Farsa In Musica. (Ita.) A musical farce, or short comic drama, generally in one act. Fascie. (Ita.) The sides of a violin, tenor, or other similar instrument. Fastoso. ( Ita.) "With a lofty and splendid style of execution. Fathers of the Oratorio. A clerical order, established in 1574, in Italy, the members of which introduced vocal music as a means of attracting the people to their religious meetings. Fatigue Call. A drum-beat noting the time for putting the soldiers in order. Faucette. (Fre.) Falsetto. Fausset. (Fre.) A faint treble ; falsetto. Faux. (Fre.) False ; out of tune. Faux Bourdon. (Fre.} Fa Burden ; the ancient name of a certain species of coua terpoint. F Clef. The bass clef; a compound char- acter, placed on the fourth line of the staff FDU 92 FIF BO that the two dots are in the third and fourth spaces (53). F Iur . ( Gfr.) F major. Fdel. (Dan.) A fiddle. Feeders. Small hollows sometimes cm- ployed to supply the large bellows of an organ with wind. Felertanz. (Ger.) A festive dance. Feigned. A term sometimes used to designate a falsetto voice. Feinestirame. (Ger.) A fine voice. Fclnte. An old name for semitone ; an accidental. Feldgesang. (Ger.) A rural song. Feldknnstpfeifer. (Ger.) A military musician. Feldrohr. (Ger.) A rural pipe. Feldton. (Ger.) The tone of a trumpet. Female Computers. Computatrices ; women among the ancients who were hired to sing and weep at funerals, so called be- cause they computed the virtues of the deceased. Fenlo. (Ita.) I beat ; I strike. Ferina. (Ita.) Firm ; resolute. Fermamente. (Ita.) With firmness and decision. Fermata. (Ita.) A pause ; a hold (113). Fermate. (Ger.) A general pause. Fermato. (Ita.) Firm and decisive. Feroce. (Ita.) Fiercely. Ferocemeiite. (Ita.) Ferociously; fiercely. Fertigleit. ( Ger.) Execution. Fes. ( Ger.) F flat. Fesceimiiia. (Ita.) Nuptial songs, so called because they originated with the people of Fescennia, a city of Etruria. Fesceimine. A song prevalent in ancient Italy ; fescennina. Fescue. An old name for a plectrum, or instrument for playing on the harp. Festennine. A marriage song or sere- nade ; a fescennine. Festero. (Spa.) Director of church music on festive occasions. Festive Songs. Songs adapted to express and to inspire merriment and joy. Festklauge. (Ger.) Festive sounds. Fcstllch. (Ger.) Festive; gay. Festlied. ( Ger.) A festive song. Festoso. (Ita.) Merry ; gay. F. F. Fortissimo; very loud. F. F. F. Very fortissimo ; much louder. FF. Possibile. (Ita.) As loud as possible. FF., Princlpalmente 11 Basso. (Ita.) Very loud, especially the bass. Fiacco. (Ita.) Weak ; feeble. Fiasco. (Ita.) A failure. Fiato. (Ita.) The breath. Fiddle. A violin. Fiddle, Horse. An Indian instrument, employed for the purpose of frightening a herd of horses, and causing a stampede. Fiddler. A common name for a violinist, usually applied to a second or third rate player. Fiddlestick. A violin bow. Fiddle String. The string of a violin, formed of catgut. Fidicen. (Lot.) A harper ; a minstrel ; he who plays upon a stringed instrument. Fldiciua. (Lat.) A woman who plays on stringed instruments. Fidicinal. A term applied to all instru- ments of the violin species. Fidicula. (Lat.) A small lute or guitar. Fidis. (Lat.) A fiddle. Fiedel. (Ger.) A violin. Fiedelbogen. (Ger.) A fiddlestick. Fiedelnrett. (Ger.) A squeaking fiddle. Fiedler. (Ger.) A fiddler. Field Music. Overtures for trumpets and other military instruments; martial mu- sic. Flele. (Xor.) Viol. Fieramente. (Ha.) In a bold and ener- getic manner ; with vehemence. Fieramente assal. (Ita.) Very bold and energetic. Flero. (Ita.) Haughty ; spirited ; lively. Fifaro. A small pipe similar to a flageo- let. Fife. A small wind instrument, used chiefly in martial music with drums. FHe Major. An officer who superintends the tilers of a regiment. Fifer. A performer on the fife. FifTanio. (Ita.) A fife. Fiffaro. (Ita.) A fife. Fifiars. A small flute, pipe, or flageolet, used by the Germans. Fiflst. A fife player. Fifre. (Fre.) A fife. Fifteenth. An interval consisting of two octaves. Fifteenth Stop. An organ stop, deriv- ing its name from the fact that its pitch or scale is fifteen notes above that of tha diapason. Fifth. The interval of three tones and a semitone, comprising five diatonic degrees of the scale. Fifth, Augmented. An interval con- taining four whole tones. Fifth, Diminished. An interval con- t.iining two whole tones and two major semitones. Fifth, Extreme Sharp. The perfect fii'th, increased by the chromatic semitone, consisting of four tones, forming five de- grees. Fif tli* False. An imperfect or diminished fifth. Fifth, Flat. A flat composed of five do- FIF 93 FIN grees, and containing two tones and two semitones. Fifth, Perfect. An interval containing three whole tones and one major semi- tone. "Fifths, Consecutive. Two or more per- fect fifths immediately following one an- other in two parallel parts of the score. Fifth, Sharp. An interval consisting of eight semitones. Fifth, Small. A false fifth. Fifths, Open. Two fifths succeeding each other in similar motion. Fifth Violin. An English instrument half the size of the bass viol, having a sound an octave lower. Figura. (Jta.) Note employed as an or- nament. Figural. A class of music deviating from the plain, simple style of early times ; fig- urate. Figural Bass. Figured bass. Figurantes. (Fre.) Dancers in a ballet who do not dance singly, but many to- gether, and serve to fill up the background during the exhibition of individual per- formers. Figurate. Relating to or being the orna- mental portions of musical composition or performance. Fignrate Counterpoint. That where- in there is a mixture of discords with con- cords ; discordaut ; figurative. Fignrate Descant. That part of an air in which discords are introduced, and every variety of ornaments. Figuration. An ornamental treatment of a passage ; a mixture of concords and discords. Figuration, Harmonic. The progres- sion of a chord from one tone to another tone of the same chord, thence passing similarly through successive different chords. Figurative. A style of music differing from the plain, simple mode. Figurative Descant. A desrnnt admit- ting of an admixture of discords. Flgurato. (Ita.) Figured. Figure. Certain rhythmical forms, such as trioles, quintoles, &e. ; melodic forms, such as fore notes, after notes, beats, trills, &c. ; harmonic forms, such as ar- peggios ; to pass several notes for one ; to form runnings, variations, or other or- naments. Figure. (Fre.) Figured. Figured. A term applicable to all forms of music deviating- from plain, simple vo- cal music, also to a bass with figures attached represen;iug the accompanying harmony ; indicated or noted by figures. Figured Bass. A bass accompanied with numerical characters denoting the har- mony formed by tin; upper or superior parts of the composition, aud directing the chords to be played by the organ harpsichord, or pianoforte. Figured Descant. A form of descant which, instead of moving note by note with the bass, consists of a free and florid melody. Figured Harmony. A harmony in which, for the purpose of melody, one or more of the parts of a composition move, during the continuance of a chord, through certain notes which do not form any of the constituent parts of that chord. Figured Song. A song varying from the plain chant or song. Figures. Numerical characters written upon the staff to denote the kind of meas- ure, usually in the form of a fraction, the upper one showing the number of notes of the kind indicated by the lower con- tained in one measure or bar (102). Figures of Diminution. Numerical characters which reduce the time of the notes over which they are placed one third of their relative length (91). Figuring the Bass. The use of figures, by means of which the most important chords and modulations are indicated and read with rapidity. Filar la Voce. (Ita.) To gradually aug- ment and dimiuisn the sound of the voice. Filer. (Fre.) To hold a note. Fileur. (Fre.) A string maker. Filidhe. (Iri.) Ancient poets of the Irish, who, iu white robes, and harps in their hands, marched at the head of armies. Filosof o. (Ita.) A Neapolitan street per- former, who reads, sings, and gesticulates old Gothic tales. Filum. (Lat.) Former name of the stem of a note ; the string of an instrument. Fin. (Fre. and Spa.) The end. Fin al. (Ita.) End at ; play as far as. Final. An old appellation given to the last sound of a verse in a chant, which, if complete, is on the key note of the chant, if incomplete, on some other note in the scale of that key. Final Close. The principal or customary cadence in the key of a piece. Finale. (Ita.) The last piece of any act of an opera or of a concert; the last move- ment of a symphony or souata in the German style. Fin al Fine. (Ita.) To the end. Fin alia Fine. (Ita.) From the sign to the end. F in Alt. The seventh above G in alt, the seventh note in alt. F in Altissimo. The octave above F in alt ; the seventh note in altissimo. Finders. A term formerly applied to a class of persons who wrote melodies. Fine. (Ita.) The end ; an expression used to indicate the termination of a musical composition. Fine del Aria, (Ita.) The end of the air FIN FIT Fine del Atto. (Ita.) The end of the net. Finement. (Fre.) Finely; acutely. Finder. A word applied to skill in exe- cution on keyed instruments. Finger Board. That part of a stringed instrument on which the fingers press; the whole range of keys, white and black, of a pianoforte or organ ; manual. Fingered. A term applied to piano mu- sic, signifying that figures and other marks are placed over or under the notes to show the method of fingering. Fingering. Disposing of the fingers in a convenient, natural, and apt manner in the performance of any instrument, but more especially the organ and pianoforte ; the placing of figures and other marks over or under notes to denote the method of fingering. Fingering, American. The use of the sign (140) to indicate the thumb in piano playing, iu distinction from the German or foreign fingering, in which the thumb is called the first finger. Fingering, English. American finger- ing. Fingering, Foreign. German finger- ing. Fingering, German. A method of marking- the fingering of piano music which designates the thumb as the first finger. Fingern. (Ger.) To play ; to finger. Finger Organ. An harmonica; an in- strument producing its tones by the fric- tion of the fingers of the player upon the edges of hemispherical glasses. Flugersatz. (Ger.) Fingering. Finished. A term applied to an advanced and artistic execution. Finito. (Itn.) Finished ; concluded. Fino al. (Ita.) Play as far as, then stop ; end at. Fin Qui. (Ita.) To this place. Flnt. An abbreviation of Finto. Fiuto. (Ita.) A feint ; a term applied to tho preparation for a cadence which id not executed, wh'-n the performer, having done every tiling that is requisite to a full close, instead of falling on the final, passes to some other note, or introduces a pause. Fiochezza. (ltd.) Hoarseness. Fiolotola. (Ita.) Flute. Fioreggiante. (Ita.) Decorated with flourishes. Fiorisceute. (Ita.) An ornamental style. Florita Cadenza. (Ita.) A cadence whose last note but one is divided into many of less value. Fioritezza. (Ita.) Embellishment; a florid style of performance. Florito. (Ita.) A species of diminution, commonly made at the endiugof'a cadence. Fiorltura. (Ita.) Embellishments in sing- ing ) divisions of rapid notes. Flo tola (Ita.) A flute. Fipple. (Lai.) A stopper of a wind instrv rucut. Firing a Cannon. In ringing a chime, the simultaneous ringing or crush of all the bells. First. A word applied to the upper part of a duet, trio, quartet, Ac., cither vocal or instrumental, also to the upper part of each kind in overtures, symphonies, con- certos, and other full pieces ; the leading performer or instrument. First Bass, tligh bass. First Chord. The primary concord or common chord; a chord consisting of any given bass note in any key or mode, with its octave, third, and fifth. First Derivative. The first combination from primitive notes. First Inversion. A term applied to a chord when its third is the lowest. First Part. Soprano; the highest species of women's voice. First Shift. A violin shift on the fifth line, or G; the half shift. First Soprano. The high soprano. First Tenor. High tenor. First Treble. The highest treble, or so prano. First Voice. The upper voice; the so- prano. Fls. (Ger.) F sharp. Fischiare. (Ita.) To whistle ; to hiss. Fischio. (Ita.) A whistle; whittling. Fis Dur. ( Ger.) F sharp major. Fisfis. (Ger.) F double sharp. Fis Moll. (Ger.) F sharp minor. Fisteln. (Ger.) To sing falsetto. FistelsSnger. (Ger.) One who sings falsetto. Fistelstfmme. (Ger.) A disagreeable, sharp, and acute voice. Fistola. (Ita.) Flageolet; reed; pipe. Fistula. (Lat.) A pipe. Fistula l>ulcis. (Lat.) A common flute. Fistula Germanica. (Lat.) German flute. Fistula Panig. (Lat.) An instrument formed of reeds. Fistula Pastoralis. (Lat.) Shepherd's pipe. Fistula Pnstorica. (Lat.) The name given by Cicero and other classics to tho oaten pipe, used by the audiences at Koman theatres in expression of disapprobation. Flstnlator. (Lat.) A piper ; a player on a flute or flageolet. Fistnlatore. (Ita.) A piper. Fit. A word employed in ancient times to designate a strain of music; a part of song or poem. Fithele. Ancient name of the violin. FIT 95 FLA Fltt. (A. S.) A song. Fives and Eights Metre. A metre designated thus, 5s & 8s, consisting of a stanza of six lines in anapestic measure. the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 5, 6, 8, 5, 5, 8. Flve and Sixes Metre. A metre des- ignated thus, 5s & Os, consisting of a stan- za of eight lines in anapestic measure, the syllables of each being in number and or- der as follows : 5, 5, 5, .*>, 6, 5, 6, 5. Fives, Eleven, and Sixes Metre. A metre designated thus, 5s, ll,fcCs, con- sisting of a stanza of eight lines in ana- pestic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 5, 5, 5, 11,6,6, 6, 6. Fixed Syllables. Syllables which do not change with the change of key. Fl. An abbreviation of Flattti, Flaitto, Flute, and Flam. Flachflote. (Ger.) A flat-lipped organ pipe. Flageolet. (Fre.) A wind instrument made of wood, played with a mouth-piece, and six principal holes, the keys of which are stopped with the fingers, in the same way as the flute, and producing notes ex- ceedingly clear and shrill. Flageolet, Doable. A flageolet baring two tubes. Flanlet Organ. A small barrel organ, wnosetones imitate those of the flage- olet. ^ Flageoletto. A word employed, in rela- tion to stringed instruments, to denote a way of making the strings sound in such a manner as to elicit from them their nat- ural accessory tones. Flagloletto. (7ta.) A flageolet. Flagvrorm. A little flute. Flam. In drum music a grace note or stroke corresponding with the appoggia- tura in other compositions. Flamadiddle. A beat in drum music composed of sixteenth notes, either in 4 or J time. Flamadiddle, Side. A beat employed in drumming eighth notes, as in parade marches. Flamamacne. A drum-beat used only in quicksteps of \ time. Flamapoo. A drum-beat in | time. IT! amen. (Lat.) A sound of an instru- ment. Flam Paradiddle. A drum-beat. Flaschinett. Flageolet ; flageolet regis- ter or stop. Flat. A sign which, when placed before a note, shows that the koy and tone origi- nally indicated by that note are no lotfgcr mennt, but the key and tone next above it (5(5); too low; to render less acute; not sharp or shrill. Flat, A. That flat which is the seventh of B flat; the third flat used in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonlo mode. Flat, Accidental. An occasional flat placed before a note in the course of a piece. Flat, B. The flat seventh of the natural key of C, and the first flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Flat, C. The flat which is the seventh of D flat; the sixth flat introduced in modu- lating by fourths from the natural diatouio mode. Flat, . The flat seventh of E flat ; the fourth flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Flat, Double. A character compounded of two flats, and signifying that the note before which it is placed is to be sung or played two semitones lower than its nat- ural pitch. Flat, E. The flat seventh of F flat ; the second flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Flat Eighth, Extreme. The octave diminished by the chromatic semitone. Flat, F. The flat seventh of G flat; the seventh flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Flat Fifth. A flat composed of five de- grees, and containing two tones and two semitones. Flat Fourth, Extreme. A tone and two diatonic semitones composed of four degrees ; the perfect fourth diminished by a chromatic semitone. Flat, G. The flat seventh of A flat; the fifth flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. Flat, Hypo-L,ydian. The Hypo-^Eoli- an in ancient music. Flat Second. The minor second, formed by two sounds at the distance of a dia- tonic semitone ; as, B C and li F. Flat Seventh, Extreme. The minor seventh diminished, consisting of four tones and two diatonic semitones, forming seven degrees. Flat, Singing. A defect of intonation caused by a weakness of the general vocal organs ; to sing below pitch. Flatted Tone. A tone that is half a de- gree lower than its proper pitch. Flatten. To depress the voice ; to render a sound less sharp; to make spiritless or dull. Flat Third, Extreme. Two diatonio semitones, composed of three degrees ; the minor third diminished by the chro- matic semitone. Flatting. The displacing of a tone by one that is a small second lower. Flat Triad. An arithmetical division of the fifth of the harmonic triad, in which the lesser third is lowest. Flaut. An abbreviation of Flauto. FLA 96 FLU flanta. (Spa.) A flute. Flautado. (Spa.) Flute Btop in an organ. Flnutaiiilo. (Ita.) \Vithaflute-likc tone; a term sometimes met with in violin mu- eic, the desired quality of tone being ob- tained by drawing the bow smoothly and gently across the strings over that end of the linger board nearest the bridge. Flautato. (Ita.) With a flute-like tone. Flautero. (Spa.) One who makes flut as; a flute player. Flautino. (If a.) An octave flute. Flautist. A player on the flute. Flantista. (Ita.) A. performer on the flute. Flauti Unisoni. (Ita.) The flutes in uni- son. Flauto. (Ita.) A flute. Flauto a Becco. (Ita.) A beaked flute; a flute having a mouth-piece like a flage- olet. Flauto ad libitum. The flute part may be omitted if desired. Flauto, Alto. (Ita.) A tenor flute used in bands. Flauto d' Amore. (Ita.) A large flute ; a bass flute. Flauto Dolce. (Ita.) A flute having a beak or mouth-piece like a flageolet. Flauto e Viollno. (Ita.) Flute aud violin. Flautonc. (Ita.) An octave flute. Flauto Ottaviuo. (Ita.) A small octave flute. Flanto o Viollno. (Ita.) Flute or violin. Flauto Piccolo. (Ita.) An octave flute ; a flageolet. Flauto Prlncipalc. (Ita.) A term des- ignating 'the part of the concerto player in a flute concerto. Flauto Tacere. (Ita.) The flute is not to play. Flauto Tedesco. (Ita.) A German flute. Flauto Terzo. (Ita.) The third flute. Flanto Transverse. (Ita.) A transverse flute ; A Gorman flute. Flauto Traverse. (Ita.) The German ilutc. Flebile. (Ita.) In a mournful stylo Flebilmente. (Ita.) Mournfully. Flesh Hoops. The hoops of a drum on which the skin forming the head of the drum is lapped. Flessibilita. (Ita.) An easy, free, flexible mode of execution. Fleut. (Arm.) A flute. Flight. A musical ornament consisting oi a quick flight of notes. F-locher. (Ger.) The sound-holes of a violin, tenor, &c. Fltijte. (Dan.) A flute. Flon-Flon. The burden of certain old vaudevilles ; a term applied in contempt *o any air resembling them in style. Floral Concert. A concert of miisia usually participated in by children., the performance having reference to rural life and scenery, with decorations consisting of flowers, evergreens, i- sians of the fourteenth century to figured descant, in order to distinguish it from the old chant, or plain song. F10tcb.cn. (Ger.) A little flute ; a pipe ; a flageolet. FlOte. (Ger.) Flute. Flbtenblaser. (Ger.) A flntist. Flotenduo. (Ger.) Flute duet. FlOtenfutter. (Ger.) A flute case. Flotcnkoncert. (Ger.) A concert of flute music. Flotenspiel. (Or.) Playing on the flute; a tune for the Ilutc. Fliiteiispieler. (Ger.) A flute player. Flotenstimme. (Ger.) A soft, sweet voice; the part for the flute. Fliiteustuck. ( Ger.) Tune for the flute ; one of the pieces of a flute. Fliitentafel. (Ger.) A table showing by signs the manner of fingering the flute. Flotenwevk. (Ger.) An instrument of music with a flute stop. Flotenzug. (Ger.) A flute stop in an organ. Flourish. An appellation given to deco- rative notes added to a passage, with the double view oi' heightening the c fleet of the piece, and of displaying a flexibility of voice or finger ; a round ringing of chime bells, varied by changes, at the op- tion of the ringers. Fl. Trav. An abbreviation of Flauto Traverse. Flnchtig. (Ger.) Quickly; nimble. Fluctuating Signs. Signs which allow a deviation from their exact value. Flue Pipe. An organ pipe having a small portion towards its lower end flat- tened a little inwardly, so as to produce a straight edge, called the upper lip, with n foot of conical shape, having a straight edge similarly formed, aud termed the under lip, the top of this foot being closed at its broad end by i circular metal pl'ito, a segment of which is cut away, leaving a narrow fissure or flue under the straight edge of the upper lip. Flugel. (Ger.) A harpsichord ; grand pianoforte. Fluit. (Dut.) A flute. Flush. (Fre.) A trill. Fluta. (Lot.) Flute. FLU 97 FOX Flute. A well-known inflatilc instrument, consisting of a tube closed at one end, and furnished with holes and keys at its side for the purpose of varying the sounds ; an organ register; to piny on a flute; to play or sing in a clear, soft tone. Flute-a-Bec. (Fre.) The old English flute, blown at the end instead of at the side, sometimes called " the common flute," " fistula dulcis." flute, Abyssinian. An instrument \iearlyofthc siinpe and size of the German flute, with a mouth-piece similar to that of the clarionet, and performed upon lengthwise. Flute Allemande. (Fre.) The German flute. Flute, Ancient. An instrument which had a mouth-pi'tcc, was double as well as single, and often composed of two tubes, both played together. Flnte, Boehm. An instrument differing from the common flute in having the size and location of the holes arranged in their natural order with keys, by which each finger- is enabled to act simultaneously upon two or more holes. Flute Cane. A cane formed and used as a flute. Flute, Chinese. An instrument made of bnmboo, bound with silk between the ap- ertures to preserve the wood from crack- ing. Flute, Croolsed. An Egyptian instru- ment in the form of a bull's horn ; the photinx. Flute. Cross. A German flute. Fluted. A term applied to those upper and extra notes of a soprano voice, which, from the constraint with which they arc produced, are thin, and of a flute-like tone. Flute, Dactylic. A flute consisting of unequal intervals. Flute d'AUematid. (Fre.) A German flute. Flute d' Amour. (Fre.) A bass flute. Flute, Diatonic. A flute capable of pro- ducing the various shades or differences of pitch requisite to pro'luee all the major and minor diatouio scales. Flute, Dolce. (Ita.) A flute with a mouth- niece like that of a flageolet. Flute, Double. A flute so constructed that two tones may be produced from it at the same time, and on which two parts may be performed at once. Flnte Douce. (Fre.) The English flute; flutc-a-boc. Flnte, Egyptian. A flute formed of a cow's horn, with three or four holes in it. Flute, German. A wind instrument consisting of a tube formed of several joints or pieces, with holes at the wide, closed at the upper end, and furnished with movable metal keys, which, by open- ing and closing certain holes, serve to temper the tones to the various flats and sharps. Flute, Grand. The lowest flute stop of an organ. Flnteuist. A flute player. Flute, Octave. A flute the tones of which range an octave higher than those of the German flute. Flute Organ. A small barrel organ whose tones resemble those of the flute. Flute, Pastoral. The shepherd's flute Flute, Shepherd's. A flute snorter than the transverse flute, aud blown through n lip-piece at the end. Flute, Siccama. A diatonic flute. Flute Stop. A range of wooden pipes in an organ, producing sounds similar to those of the flute. Flnte, Transverse. The German flute. Flutc-Traversiere. (Fre.) A trans- verse flute ; a German flute. Flntcnr. (Fre.) A man who plays on a flute; a flutist. Flnteuse. (Fre.) A woman who plays the flute. Flntist. One who performs on the flute. Flutistc. (Fre.) A flutist. Flutorum. An instrument resembling the Irish bagpipe. Fluty. Soft, like the tone of a flute ; clear, sweet-sounding. FMoll. (Ger.) F minor. F. O. The initials of Full Organ, Focoso. (Ita.) With fire ; a word which, when placed over a movement or passage, signifies that it is to be sung or played with spirit. Foglletto. (Ita.) A continuation of the violin. Folding Violin Mute. An article so constructed as to impart to the violin a soft, pure tone, without injury to the in- strument. Folijones. (Spa.) A Castilian dance to the guitar and castanets. Folio, Music. A case or book for hold- ing loose sheets of music; a wrapper used in a music store for the convenience of a classified arrangement of the stock. Folio, Spring-Back. A folio having steel springs so arranged in the back as to clasp and firmly hold sheets of music in the manner of a' bound volume. Foil in.. (Spa.} A Spanish air, or dance tune, so called. Follia di Spajrna. (Spa.) A species of composition, consisting of variations on a given air. Fondameuto. (Ita.) The bass. Fonds d'Orgne. (Fre.) In organ playing, tho union of all the flute stops. Fonetlca. (Ita.) Phonics; the doctriu* of sounds. FON FOU Fonolosjla. (Ha.) Phonology ; a treatise on sounds. Foot. A combination of syllable* consti- tuting a metrical clement of a verse, in ancient language distinguished by quan- tity or length, and in modern poetry by accent. Foot Key-Board. Manual of an organ, comprising the keys played with the loot. For. Au abbreviation of Forte. Foramina. (Lot.) The name given by the Romans to the holes made hi the pipe or flute. Fore-Note. An appoggiatura (64). Fore-Aote. Double. Two short fore- notes united, one of which is higher and the other lower than the principal note, or two small notes ascending or descending to the principal note by regular steps of the scale. Fore-Note, X, 4, 6. Four Semibreve Rest. A rest equal in length to that of four semibreves (25). Fourteenth. An interval of an octave and a seventh ; a distance comprising thirteen diatonic intervals. Fourth. A distance comprising three di- atonic intervals, two tones, and a scnti- tone ; the third of the consonances in th order of their generation. FOU 99 FUG Fourth, Augmented. An interval con- taining three whole tones. Fourtn, Diminished. An interval con- taining' two whole tones aud a semitone. Four-til, Extreme Flat. A tone and two diatonic semitones composed of four decrees ; the perfect fourth diminished by a chromatic semitone. Fourth Part. Bass the lowest species of men's voice. Fourth, Perfect. An interval containing two whole tones and one major semi- tone. Fourth, Redundant. An interval con- taining three full tones. Fourth Shift. The last shift in violin playing. Fourth Voice. The bass. Frasi. (Ita.) Phrases; short musical pas- sages. Franeustimme. (Ger.) A female voice ; treble. Frauta. (Por.) A flute. Freddamente. (Ita.) Inanimated in ex- ecution; coldly. Fredon. (Fre.) A flourish, or other ex- temporaneous embellishment ; a short group of notes suug to the same syllable. Fredonnement (Fre.) Humming; sing- ing without words. Fredoniier. (Fre.) To shake ; to quaver. Free Canon. A canon not in perfect ac- cordance with the rules designed to gov- ern this style of composition. Free Composition. The free style ; that which employs voices and instruments, and deviates somewhat from the rules of art. Free Fugue. A composition approach- ing- to ttie fugal form; a fugue in which the connecting harmony is not taken from the theme. Freely Inverted Imitation. A form of imitation in which the order of succes- sive notes is not precisely retained. Free Reed. A peculiar form of organ reed, the tongue of which passes evenly within the pipe, and is put in motion by the wind on its passage upwards from the foot ofthe pipe into the reed, and yielding under its pressure for so much of its length ns is pliant enough to do so, is brought back to its former position by its own spring-like nature. Free Style. A style in which some devi- ation is made from" the rules of art. Frei, (Ger.) Free. Frcmissement. (Fre.) Vibration. French Horn. The corne de chasse; a wind instrument, consisting of a long tube twisted into several circular folds, and gradually increasing in diameter from the end at which it is blown to that at which the sound issues. French Sixth. The name of a chord composed of a major third, extreme fourth, and extreme sixth; as, F^, D, C, A (,. French Treble Clef. The G clef on the bottom line of the staff, formerly much used in French music for violin, flute, &c. (47). Frescamente. (Ita.) New or uncommon. Fresco. (Ita.) Out of the common course; new ; quick and spirited. Fret Board. That portion of a guitar, or similar instrument, on which the frets are placed. Frets. Small projections of wire or ivory fixed across the finger board of a guitar, mandoline, and other instruments, to show where the strings are to be fingered,' and serve to vary and determine the pitch of the tones. Fretta. Quickening or hastening the time. Freude. ( Ger.) Joy. Freudengesang. (Ger.) A song of joy. Freuudlich. (Ger.) Friendly. Frey. (Ger.) Free. Freye Schrcibart. (Ger.) Free style of composition. Friedensmarsch. (Ger.) A march in honor of peace. Friser. A term used in guitar music, im- plying that the fingers of the right hand are to be closed, except the thumb, and opened successively, passing over all the strings, without a movement of the arm. Frohgesang. (Get:) A joyous song ; an allegro. Frohnamt. (Ger.) High or grand mass. Frpseh. ( Ger.) The nut of a bo w for the violin, tenor, &c. Frottola. (Ita.) Ballad. Frottolare. (Ita.) To sing or write bal- lads. Friihlingslled. (Ger.) Spring song. Frnhmesse. (Ger.) Matins. Friihmesser. (Ger.) A singer at matins. Friihmetter. (Ger.) Singer at matins. Friihstandcheii. (Ger.) A morning con- cert in honor of some person. Frikhstuck. (Ger.) Matins. F Schlnssel. (Ger.) The F clef. Fuga. (Ita.) Fugue. Fuga Autentlca. (Ita.) A fugue in which the leading notes ascend. Fnga di Conseguenza. (Ita.) A con- tinuous fugue. Fuga Dpppia. (Ita.) Double fugue ; a fugue with two subjects. Fuga, Grave. A fugue deep in sonnd and of slow movement. Fugal Corale. A fugal construction of a whole corale, in which one strophe after another is taken separately as the sub- ject of the fugue, and is carried through. Fuga Patetico. (Ita.) A pathetic styta ot fugue. FUG 100 FUO Fuga per Arsis et Thesis. A term applied to a fugue, when, if the guide or leading part ascends, those that follow imitate it descending, and if it descends, imitate it ascending. Fnga Plngale. (Ita.) A fugue in which the guiding or leading notes descend. Fuga Kiccrcnta. (Ita.) A worked-np fugue ; a fugue consisting of several themes with many developments. Fugato. (Ita.) In the style of a fugue. Fuge. (Ger.) Fugue. Fngha. (Ita.) A fugue. Fughetta. (Ita.) A short fugue. Fuglietten. (Ger.) Fugues. Fughetti. (Ita.) Short fugues. Fugitive Pieces. Off-hand, short-lived compositions. Fugue. A form of composition peculiar to the strict or contrapuntal stylo, in which a subject is proposed by one part and answered by other parts, according to certain rules. Fugues are of three kinds, Simple, Double, and Counter. Fugue, Counter. A fugue in which the subjects move in contrary directions. Fugued Counterpoint. Counterpoint in four, five, six, or seven parts, the only counterpoint in use previous to the eighteenth century. Fugue, Double. A fugue on two subjects. Fugue, Free. A composition approach- ing to the fugal form ; a fugue in which the connecting harmony is not taken from the theme. Fugue Manifold. A fugue in which two or more themes are entered into and elab- orated. Fugue Renverser. (Fre.) A fugue the answer of which is made in contrary mo- tion to that of the subject. Fugue, Strict. A fugue in which the fugal form and its laws are rigidly ob- served. Fugue, per Contrarium Reveraum. A term applied to a fugue when the com- mencing subject is simply inverted, yet retains the order of half and whole tones in the answer. Fugue, per Contrarlnm Simplex. A term applied to a fugue when the com- mencing subject is simply inverted, with- out retaining the order of half and whole tones in the answer. Fugue, Perpetual. A canon so con- structed thst its termination leads to its beginning, and hence muy be continually repeated. Fugue, Simple. A fugue containing but A single subject. Fugnist. A composer or performer of fugues. Fuhrcr. ( Ger.) The subject of a fugue. Full. Music designed for all the voices or instruments ; to be sung by both sides of choir. Full Anthem. An anthem in four or more parts, without verses, to be snug in chorus. Full Band. A band in which all the instruments are employed. Full Breath. A complete inhalation taken before the commencement of sing- ing, or after an apparently entire expira- tion. Full M outhed. Having a full or strong voice. Full Orchestra. An orchestra in which all the stringed and wind instruments are employed. Full Organ. An organ with all its regis- ters or stops in use. Full Score. A complete score of all the parts of a composition, whether vocal or instrumental, or both combined. Full Service. A service without any verse parts. Full to Fifteenth. A term in organ music implying that all the stops up to and including the " fifteenth " are to be used. Full-toned Viola. An old instrument, of larger size and proportion than the vio- lin, otherwise of the same nature. Full Turn. A turn consisting of four notes immediately after that upon which it is made (81). Fundamental Bass. The root or fun- damental note of a chord ; a succession of notes constituting the several fundamen- tal notes of their respective chords. Fundamental Chord. A chord the lowest note of which is that from which the chord is derived. Fundamental Key. The key in which a piece is written ; the original key. Fundamental IVote. The lowest note of a fundamental chord. Fundamental Position. A term ap- plied to the situation of a chord when its root, or fundamental tone, actually stands lowest, and the other tones of the chord stand above each other at the distance of a third apart. Fnnebre. (Fre. and Ita.) Funeral. Funeral March. A slow, measured march, designed to accompany a funeral procession. Funereo. (Ita.) Funereal ; pertaining to burial services. Funestamente. (Spa.) Mournfully. Fiinf . ( Ger.) Five. Funfstimmig. (Ger.) Five-voiced. Ftintte. (Ger.) Fifth. Funfzebute. (Ger.) Fifteenth. Fiinf zehu. (Ger.) Fifteen. Funzioni. (Ita.) Oratorios, masses, and other sacred pieces composed for the Catholic church. Fuoco. (Ita-.) Fire ; animation. Fuocoso. (Ita.) Extremely spirited . FUR 101 GAM Fur. (Ger.) For. Fur Bclbe ITiinde Znsammen. (Ger.} For both hands together. Furce. Name formerly given to a close diatonic chain of ascending' and descend- ing notes, introduced to connect an ex- pansive interval. Fur die linke Hand Allclii. (Ger.) For the left hand alone. Fur die rechte Hand Allein. (Ger.) For the right hand alone. Fnrlbondo. (Ita.) Furiously. Furiosamente. (Ita.) Furiously. Furioso. (Ita.) Furious; vehement. Furniture Stop. A mixed or compound stop in an organ, comprising two or more ranks of pipes, of shriller tone than those of the sesquialtera ; the mixture stop. Furore. (Ita.) Fury; rage. Fusa. (Lot.) A quaver. Fusella. (Lat.) The ntime formerly ap- plied to the demisemiquaver. Fut. (Fre.) The barrel of a drum. Fz. An abbreviation of Forzando, or Forzato. G. GTHE nominal of the fifth note in the , natural diatonic scale of C, to which Guido applied the monosyllable Sol; it is also one of the names of the highest or treble clef. Gagliarda. (Ita.) Stout; bold; a lively dance in triple time. Gal. (Fre.) Gayly; cheerfully. Galement. (Fre.) A gay, spirited manner. Gaillard. (Fre.) A sprightly dance in triple time; applied to a composition, it implies that it is to be sung or played in a lively, cheerful style. Gaillardement. (Fre.) Merrily ; briskly. Gaio. (Ita.) With gayety and cheerful- ness. Gajamente. (Ita.) Gayly; cheerfully; lively. Gajo. (Ita.) Gay ; cheerful ; vivacious. Gal. An abbreviation of Galop and Gal- lopade. Galan. (Sax.) To sing. Galantemente. (Ita.) Gallantly ; boldly. Galiambo. (Spa.) Song of the Gallic priest of Cybele. Galin-Parls-Cheve System. An ele- mentary system of vocal music much in vogue in Paris, having for its basis notation in figures. Galliambus. (Lat.) A species of Latin verse. Galliard. A lively dance tune in triple time ; a gaillard. Gnlliarda. An old tune to accompany the gnlliurd dance. Gallopade. (Fre.) A galop, a quick Ger- man dance tune, generally in | time. Galop. (Ger.) A gallopade. Galoppe. (Fre.) A gallopade. Gam. An abbreviation of Gamut. Gamalau. (Jav.) Musical execution. Gamalan Clioro Bali. fJnr.) Music in the style of Bali, resembling the Salen- 9* dro, with the exception of the violin ot rebab. Gamalan Kodok Wgorek. (Jav.) A name applied by the Javanese to their ancient music, signifying the Song of the Frogs and Toads, on account of its want of harmony. Gambang-Kayou. (Jav.) A Javanese instrument formed of many bars or strips of sonorous wood, differing gradually in length, placed in a wooden box, and played upon with a hammer. Gam beta. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Gambist. A performer on the viol da gam- ba, at one time connected with the regular establishment of the chapelt) of the Ger- man princes. Gamb-Viole. (Ger.) An instrument resembling the violoncello; the greater viol. Games, Panathanean. Ancient Greek games in which singers, and players on the flute and cithara, competed for prizes. Gamma. (Gr7;.) Gamut. Gamine. (Fre.) The scale of any key; the gamut. Ganime Chromatique. (Fre.) The chromatic scale. Gamme de la Minenr. (Fre.) Scale of A minor. Gamme Iescendantc. (Fre.) Descend- ing scale. Gamme de Sol Majeur. (Fre.) Scale of G major. Gamme d'Ut Majeur. (Fre.) Scale of C major. Gamme* en Bemols. (Fre.) Scales with flats. Gamut. The scale of notes belonging to any key; the lines and spaces on which notes are placed; and the lowest note of the Guidonian or common compass. Gamnt, Guide's. The table or scale in- troduced by Guido Aretinus in 120-1. and GAN 102 OEK to the notes of wlilcli he applied the mono- syllables Ut, Re, Ml, Fa, Sol, La. It con- sisted of twenty notes, namely, two octaves and a major sixth, the first octave being' distinguished by capital letters, as G, A, K, the second by small letters, is. a, b, and the supernumerary jaixth by double letters, aa gg, aa, bb. Gander. (Jar.) A Javanese instrument formed of metallic bars, placed in a wooden case, and played upon with a hammer. Gandharlag. (//in.) In Hindoo mythol- ogy, the heavenly singers and dancers. Gang. (Ger.) A passage. Ganga. .;//?/.) A drum about the size of a regimental drum. Ganilea. (Spa.) Fauces; organs of the voice. Ganze. (Ger.) Whole. Gauze-Note. (Ger.) A whole note; a semibreve (15). Gaiizeton. (Ger.) A whole tone. Gargantear. (Spa.) To quaver ; to warble. Garganteo. (Spa.) Quavering; a tremu- lous modulation of the voice. Garibo. (Ita.) Dance; ball. Gariglione. (Ita.) Chime; musical bells. Garrire. (Ita.) To warble like a bird. Gastrollen. (Ger.) A term applied to a singer or actor on a starring excursion. Gauche. (Fre.) Left. Gavot. A lively dance or tune consisting of two strains, in common time, each of which is played twice. Gavotta. (Ita.) A gavot. Gaymente. (Spa.) Gayly ; briskly ; lively. Gayta. (Spa.) Bagpipe ; flageolet ; hand- organ. Gayta Zamorana. (Spa.) A kind of bagpipe used by the natives of Zamora. Gaytero. (Spa.) One who plays on a bagpipe ; a piper. Gazzarra. (Ita.) Rejoicings with cannon and music. Gazzel. (Per.) A love song of the Per- sians, sung by the singing girls of Cash- mere. G Clef. The treble clef; a compound char- acter of the letters G and S, for the sylla- ble Sol, which invariably turns on the second line of the staff (40). G Double. The octave below G gamut ; the lowest note of the letter G on the pianoforte. G Dur. (Ger.) G major. Geberdeuapiel. (Ger.) Pantomime. Geblase. (Ger.) The repeated sounding of a wind instrument; trumpeting. Gebrochene Awkorde. (Ger.) Broken chords ; arpeggios. Gebrochene Stimme. (Ger.) A broken voice. Gebniaden. (Ger.) Connected, synco- pated, in regard to the style of playing OF writing. Gedacht. (Ger.) Stopped, in opposition to the open pipes in an organ. Ged&mptt. (Ger.) Sotto voice ; muffled. Gedeck. (Ger.) A register of covered pipes. Gedehnt. (Ger.) Lengthened. Geiiihrte. (Ger.) The answer of a fugue. Gegenbewegung. ( Ger.) Contrary mo- tion. Gegengesang. (Ger.) Antiphony. Gegenhall. (Ger.) Echo. Gegenpnnkt. (Ger.) Counterpoint. Gegenstimme. (Ger.) Counterpart. Gegenstiminig. (Ger.) Dissonant; dis- cordant. Gehend. (Ger.) A word signifying degree of movement similar to that implied by andante. GehOre Spielen. (Ger.) To play by ear. Gehiirlebre. (Ger.) Acoustics. Gchftrginn. (Ger.) The sense of hearing. Geige. (Ger.) The violin. Gelgen. (Ger.) To play on a violin. Geigenblatt. ( Ger.) The finger board of a violin. Geigeubogen. (Ger.) Violin bow. Geigen-Clavicymbel. An instrument of a character similar to a harpsichord or pianoforte. Geigenf ormig. ( Ger.) Having the form of a violin. Geigeuf utter. (Ger.) A violin case. Geigenmacher. (Ger.) A violiu maker. Geigeusaite. (Ger.) Violin string. Geigensattel. (Ger.) Bridge of a violin. Geigenschule. (Ger.) A violin school, or method of instruction; a book of les- sons and exercises for the violin. Gelgenstrich. (Ger.) A stroke of the violin bow. Geigenstiick. (Ger.) A tune for the violin. Geigenwerk. (Ger.) Celcstina. Geigenwlrbel. (Ger.) A violin peg. <;eig*izug. (Ger.) A violin stop. Geigc ohne Bnnde. (Ger.) A general name applied by the Germans to all instru ments similar to the rebeck. Gelger. (Ger.) A violinist. Gelgerel. (Ger.) A continual fiddh.-.g. Gelstltch. (Ger.) Ecclesiastical ; clerical. Geistliehe Gesauge. (Ger.) Psalms ; hymns. Geistliehe Lieder. (Ger.) Spiritual songs. Geklimper. (Ger.) A constant clashing or tinkling. Geklingel. (Ger.) Tinkling; ringing of a bell. GEL 103 GES Gelant (Ger.) A peal of bells; tolling: of bells. Geleler. (Ger.) A continual playing on a. hurdy-gurdy. Geltung. (Ger.) The value or proportion of a note. Gem.'iclilich. (Ger.} Quietly ; in a calm manner. Gemir. (Spa.) To whistle; to sound as the w?a or wind. Gcmseu Horn. An instrument formed of a small pipe made of the horn of a chamois, or wild goat. Gemuthlich. (Ger.) Artless; good- natured. Genera. (Lat.) A term used by the an- cients to indicate the modes according to which they divided their tetrachords. Genera, Arlstoxenns. (Lat.) Certain modes among those into which the Greek writers divided their tetrachord, or minor fourth. General. A certain beat of drum at morn- ing, giving notice for the infantry to be ready to march. Generala. (Spa.) Beat of the drum to call to arms. General bass. (Ger.) Thorough-bass. General Panse. A general cessation or silence of all the parts. General Systems. Diagrams adopted by the ancient Greeks in which were included all the sounds in music. Generateur. (Fre.) The fundamental note of the common chord. Generating Tone. The principal tone caused by the vibration of stringed in- struments when one tone is struck ; the generator. Generator. The principal sound or sounds by which others are produced ; the fundamental note of the common chord. Generoso. (Ita.) Noble; in a dignified manner. Genialla. (Lat.) Musical instruments used by the ancient Romans in celebrat- ing nuptial ceremonies. Genre. (Fre.) Style; genus. Genre Chromatique. (Fre.) The chro- matic genus. Gentilczza, Con. (Ita.) With grace and elegance. Genus. (Lat.) A term used to designate a particular kind of melody, or succession of tones resulting from a particular divis- ion or arrangement of the scale. Genns, Chromatic. A melody produced by an arrangement of the tones of the chromatic scale. Genns Chromaticum. (Lat.) The chro- matic system of tones among the ancient Greeks. Genns, Diatonic. A species of melody produced by an ordinary arrangement of the diatonic scale. Genns, Enharmonic. A melody formed of a scale of tones about one fourth the distance of those of the diatonic scale. Genus Itlelodire. (Lett.) Themannerin which the ancients divided and subdivided the elements of melody. Genns .tllxtum. (Lat.) Mixed species. Genus -llodnlandl. (Lat.) The ancient division of the tetrachord; a disposition of its four sounds in succession. Georgel. (Ger.) A continual and tedious playing on an organ. Geradebeweguiig. (Ger.) Similar mo- tion. Gerade Taktart. (Ger.) Common time. Gerlesel. (Ger.) A soft, murmuring sound. German Fingering. A method of marking the fingering of piano music whi:-h designates the thumb as the first finger, in distinction from the English or American mode, which indicates the use of the thumb by a sign. German Flnte. A wind instrument, consisting of a tube formed of several joints or pieces screwed together, or into each other, with holes along the side. It is closed at the upper end, and furnished with movable brass or silver keys, which, by opening and closing certain holes, serve to temper the tones to the various flats and sharps ; a transverse flute. German Mordent. An ornament con- sisting of the alternation of a tone with that next below it, the chief one in the melody being the prominent sound in the division of the measure. German Scale. A scale of the natural notes formed of A, H, C, D, E, F, G, in- stead of A, B, C, &c., the B being always reserved to express B flat. German Sixth. A name applied by some writers to a chord composed of a major third, perfect fifth, and extreme sixth ; as, A#, G, E, C. German Soprano Clef. The C clef placed on the first line of the staff for so- prano, instead of the G clef on the second line of that part (51). Ges. (Ger.) G flat. Gcsaiig. (Ger.) The act of singing; war- bling; song; musical concord ; melody. Gesangswcise. (Ger.) In the manner of a song. Gesause. (Ger.) Humming; whistling 1 . Gesclileift. (Ger.) Slurred ; legato. Geschwanzte. (Ger.) A quaver. Gc sea wind. (Ger.) Quick. Geschwind Maruch. (Ger.) A quick march. Ges Dnr. (Ger.) G flat major. Gesiuge. (Ger.) Constant singing; bad singing. Gestosaen. (Ger.) Separated ; detached. Gestours. (Fre.) Itinerant minstre'g, of GES 104 GL1 the humorous order, who interlarded their songs with comic talcs and jokes. Gestrichene. (Ger.) A quaver (18). Geton. (tier.) llepeated sounds ; clang ; clamor. Getrageu. (Ger.) Well-sustained ; car- ried. Gevrirbel. (Ger.) The roll or ruffle of drums. Gewohnliclien Slnsfstimmen. (Ger.) Ordinary voices ; ordinary vocal parts. Geziert. (Ger.) With affectation. GFlat. The flat seventh of A flat; the fifth flat introduced in modulating by fourths from the natural diatonic mode. G Gamut. A designation sometimes given to the first G below the bass clef note. Ghawazles. (Ilin.) Singing and dancing girls; alinehs. Ghazel. (Per.) An ode of the Persians, consisting of not less than five nor more than eighteen distichs. Ghirif . ( Tur.) A species of octave flute used by the Turks. Ghiroiida. (Ita.) A hurdy-gurdy. Gia Maestro di Cappella. (Ita.) Before the master of music. Giambo. (Ita.) Iambic. Giga. (Ita.) A jig; a dance melody not now in use, consisting of two parts, each containing | measures. Gige. (Fre.) A string instrument. Gigue. (Fre.) A jig; a lively species of daace. G in Alt. The first note in alt ; the octave above the G, or treble clef note. G In Altissimo. The first note in altis- simo ; the octave above G in alt and the fifteenth above the G or treble clef note. Giochevolmente. (Ita.) Sportively ; lightly; gayly. Giocolari. (Ita.) Bands of buffoons, dan- cers, actors, singers, and instrumental performers, retained in courts of princes in Tuscany for the diversion of the com- pany. Giocosamcnte. (Ita.) Facetiously ; spor- tively. Giocoso. (Ita.) Humorous; sportive. Glojoso. (Ita.) Joyously; with buoyant hilarity. Gis. (Ger.) G sharp. Gis Moll. (Ger.) G sharp minor, Gitana. (Ita.) A Spanish dance. Gittern. An old name for the guitar ; to play on a gittern. Gittith. (Heb.) An instrument supposed to have been used by the people of Uath, and thence introduced by King David into Palestine. Giubileo. (Ita.) Jubilee. Ginllarl. (Ita,) Bauds of dancers, actors, or singers. Giiiocante. (Ita.) With sport and gay- ety. Giuoco. (Ita.) An organ stop. Ginstamente. (Ita.) Justly ; with pre- cision. Ginstezza. (Ita.) Precision. Ginstezza dell' Intonazione, Con. (Ita.) With appropriate intonation. Giusto. (Ita.) In an equal, steady, and just time. Given Bass. A bass given, to which har- mony is to be affixed. Giving Out. A term used by organists to signify the previous or preluding per- formance, by which the psalm tune about to be sung is announced, or given out, to the congregation. Gl. An abbreviation of Glee. Glais. ( Fre.) The passing bell. Glais Funebre. (Fre.) A funeral knell. Glapissant. (Fre.) Squeaking; shrill. Glass-Chord. A pianoforte having glass in the place of strings, invented at Paris, and first exhibited iu ITt-o. Glasses, Musical. An instrument formed of a number of glass goblets, tuned by filling them more or less with water, and played upon with the finger moistened. Glee. A composition for three or more voices, originally convivial in its charac- ter, but at present gay, grave, amatory, pathetic, or bacchanalian. Gleek. (A. S.) Music ; musician. Gleemen. A name applied, before the Norman conquest, to those who subse- quently were known as miustrels. Gleichheit. (Ger.) The enharmonic quality. Gleichklang. (Ger.) Consonance; uni- son. Gleichstimmig. (Ger.) Harmonious ; in unison. Gleichstimmnng. (Ger.) Harmony of sounds ; unison ; concord. Gli. (Ita.) The. Glicouico. (Spa.) A kind of Latin verse. Glide. Portamento; n gliding of the voice used in slow movements for the purpose of connecting two notes divided by aa interval. Gliding. An easy, smooth, and graceful style; in flute playing, a sliding move- ment of the fingers lor the purpose of blending the tones. Glie. (Sax.) A glee. Glissade. (Fre.) Glidmg; the act of pass- ing the fingers in a smooth, unbroken course over the keys of a piano. Glissaudo. (Ita.) In a gliding manner. Glissato. (Ita.) A gliding movement. Glisser. (Fre.) To glide smoothly from one key to another. GlUsez le Pouce. (Fre.) Slide the thumb. GLI 105 GRA Gllssieando. (Ita.) A close, connected, gliding style. Glisstcato. (Ita.) In a gentle and gliding manner." Gli Stromentl. (Ita.) The instruments. Gldckchen. (Ger.) A little bell. Glocke. (Ger.) A bell. Glockeln. (Ger.) To ring little bells. Glockengeliiute. (Ger.) The ringing or chiming of bells. Glockenhammer. (Ger.) The hammer of a bull. Glockeiiklang. (Ger.) The sound of a bell or bells ; the chiming of bells. Glockenklopfel. (Ger.) The tongue of a bell. Glockenmass. (Ger.) Bell founder's diapason. Glockenschwengel. (Ger.) Lever to a bell. Glockeiithnrm. (Ger.) A belfry. Glockenzug. (Ger.) The ringing of a bell or bells. Gloria. (Lat.) A principal movement of the mass or Catholic service. Glorification. Vocal praise ; adoration. Glosa. (Spa.) A variation. Glosar. (Spa.) To vary the notes. Glottis. (Grk.) The mouth-piece of a wind instrument ; the narrow aperture at the upper part of the windpipe, which, by its dilation and contraction, contributes to the modulation of the human voice. Glottocomeia. (Grk.) Boxes in which the Greeks carried the lingulae, or tongues of their flutes. Gl iili end. (Ger.) Ardent; glowing. Glyconic. (Lat.) A verse in Greek and Latin poetry of three feet a spondee, a choriamb, and a pyrrhic. G Moll. ( Ger.) G minor. Gnacchera. (Ita.) Tamborine ; a tabor. Gncuslju. (Ara.) An instrument of music played upon by Arabian shepherds while tending their flocks. Gnugab. (Heb.) The name given by the ancient Hebrews to the organ. Goat-Song. A song or anthem sung by the ancient Greeks to their god Dionysus, whilst the goat stood at the altar to be sacrificed. Gol. (Iri.) A funeral dirge of the Irish peasantry. Goll-Trompo. A trumpet used by the ancient Irisn, Danes, Normans, and Eng- lish. Golpe de Music*. (Spa.) A band of music. Gondellied. (Ger.) A gondolier song. Gondolier Songs. Songs composed and sung by the Venetian gondoliers, of a very graceful and pleasing style ; barcarolles. Gong. A species of cymbal made by the Chinese, consisting of a large round plate of metal, formed of seventy-eight parts of copper and twenty-two of tin, which, struck with a wooden mallet covered with leather, produces a loud noise. Goonong Salinang. (Hin.) Farewell hymn to the mountain. Gorgeador. (Spa.) One who quavers ; a modulator. G or gear. (Spa.) To quaver ; to warble. Gorgeo. (Spa.) Trilling. Gorgheggl. (Ita.) Rapid divisions as vocal exercises for acquiring facility in singing, and for bringing the voice from the throat. Gorgheggiamento. (Ita.) Trilling , warbling. Gorgheggiare. (Ita.) To trill; quaver; warble. Gorgheggiatore. (Ita.) "Warbler. Gorgheggio. (Ita.} A trill ; a shake of the voice m singing. Gorigori. (Spa.) A song with which children mimic the clerk's chant in pro- cessions. Gorsedd. ( Wei.) A meeting of Welsh bards. Gomlok. (Itus.) A viol used by the Rus sian peasantry. Governing Key. The principal key; that key in which the piece is written. Gr. An abbreviation of Grand. Grace. In vocal or instrumental perform- ance, giving due place to the appoggintura, turn, shake, and other decorative addi- tions ; easy, smooth, and natural expres- sion of the passages. Grace, Anticipating. An embellishing note forestalling the note succeeding it. Grace, Bass. A small note like a short appoggiutura, and very similar to theacci- accatura of the Italians, struck only once and at the same time with the principal note, but immediately quitted. It is fre- quently used upon the organ to strengthen the parts and to supply the want of pedals. Grace Note. Any note added to a com- position as an embellishment. Graces. Ornamental notes, indicated by the composer, or added by the performer. The most usual are the M>pogffUtnra ((H), the turn (79), and the shake (88). Graces, Smooth. One of the two classes into which old English graces were di vided. Grace, Transient. A species of shake produced by commencing with the hnlf tone below the given note, quickly repeat- ing both. Gracieux. (Fre.) Graceful. Gracioso. (Spa.) Graceful. Gradacion. (Spa.) Gradation of fonis. Gradation. A diatonic ascending' er sceiidiiig succession oi' chorda. GRA 106 CUE Gradatloned. Gradually progressive. Gradazione. (Ita.) The gradual aug- mentation or diminution of celerity of movemcut or intensity of tone. Graditnmcnte. (/to.) la a pleasing mauner. Grado. (Ita.) A degree, or single step on the stave. Grados. (Spa.") Musical intervals. Gradual. An ancient book of hymns and prayers, so called because some of the anthems were chanted on the steps of the pulpit; a piece of music occurring in every mass, between the Gloria and the Credo. Graduate. (Lot.) The Gradual. Gradual modulation. Modulation in which, before the modulating chord, some chord is taken which may be considered as belonging cither to the key we are in, or that which immediately follows it. Gradnare. (Ita.) To divide into de- grees. Graduellement. (Fre.) Gradually. Grail. An old service book of the Romish church ; the Gradual. Graillement. (Fre.) A hoarse sound. Grailler. (Fre.} To sound a horn to call the dogs. Grammar, Musical. The rules by which sounds are harmonically and melodically connected, in particular cases, as well as in entire compositions. Grammatical Accent. The common measure accent, marked by the length of words, and a regular succession of strong and weak parts. Gran. (Ita.) Grand. Gran Cantore. (Ita.) A fine or great singer ; the first man of the serious opera. Grand. A term applied to compositions and performances which derive importance from their style, length, or completeness of parts. Grand Cassa. (Ita.} The double drum. Grand Cnantre. (Fre.) A precentor. Grand Choir. In organ playing, the union of all the reed stops. Grande. (Ita.) Great; grand; a word used to distinguish the grand chorus from other parts of a composition. Grande Cantore. (Ita.) A rocalist of uncommon merit. Grand Flute Stop. The lowest flute stop of an organ. Grnmlioso. (fta.) In a noble and elevated style ; great, mngnificent, either in compo- sition or performance. Grandisonous. Making a great sound. Grand Jen. (Fre.) The full organ in organ playing. Grando. An abbreviation of Grand ioso. Grand Opera. An extended opor*. com- posed of an intricate plot, and illustrated with a great variety of incidental events. Grand Orgue. (Fre.) Great organ. Grand Piano Droit. (Fre.) Cabinet piano. Grand Pianoforte. A pianoforte in which all the octaves, save about the low- est two in the scale, have for eaoli note three strings attuned in unison, and struck at once by the same hammer. From four to seven of the lowest strings are otn"- times single, and through about another octave and a half two strings to each note arc often used. Grandsire. The 120 changes forming the peal upon five bells. Grandsire Bob. The ringing of 72C changes upon a peal of six bells. Grandsire Triple. The ringing of the 5Icii. The third in the harmonic triad. Harmonical Trumpet. An instruitwut HAK 110 HAK Me sound of which imitates that of a trumpet, and resembles it in every thing, excepting that it is longer, and consists of more branches ; the sackbut. Harmonica, Nailed. An instrument the : pegs of which are of steel placed in a semicircle and played with a bow. Harmonic Figuration. The progres- sion from one tone to another of the same chord, thence passing in the same manner I through successive different chords. Harmonic Hand. The Guidonian hand. Harmonichord. A stringed instrument, invented in 1785, having the form of an upright piano, sounded oy the action of a cylinder covered with leather. Harmonic!. (Lat.") Harmonies. Harmonic Interval. The relation of two sounds agreeable to the ear either in succession or consonance. Harmonic Mark. A sign used in violin, violoncello, and harp music to indicate that the notes over which it is placed are to be played upon such parts of the open strings as will produce the harmonic sounds (116) Harmonic modulation. A change in the harmony from one key to another. Harmonicon. The harmonica. Harmonicon, Rock. An instrument consisting of a wooden frame, on which are placed pieces of rock arranged in mu- sical order as regards tone, and played upon with wooden hammers held in the baud. Harmonics. Secondary and less distinct tones accompanying a principal, and ap- parently simple, tone, as the octave, the twelfth, the fifteenth, and the seventeenth ; artificial tones produced by a string or column of air, when the impulse given to It suffices only to cause a part of the string or column to vibrate ; the geometrical mensuration of musical sounds. Harmonic Triad. A compound of three radical sounds consisting of a fundamental note, its third and its tilth. Harmonie. (Fre. and Ger.) Harmony. Harmonies, Accidental. The three relatives of the key. Harmonies, Essential. The three har- monics of the key. Harmonies, Pedal. Chords formed by placing the dominant seventh, diminished .seventh, or seventh of a loading note, on the tonic, or the dominant treated as a tem- porary key note. Ilarmonieusemeiit. (Fre.) Harmoni- ously. Harmonious. A term applicable to any two or more sounds which form a conso- nant or agreeable union. Harmonious Trumpet. The sackbut. Harmoniplion. An instrument with a key board like a pianoforte, intended to supply the plac^ of the hautboys in the orchestra, the sounds of which are pro- duced from small metal tongues, acted upon by a current of air bkwn through flexible tube. Harmonique. (7'>e.) Harmonic; har- monical. Harmonlsch. (Ger.) Harmonious. Harmonist. One acquainted with the laws of harmony ; a musician ; a composer of music. Harmouista. (Spa.) Musician. Harmonium. An instrument played upon by means of keys like those of a pianoforte, the tones bein^ produced by the vibration of metallic ree^?. It fre- quently has two key boards, pedals, and different stops or registers. Harmonize. To render musical ; to com- bine or adjust according to the lawa of counterpoint. Harmonized. A melody when additional parts are subjoined, so as to give it body, or a fulness of effect. Harmonizer. One who fabricates or pro- duces harmony, adds passages to the pro- ductions of others, tills up scanty pieces, or writes accompaniments to popular airs. Harmonometre. (Fre.') An instrument consisting of a string drawn between two points, over movable bridges so arranged as to be lengthened or shortened at pleas- ure, and used for measuring the harmonic relations of sounds. Harmony. The agreement or consonance of two or more united sounds ; a combined succession of chords ; a science which treats of the construction and progression of chords. Harmony, Artificial. Discordant com- binations that are allowable because bear- ing some relation to the triad, or common chord, of the fundamental note. Harmony, Borrowed. Chords of the added ninth derived from the dominant seventh by substituting the ninth in place of the eighth. Harmony, Close. A harmony whoce tones are compact and nearly allied in regard to pitch. Harmony, Compact. Close harmony. Harmony, Compound. Simple har- mony with an octave added. Harmony, Compressed. Harmony whose parts are closely conjoined. Harmony, Continued. A harmony which does not change, though the bass varies. Harmony, Dispersed. A harmony in which the notes forming the different chords are separated from each othrr by wide intervals. Harmony. Dominant. Harmony on the fifth of the key. Harmony, Extended. That harmony in which the notes forming the different chords are separated from each other by wide intervals; open harmony. Harmony, False. A harmony contrary to the rules that should govern it. HAB 111 HAR Harmony, Figured. A harmony in which, for the purpose of melody, one or more of the parts of a composition more, during the continuance of a chord, through certain uotes which do not form any of the constituent parts of that chord. Harmony, Natural. Harmony produced by the natural and essential chords of the mode. Harmony ot the Spheres. An hypoth- esis of Pythagoras, according to which the motions of the heavenly bodies pro- duced a music imperceptible by the ears of mortals. Harmony, Open. Harmony of which the uotes are separated by wide intervals; extended harmony. Harmony, Plated. A harmony without movement. Harmony, Simple. That harmony in which there is no concord to the funda- mental above an octave. Harmony, Suspended. One or more notes of a chord retained in the following chord. Harp. A stringed instrument consisting of a triangular frame, having chords dis- tended in parallel sections from the upper part to one of its sides, and usually played with the lingers ; to play on a harp. Harpa. (Ice. and Sice.) A harp. Harp, JEolian. An instrument invented by Kircher, consisting of catgut or wire strings, drawn in parallel lines over a box of thai wood having sounding holes in its top, and producing a pleasing combination of tones by being placed in a current, of air. Harp, JEolus. An Jiolian harp. Harpalice. (Grk.) A song sung by young girls at old Greek festivals. Harp Bell. A stringed instrument, so called from its being swung about in per- formance like a bell, supposed to be the lyra or cithara of the ancients. Harp, Couched. Name originally given to the spinet. Harp Curve. The position in which the strings are arranged in the circular scale of a pianoforte. Harp, Double Action. A harp having pedals capable of being placed in two po- sitions, the lirst of which raises the sound of the instrument half a tone, and the sec- ond a whole tone. Harpe. (Fre. and Dan.) A harp. Harpechorde. (Fre.) An old French uauie for the harpsichord. Harpe Eolienue. (Fre.) An JEolinn hurp. Harpeggiate. (Ita.) In the style or after the muuucr of a harp. Harpeggiato. (Itrt.) Causing several sounds of one accord to be heard, no. t-- getlier, but distinctly, one after the other. Harpeggiren. (Ger.) Arpeggiate. Harper, One who plays upon a harp. Harp, Hook. The Irish harp. Harping. The act of playing ou R harp. Harp, Irish. An instrument having & larger number of strings than the lyre. Harpist. A performer ou the harp. Harp, Jew's. A small instrument made of brass or steel, having a flexible metal tongue, played upon by being placed be- tween the teeth, vibrating the tongue by striking it with the linger, the sounds being modulated by the action of the breath in various degrees of force. Harp, Key. An instrument of recent in- vention, externally like a piano, with a similar arrangement of keys and pedals, and consisting in the adjustment of tuning forks of various pitches over cavities of sonorous metal, which if struck would emit corresponding sounds. Harp Lute. An instrument haying twelve strings, and resembling the guitar. Harp Pedal. The pedal of a pianoforte, eometjmes called the soft pedal, by means of which the sound is decreased. Harp, Perpendicular. A harp invent- ed by Dizi in 1820. Harpsichord. An instrument of the harp kind, much used previous to the introduction of the pianoforte, having strings of wire, and furnished with one and sometimes two rows of keys, thus enabling the performer to strike several notes at once, as with the piano, and con- sequently to play in chords. Harpsichord, Bow. An instrument invented at Konigsberg by Garbreeht. Harpsichord, Compound. A harpsi- chord, invented in 1774, having hammers on the plan of the p^noforte. Harpsichord, Double. An harpsichord so arranged that two persons can play it at the same time. Harpsichord Harmonica. An harmon- ica, the sounds of which are produced by means of k^ys similar to those of the pia- noforte, invented at Berlin. Harpsichord, Viol. An old French in- strument resembling- a viol, placed upon a table, and played with a wheel, producing tones like those of a viol. Harpsichord, Vis-a-Vis. A double harpsichord. Harpsicon. An old name for the spinet and harpsichord. Harp, Single Action. A harp whose pedals produce but a single change in the sound of the instrument, namely, to raise it half a toiv. Harp, Spanish. A harp similar in con- struction to the Irish harp, but smaller. Harp Style. In the arpeggio style. Harp Treadle. The pedal of the harp, by means of which the tone of the instrument is raised to the extent of a small second. Harp, Triangular. An ancient instru- ment, of Phrygian invention, resembling the Theban harp. HAR 112 HER Harp, Welsh. An ancient instrument having about one hundred strings. Ilarsur. (Ileb.) A dechordon ; an instru- ment of ten strings, used by the Hebrews. Hart. (Ger.) Major in regard to keys and modes. Harvest Home. The song sun* at the harvest feast. llaupt. (Ger.) Principal. Haiipt manual. (Ger.) The set of keys belonging to the great organ. Hauptuote. (Ger.) Principal note of a shake; tliat over which the sign " tr " is placed. Hauptperiod. (Ger.) A capital period. Hauptsatz. (Ger.) The principal subject or theme. Hauptschluss. (Ger.) A final cadence. Hauptstimme.(Ger.) The principal voice. Haupt-tou. ( Ger.) The principal note of a shake, or that over which the mark " tr " is placed. liauptwerlt. (Ger.) The great organ. Hau.ru. ( Got.) A horn. Hausse. (Fre.) The nut of a bow. Hausser. (Fre.) To raise the tone of. Haut. (Fre,) Acute; high; shrill. Hautb. An abbreviation of Hautboy. llautbois. The oboe ; the hautboy. Hautboy. A portable wind instrument of the reed kind, consisting of a tube gradually widening from the top towards the lower end, and furnished with keys and circular holes for modulating its sounds; an oboe. Hautboyist. A performer on the haut- boy, or oboe. Hautboy Stop. A reed stop in an organ, having a tone similar to that of the haut- boy. Haut Contre. (Fre.) High or counter tenor. Haut I>cssus. (Fre.) First treMe. Hay. An old dance ; the olivettes. Hbes. (Ger.) B double flat. H I>ur. ( Ger.) B major. Head. That part of a note which deter- mines its position in the staff, and to which the tiluni, or tail, is joined; that part of a violin iu which the pins or pegs are screwed. Head Singer. The leader of a choir; a chorister. Head-Stall. A capistrum. Head Tones. The high tones of the voice ; those tones produced by a more or less forcible contraction of the larynx. Head Voice. The high register of voice ; the fiusetto in men's voices. Hearpa. (A. S.) A harp. Hearsal. An old name for a rehearsal. Hebdomadarlo. (Spa.) A person who officiates a week in a choir. Hebdomadary. A member < f a con- vent whose weekly turn it is to officiate in the choir, rehearse the anthems and prayers, and perform other services which on extraordinary occasions are performed by the superior. Heerpaulcer. (Ger.) Kettle drummer. Heftig. (Ger.) Violent ; vehement. Heiter. (Ger.) Serene; bright. Heldenlied. (Ger.) Heroic song. Heldenmikthig. (Ger.) Heroic. Helicon. A curious ancient instrument constructed for demonstrating the conso- nances. Hell. (Ger.) Clear ; bright. Hellanodic. (Grk.) The judge who de- cided to which of the candidates the prizes in the musical games of the aucieut Greeks were to be awarded. Hellestimme. (Ger.) A clear voice. Heml. (Grk.) Half. Hemideruisemiquaver. A sixty-fourth note (->!). HemidemisemiqnaT-er Rest. A sixty- fourth note rest (o3). Hemidiapente. (Grk.) The diminished or imperlect fifth. Hemlditone. A consonant third con- sisting of a tone and a half; the minor third. Hemiope. (Grit.) An ancient wind instru- ment ; a hemiopeus. Hemiopeus. (Grk.) A wind instrument used by the ancients, consisting of a tube with three holes. Hemi Phrase. A member of a phrase consisting of only one bar. Hemistich. Half a poetic verse; an in- complete verse. Hemistiqnio. (Spa.) A hemistich. Hemitone. ( Grk.) A semitone ; in the ancient Greek system, an interval less than, a whole tone, but larger than a half tone. Hemitouinm. (Lot.) A half tone. Hendecasyllable. A metrical line of eleven syllables, Heptachord. ( Grfc.) A scale or system ot seven tones ; a lyre or cithara having seven strings ; in ancient poetry, verses sung to the sound of seven notes. Heptachordon. ( Grk.) A dissonant In- terval formed of seven sounds, or six dia- tonic degrees ; a seventh. Heptameris. (Grk.) In ancient music, the seventh part of a meris, or forty-third part of an octave. Heptaphoulc. Composed of seven voices. Heptaphonos. (Grk.) One of the ten musical notes used in the middle ages. Herabstrich. (Ger.) A down bow. Heralds. An appellation f cmcrly ap- plied to minstrels because, on account of the strength of their voices, they were qi; relied to animate the soldiers in battle, HEll 113 HOC and to make proclamations nt public fes- tivals. He rants. (Fre.) Heralds. Hergeigen. (Ger.) To fiddle. Herstrich. (Ger.) A down bow. Herrorheben. ( Ger.) To render promi- nent. Hesychiastic. (Grk.) A chord in ancient music equivalent to a modern sixth. Hexachord. ( Grk.) A scale or system of six notes ; an interval of a sixth ; a lyre having 1 six strings. Hexameter. (Grk.) A verse of six feet, the first four of which may be either dac- tyls or spondees, the fifth invariably a dactyl, and the sixth a spondee. Hexametro. (Spi.) Hexameter. Hexaphonic. Composed of six voices. Hexastich. (Grk.) A poem of six verses. Heydeguy. An old English country dance ; a tune composed for the dance. Hcy-T>erry-Do\vn. An old English burden. Hey-Trolly-IIelodies. Irish melodies. Hidden. A term applied to X>ctavcs and fifths when the arrangement of the chords makes it seem to the car that those intervals immediately follow each other, though taking the composition, as it ap- pears to the eye, they do not. Hidden Canon. A close canon. Hidden Consecutives. Such as occur in passing, by similar motion, from an imper- fect to a perfect concord, or from one per- fect concord to another of a different kind. Higgaion Selah. (Heb.) A term em- ployed in ancient Hebrew music to indi- cate the use of stringed instruments with the trumpets. High. A term applied to any note or tone acute in respect to some other. High. Bass. A voice between bass and tenor; baritone. High. Counter. A counter tenor. Higher Changing Note. That note which descends from the minor or major seventh on to the perfect fifth on the sec- ond note of the down beat. Higher Rhythm.* A rhythmical form which is larger than single simple measure. High Mass. The mass celebrated in Ro- man Catholic churches by the singing of the choristers, and with the assistance of a deacon and a sub-deacon, thus distin- guishing it from low mass, in which the prayers are simply rehearsed without singing. High Soprano. The first soprano ; first treble. High-Sounding. Noting an instrument capable of being strung to a full tone. 10* High-Strung. A term applied to an in- strument when it is strung to a full tone or high pitch. High Tenor. Counter tenor voice; the highest natural male voice. High-Toned. A term applied to fin in- strument having n high, full, strong sound. High Tones. Head tones. High Treble Clef. In old French mu- sic, the G clef, placed on the first line. High-Voiced. Haying a strong tone or pitch of voice; a voice of great aciiteness. Hilarodi. (Grk.) Itinerant m tsicians among the ancient Greeks, who, accom- panied by an instrument, journeyed from one place to another singing "diverting songs. They were subsequently intro- duced into tragical performances. Hilarodia. (Grk.) Songs and lyric poems sung by the Hilarodi. Hilli Mill! Pnniah. (Bin.) A Hindoos- tanee air. Himno. (Spa.) Hymn. Hinaufstrich. (Ger.) An up bow; the upward motion of the bow in violin and violoncello playing. Hiuchar. (Spa.) To fill a mnsical instru- ment with air. Hindudeln. (Ger.) To hum a tune. Hiustrich. ( Ger.) An up bow. Hirtenflote. (Ger.) The shepherd's pipe. Hirtenlled. (Ger.) A pastoral song. Hirtlich. (Ger.) Pastoral; rustic. His. (Ger.) B sharp. Hissingly. A term applied to an undue expression of the sound of the letter s. Histrio. (Lot.) A. stage singer or minzie. Histrion. (Spa.) An actor ; a buffoon. Histrionisa. (Spa.) An actress. Hitch Pins. The pins or studs in the plate of a piano to which the strings are permanently fastened. Hiven. (Chi.) One of the eight species of sound in the musical system of the Chinese, being that produced by instru ments formed of baked earth. Hind. (Sax.) Loud. HMoll. (Ger.) C minor. Hoarse-Sounding. Making a rough, grating sound. Hoboe. Hautboy or oboe. Hoboist. A performer on the hautboy or oboe. Hoboy. Hautboy. Hoch. (Ger.) High. Hochgesang. (Ger.) Ode; hymn. Hochzeltmarsch. (Ger.) A nuptial march. Hocket. A mode of execution corre- sponding with that of staccato passage!; name formerly givea to a rest. HOH 114 HUA Ilobeit. (Ger.) Dignity ; loftiness. Hohle and Heiscre Stlmme. (Ger.) Hollow and hoarse voice. Hold. A short curved line drawn over a point, to indicate a prolongation of time cither on a note or rest (113). Holding. An old term signifying the burden or chorus of a song-. Holding jVote. A note prolonged dur- ing the changes of other notes. Hole, Sounding. An aperture in a guitar over which the strings are drawn. Holes, Tone. Apertures at the side of flutes and similar instruments for the pur- pose of producing the various tones. Hollow. Deep; low; resembling sound reverberating from a cavity. Hommelen. (Dut.) Hummed or hum- ming ; to sing in a low tone. Homologous. A term applied by the ancients to correspondences In their tet- raehords. Homophone. A sign or character rep- resenting the same sound as another. Homophoiiic. A style of composition in which one voice is the chief, and others accompany it. Homophonl Suonl. (Tta.) Unisons. Homophonoi. ( Grk.) Duplicates of the same sound; unisons. Homophonous. Of the same pitch ; in unison. II nmophoiiy . Singing in unison ; same- ness of sound. Homotrmous. Equable in tone ; having the same sound throughout from begin- ning to end. Hook Harp. The Irish harp. Hoops, Counter. Those hoops of a drum which rest on the flesh hoops, and through which the cord that tightens the drum passes. Hoops, Flesh. The hoops of a drum on which the skin forming the head is lapped. Hoorn. (Dut.) A horn. Hopstanx. (Ger.) A German dance. Hopsivalzer. (Ger.) Quick waltzes. Horizontal JLines. Lines placed after figures to indicate that both the intervals played arc to remain on the following fun- damental note; a horizontal stroke (). Horizontal Stroke. A heavy stroke used for regular passing bass notes, also for anticipation in the lowest part (63). Horn. A wind instrument without keys, or holes, made of horn or metal, chiefly used in hunting, to animate the chase and call the dogs together. Horn, Alpine. An instrument made of the bark of a tree, and used to convey sounds to a great distance. Horn, Bass. An instrument formeily much used in bunds, resembling the oph- ioleide, by which it has been in a great . measure superseded. \ Horn, Basset. An instrument resem- bling the clarionet, but of greater com pass, embracing nearly four octaves. Horn, Ba.ssetto. A species of clarionet a fifth lower than the C clarionet. Horn-blawere. (A. S.) A horn blower; a player upon a horn. Horu, Bugle. A trumpet with keys. Horn, Chromatic. The French horn. Horn, Chromatic Tenor. The tenor horn. Horn, Crooked. A wind instrument of the ancients, used for martial music ; the buccina. Horn, Curved. The krummhorn; the corno di basetto. Hornen. ( Ger.) To wind the horn. Horn, English. A species of oboe, a fourth or a fifth lower than the instru- ment usually known by that name. Horner. One who blows a horn. Hornerschall. (Ger.) Sound of horns. Horn, French. A wind instrument, con- sisting of a long tube twisted into several circular folds, and gradually increasing- in diameter from the end at which it is blown to that at which the sound issues. Horn, Gemsen. An instrument formed of a small pipe made of the horn of a chamois, or wild goat. Horn, Hunting. A bugle; a horn nsed in hunting. Horn, Kent. A horn having six keys, four of which are commanded by the right hand and two by the left ; a Kent bugle. Horn, Klappen. The Kent horn. Hornpipe. An old dance; a dance tune in triple or common time ; a Welsh in- strument, consisting of a wooden pii>e with holes at the side, and a horn at each end. Horn, Ram's. An ancient Hebrew in- strument. Horn, Toet. (Dut.) A bugle horn. Horn, Valve. A horn in which a portion of the tube is opened or closed by the use of valves, by which means a higher or lower pitch is easily obtained. Horrisonons. Sounding dreadfully ; a ternvgivcu to music representing horror, terror, &c. Horse Fiddle. An instrument nsed by Indians to frighten a herd of horses and create a stampede. Horse Organ. A large-sized hand organ mounted on wheels and drawn through the streets by a horse. Hosanua. (Lot.) Part of the Sanctus ; an exclamation of praise to God. Houl. (Per.) A common drum of the Persian soldiery. House Organ. A parlor organ. Hp. An abbreviation of Harp. Huayrapuhnra. A species of syrinx, or Paris flute, made of tub' I of cane or HUG 115 HYP tone of graduated lengths fastened to- gether, used by the ancient Peruvians. Bucher. (Fre.) To whistle. Huchet. (Fre.) A huntsman's or post- boy's hora. Hucr. (Fre.) To shout. Hnggab. (Heb.) An organ of the He- brews ; Pan's pipes. Huitain. (Fre.) A stanza of eight versos. Hulfsliiiieii. ((Her.) Ledger lines (4). Ilulfsnote. (Ger.) The auxiliary note of a shake. Half s-Stimme. ( Ger.) Obligato voice. Hulfston. (Ger.) The auxiliary note of a shake. Hum. To sing in a low tone ; to sound a melody to one's self ; a low, confused, dull noise. Human Music. Among the ancients, one of the subdivisions of mundane music, consisting- of the harmonica of the facul- ties and passions of the human soul. numerous Songs. Songs in which the subject and the manner of executing are provocative of mirth. Ilummelchen. (Ger.) A sort of bag- pipe ; in organs, the thorough-bass drone. Hummeii. (Ger.) Humming; singing in a low voice. Humming. A low, murmuring sound. Humstrum. An old musical instrument. Hunting Horn. A bugle; a small horn used in hunting. Hunting Music. Music designed for a hunting tour; the music of the chase. Hunting Song. A melody set to words written in praise of the chase. Hunts-Up. A song sung at early morn under the windows of sportsmen to awaken them. Hurdy-gurdy. A stringed instrument, the sounds or which are caused by the friction of a wheel, and regulated by the fingers of the player. Hurtig. (Ger.) Quick ; a movement sim- ilar to that indicated by the word Allegro. Huskiness of Tone. A defect in the voice caused by the insufficient closing of the lower vocal ligaments. Hust. ( Wei.) A low, buzzing sound. Hust-Udhyay. (Hin.) The seventh and last division of Hindoostance music, teach- ing instrumental performance. Hydraulicon. (Grk.) An ancient instru- ment whose tones were produced by the motion of water ; a water organ. Hydraulic Organ. An invention of Ctcsibius, a mathematician of Alexandria in the time of Ptolemy Evergetcs. Its Construction is unknown. Hydrtmlus. (Lat.) An hydraulicon ; a water organ. Hymaeos. (Grk.) Among the ancient Greeks, the Song of the Millers. Hymee. (Grk.) Song of the Millers, used by the ancient Greeks. Hymenaea. ^Grf;.) A marriage song used by the ancient Greeks. Hymenans. (Ger.) A marriage-song. Hymenean. A msrriage song. Hymn. Anciently, a song in honor of the gods or of heroes ; in the present accepta- tion, a short, religious, lyric poem, or a devotional piece of music; to praise or celebrate by singing. Hymnal. A sacred song or hymn. Hymn Book. A compilation, collection, or volume of hymns. Hymn, Cherubical. A hymn highly prized in the early Christian church. Hymn, Choral. A hymn to be performed by a chorus. Hymne de T^ouaiige. (Fre.) Doxology; hymn of praise. Hymnic. Relating to hymns. Hymning. Giving praise in hymns ; sing- ing hymns. Hyinni Saliares. (Lat.) Songs of the ancient Romans, which the salii, the priests of Mars, sung in connection with dancing, on the feast days of that god. Hymnody. A compilation or volume of hymns; a species of plain chant. Hymn of Battle. A song of supplica- tion constantly used by the ancients pre- vious to an engagement. Hymnographer. A writer of hymns. Hymnologie. (Fre.) A collection of hymns. Hymnologist. A writer or composer of hymns. Hymnology. A collection of hymns ; a knowledge of the art of constructing hymns. Hymn, Orphic. A hymn pertaining to Orpheus, the poet of Greek mythology. Hymns, Fountain. Songs of the Wells, so called by the ancients, and still known in the Greek isles. Hymns, Revival. Compositions the sen- timent and melody of which are capable of exciting religious feeling. Hymns, Theurgic. Songs of incanta- tion ; the first hymns of Greece. Hymnus. ^Lat.) A hymn. Hymn, Vesper. A hymn sung in the evening or vesper service of the Roman Catholic church. Hypate. (Grk.) The lowest of the tetra- chords ; the lowest sound of the lowest two tetrachords. Hypate Bareia Gra vis. (Grf:.) Atone in ancient music produced by eight ninths of the whole string, equivalent to our B natural on the second line in the bass. Hypate Miatonus. (Grk.) The third sound of the first tetraehord, equivalent to our D natural on the third line in the bass. HYP 116 HYP Hypate Hypaton. (Grk.) The lowest chord of the lowest tctrachorcl, equivalent to our B natural on the second line of the bass. Hypate Meson. (Grk.) The last or highest of t!ie first tetrachord, and the first or lowest of the second tetrachord, equivalent to our natural on the third space in the bass. Ilypatotdes. (Grk.) The deep or bass sounds. Hypaton. (Grk.) The lowest series of lour tones in the ancient Greek system. Hyper. (Grk.) Above. II>-p-r T.nlinii. (Grk.) Name given by the ancients to their penultima mode up- ward, the fundamental or tonic of which was u fourth above that of the ^Eolian, its lowest note corresponding to our B flat above the lii'th line in the bass. Hyperbolfeon. (Grk.) The supreme, or the fifth tetrachord, so called because its sounds were more acute than those of the other four. Hyporcatalectlc. (Grk.) In Greek and Latin poetry, a verse having a syllable or t\vo beyond its just measure. Hypcr-3>iazeiixis. (Grk.) A disjunc- tion of two tetrachorda when separated by the interval of an octave. Hyper-Dorian. (Grk.) A mode among the ancients, the fundamental of which was a fourth above the Dorian, and corre- sponding with our G natural on the fourth space of the bass. Hyper-Iastian. (Grk.) The general name of an ancient mode which had its funda- mental a fourth above that of the Ionian, ifs lowest note corresponding with our G sharp on the fourth space in the bass. Hyper-Ionian. (Grk.) One of the an- cient modes; the Hyper-Iastian. Hyper- ,ydian. (Grk.) The highest ancient mode, the fundamental of which was a fourth above that of the Lyclian, Hie lowest note of which corresponded with B natural above the fifth line in the bass. Hypermeter. (Grk.) A term applied to a verse when it contains a syllable more than the ordinary measure. Hyper-Mlxo-Lydian. (Grk.) One of the ancient Greek modes, the Hyper- Phrygian. Hyperoche. (Grk.) A word used by ancient authors to signify the difference between the enharmonic and chromatic dieses. ^lyper-Phrygian. (Grk.) The highest of the thirteen modes of Aristoxenus, forming the diapason, or octave, with the Hypo-i)orian, or lowest mode, its lowest tone being tlu same sa our A natural on the lifth line in the bass. Hypo. (Grk.) Below. Hy po-.T.ollaii. An appellation in ancient music, given to that, mode which had its fundamental a fourth below that of thfe ^Eolian, its lowest note corresponding with our C natural on the second space in the buss. Hypochermes. (Grk.) A canticle or song used by the ancients in their military dances, and 'feasts of the gods. Hypocrltie. (Grk.) An epithet applied by the ancients to the art of gesticulation, which had a considerable share in their public vocal performances. Hypocritlc Music. Among the ancient Greeks, all music intended for the stage of a theatre; in modern times, all musio adapted to pantomimic representation. Hypo-IMazenxis. (Grk.) The interval ot a fifth, found between two tetrachords separated disjunctively, or by the inter- position of a third tetrachord. Hypo-Dorian. (Grk.) The lowest of the Greek modes, i:s fundamental being a fourth below that of the Dorian, and its lowest note corresponding with our A natural on the first space in the bass. Hypo-las tian. (Grk.) One of the an- cient modes, a fourth below the Lydiuu. Hypo-Ionian. (Grk.) The second of the ancient modes, its lowest sound being a fourth below that of the Ionian, and corresponding with our B Hat on the sec- ond line in the bass. Hypo-I/ydian. (Grk.) The fifth of the ancient modes, the fundamental being a fourth below that of the Lydian, and the same as our C sharp on the second space in the bass. Hypo-r/ydian, Flat. The Hypo-^olian of ancient music. Hypo-Mixo-Lydian. (Grk.) A mode added by Guido to those of the ancient Greeks, its fundamental corresponding with that of the Dorian. Hypo-Phrygian. (Grk.) A mode said to have been invented by a pupil of Socra- tes. Its fundamental was a fourth lower than that of the Phrygian, from which it was derived. Hypopotamon. (Grk.) An ancient Greek mode, five tones higher than the HyperbolaeoH. Hypo-Proslanibanomenos. (Grk.) A chord added by Guido to the ancient scale. It was a tone lower than the lowest sound of the Greek scale. Hyporchemata. (Grk.) Airs composed for warlike dances. Hypo-Synaphe. (Grk.) A *erm applied by the ancients to the disjunction of two tetrachords by the interposition of & third, conjoin : with both. IAM 117 IMM L IAMBIC. A metrical foot consisting of two syllables, the first short and the last long; an iambus. Iambics. Certain songs or satires w.iich are supposed to have given birth to the ancient comedy. They were of two kinds, one for singing, the other for recitation, accompanied by instruments. Iambus . A musical foot, consisting- of one short and one long note; in poetry, an iambic. lastian. (Grk.) One of the ancient modes. lastio. (Grk.) The Ionic mode in Greek music. Ictus. (Grk.) A stroke of the foot, mark- ing the point of emphasis in music. Idillio. (Ha.) An idyl. Idyl. A short pastoral hymn or poem. Idylle. (Fre.) A short, idealized compo- sition ; an idyl. II. (Ita.) The. II Basso, (/to.) The fundamental tone ; the lowest note of any pluritone or chord. II Canto, (Ita.) The song. II Colorlto. (Ita.) A term used in ref- erence to dramatic singing, to denote the adaptation of the performance to the char- acter represented. II Ditono con Diapente. (Ita.) A major seventh. II Passo Tempo. (Ita.) A short com- position intended as a diversion. II Piu. (Ita.) The most. II Piu Forte-possibile. (Ita.) As loud as possible. II Ponttcello. (Ita.) The little bridge ; that precise part of the voice where the natural tone forms a junction with the falsetto; in violin playing, denoting that the bow must be carried near the bridge. II Sdrncciolare. (Ita.) A sliding move- ment over the keys of a piano. II Tempo Crescendo. (Ita.) Acceler- ating the time. II Violino. flta.) The violin. II 1 "'tlteafglare. (Ita.) Crossing the haucis in "pianoforte playing. Im. (Ger.) The. Imboccatnra. (Ita.) The month-piece of a wind instrument ; method of blowing the flute. Imbrices. (Lat.) A species of applause in (indent times made by beating a kind of sounding vessels. Imbroglio. (Ita.) A confusion, caused by the complication of the various parts. Imitando. (Ita.) Imitating. Imitando la Voce. (Ita.) Imitating the inflections of the voice ; a phrase em- ployed to direct the instrumental per. former to imitate the style of the vocal performance. Imitation. The technical term for a studied resemblance of melody between the several passages of the harmonical parts of a composition ; a likeness in which only the motion, or the general figure formed by the notes, is imitated, without preserving the exactness in the corre- sponding intervals required by the rigor- ous rules of fugue and canon. Imitation, Augmented. A style of imitation in which the answer is given in notes of greater value than those of the subject. Imitation, Diminished. A style of imitation in which the answer is given in notes of less value than those of the subject. Imitation, Freely Inverted. A style of imitation in which the order of succes- sive notes is not precisely retained. Imitation in Contrary Motion. An imitation in which the answers invert the subject so that the rising intervals descend, or vice versa. Imitation in Similar Motion. An imitation whose answer retains the identi- cal notes unchanged in order. Imitation on Different Divisions. A form of imitation in which the subject is answered on an opposite division of the bar; for instance, the subject beginning ou the accented division is answered on the unaccented. Imitation, Retrograde. A form of imitation in which the subject Is com- menced backwards in the answer. Imitation, Reversed Retrograde. A form of imitation in which the subject is commenced backwards in the answer, and in contrary motion. Imitation, Simple. A simple fugue; a style of composition in which u, single subject is employed, or a partial response retained among the various parts. Imitation, Strictly Inverted. That form of imitation in which half and whole tones must be precisely answered in con- trary motion. Imitative Music. Music composed in imitation of the effects of some of the operations of nature, art, or human pas- sion. Imitato. (ltd.) Imitation. Imitazione. (Ita.) A particular style of composition, wherein each part is made to imitate the other. Immediate Cadence. Common, perfect cadence ; that cadence which occurs imme tiately after the dominant harmony. IMM 118 Immelodious. Not melodious ; unmclo- dious. Immer. (Ger.) Ever: always. Immusical. Not melodious; unmusical. Imparfalt. (Fre.) Imperfect. Impazlentemente. (Ita.) Impatiently. Imperfect. Less than perfect, or minor ; not containing the full complement of simple sounds. Imperfect Breve. A breve without a dot affixed, equal in duration to one quar- ter of a large or to two semibreves (14). Imperfect Cadence. A cadence in which the dominant harmony is preceded by the common chord of the tonic. Imperfect Chords. Chords that dp not contain all their nominal degrees ; dimin- ished chords. Imperfect Close. The ancient thick sin- gle bar ; a close whose bass is any other than the key note of the composition. Imperfect Common Chord. A chord consisting of a bass note accompanied by its minor third and imperfect fifth. Imperfect Concord. A term sometimes applied to the third and sixth concords. Imperfect Consonances. A form ap- plied, in harmony, to the mnjor and minor thirds, and major and minor sixths. Imperfect Intervals. Such intervals as do not contain all their nominal degrees. Imperfect Measure. The name by which twofold measure was once desig- nated. Imperfect Period. A termination that does not fully satisfy the ear. Imperfect Prolation. That of the an- cients wherein the semibreve contained but two minims. Imperfect Time. A term by which the ancients designated common time, indi- cated by the letter C, or a semicircle. Imperfect Triad. The chord of the third, firth, and eighth, taken on the seventh of the key, consisting of two minor thirds. Imperfect Trill. A quick alternation of two adjacent notes, without a turn at the end. Imperfetto. (Ita.) Imperfect. Imperloso. (Ita.) Authoritative; im- perative ; commanding. Impeto. (Ita.) Impetuously. Impeto I>oloroso. (Ita.) Pathetic force and energy. Impetuosamente. (Ita.) Impetuously. Imprtuostta. (Ita.) Impetuosity. Impetnoso. (Ita.) Impetuous. Impressario. (Ita.) The manager of an opera or concert ; a stage manager. Impromptu. (Fre.) An extemporane- ous production ; a performance given with- out preparation. Improvlsamente. (Ita.) Extempora- neously. Improvisare. (Ita.) To compose, sin:;, or play extemporaneously. Improvisata. (Itu.) An extempore composition. Improvisation. (Fre.) The act of sing- ing or playing, or of composing vocal or instrumental music without preparation; the act of improvising ; extemporaneous performance. I in pro visa tori. (Ita.) Persons gifted with the power of reciting or composing and singing verses, or of performing on musical instruments extemporaneously. Improvise. To sing or play without pre- meditation. Improvise. (Ita.) Unprepared; a short extempore composition. Im Tact. ( Ger.) In time. In. (Ita.) An Italian preposition signify- ing in, into, at, upon. In Alt. Notes situated above F on the fifth line of the treble staff. In Altiss. (Ita.) An abbreviation of In AUissimo. In Al t issimo. (Ita.) A term applied to all notes which run higher than F abovo the third additional line in the treble. Incautable. (Spa.) Cannot be sung. Incantation. A form of words pro- nounced or sung in connection with cer- tain ceremonies, for the purpose of en- chantment. Incantazione. (Ita.) Songs of enchant- ment: incantation. Incidental. A term applied to airs, duets, trios, &.c., called forth by the general tenor of an opera or drama. I lie Is ore dl IVote. (Ita.) An engraver of music ; a music stamper. Incomposite Intervals. Intervals sim- ply constituted, in the calculation of which no notico is taken of the intermediaries, but the terms only are considered ; the diastems, or simple intervals, of the an- cient Greeks. Inconsonauce. The efl'ect of two dis- cordant or disagreeing sounds. Inconsonant' y. A state or condition of inharmony; discordancy. Inconsonant. Without consonance ; dis- cordant. Incordamento. (Ita.) The tension of strings. Incordare. (Ila.) To string an instru- ment. Incordatnra. (Ita.) Putting on strings. Indeelso. (Ita.) Undecided: a term indi- cating slight changes of time, and a some- what capricious value of the notes. Index. A direct (1H) ; the first finger ; a word employed in guitar music, to denote that the first fijger of the right hand must be passed lightly over the strings, from the highest to the lowest. Indcxical dotation. A system in which IXD 119 INS the name of the note is cut m the key of the instrument. Indications Sceniques. (Fre.) Stage directions. Indlflerenza. (Ita.) Indifference. In IMsparte. (Ita.) A term used in operatic music, signifying that the part is to be ad- dressed to some one aside, or not taking a part in the performance. Infantile. (Ita.) Child-like ; infantine ; a term given to the thin quality of tone ob- servable in the upper notes of some female voices. Inferior Appoggiatnra. An appoggi- atura situated one degree below its prin- cipal note (64). Infernale. (/la.) Infernal. Infinite. A term applied to any compo- sition that moves in a circle, returning to the point of beginning. Infinite Canon. A canon so constructed That the end leads to the beginning, and the performance of which may be inces- santly repeated ; a perpetual fugue. Infinite. ( Ita.") Perpetual, as a canon whose end leads back to the beginning. Inflatile Instruments. Wind instru- ments. Inflection. Any change or modification in the pitch or tone of the voice, made to accommodate itself to the various accents and expressions requisite for a just per- formance. Infra. (Lat.} Beneath. In Ftisjiie. (Ita.) Any movement the chief feature of which is constituted by the support of a single subject. Inganno. (Ita.) A deception ; a term gen- erally applied to interrupted cadences, though occasionally also to any unusual resolution of a discord, or unexpected modulation. Inharmonic. Wanting harmony. Inharmonic Relation. The introduc- tion of a dissonant sound not heard in the preceding chord. Inharmoniously. Without harmony; discordant. Inliarmony. Discordant. Iniziato. (Ita.) A term variously applied to those who have a mature and full ac- quaintance with music, instead of being novices or beginners. Iniziatore. (Ita.) A beginner. Initial Pause. A character of silence, so called when placed at the beginning of a composition (113). Innario. (Ita.) Hymn book. Innegglare. (Ita.) To compose or sing hymns. Inui. (Ita.) Hymns. Innig. (Ger.) Sincere ; cordial. Inno. (Ita.) A hymn ; canticle ; a sacred song. tnnocente. (Ita.) Innocent ; simple. Innocentemente. (Ita.} In a simple and artless manner. Innocenza. (Ita.) Simplicity; innocence. Innodla. (Ita.) Hymn singing. Innograf o. (Ita.) A writer of hymns. Imiologo. (Ita.) Hymnologist. Innumeree Voces. (Lat.) Numberless tones. Ino. (Ita.) A diminutive ending. In Organo. (Ita.) An expression for- merly applied to compositions in more than two parts. In Palco. (Ita.) A stage performance; a term formerly applied to oratorios, they having been originally performed in Italy on a stage erected in a church. Inquieto. (Ita.) Perturbed; uneasy. Insegnamento. (Ita.) Instruction. Insensibilmente. (Ita.) Insensibly; by small degrees. lust. An abbreviation of Instrument, In- structor, and Instructions. Instantemente. (Ita.) Pressingly; ur- gently. Instrument Machines. (Fre.) Mechan- ical or automatic instruments. Instrument. A sonorous body con- structed for the production of sound. Instrument a Archet. (Fre.) A bow instrument. Instrumental. A term applied to music composed for or performed on instru- ments. Instrumental Anthem. An anthem which in its performance has an instru- mental accompaniment. Instrumental Concert. A concert composed of performances upon instru- ments only. Instrumentalist. One who plays on an instrument. Instrnmentally. With instruments. Instrumental Performer. A per- former on a musical instrument. Instrumental Score. A score in which the instrumental parts are given in full. Instrnmentare. (Ita.) To compose in- strumental music. Instrumentation. The finishing of an instrumental piece ; the act of embellish- ing or filling up an outline ; the art of em- ploying instruments in a manner best adapted to produce the greatest possible effect in music ; the act or manner of play- ing upon an instrument. Instrumentazione. (Ita.) A term equiv- alent to instrumentation, or adaptation for the orchestra. Instrnmentist. A general name for an instrumental performer. Instrumento da Arco. (ltd.) A stringed instrument. INS 120 INT tiito da Fiato. (/fez.) A wind in.-ti ..ii.'. .u. Instruments da Vercotimento. (/to.) An instrument of percussion. Instrumento da Tasto. (Ita.) A keyed instrument. Instruments, Bow. All instruments strung- with catgut or goatgut, from which tones are produced by means of a bow. Instruments, Brass. TVind instruments formed of brass, and chiefly used for mil- itary music. Instruments, Brazen. Brass instru- ments. Instruments, Chromatic. Instruments on which chromatic tones and melodies can be produced. Instruments, Inflatile. Wind instru- ments. Instruments, Keyed. The organ, pi- ano, melodeon, and all similar instru- ments, the sounds of which arc produced by the pressure of the fingers upon keys. Instruments, Mechanical. Instru- ments which produce times by means of cranks, springs, weights, or other me- chanical contrivances. Instruments, Percussive. Instru- ments whose sounds are produced by be- ing 1 struck. Instruments, Pneumatic. Instru- ments the tones of which are produced by the action of wind. Instruments, Pulsatile. Instruments the sounds of which are produced by being struck. Instruments. Reed. Instruments whose sounds are producer! by the action of air upon reeds formed of wood or metal. Instruments. Stringed. Instruments whose sounds are produced by striking or drawing strings, or by the friction of a bow drawn across them. Instruments, Tensile. A general name for nil instruments dependent upon the tension of strings for their tone. Instruments, Tubular. Instruments consisting of one or more tubes, straight or curved, of wood or metal. Instruments, YVind. Instruments the sounds of which are produced by the breath or the wind of bellows. Instrument Vent. (Fi-e.) A wind instru- ment. Intavolare. (Ita.) To set to music. Intavolatura. (Ita.) Musical notation. In Tempo. (Ita.) In time. In Tempore Justo. (I^nt.) A direction to sing or play in an equal, true, and just time. Intentio. (Lat.) The passage of the voice from grave to acute. Interloqninm. (Lat.) A term applied to tho Introductory excess of words or syl- lables, which, in chanting, precede the bar of the second part of the verse. Interlude. A piece of music between the acts of a play; any intermodi.\tc instru- mental performance in opera or concert ; a short passage played by an organist be- tween the stanzas o'f a hymn. Interlnded. A term applied to a long performance in which interludes occur. Interluder. A performer in an inter- lude. Interlndinm. (Lat.) An intermediate strain or movement; an interlude. Intermede. (Fre.) A short musical piece, generally of a burlesque character; an interlude. Intermediates. Accidentals. Intermediate Subject. Ideas not un- like the principal, or counter-subject in a fugue introduced for embellishment. Intermediate Symphonies. Short in- strumental passages introduced in a vocal performance to relieve the voice and im- prove the general effect. Intermediate Tnuliiar. A method of tuning in which each key yields a little of its ideal purity for the common good of the others, and therefore holds a mi Jule position between the cnharmonically dif- ferent tones. Intermezzi. (/<::.) Interludes or detached dances introduced between the acts of an opera. Intermezzo. (Ita.) Intermediate; placed between two others ; an interlude. Interpiping. A term applied by the an- cient Greeks to intermediate symphonies. Interrupted Cadence. A perfect ca- dence in which the concluding harmony is inverted, or any other chord substituted for that of the tonic. Interrupted Close. An interrupted ca- dence. Interruzione. (Ita.) An interruption. Interval. The distance or difference of gravity or acuteness between two tones. Interval, Augmented. An interval which is a semitone greater than a major or perfect interval. Interval, Composite. One of the two divisions into which the ancients divided musical intervals, and denominated by them "systems;" in modern music, :ui interval which consists of two or more semitones. Interval, Compound. An interval beyond the seventh, being a repetition of the simple at a higher degree of eleva- tion. Interval, Consecutive. An interval passing in tho same direction in two par- allel parts or voices. Interval, Diminished. An Interval which, by the application of a sharp or natural to the lower tone, or of a flat ot natural to the upper tone, becomes con- IXT 121 INV traeted within its natural space or com- pass. Interval, IMrect. An interval which forms any kind of harmony on the funda- mental sound which produces it. Interval, Enharmonic. A Email in- terval existing between two approximat- ing chromatics. Interval, Extreme. A larger interval than that termed major, and a smaller in- terval than that called minor. Interval, False. An interval differing from the essential points of any other in- terval previously adopted as a standard. Interval, Harmonic. The relation of two sounds agreeable to the ear, either in succession or consonance. Interval, Imperfect. An interval that does not contain its full number of de- grees. Interval, Incomppsite. An interval simply constituted, in the calculation of which no notice is taken of the intermedi- aries, but the terms only are considered; the diantems or simple interval of the an- cient Greeks. Intervalle. (Fre.) An interval. Interval!! Vietati. (Ita.) Forbidden in- tervals. Intervallo. (Ita.) An interval. Iniervallo Prohtbito. (Lot .) Intervals in melody that are not accordant or nat- ural. Interval, Major. An interval contain- ing the greatest number of semitones under the same denomination. Interval, Parallel. A consecutive in- terval. Interval, Prepared. A natural interval changed from large to small, or from small to large, by the aid of intermediate tones. Interval, Redundant. An interval greater than that of the major third, and forming a passing chromatic to the fourth. Interval, Simple. An interval that does wot exceed an octave ; the diastem of the ancient Greek system. Interval, Superfluous. An angment- ed interval; an interval which exceeds a true diatonic interval by a semitone mi- nor. Intervening Subject. An intermediate subject of a fugue. Intpnare. (Ita.') To pitch the voice ; to strike the key note; to set to music; to compose. Intonate. To sound the tones of the scale ; to practise solmizatiou ; to read in a musical manner. Intonation. The emission of the voice or sounding of an instrument so as to pro- duce any required note in proper tune: the act or manner of modulating the voice musically. Intonation, False. A variation in pitch 11 from what is understood to be the tni tone. Intonato. (Ita.) Tuned ; set to music. Intonatura. (Ita.) Intonation; imita- tion. Intonazione. (Ita.) Intonation. Intone. The act of singing or of chant- ing. Intoniren. (Ger.) To begin to sing; to tune ; to sound an instrument. Intrade. ( Ger.) Prelude. Intrata. (Ita.) A martial air performed at a triumphal entrance of an army qf pro- cession ; a prelude. Intrcpidamente. (Ita.) Intrepidly. In Triplo. (Ita.) An old term signifying a composition in three parts. In Tripoli. (Ita.) A composition in three parts. Introd. An abbreviation of Introduction and Introduzione. Introducimento. (Ita.) An introduction. Introduction. That movement in a composition designed to prepare the ear for the movements that are to follow. Intrpdnctorio. (Ita.) Introductory j pre- liminary. Introductory. Movements preparative of that which is to follow. Introduzione. (Ita.) An introduction. Introduzione >Iarziale. (Ha.) Martial introduction. Introit. (Fre.) The entrance or beginning of the mass in the Roman Catholic church ; a passage of Scripture sung or chanted when the priest enters within the rails of the altar ; a vocal composition appropriate to the opening of church service. Introito. (Spa.) Introit j the beginning of a mass. Introitus. (Lat.) The beginning of tho mass, or Catholic service. In vent io. (Lat.) A name sometimes given to a. Tricinium. Inversio in Octavam Acntam. (Lat.) Inversion in the octave above; the trans- position of the lower part an octavo above, to form the upper part, while the other part, untrausposed, forms the base. Inversio in Octavam Gravem. (Lat.) Inversion in the octave below ; the trans- position of the upper part an octave be- low, to form the bass, while the other part remains in its former position, and forms- the upper part. Inversion. Such a change of position in respect to intervals and chords as arises from placing the upper notes at bottom, and the bottom notes above. luversional Chords. Inverted chords. Inversion, Contrary Retrograde. An inversion made by reversing the ret- rograde inversion, beginning with the first note and proceeding to the last. INV 122 1ST Inversion, First. A term given to a chord when its third is its lowest. Inversion, Retrograde. An inversion made by commencing on the last note of the subject and writing it backwards to the first note. Inversion, Second. A name given to a chord when its filth is the lowest. Inversion, Simple. An inversion made by reversing the notes of a fugal or other subject in its answer, so that the ascending notes of the original passage descend in the answer, and vice versa. Inversion, Strict. The same as simple inversion, yet requiring that whole tones should be answered by whole tones, and semitones by semitones. Inversion, Third. A name given to a chord when the seventh is the lowest. Invert. To change the position either of a subject or of a chord. Inverted Chord. A chord whose fun- damental tone is not its lowest, but leaves the third, fifth, or seventh to be so. Inverted Cpucaterpoint. A counter- point in which the parts are not only re- versed towards each other, but are also conducted, step by step, in a contrary di- rection. Inverted Turn. An embellishment formed by prefixing three notes to a prin- cipal note. Invitatori. A psalm or anthem sung in the morning. Invitatorio. (Spa.) Psalm or anthem sung at the beginning of the matins. Invitatorium. (Lat.) A term applied to the antiphone or response to the psalm " Venite, exultemus." Invitatory. A hymn of invitation to prayer. Invocazione. (Ita.) An invocation; a prayer. lo Bardie. (Lot.) A convivial burden in the lyric poetry of the Romans. Ionian. One of the Greek modes, com- prising light and pleasing music. Ionic. One of the ancient Greek modes, the Ionian; in poetry, a metrical foot con- sisting of four syllables, either in the re- lation of two long and two short, or two short and two long. Ionic Music. A light, airy style of music. lo Triumphe. (Lat.) In the lyric poetry of the Komaus, a shout of triumph. Iratamente. (Ita.) Angrily; passion- ately. Irish Harp. An instrument having a greater number of strings than the lyre, yet for many ages only used for playing a simple melody or a single part. Irish Scale. A scale having a whole tone, instead of a semitone, between the seventh and eighth sounds. Irish Tone*. Melodies of Irish origin, distinguished by wildness, sweetness, and pathos. Irlnmlais. (Fre.) A dance or melody in Irish style. Ironicamente. (Ita.'} Ironically. Ironico. (Ita.) Ironical. Irregolare. (Ita.) Irregular. Irregular Cadence. An imperfect ca- dence ; the tonic followed by the dominant without its added seventh. Irregular Leaps. Leaps that require considerable effort to perform. Irregular Modes. Modes running many degrees both above and below their oc- taves. Irregular Period. A period in which a false cadence interrupts or suspends an expected final close. Irregular Phrase. Any variation of the melody by which three measures are used instead of two ; an extended phrase. Irregular Transition, Discords of. Passing notes introduced on the strong parts of a measure. Irrelative Chords. Any two chords which do not contain some sound common to both. Irrelative Keys. Keys not united by any common tie. Irrelative Scales. Scales not connected by any common tic. Irresolute. (Ita.) Irresolute; hesitating. Is. A termination added by the Germans to the names of the letters which are sharp. Ischuophouy. (Grk.) Weakness of voice. Isdegno, Con. (Ita.) With indignation. Ismanla, Con. (Ita.) With wildness ; with madness. Isochronal. (Grk.) Equality of time; performed in uniform time. Isochronous. (Grk.) Equality of time in the various parts. Isotonic System. A system of music consisting of intervals in which each con- cord is alike tempered, and in which there are twelve equal semitones. Ison. The name by which the first note of every chant was formerly designated, aud which note was significative of the key or tone of the melody. Israfll. The angel of music, alluded to in the Koran as having the most melodious voice of all God's creatures. Istesso. (Ita.) The same. Istesso Tempo. (Ita.) The same time. Istesso Vnlore, ma uii poco pin len- to. (Ita.) In the same time, but rather slower. Isthmian Games. One of the four great national festivals of Greece, comprising, among other things, contests in music and poetry, the prize awarded being a simp)* garland of pine leaves. 1ST 123 JOU Istreplto, Con. bluster. Istrnmento Muslco. instrument. (Ita.) With noise and Italienne. (Fre.) Italian. Ita Mlssa Est. (Lat.) The termination (Ita.) A mi O f the mass, sung by the priest to Grego- Italian III ardent. An ornament consist- ing of the alternation of a tone with the next above it. Italian Sixth. That species of the chord of the superfluous sixth in which that in- terval is accompanied only by a major third. rian music. Ithymbos. (Grk.) A musical dance in honor of the Bacchanalian, deity of the Greeks. Itkar. ( Tern.) A drumstick. I Trovatori. (Ita.) The troubadours. J. JACK. The quill or the hammer which strikes the strings of a harpsichord or piano. Jaeger Chor. (Ger.) Hunting chorus. Jagdsinfonie. (Ger.) Hunting sym- phony. Jagdstnclc. (Ger.) A hunting piece. Jailtage. The only musical instrument of Tartary, consisting of a box of fir, about (bar feet long and three inches broad, the upper part of which is open, over which six wire strings are stretched. It is played on with both hands, but chiefly with the left, and produces both treble and bass. Jnlcme. (Grk.) A mournful song; name given to the ancient Greek Song of Lamen- tation. Jainbico. (Ita.) An iambic. Jainbo. (Ita.) An iambic. Jangle. To cause to sound discordantly or unharmonioiisly ; a rattling sound. Jar. To disagree in sound; a rattling vi- bration of sound. Jargon. The result of the union of two or more discordant notes ; a confused multitude of sounds. Jauchzend. (Ger.) Shouting; joyful. Jeu. (Fre.) The manner of playing. Jen Celeste. (Fre.) A pianoforte pedal arrangement, consisting of strip* of wood or soft leather so held that by pressure on the pedal they soften the sound. Jen de Flute. (Fre.) Flute stop of an organ. Jeu d'Orgnes. (Fre,.) Rows of pipes in an organ; an organ stop. Jeu-Parte. ( Fre.) Songs written in the style of a dialogue. Jeux Fort*. (Fre.) The loud stops in organ playing. Jewgharp. A small instrument made of brass or steel, with a thin metallic tongue, played upon by placing it between the teeth and vibrating the tongue by striking it with the finger, the sound being modu- lated by tiie breath acting upon it in vari- ous degrees of force. Jewstrump. A term applied by old writers to the jewsharp. Jig. A light dance ; a tune having a quick movement in compound time of 5 or *.?. o o Jingling. A sharp, fine, rattling sound, as of t little"bells. Jingles. Loose pieces of metal placed around a tamborinc to increase the sound. Jocosus. (Lat.) Merry; funny. Jocnlator. Strolling musician; a jon- gleur. * Jodeln. Songs of the Tyrolean shepherds, mountaineers, and dairy maids. Jojo. (Hau.) A species of double Egyp- tian Darabuca. Jonglerie. An order originated in the twelfth century for the cultivation of poetry and music, comprising Trouveres, Chanteres, Conteurs, and Jongleurs. Jongleurs. Musicians who, in the twelfth century, journeyed through France singing their own compositions or those of bards who were obliged to hire singers. Joobhnnca. (Ilin.) The second of the srootis, into which the last note of the Hindoo scale is divided. Jota. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Jouer. (Fre.) To play. Joner de Harpe. (Fre.) To play on the harp. Jouer de la Lyre. (Fre.) To play the lyre. Joner de la Vielle. (Fre.) To play on a hurdy-gurdy. Joner du Chalnmean. (Fre.) To pipe. Jouer dn Imtli. (Fre.) To play the lute. Jouer du Violoii. ( Fre.) To play on the violin. Jouer, Toucher de 1'Orgue. (Fre.) To play the organ. Joner, Toucher du Piano. (Fre.) To play on the piano. Joueitr de Cornemuoe. (Fre.) A bag- piper. Jouenr de Flute. (Fre.) A flutist. JOU 124 KEM Jonenr de L>nth. (Fre.) One who plays on a lute. Joueiir de tyre. ( Fre.) A lyrist. Joiieur de Musette. (Fre.) Bagpiper. Jonenr de Vielle. (Fre.) A player on the hurdy-gurdy. Jonenr de Violon. ( Fre.) A player on the violin. Jonenr d'Instrnmens. ( Fre.) A player upon musical instruments; a musician. Jnbe. (Grk.) A harvest hymn of the Greeks and Komans in honor of Ceres and Bacchus. Jnbelgesang. (Ger.) Song of rejoicing; song of jubilee. Jubelud. (Ger.) Rejoicing. Jubilant. Uttering songs of triumph ; ecstatic, triumphant music. Jubilar. (Ger.) The recipient of a jubi- lee; one in whose honor or for whose benefit a complimentary concert is given. Jubilee. A word applied by the Hebrews to the year of deliverance, which was pro- claimed with the sound of a ram's horn. Jnbiloso. Joyful to the greatest extent. Jndlo. (Spa.) An appellation given by boys to the trumpeters who attend tho procession in the holy week. Jng. The name applied by English bird fanciers, in the last century, to a bird note, which, in a clear and brilliant tone, repents the sound " Djug " sixty or seventy times, closing with a brilliant bhake or ra'ttle. Juglaresa. (Spa.) A female buffoon. Jugnete. (Spa.) A carol; a song of joy and exultation. Jugum. (Lot.) A contrivane affixed to the lyre of the ancients to stretch or slacken the strings. Jule. (Grk.) A hymn sung by the Greeks and Romans at harvest time, in honor of Ceres and Bacchus. Jnrer. (Fre.) To jar; to render a dis- cordant sound. Jnst. A term applied to all consonant in- tervals, and to those voices, strings, and, pipes which give them with exactness. Juste. (Fre.) Accurate in time, tone, har- mony, and execution. Jnstesse. (Fre.) Exactness or purity of intonation. Jnsto, Con. (Ita.) With exact precision. Jnst Relations. Relations whose ex- tremities form consonant intervals. K. KABARO. An Egyptian and Abyssinian I drum, played upon by being struck with the hand. Haba-snrna. (Tur.) A large and email oboe used by the Turkish soldiers. Kachapi. (Jar.) A Javanese instrument resembling a lute. Kafo. (Hau.) An instrument used in Africa, resembling a small horn. Kalamaika. (Hun.) A lively Hungarian dance in ^ time. Kalaudo. (Hau.) A species of double tiimborinc used by the Africans. Kalliftbiirtron. A musical instrument played as a piano, and producing an effect equivalent to violin, violoncello, and dou- ble bass in concert. Hammer. (Ger.) Chamber. Hammer-Concert. (Ger.) A chamber concert. Kammer-MnsiU. ( Ger.) Chamber mu- sic. Kammersargerin. (Ger.) Private I singer to a king or prince. Kammerton. (Ger.) In the style of chamber music. Kampoul. (Jan.) A gong of small di- mensions used by the Malays. Kaiioon. (Syr.) A species of dulcimer. Kapelle. (Ger.) Chapel. Kapellmeister. (Ger.) Chapel master. Harine. (Per.) A Persian instrument in the form of the tuba, the ancient Roman horn, eight feet in length. Karol. A choir. Karoz. (Per.) Singing and dancing. Kass. (Ita.) A species of drum used by the negroes of Angola. Kasside. (Per.) An elegy of the Fer- sians. Keck. (Ger.) Pert; fearless; bold. Keckheit. (Ger.) Boldness. Keeners. Persons formerly employed In Ireland to sing at night in a mournful strain over the body of the deceased, ac- companied by the harp. Keeping Time. Giving to every sound or silence tiic exact duration signified by the note or lest. Kehl-lant. ( Ger.) A guttural sound. Roman. (Tur.) A Turkish violin with three strings. Kemangeb. (Tur.) A stringed instru- ment of the Turks, played with a bow. Kemaugeh a Gonz. (Tur.) A very simple ""form of instrument, having but KEM 125 KEY two strings, played upon with a bow, and used by the lower classes in Eastern countries. Kemangeh Fark. (Tur.) A two-stringed instrument used by the common people in the East. Kemangeh llourny. (Tar.) An in- strument having 1 four or six string's, played upon with a bow, and used by the upper classes iu Persia, Arabia, Turkey, aud Egypt. Kemangeh Sosfliaer. (Tur.) A bow instrument; a Kemangeh a Gouz. Kenet. (Aby.) An Abyssinian trumpet. Kent Bugle. A bugle having six keys, four of which are commanded by the right hand, aud two by the left ; a keyed horn. Keiitonk. (J(ic.) A small gong used by the Malays. Kcraua. (Per.) A wind instrument, forming a kind of long trumpet, much used by the Persians, sounded in the evening, at sunset, and two hours after midnight, together with hautboys, tim- brels, drums, and other instruments. Keraiiim. (Heb.) The sacerdotal trum- pets of the ancient Hebrews. Keras. (Grk.) The hydraulica, or water organ. Kt-reii. (77e'j.) A horn ; an instrument first used by the Hebrews, formed of a ram's horn, and subsequently made of metal. Keivklenorgelen. (Dut.) Church organ. Kerna. (Grk.) A kind of trumpet used by Tamerlane, the sound of which, it is said, could be heard at a distance of several miles. Kerou-Jebel. (ffeb.) Jubilee horn. Kerreua. (Ita.) An Indian trumpet. Ketch. Name applied by old writers to a catch. Kettle Drum. A spherical shaped kettle or basin of brass, over the top of which is drawn a parchment or skin, aud used in pairs, one of which is tuned to the key note, the other to the fifth of the key. Kettle Drummer. A performer upon a kettle drum. Key. A certain fundamental note or tone, to which the whole of a movement has a certain relation or bearing, to which all its modulations are referred and accommo- dated, and in which it begins and ends; a lever of wood, ivory, or metal in an organ, pianoforte, or other instrument, struck or pressed by the fingers in playing. Key Board. The rows of keys of a piano- forte, organ, or similar instrument, when gpukcn of collectively ; an instrument for dividing the intervals of the octave. Key Board, Chromatic. An attachment applied to the keys of a piano for the pur- pose of enabling players of moderate skill to execute the simple chromatic scale, chromatic runs in double notes with either hand, chromatic progressions of chords, and all chromatic runs, passages, cadenzas, 11* legato as staccato, with ease and correct- ness. Key Board, Foot. Manual of an organ, comprising the keys played with the foot. Key Board, Hand. Manual Of an organ, comprising the keys played with the hand. Key Bugle. A Kent bugle. Keyed. Furnished with keys ; set to a key. Keyed Bugle. A Kent bugle. Keyed Cithara. An oblong box holding a series of strings in triangular form, struck by plectra of quill affixed to the inner ends of the keys. Keyed Harmonica. A harmonica played upon by means of a set of keys ; the cla- viatur. Keyed Instruments. The organ, piano, mclodeon, and all similar instruments, the sounds of which are produced by the pressure of the fingers upon keys. Keyed Organ. An organ having keys, so called in contradistinction to a barrel organ, whose tones are produced by a revolving cylinder. Keyed-Stop Violin. An arrangement which may be attached to a violin, con- sisting of a finger board made of ebony, with thirty-three stops, palled key-stops, which stand above the strings, projecting one sixteenth of an inch, and acting upon them perpendicularly. Keyed Violin. An Instrument having forty strings, arranged like those of a piano, and acted upon by horsehair bows, under the pressure of keys like those of an organ. Key, Fundamental. The original key Key, Governing. The principal or ori- ginal key ; that key in which the piece is composed. Key Harp. An instrument of recent in- vention, externally like a piano, with a similar arrangement of keys and pedals. It consists of an adjustment of tuning forks, of various pitches (answering to the keys), over cavities of sonorous metal, which, if struck, would give out corre- sponding sounds. Key, Major. A key having its third at the distance of four semitones from the tonic. Key. Minor. A key having its third at the distance of three semitones from the tonic. Key, Natural. A key having neither a flat nor a sharp for its signature. Key IVote. A note to which a series of subordinate notes bear a distinct relation; that note with which a piece of music, usually begins, and always ends; the key note. Key, Original. The key in which a musical composition is first written; the governing key. Key, Principal. The original key. KEY 126 KLE Keys. Levers by which the notes of a pianoforte or organ are made to Bound, and by which flutes, hautboys, and other wind instruments have their holes opened or shut. Keys, Additional. Keys located above or below the original compass of the in- strument. Keys, Authentic. Keys in the ancient system of the Greeks, whose tones ex- tended from the tonic to the fifth and octave above. Keys, Chromatic. The black keys of a pianoforte; every key in whose scale one or more so-called chromatic tones occur, and in which a chromatic signature is requisite. Keys, Colored. The short or black keys of a pianoforte. Keys, Irrelative. Such keys as have no common connecting 1 tie between them. Keys, Large. Major keys. Keys, Marked. A term applied by Guide to the colored lines by which he expressed the pitches of the notes. Keys, Organ. Movable projecting 1 levers, in the front of an organ, so placed as to conveniently receive the fingers of the player, and which, by a connected move- ment with the valves, or pallets, admit or exclude the wind from the pipes. Keys, Parallel. The major and its rela- tive minor. Keys, Pedal. That set of keys belonging to an organ which are acted upon by the feet. Keys, Plagal. In the ancient Greek sys- tem, those keys whose tones extended from the dominant or fifth upwards to the octave and twelfth. Keys, Relative. Keys which only diner by having in their scales one flat or sharp more or less, or which have the same sig- nature. Keys, Remote. Such keys as are at a distance from each other, as the key of one sharp and the key of five sharps. Keys, Small. Minor keys. Key Stops. The stops on a keyed-stop violin. Key Tone. The key note. Key, Transposed. A key differing from that in which the piece was originally written. Key, Tuning;. An instrument used for the purpose of tightening or loosening the strings of a piano or harp. Kliasun. (Heb.) The principal singer in a synagogue. Khurnj. (Bin.) The first note in the Hindoo musical scale. Kin. (Chi.) 'A Chinese instrument, pos- sessing a body of thin wood, carved like the top of a violin, to increase resonance, over which is drawn five strings of silk of different sizes j one of the eight species Into which the Chinese divide their mu- sical sounds, being that derived from silk. Kinderpfeife. (Ger.) A child's whistle. Kinder-Sinfouie. (Ger.) A symphony for children. King. A Chinese instrument formed of a wooden frame with pendent stone gradu- ated through sixteen notes and sounded by being struck with a hammer ; one of the eight species of musical sounds in the Chinese system, being that emanating from stone. Kinnar. (Heb.) The scriptural name of the harp ; kinnor. Kinnor. (Heb.) A small harp held in the hand and played upon while dancing, sup- posed to have been used by David. KircUcnOInsik. (Ger.) Church music Kirohen Siinger. (Ger.) A chorister; a chanter. Kirchenstyl. (Ger.) Church style. Kirchentonarten. (Ger.) The old church modes. Kirchentone. ( Ger.) Church mode. Kirchenweise. (Ger.) A church melody. Kit. A small or pocket violin used by dancing masters. Kitar. (Ara.) A musical instrument of the Arabs. K'itHara. (Grk.) A cithara; a stringed instrument. Klagend. ( Ger.) Plaintive. Klang. (Ger.) Sound; ringing. Klangboden. (Ger.) Sound board. Klangeschleclit. ( Ger.) A genus. Klanglehre. (Ger.) Acoustics. Klanglos. (Ger.) Soundless. Klangnachbildung. (Ger.) Imitation of a sound. Klangstein. (Ger.) Sonorous stone. Klappe. (Ger.) A key to any wind in- strument. Klappen Flngelhora. (Ger.) The keyed bugle. Klappen Horn. The Kent horn. Klapptrompete. (Ger.) A keyed trum- pet. Klar. (Ger.) Clear. Klavier. (Ger.) Pianoforte; hwpsichord. Klavicrsonatem. (Ger.) Pianoforte sonata. Klavierspieler. (Ger.) A pianoforte player. Klein. ( Ger.) Minor, in regard to inter- vals. Kleiiie Alt Possaune. (Ger.) A snull saokbut, the trombone piccolo of the Italians. Kleiue ,ieder. (Ger.) A little song. Kleinlant. (Ger.) Small or low in ton* or voice. KLI 127 LAG KHnsjbar. (Ger.) Resonant; sonorous. Klliisreln. (Ger.) To ring: or sound a small bell ; to jingle. Kllngklang. (Ger.) Tinkling; bad music. Klingspiel. (Ger.) The sound or play of instruments. Kluttcr. (Ger.) A bird call. Knabciistimme. (Ger.) ADoy r svoice; counter-tenor. Knell. The tolling of a bell on the occa- sion of a death or funeral. Knoll. To sound as a bell ; to knell. Knots. Rings which serve to cover the joints of a trumpet. Koan. One of the eight species of musical sounds of the Chinese system, being that produced from bamboo. Kodha. (Cor.) Cadence. Kollo. (Jap.) A Japanese instrument somewhat resembling a harp. Komiker. (Ger.) A writer of burlcttas. Komisch. (Ger.) Comical. Komponlrt. (Ger.) Composed. Komponister. (Ger.) Composer. Koons. (Per.) A Persian drum made of brass, two feet in circumference. Kopfstlmme. (Ger.) Falsetto. Kos. (Hun.) A superior kind of dance music of the Hungarians. Koso. (Hau.) Name given by the Hausa people, in Africa, to the tympanum. Kriichzeii. (Ger.) To sing with a croak- ing voice. Kraft. (Ger.) Power; strength. Kreicheu. (Ger.) To squall. Kreisfuge. (Ger.) Circulating fugue ; a canon. Kreuz. ( Ger.) A sharp. Kriegerisch. (Ger.) Warlike; martial. Kriegslled. (Ger.) A war song; a sol- diers song. Krlegs-spleler. (Ger.) A musician of a regiment. Kromo. (Jav.) A series of small vases or gongs arranged in two rows upon a frame, and used by the Javanese. Krousta. (Grk.) A general name applied by the ancients to all pulsatile instruments. Hrummhorn. (Ger.) A portable wind instrument formerly much in use, the formation and tone of which resembled a small cornet ; an organ stop. Ksnutee. (Hln.) The first of the Srootia into which the punchum, or fifth note, of the Hindoo scale is divided. Knedha. (Arm.) Cadence. Hiltin. (Ger.) Short. Kuhreiben. ( Ger.) Ranz deo Vaches. Kunst. (Ger.) Art; skill. Kunstpfeifer. (Ger.) A street musician. Kunst werk der Znkunf t. ( Ger.) Art- work of the future the name given by Richard Wagner to his theory of the pos- sibility of producing a musical composi- tion in which whatever of deepest and of highest the human soul can comprehend may be brought near to the most ordinary understanding without the need of reflec- tion or of critical expositions. Kura. (Ger.) Short. Kiirzen. (Ger.) To abridge. Kurzer Slngesatz. (Ger.) Cavatina. Ii.urz.uiig. (Ger.) Abbreviation ; abridg- ment. Kurzungszelchen. (Ger.) Sign of ab- breviation. Kussier . A Turkish instrument of music, consisting of five strings, stretched over a skin covering a kind of basin. Kynnor. (Heb.) The harp of David. Kyrie. (Lot.) Lord ; the first movement of a mass, so called because beginning with the words Kyrie eleison. Kyrielle. (Fre.) Litany. LIN pianoforte music, indicates the use , of the left hand. Ida. (Ita. and Fre.) The; also, used in solfaing to the note A, and employed by Guido to denominate the last sound of eacli of his hexachords. Xiabial. Uttered principally with the lips. I,u bin ia. (Lot.) The lip of an organ pipe. L,u Chasse. (Fre.) A piece of music in the hunting style. Liachrimee. (Lot.) The name formerly given in England to the dolorous strains of the Calvinists. r.a Finale. (Fre.) The last figure of a quadrille. Tin. Flute Douce. (Fre.) The flute-a- bec, or fistula dulcis. L,nj?e der Hilnken Hand. (Ger.) Po- sition of the lei't hand. Laguoso. (Ha.) Plaintive; doleful. liagrimando. (Ita.) Weeping; tearful; a sad, pathetic style of expression. LAG 128 LAR Lagvtmoso. (Ita.) la & mournful, dolo- rous style. Ln-illali-al-Allah. (F.gy.) The sylla- bles of a chant employed by the dancing dervishes of Egypt during their perform- ances. L' Aimable Valnquenr. (Fre.) A French air and dance ; the louvre. Lalssant Mourlr le Son pen a peu. (Fre.) Diminishing tlie sound by degrees. Lall. A very large drum used by the natives of the Fegee Islands. l_a Majeur. (Fre.) A major. L'Ame. (Fre.) The sound-post of a violin, tenor, &c. Lamentablle. (Ita.) Plaintive ; lamen- table. JLumciUaUilmeute. (ltd.) Mournfully. Lamentabondo. (Ita.) Mournful ; rueful. Lamentations. Funeral mnsic of the ancient Jews. Lamentatrlces. (Ita.) Hebrew female vocal performers, hired to chant over the dead, and to sing dirges at funerals. Lameutazioucella. (Ita.) Soft sigh- ing. Lamentazlone. (Ita.) A lamentation. Lameiitevole. (Ita.) Plaintively. Lament evoluiente. (Ita.) Mournfully; lamentably. Lamentoso. (Ita.) Lamentable. Laments. Name given by the Scotch to some of their old serious and melancholy airs. Lampadarlns. (Grk.) The two princi- pal singers in the patriarchal church of Constantinople. tampon. (Fre.) A bacchanalian song. Liiiiderlsch. (Ger.) In the manner or measure of a country dunce. Landler . ( Ger.) A country dance or air in a rustic and popular style, generally in | time. Laiidlich. (Ger.) Rural. Laiidu. (Par.) A Portuguese dance in jj or | time. Landuma. (Por.) A class of Portuguese music, of a sentimental, melancholy nature. Lang. ( Ger.) Long. Langsam. (Ger.) Slowly. Language, Melodic. An expression of feelings and of ideas by a melodious com- bination of simple sounds. Languemente. (Ita.) Languishingly. Lauguendo. (Ita.) Languishing. Langncute. (Ita.) With languor. Laiiguctte. (Fre.) Key of an instru- ment. Languid o. (Ita.) With langior. LangT>tshlngly. A style of musical exe- cution in a languid, tender, feeble, or faint manner. Laiigward. A circular metal plate, closing the broad end of a conical tube in an organ, named a foot. L.iioldli. (One.) A lay; a song. La Parte di Vlollno. (Ita.) The part to be played by the violin. L,a Parte Prlina. (Ita.) The first voice or part ; the leading or principal part. La Pastourelle. (Fre.) One of the five dance movements forming the quadrille. La Ponle. (Fre.) The second figure in a quadrille. La Prlma Intenzione. (Ita.) The original design of a composer, distin- guished by this appellation from an altered or improved copy. LA Prlma Volta. (Ita.) The first time. Lar. (Siee.) A species of trumpet, some- times twelve feet in length, having a sound strong, and at the same time sharp. It is supported by one und played by another, and may be heard at a great distance. Largamente. (Ita.) In a full, free style. Largamento. (Itit.) In a full, free, broad style of performance. Large. The name of a note found in an- cient music, equal to four breves, or eight eemibreves (12). Large Keys. Major keys. Largement. (Fre.) Full; free in style. Large Octave. The third octave, indi- cated in the German tablature by capital letters. Large Once-Marked Octave. The second octave, indicated by capital letters having a single line below them. Large Second. A whole tone. Large Sixth. A sharp sixth. Large Threefold Chord. A threefold chord having the interval of a large (ma- jor) third between its fundamental touo and its third. Large Twice-Marlted Octave. The first, or lowest octave, indicated by capital letters having two lines below them. Larghetto. (Ita.) A slow and measured movement, but less so than that of largo. Larghezza. (Ita.) In a full, free, broad style of performance. Larghlssimo. (Ita.) Extremely slow. Largo. (Ita.) A very slow and solemn degree of movement, one degree quicker than grave and two degrees quicker than adagio. Largo Andante. (Ita.) Slow; distinct; exact. Largo Assal. (Ila.) Very slow. Largo dl Molto. (It'i.) Largo to an unusual degree; very slow. Larigot. (Fre.) An organ stop, tuned an LAR 129 LEO octave above the twelfth; the former name of a flageolet. Lariiige. (Ita.) Larynx. Larmoyant. (Fre.) Weeping; tearfully; with a sad expression. Larynx. (Grk.) The upper part of the trachea, or windpipe, composed of five annular cartilages, placed one above another, and united hy elastic ligaments, or fibres, by which it is so dilated and con- tracted as to be capable of producing all the various tones of the voice. La Ststa Kivoltato IHvicuc Settiraa. (Ita.) The sixth reversed in double coun- terpoints becomes a seventh. Lastlmosamente. (Spa.) Pitifully; in a doleful manner. La Stretta. (Ita.) A term designating that portion or passage to be given in quicker time. Last Shift. On a violin, the shift on the twentieth line, or E. La Trentse. (Fre.) The fourth figure in a quadrille, also called pastorale. Latten Strings. "Wires formed of a composition consisting of copper and zinc. Latticed B. A name given by the Ger- mans to the character representing a sharp (55). Laud. The act of singing songs or hymns of praise ; to praise in words alone, or with instruments. Land. (Spa.') A lute. Laudamus. (Lot.) We praise thee. Laudesl. (Lat.) Members of a society instituted at Florence, in 1310, for the per- formance of the Laudi. Laudi. (Lat.) Sacred songs of the Eo- mish priests, sung by the Laudcsi. Laudi Spiritual!. (Lett.) Sacred songs and dialogues, sung by the priests in the oratory, or place oi prayer. Landistl. (Lett.) Members of a society for the performance of the Laudi or Lodi. Lauf. (Ger.) That part of a violin, tenor, &c., into which the pegs are inserted; also, a rapid succession of notes ; a trill (88). Liiufer. (Ger.) Koulade ; a running pas- sage. Launenstuclc. (Ger.) A voluntary. Launig. (Ger.) Humorous. Lans Perennls. (Lot.) A perpetual psalmody established at Antioch by an order of monks. Lant. ( Ger.) Sound. Laute. (Ger.) A lute. Lfiuten. (Ger.) To ring; to toll; to sound. Lautenbalken. (Ger.) Thelridgeofa lute. Lautenblatt. (Ger.) The table of a lute. Lauteu-Clavicymbel. (Ger.) An in- strument of a class comprising the harp- sichord and pianoforte. LautengrlflT. (Ger.} Touch of a lute. Lautenschlager. (Ger.) A player on the lute. Lautlos. (Ger.) Soundless; mute. La Voce. (Ita.) The voice. Lavolta. An old dance and tune, similar to a waltz. Lay. A light, fanciful song; an elegiac style of French poetry, originally formed on the model of the trochaic verses of the Greek and Latin tragedies. Lay Clerk. A vocal officiate in a cathe- dral, taking part In the services and an- thems, but not of the priesthood. Lay, Greater. One of the two classes of lays in ancient times, consisting of twelve couplets of verses in different measures. Lay, Lesser. One of the two classes in lays of the ancients, comprising sixteen or twenty verses. .Laymen. Those vocal officiates in a cathe- dral who are not of the priesthood. Le. (Fre. and Ita.) The. Leader. One who in a concert takes the principal violin, receives the time and style of the several movements from the conductor, and communicates them to the performers ; a director of a choir. Leading Chord. The dominant chord. Leading Melody. The principal part of a musical composition in which there are several parts. Leading IVote. The seventh note of the scale ot any key, when at the distance of a semitone below the key note ; the sound by which the scale is known and its key note ascertained. Leal-Turner. An article to be affixed to a piano desk for the purpose of enabling the performer to turn the leaves, and hold- ing them in place, without raising the hands from the keys. Lcaiiing-IVote. An appogiature, or fore- note (01). Leaps. A distance consisting of several intermediate intervals. Leaps, Irregular. Such as require con- siderable effort to perform. Leaps, Regular. Those leaps performed without great effort. Leaves. The upper and lower board of organ bellows. Lcbhaft. (Ger.) Lively; vivacious. Le Bruit des Tambours. (Fre.) The rattle of drums. Le Chant Royal. (Fre.) Verses sung to the Virgin and saints by pilgrims on their return from the Holy Laud. Le Clavier Broumer. (Fre.) An in- strument invented in Pans in 1801, the purpose of which is to practise and strengthen the fingers, singly or in groups, without disturbing the normal position of the hand on the piano. Lecou. (Fre.) Lesson. LED 130 LEX Ledger Line*. Lcger lines ; lines added above or below the five composing- the staff for the reception of such notes as are too high or too low to be placed upon or within it (4). Leera Viola. A stringed instrument of the ancients. Leero. A lyre. L-f t Beat. A movement of the band to the left in beating time. teg. An abbreviation of Legato. Legare. (Ita.) To bind together. Legare le Rote. (Ita.) To join the notes closely. Legatissimo. (Ita.) Very smoothly connected. Legato. (Ita.) Tied a term applied to a series of successive tones produced in a closely connected manner, and often indi- cated by the sign called a tie (71). Legato Assai. (Ita.) Greatly bound. Legato Touch. A sliding of the fingers on and off the keys successively, holding down each key a short time after the fol- lowing' one is struck. The touch is indi- cated oy the word legato, or by a curved line drawn over or under the notes (73). Legatura. ( Itn.) A binding note ; a band or tie connecting notes (71). Legends. A class of the mysteries, rep- resenting events in the history of the Christian church. Leger. (Fre.) Light ; nimble ; sprightly. Legerement. (Fre.) With lightness and gayety. Leger et Anime. (Fre.) Light and animated. Leger Lines. Lines added above or be- low the staff to extend its compass ; ledger lines (4). Legg. An abbreviation of Leggiero. Leggeramente. (Ita.) Lightly; nimbly. Lrggeranza. (Ita.) humbleness; light- ness. Leggerezza. (Ita.) Light and elastic movement. Lcggerlssimamente. (Ita.) Very light ana sprightly. LeggerJssimo. (Ita.) Extremely light and elastic. Leggermente. (Ita.) A light and easy movement. Lesjgiadra. (Ita.) Graceful ; elegant ; charming. Lcggiadramente. (Ita.) Lightly; elastic in style. Lrggiadretto. (Ita.) Rimbleuess of stylo. Leggiadro. (Ita.) A light, elastic move- ment. Leggier. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Leg- gfen, Leggiere. (Ita.) A light, nimble move- ment. Leggierezza. (Ita.) In a light, clastic style. Leggierl. (Ita.) Nimbly ; lightly ; with ease. Leggierisstmamente. (Ita.) Extremely light and elastic. Leggierissimo. (Ita.) With the great- est possible facility and lightness of touch and execution. Leggiermente. (Ita.) Lightly ; gayly ; gracefully. Leggiero. (Ita.) In a light manner. Leggio di Mnsica. (Ita.) Music stand. Legh. (Sax.) A lay. Leg Viol. The viol di gamba ; the bass viol. Lehr er . ( Ger.) Teacher ; master. Lchrerin. (Ger.) Teacher ; mistress. Lelchenton. (Ger.) A lugubrious sound. Leicht. (Ger.) Lightly. Leichtfertig. (Ger.) Light; somewhat carelessly. Leid. (Sco.) A lay ; a song; a ballad. Leidenschaft. (Ger.) Passion. Leidschaftlich. (Ger.) Impassioned; passionate. Leier. ( Ger.) Hurdy-gurdy ; hand orgau ; a humdrum tune ; a lyre. Leiermiidchen. (Ger.) A girl who plays on a hurdy-gurdy. Leiermann. ( Ger.) A player on a hurdy- gurdy. Leiern. (Ger.) To play on the lyre or hurdy-gurdy. Lelerorgel. ( Ger.) Hand organ ; barrel organ. Leicrspieler. (Ger.) A lyrist. Leight. (Ger.) Easy. Leigla. (Spa.) A Moorish dance. Leimma. (Spa.) An interval. Leine. (Ger.) A line of the staff. Leise. (Ger.) Soft; softly. Le Marclie. (Fre.) A cavalry signal for the march. Lene. An old term applied to a note sus- tained in one of the harmonic parts of a composition, whilst the other parts arc in motion. Lengna. (Spa.) The tongue of a bell. Leugnetas. (Spa.) Valves of wind in- struments. Leugueteria. (Spa.) A collection of tubes with valves in an organ. Lent. (Fre.) Slow. Lent. An abbreviation of Lento and Len tando. Leutaraente. (Ita.) Slowly; gently. Lentando. (Ita ) With increased slow- ness. Lente. (Ita.) A word used to indicate that the passage over which it is placed ii to be sung or played slowly. LEN 131 LIE 1 : Lentement. (Fre.) In a moderate time. Lentemente. (Ita.) Slowly. Leutement, Tres. (Fre.) Very slow; bitween grave and largo. Lentenr, Avec. ( Fre.) With slowness ; in a sedate and lingering- pace. ^""Lentezza, Con. (Ita.) With slowness. (Ita.) In slow time. ivoy. (Fre.) One or more detached verses formerly employed in old French poetry at the close of a ballad, serving to convey the moral. Leonine Verse. A verse the end of which rhymes with the middle. Le Pantalon. (Fre.) The first figure of a quadrille. lie plus lent de tons les Monve- ments. (Fre.) The slowest kind of time. Lepsis. (Grk.) A term used in the ancient music for one of the three branches of melopoeia, and by which the composer dis- cerned whether he ought to place the notes of his melody in the lower part of the octave, called hypatoides, the upper part, called netoides, or among the middle sounds, called mesoides. Les Douzc Gammes Majeures. (Fre.) The twelve major scales. L-s Douze Gammes Miueures. (Fre.) The twelve minor scales. lies O de Noel. (Fre.) Christmas an- thems. Lesser Appoggiatura. The short ap- poggiatura. Lesser Comma. The difference between the comma and the enharmonic diesis ; the Diachisma. Lesser Lay. One of the two classes in lays among the ancients, comprising six- teen or twenty verses. Lesser Third. A hemiditone. Lesson. A word formerly nsed to signify those exercises which are now called sonatas; an exercise or composition de- signed to impart a knowledge of correct playing. Lessons, Progressive. Lessons for practical improvement proceeding by de- grees from one stage of difficulty to another until the whole are mastered. Lessus. (Lut.) A funeral song. L'Ete. (Fre.) One of the fire dance movements in a quadrille. Le Ton d'Ut. (Fre.) The key of C. Letrilla. (Spa.) A song. Letter-Press. Print ; the reading mat- ter in a music book, so called to distinguish it from the pages or passages of music. Letters. A, B, C, D, E, F, and G form the letters of the scale, and are repeated in every octave. They distinguish the notes, determine the pitch of the sounds, and are stationary upon the lines and spaces. Letters, Doubled. Capital letters del- bled, indicating that the tone is an octave lower than when the letters stand single. Lento. (Ita.) Lute. Levers. Portions of an organ which trans- mit the movement from the trunnels to the sliders. Levet. An old term denoting the morning sounding of trumpets in military service. Levezza. (ltd.) Nimbleness ; hgntnesn. Le Viole Solo. (Ita.) The viol alone. Le Vocl. (Ita.) The voices. Lezzlonl. (Ita.) Lessons. L. H. Initials indicating the use of the left hand in pianoforte music. Liaison. (Fre.) Smoothness of connec- tion ; a bind or tie ; a curved line drawn from one note to another (70). Lib. An abbreviation of Libretto. Liberamente. (Ita.) Freely; easily. Libero. (Ita.) Free; unrestrained. Libretto. (Ita.) The text of an opera or other extended piece of music; a small book containing the words of an opera. License. A liberty taken in composition or performance by a musician in deviating from the received rules and regulations which form the established system of har- mony and modulation. Lichanos. (Grk.) The third chord of the first two tetrachords. Lichanos Hypaton. (Grk.) The third sound of the first or lowest tetrachord. Lichanos Meson. (Grk.) The third sound of the meson, or middle tetrachord, corresponding to our G on the fourth space in the. bass. Liebeslied. (Ger.) A love song. Liebhaber. (Gcr.) Amateur ; a lover of music. Lie, Conlant. (Fre.) Slurred ; flowing. Lied. ( Ger.) A song ; a lay. Liedchen. (Ger.) A small song. Lieder. (Ger.) Songs. Liederbnch. (Ger.) A book of songs ; a book of hymns. Liederbunde. (Ger) A society of song singers. Liederdichter. (Ger.) A poet who composes songs. Liederkranz. ( Ger.) Glee club. Lieder Ohne Worte. (Ger.) Songs without words. Ltedersanger. (Ger.) A singer of songs j a ballad singer. Lledersprache. (Ger.) Words suitable for songs. Liedertafel. (Ger.) Song table. Licdertaner. (Ger.) Glee singers. Llcdertanz. (Ger.) A dance intermin- gled with songs. LIE 132 LIT Lledervera. (Ger.) Verse of a song, ballad, or hymn. Licdform. (Ger.) The form or subject of a song. Lied Singen. (Ger.) To sing a song. tier. (Dut.) A lyre. Lijyare. (Ita.) To bind ; to tie ; to con- nect together. Lisatura. (Ita.) A curved line drawn over or under two or more notes ; a liga- ture; a bind ; a tie (70). Ligature. A band, or liuk, by which notes are connected or tied together (70). Light. A thin, airy composition ; keys which make but little resistance to the pressure of the fingers. Light >I iisle. Short airs, brief compo- sitions, and dance music generally. Light o' Love. An old tune of a dance. Light Touch. A term applied to a piano- forte, organ, and similar instruments when the keys offer but slight resistance to the pressure of the fingers of the player. Ligne. (Fre.) A line of the staff (1). Lilt. (Sco.) To sing or play merrily. l.imma. (Grk.) An interval used in the ancient Greek music, less by a comma than a major semitone. Linea. (Ita.) A line of the staff. Line, Archilochia.ii. The third line of an alcaic stanza. Line, Continuous Horizontal. A linn indicating that the passages are to be played as unisons. Lines. Those members of a staff on and between which the notes are placed ; hori- zontal parallels placed above or beneath the staff (4). Lines, Added. Leger lines. Lines, Bar. Lines drawn perpendicularly across the staff; bars (5). Lines, Horizontal. Lines placed after figures to indicate that both intervals :irc to remain on the following fundamental note (63). Lines, Ledger. Leger lines (4). Lines, Leger. Lines added above or be- low the five composing the staff for the nvcption of sucli notes as are top high or low to be placed upon or within it (4). Lines, afote. The staff (1). Lines, Principal. The five lines of the staff, so called to distinguish them from the added lines (4). Lines, Riga. (Ita.) The lines of the staff (1). Lines, Successive Short. Short lines, placed horizontally, denoting the repeti- tion of one and the same interval (63). Line, Transverse Ascending. A short, heavy line placed transversely on the staff to indicate that the harmony is to be struck on a changing note. Line, Transverse I>escentUug. A short line placed transversely on the staff to point out permitted hidden fifths or octaves. Line, Waving. A line which, when laced perpendicularly upon the staff, in- icates that the notes of the chord are to be played nearly, though not exactly, together. If their success. -ju. ' to be as swift as possible, a line is drnwn MTOSS the notes (115). The line placed horizou'ally shows that the effect of the Sea sign u to be continued as far as the line extends (61, d). Lingual. A letter or sound pronounced chiefly by the tongue. Lingulee. (Grk.) The tongues of Greek flutes. Linieu. (Ger.) The lines of the staff (1). Lining. A practice formerly in vogue of reading and singing a hymn "line by line. Limit. (Ger.) Left. Linos. (Grk.) A rustic air ; also, a dirge. Linto. A small lute ; the mandola. Liotna. (Rvs.) A lute. Liquid. An epithet metaphorically ap- plied to a smooth succession of the sweet and mellow sounds of any voice or wind instrument; also, to certain clear and sweet tones. Lira. (Ita. and Spa.) Lyre. Lira Doppia. (Ita.) Double lyre. Lira Grande. (Ita.) The viol di gamba, a viol with six strings, formerly much used in Germany. Lire. (Fre.) To read, as regards music. Liressa. (Ita.) A small harp. Liscio. (Ita.) Highly finished. Lispelnd. (Ger.) Lisping; whispering. L' Istesso. (Ita.) The same. L' Istesso Movimento. (Ita.) The same movement. L' Istesso Tempo. (Ita.) In the same time. L' Istesso Tempo Pol a Poi di Xuo- vo Vivente. (Ita.) The same time, with gradually increasing animation. Litanla. (Lat.) The litany of fie church. Litany. A form of supplication employed in church service. Litho phone. (Fre.) An ingenious in- strument made by M. Bordas, in France, formed of a rough plank upon which are placed eighteen sonorous fossils, produ- cing a complete musical gamut of tones and semitones, following each other in regular order, the deepest being to the loft of the performer. The tones are produced by striking the fossils with pieces of stone held in each hand. Little Allabreve Measure. The two- half measure. Little Sharp Sixth. A name given by French theorists to the second inversion of the dominant seventh formed on the second degree of the scale, and consisting LIT 133 LUD f a bass note with its minor third, perfect fourth, and major sixth. Utno. (Spa.) An ancient military instru- ment of music. Li tuns. (Lat.) An instrument of martial music ; a kind of trumpet making a shrill or acute sound. Liutajo. (Ita.) A lute maker. liiutessa. (Ha.) A bad lute. Liutiere. (Ita.) A lute maker. Liuto. (Ita.) The lute. tivre. (Fre.) Book. L.O. An abbreviation of Loco. Lobgesanjj. (Ger.) A hymn; a sougof praise. Lobposaune. (Ger.) Trumpet of praise. Lobpsalm. (Ger.) A psalm in praise of God. Lobsingen. (Ger.) To sing- praises. Loljslntter. (Ger.) One who singa in praise of any one. Loc. An abbreviation of Loco. Loco. (Lat.) A word implying that a passage is to be played just as it is writ- ten, in regard to pitch. X,04-o Pedale. (Lat.) A term indicating that the notes are to be played in the same pitch in which they appear, also, that the pedal is to be used. Locrense. (Grk.) One of the ancient tones or modes. Locrian. (Grl;.) A name sometimes given by the ancient Greeks to the Hyper-Dorian mode. liocrlco. (Grk.) The Hyper-Dorian mode of the ancient Greeks. Lodi. (Ita.) A name formerly given to certain sacred longs in praise of the Deity. Loft, Music. A raised balcony or gal- lery in a church, concert room, or other place, for the choir or band. Loft, Organ. That part of the gallery of a church or cathedral in which the organ is placed. Logieriau System. A system of piano- forte iustruction introduced by J. B. Lo- gicr, in 1815, the main feature of which is the use of mechanical appliances to facili- tate the progress of pupils, or remove difficulties that present themselves to those first learning. In connection with this system Logier invented and employed the chiroplast. 1,0115;. A note formerly in use, of one half the length of a large, equal to four semi- breves (13). Longa. (Lat.) A long (18). Long Appogglatnra. An appoggiatura consisting ot a single note forming a part of the melody, its length being deter- mined by the value of the succeeding note. It borrows half the length of the next note, and is accented. 12 Long, Double. An old character, rqual in duration to four breves ; a large (12). Long Fore-^Tote. A fore-note in its form either a long or half as long as the principal note before which it stands, and in performance having just half of the time of the principal note, except when before a dotted note, in which case it takes two thirds of the time of the principal note. Long Metre. A stanza of four lines in iambic measure, each line containing eight syllables. Long Mordent. A mordent formed of four notes ; the short mordent repeat- ed (98). Lons Particular Metre. A stanza of sixlines in Iambic measure, the syllables of each being, in number and order, as follows : 8, 8, 8 ; 8, 8, 8. Long Roll. A drum-beat calling the sol- diers to arms. lionet-Spiel. (Ice.) An ancient Icelandic instrument, ot a long, narrow form, and played upon with a bow. Lorgnette. (Fre.) An opera glass. Lo Stcsso. (Ita.) The same. Lo Stretto. (Ita.) A general term applied to that part of a composition designed to be delivered in a quicker time than the other. Lonvre. (Fre.) A well-known French air, for which Louis XIV. had a remark- able predilection, and since his time a fa- vorite dance. Love Song-. A song the words and mel- ody of which are expressive of love. Love Viol. A stringed instrument of the violin species, so named on account of its peculiar sweetness of tone ; the viole d'amour. Low. A word of relative signification, and arbitrarily applied to any part, passage, or note situated towards the bottom of tho compass of that species of voice or instru- ment by whicli it is designed to be exe- cuted ; depressed in the scale of sounds ; grave. Low Bass. Second bass. Lower Changing IVote. That note which descends from the perfect or aug- mented fourth on to the minor or major seventh. Low Soprano. A voice holding an inter- mediate place between soprano and alto, but which most nearly approaches the soprano ; second treble ; second soprano. Low Tenor. A species of voice half way between bass and tenor; a baritone. Lnctuosamente. (Spa.) Mournfully. Ludl. (Lat.) The name originally applied, to what arc now called oratorios. Lmll Spiritual*-*. (Lat.) Ancient dra- matic representations the subjects of which were from the Bible. Lucius i'idlcliius. (Lat.) A muni* school. LUG 134 LYR I/agubre. (fta.) Mournful; Md; dismal. Luiiiig. (Sco.) A species of song much nsed in the Hebrides and Scotland; a short, plaintive air, sung- by the women at their diversions and work. Luit. (Out.) A lute. Lullaby. A soft, quiet song, or manner of singing-. Lundu. (Por.) A Portuguese dance in \ or I time. Liiujja Pausa. (Ita.} An expression signifying- that the performer must cease playing for a considerable time. Luogo. (ltd.) To be sung as written ; where a change has been employed, signi- fying that the change terminates. Luouator di Liuto. (Ita.) A player on the lute. Lusiiig. An abbreviation of Lusingato. Liisiugante. (Ita.) Flattering ; per- suasive. Lnsiiignto. (Ita.) In an insinuating, per- suasive manner. Lusiugltevole. (Ita.) Insinuatingly. Lttsinghiere. (Ita.) In a soothing, per- suasive style. Liisiughiero. (Ita.) In a flattering, per- suasive style. Liistig. (Ger.) Lively; merrily. Lustlied. (Ger.) A gay, merry song. Lut. (Dan.) A lute. Lut a. (Sice.) A lute. LuUiuist. A performer ou the lute. LTt de Poitrine. (Fre.) Low, chest tones. Lute. A stringed instrument, formerly much esteemed, consisting of the table or front, the body, having nine or ten ribs or sides, arranged like the divisions of a melon, the neck, having nine or ten stops, and the head or cress, in which the screws for tuning are inserted. The strings are struck with the right hand while the stops are pressed with the left; to play on a lute. Liiite, Arch. A stringed instrument re- sembling the theorbo, by some considered synonymous with it. Lute. Harp. An instrument having ten strings, and resembling the lute. Lutenist. A performer on the lute. Lutcr. A lute player. Liilh. (Fre.) A lute. Lutliier. (Fre.) Formerly a maker of lutes : at present a maker of stringed and wind instruments. Lutist. A player on the lute. Luttnosument*. (Ita.) Sadly; melan- choly. Luttuoso. (Ita.) Mournful. Lydiaiioidcs. (Grk.) The middle sound of those which Bacchins and other Greek writers call spis*i. Lyohanos. (Grk.) The third ftriug of the ancient diapason, or octave ; the third chord of the first two tetrachords of the ancient Greeks. Lyc-lianos liypaton. (Grk.) The name given by the ancients to the third sound of the first or lowest tetrachord in the diatonic genus, so called from its having been played with the index or fore finger. Lychanos Meson. (Grk.) The name by which the ancients distinguished the third sound of the meson, or middle tetra- chord. Lydian. (Grk.) One of the nncient modes ; an ancient Greek instrument, very soft and delicate in its tone. Lydiau Chant. A chant of a sorrowful style, having for its burden a sense of lan- guor and melancholy. Lydian Mode. An ancient system of tones, soft and delicate in their character- istics. Lyldh. (Iri.) A lay ; a species of narra- tive verse. Lyra. (Ita. and Ger.) The lyre. Lyra Barbarinl. (Ita.) An old instru- ment, resembling in shape the Spanish guitar, having three double niches, like the theorbo, or arehlutr. Lyra Doppia. (Ita.) A double lyre ; an ancient instrument. Lyra Mciidirorum. (Lat.) An ancient instrument the body of which resembled that of a violin. It had four strings, which were vibrated by the action of wheel. Lyrasanger. (Ger.) A lyrist. Lyraspieler. (Ger.) A player on the lyre. Lyra Viola. (Ita.) An instrument formed like a viol, having bix strings and seven frets or stops, to which are assigned seven letters, viz. : B, C, D. E, F, G, H. the let- ter A answering to the open string wher- ever it occurs. Lyra Way. The appellation given by the ancient Greeks to one of their two modes of notation. Lyre. One of the most ancient of stringed instruments, much used by the ancients to accompany the voice in song. Lyre, JEolian. The JKoliaii harp. Lyre, I>oublo. The lyra doppia, an old instrument of the viol kind. Lyre, Grecian. A lyre of the ancient Greeks, having but seven strings, nnd quite small, being held in the hand when played upon. Lyre Guitar. An instrument of six strings, in form resembling a lyre. Lyre Ciuitarre. (Fre.) A French instru- ment having six strings, and formed somewhat like an ancient lyre. Lyre, Mercorian. One of the earliest musical instruments, formed of the shell of a tortoise and having seven strings. LYR 135 MAG Lyre, Organized. An instrument by whioh the tones of the lyre, harp, &c., may be imitated. tyre, Pythagorean. An instrument said to have been invented by Pythagoras. Lyric. Poetry adapted for and intended to be set to music ; that which pertains to the lyre ; also. .1 style of music, abounding in sentiment, feeling, and expression. Lyrical. In the style of a lyric: pertain- ing to a lyre or harp. Lyric Comedy. A comedy in which vocal music forms a principal part ; comic opera. Lyric Drama. Opera; acting accompa- nied by singing. Lyricuord. An ancieat stringed instru- ment, similar in form to an upright harp, sichord. Lyricism. A lyric composition. Lyric Tragedy. Tragic opera. Lyricus. Lyrical ; pertaining to the lyre. JLyrique. (Fre.) Lyrical ; a lyric. L,y risen. (Ger.) Lyric; lyrical. Lyrist. A performer on the lyre or harp. I^yrodi. (Grk.) Vocalists among the ancients, who used the lyre in their per- formances ; also, those who suug lyric poems composed by others. Lytierse. Reapers. (Grk.) The Song of the M. MTHE initial of Mezzo; also of Metro- * name, Mano, and Main, Ma. (Ita.) But. Machalath. (Heb.) A kind of lute or guitar, used by the Hebrews. Machiot. (Fre.) A singer in a church; a chorister. Machul. (ffeb.) Instruments used by the Hebrews, one of the stringed, and the other of the pulsatile species. Macooiiga-whap Foolta. (Afr.) A song of the natives of the African coast. Madre, Alia. (Ita.'} Songs and hymns to the Virgin Mary. Madrigal. An elaborate composition for voices, in five or six parts, in the ancient style of imitation and fugue. Madrigal, Accompanied. A madrigal in which the voices are sustained by a pianoforte or organ. Madrigal, Concerted. An accompanied madrigal. Madrigale. (Itn.) A madrigal; a name formerly given by the Italians to pieces performed between the acts of a play or opera. Madrigaleggiare. (Ha.} To write mad- rigals. Madrigaler. A writer of madrigals. Mudrigalesco. (Ita.) A term applied by the Italians to an ancient style of com- position. Madrigalessa. (Ita.) A long madrigal. Madrigalet. (Fre.) A short madrigal. Madrigall Concertati. (Ita.) Madri- gals that have an accompaniment. >TaclrigaIist. A composer of madrigals. Madrigal, Simple. A madrigal snng without instrumental accompaniment. Mwsa. (Sax.) A mass. Maegta. (Ita.) Dignified and majestic. Maesto. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Ma- estoso- Maestoso. (Ita.) Majestic; performed with majesty and grandeur. Maestri. (Ita.) Masters. Maestrina. (Ita.) A learned lady mu- sician. Maestro. (Ita. and Spa.) A master ; a director ; a composer. Maestro del Coro. (Ita.) The master of the choir. Maestro di Camera. (Ita.) The leader or conductor of chamber music. Maestro di Canto. (Ita.) Master of song; a singing master. Maestro di Cappella. (Ita.) Chapel master, or director of the choir in a chapel in Catholic countries. Magade. An instrument of the ancients, of which there were two kinds, one a stringed and the other a wind instrument. Magadis. (Grk.) An ancient treble in- strument, furnished with double strings, and tuned in octaves. Magadizing. ( Grk.) A term in the an- cient Greek music, signifying a vocal performance in octaves, when men and women, or men and boys, join in the same air. Magas. (Grk.) The bridge of an instru- ment. Magg. An abbreviation of Sfaggiore. Maggiolata. (Ita.) A song for the month of'ilay ; spring song. Magglore. (Ita.) Greater, in respect to scales, intervals, &c., when used in oppo- sition to minor ; major. Magic Music. A frame in which it per son seeks out a hidden article, guided by the music of n piano or other instrument, which is played upon fast as he approaches it, and more and more slowly as he leaves it. MAG 136 MAN Magnificat. (Lot.) Part of tbe vespers. Magodl. (Grk.) Strolling comic musi- cians among the ancient Greeks. Magodia. (Grk.) The lyric poems sung by'the Magodi. Magpdis. (Grk.} An ancient instrument having two sets of strings. Maidmarian. The lady of the May games in a morris dance ; .in old dance. 31 u in. (Fre.) The hand. Main Droite. (Fre.) The right hand. .flail* Gauche. (Fre.) The left hand. ISaitre. (Fre.) A master; a director. Maitre d* Chapelle. (Fre.) Chapel- master. .11 a it. re de Musique. (Fre.) A music master. Maitre le Menetriers. (Fre.) Mas- ter of the minstrels. Maitresse. (Fre.) Mistress ; instructress. Maitresse de Chant. (Fre.) A singing mistress. Majestueiix. (Fre.) Majestic. Majeur. (Fre.) Major, greater in oppo- sition to minor, less in respect to scales, intervals, modes, ruiu. The chief drummer of a regiment. Major, Fife. An officer who superintends the lifers of a regiment. Major Fourth. A perfect fourth ; an interval containing two whole tones and one major semitone. Major Intervals. Those intervals con- taining the greatest number of semitones under the same denomination. Major Key. A key having its third at the distance of four semitones from the tonic. Major Mode. One of the two modern modes : that mode in which the third from the key note is major. Major Second. An interval of conjoint degree, consisting of nine commas. Major Semibreve. Among the ancients, a note of the value of two thirds of a breve. Major Semitone. The difference bet ween a major fourth and a third. Major Seventh. A dissonant interval composed diatonic-ally of live tones (three majors and two minors) and a major semi- tone. Major Sixth. A consonant sixth com- posed of four tones and a major semitone. Major Tactus. The beating of a time comprising a breve in a bar, among the ancienta. Major Third. A third whose degre,' are large seconds ; a consonant third com- posed of two tones. Major Threefold Chord. A large three- fold chord ; one having the interval of a large third between its fundamental tone and its third. Major Time. Among the ancients, the time of the full C. Major Tone. An interval between two sounds the ratio of which is eight to nine, resulting from the difference of the fourth to the filth. Major, Tonic. A major scale having for its key note the same as its relative minor. Major Triad. A union of any sound with its major third and its perfect fifth. Major, Trumpet. The leader of the trumpeters. Majuscule. (Lat.) A name given by the ancients to what is now known as a semi- breve. Makirt. (Ger.) "Well marked. Mallmba. (Spa.) A curious musical in- strument used by the Incas before the conquest of South America, formed of slats of wood, from ten to fifteen inrhes in length, varying in breadth and thick- ness. Malinconla. (Ila.) Melancholy. Malinconicamente. (Ita.) Sorrow- fully ; sadly. Mama. In drum music, a term indicating the right hand. Man. An abbreviation of Manuale and Manualmente . Mane. An abbreviation of Mancando. Manca. (Ita.) Left hand. Mancaudo. (Ita.) A gradual decrease in the quantity of tone, terminating in an almost inaudible breathing of the tones. Manche. (Fre.) The neck of a violin. Maud . An abbreviation of Mancando. Mandola. (Ita.) A mandoline. Mandole. (Fre.) A mandoline. Mandoline. (Fre.) An instrument with four strings, having frets, like a guitar, and tuned like the violin ; a cithern or harp. Mandolino. (Itn.) A mandoline. Maudore. A musical instrument of four strings, of the lute kind. Mandour. A tire-stringed instrument resembling a lute. Mandura. (Ita.) A lesser kind of lute. Manggang. (Jar.) The most simple and ancient style of music among the Javanese, and used mostly in processions. Maiiichord. (Ita.) Originally an instru- ment with but one string; subsequently a stringed instrument, somewhat resem- bling a spinet, the strings of which, like those of the clavichord, were covered witU small pieces of cloth to soften their tones; a dumb spinet. MAN 137 MAR Mauichordon. The raanichord. Manlco. (Ita.) The neck of a violin, tenor, &c. Slaiiicre. (Fre.) Manner. Manleren. ( Ger.) Graces ; embcllish- meuta. Manifold Futfiie. A fugue in which more than one theme is elaborated. Mauo. (Ita.) Hand. Mano, I>cstra. (Ita.) The right hand. Maiio IHritta. (Ita.) The right hand. M aiio J>rltta. (Ita.) Right hand. Mano Manca. (Itu.) The left hand. Mano Sinistra. (Ita.) Left hand. Manual. The key board ; used to denote the hand keys of an organ or other instru- ment in contradistinction to foot keys, or pedals; service book of the Catholic church. Manuale. (Fre.) Manual. Mannalmeute. (Ita.) Manually. Manuductor. (Lat.) Name given by the aneionts to an officer whose province it was to give the signal for the choir to sing, beat time with his hand, and regulate the music. Mannscriptum. (Lat.) Manuscript. Marc. An abbreviation of Marcato. Marcatisstmo. (Ita.) Very strongly marked. Marcato. (Ita.) A term implying a marked and emphatic style, expressed by a dot placed over a note (!!>)i showing that the note should be struck short. Marcato 11 liasso. (Ita.) The bass well marked. Marcato la Melodia ed Accell. (Ita.) In a marked style and increased time. March. A military air or movement com- posed for drums, trumpets, and other mar- tial instruments ; the beat of a drum as a signal to move. Marcha. (Spa.) Signal of the drum to march. Marcband de Muslque. (Fre.) A music seller. March, I>ead. A funeral march. Marche. (Fre.) A march ; in harmony, a symmetrical sequence of chords. Marche- Ilarmoiiiquc. (Fre.) Har- monic progression. Marche Triomphale. (Fre.) A tri- umphal march. March, Funeral. A slow, measured march, adapted to the movement of a funeral procession. Marcla. (Ita.) March. Marcla, con Moto. (Ita.) A quick march ; a spirited martial movement. Marcia Funebre. (Ita.) Funeral march ; dead march. Marcial. (Spa.) In the style of a march. 12* Marcia Lngubre. (Ita.) A slow, mournful march. Marcia Marziale. (Ita.) A martial march. Marine Baud. A company of musicians employed on vessels of war. Marine Trumpet. An instrument of a triangular shaped body formed of three tables, with a narrow neck, and one thick string raised on a bridge, which is struck with a bow held in the right hand, while the string is pressed with the thumb of the left. Mariona. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Marjunee. (Hin.) The fourth of the Srootis into which the fourth note of the Hindoo scale is divided. Mark. (Dut.) A march. Marked. Accented. Marked Keys. The colored lines by which Guido expressed the pitches of the notes. Mark, Harmonic. A sign employed in music for the violin, violoncello, and harp, to indicate that the notes over which it is placed are to be produced on such parts of the open strings as will give the harmonic sounds (110). Marks, Abbreviation. Signs of abbre- viation (01). Marks, Cadence. Short lines placed perpendicularly to indicate the point of cadence in sentences and verses arranged for chanting (126). Marks, TMvision. Fissures with a curved line above them showing the number of equal parts into which notes are divided, when, instead of 2, 4, or 8, they are divided into 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, &c. (118). Marks, Metronomic. Figures appended to music referring to corresponding ligurea on a metronome (130). Marks, Staccato. Small perpendicular strokes over notes to show that they are to be played short and distinct ; dashes"(75). Marsch. ( Ger.) A march. Marschartig. (Ger.) In the style of a march. Marseillaise Hymn. The national an- them of France, composed in 1792 by Kouget de 1'Isle, and named The. Mar- seillaise because sung in Paris for the first time by a band of men brought from Mar- seilles to aid in the revolution of August 10, 1702. Martele. (Fre.) In allusion to cadences, brilliant and distinct. Martellando. (Jta.) Strongly marking; heavily striking the notes. Martellare. (Ita.) To strike the notes so as to imitate the blow of a hammer. Martellato. (Ita.) Forcibly marked. Martial Choruses. Choruses in martial style in commemoration of warlike deeds. MAR 138 MAZ Martial Piece. An instrumental compo- sition, the style of which is warlike. Martial Song. A son" the subject and style of which are warlike. Martillo. (Spa.) A tuning hammer. Martinete. (Spa.) A jack in a harpsi- chord. Marziale. (Ita.) Martial; in a martial style. Marzo. (Ita.) A march. Mnscliarada. (Ita.) Music composed for grotesque characters ; masquerade music. Maschera. (It a.) A mask. Mask. A manque; a drama consisting of singing and dancing ; a utensil used by the ancient Roman actors and singers for the purpose of augmenting the power of the voice. Masonic Song. Song composed for and used in the ceremonials of the masonic fraternity. Masque. (Fre.) A musical drama or operetta consisting of singing and dancing performed by characters m masks. Masrakitha. (Heb.) A pneumonic in- strument used by the ancient Hebrews, composed of pipes of various dimensions, fitted into a wooden chest open at the top, and stopped at the bottom with wood cov- ered with a skin. Mass. The communion service, or the con- secration and oblation of the Host in the Roman Catholic church; a musical com- position designed to be sung in connection with this service, consisting of five prin- cipal movements, the Kyrie, Gloria, Credo, Sanctus, and Agnus Dei. Mass Bell. A small bell, used in the ser- vice of the Romish church, to direct at- tention to the more solemn parts of the mass ; the sacriug bell. Mass Book. The Missal, or Roman Cath- olic service book. Mass, Canonical. A mass in which the various parts of the musical service of the church are followed in their regular course, or in strict canonical order. Masser. The priest who celebrates the mass. Masse Solennclle. (Fre.) Solemn mass. Mass, High. The mass celebrated in Roman Catholic churches by the singing of the choristers, and with the assistance of a deacon and a sub-deacon ; distin- guished from low mass, in which prayers are rehearsed without singing. Milssig. (Ger.) Moderately. Miissig Geschwiud. (Ger.) Moderately playful. Miissig Laiig.sam. (Ger.) Moderately low. Miissig Schnell. (Ger.) Moderately fast and animated. Massima. (Ita.) A term applied in an- cient music to the longest species of note. Mass, Short. A mass in which words are scarcely repeated. Mass, Solemn. High mass. Master. One eminently skilled in music; a teacher. Master, Ballet. One who superintends the rehearsals and performances of the ballet. Master, Choir. A chorister; one who leads or conducts a choir. Master-chord. The chief chord. Master, Music. A teacher of the princi- ples of music and the manner of its per- formance. Master Note. The key note. Master of Song. In remote times, the person appointed to teach the children of the Chapel Royal to sing, and to perform on the organ. Master-Singers. A class of poets who flourished in Germany during the fifteenth and part of the sixteenth centuries. Master, Singing. One who teaches tho art of vocalization. Matachin. (Spa.) An old dance with swords and bucklers. Matassins. (Fre.) A matachin dance; the dancers. Materia Musica. (Lat.) Matters relating to music. Matiuare. (Ita.) To sing matins. Matinata. (Ita.) A song for the morn- ing ; a serenade. Matiiiatore. (Ita.) A morning serenader. Matinee. (Fre.) A musical entertain- ment given in the early part of the day ; a morning concert. Matinee Musicale. (Fre.) A morning concert. Matines. (Fre.) Matins. Matins. (Fre.) The early morning ser- vice in convents and Catholic churches ; morning worship, prayers or songs. Mattutlno delle Tenebre. (Ita.) The service of the Tenebrae. Maul trommel. ( Ger.) A jewsharp. Maxima. (Lat.) A large; the longest note formerly used in music, being equal to two longs four breves, or eight semi- breves, &c. (12). Maxime. (Fre.) A maxima. Maximum Immestatum. (Lat.) The great system among the ancients, consist- ing of four tetrachords, three conjoint, and one disjoint, and the chord named pros- lambanomenos. Maximus, Bob. A full peal upon twelve bells, comprising 479,001,600 changes. Maytinarlo. (Spa.) A book of matins. Maytiues. (Spa.) Matins. Max. An abbreviation of Mazurka. Mazurka. (ltd.) A juic-k Polish dance M. B. 139 MED in ' time, having a peculiar rhythmic con- struction, similar to that of the polacca. M. B. The initials of Miisicse Baccalaurt- MS, Bachelor of Music. Mch. An abbreviation of March. M. . The initials of Main Droit, the right hand. Mean. A term formerly applied to the tenor or medium part in compositions for several voices, male and female. Mean Clef. Tenor clef (49). Mean, Harmonical. The third in the harmonic triad. Mean Parts. The middle parts. Mean Proportion. The second of any three proportions ; the tenor parts. Measure. The division of time by which the air and movement of music are regu- lated : the space between two bar lines on the staff (5) ; the interval between the steps in dancing corresponding with the inter- val between the notes in the music; in poetry, the manner of ordering and com- bining the quantities, or the long and short syllables ; metre ; rhythm. Measure Accent. The regular alterna- tion of strong and weak parts in a measure. Measure, Binary. Twofold measure ; double measure. Measure, Common. A measure having an equal number of parts in a bar. Measured Melody. A term applicable to all music in which the length of its tones is regulated by standard rules of time. Measured Music. Music in parts of dis- similar motion. Measure, Four-Eighth. A measure containing the value of four eighth notes, marked |. Measure, Fourfold. A measure of four equal parts. Measure, Four-Hall. A measure con- taining four half notes, or their equivalent, marked *. Measure, Four-Quarter. A measure containing four quarter notes, or their equivalent, marked |, or C. Measure, Imperfect. A designation ouce applied to twofold measure. Measure, Nine-Eighth. A measure containing nine eighth notes, or their equivalent, marked j|. Measure IVote. The note which in itself occupies a measure. Measure IV umber. The leading number in any species of measure. Measure, Passy. An old, stately kind of dance ; a cinque pace. Measure, Six-Eighth. A measure con- taining six eighth notes, or their equiva- lent, marked . Measure, Sixfold. A measure consisting of two trochees, or musical feet, each formed of an accented and unaccented note ; a measure of six equal parts. Measure, Six-Quarter. A measure con- taining the value of six quarter notes, marked J. Measure, Ternary. A threefold meas- ure ; triple time. Measure, Three-Eighth. A measure containing the value ot three eighth notes, marked |. Measure, Threefold. A measure di- vided into three equal parts. Measure, Three-Half. A measure con- taining the value of three half notes, marked |. Measure, Three-Quarter. A measure containing the value of three quarter notes, marked ^. Measure, Twelve-Eighth. A measure containing twelve eighth notes, or their equivalent, marked g% Measure, Two-Eighth. A measure containing the value of two eighth notes, marked . B Measure, Twofold. A measure of two equal parts. Measure, Two-Half. A measure con- taining the value of two half notes, marked |, or C. Measure, Two-Quarter. A measure containing the value of two quarter notes, marked \. Mechanical Instruments. Instru- ments which produce tunes by means of cranks, springs, weights, or other me- chanical contrivances. Mechanically. A word applicable to a spiritless style of playing; a performance without design ; by the force of habit. Medessimo. (/<<;.) The same. Medcssimo Tempo. (Ita.) In the same time. Mediant. The third above the key note, BO named because it divides the interval between the tonic and dominant into two thirds. Mediante. (Fre.) The mediant, or third note of the scale. Meditatio. (Lat.) The middle of a chant ; the sound which terminates the first part of a verse in the psalms. Medina Harmonicns. (Lat.) The third or middle note of the fundamental common chord. Medley. An assemblage of detached parts or passages of different well-known songs, so arranged that the latter words of tua MEG 140 MEL line of one part connect with the begin- ning of that of another song ; among the ancient Greeks, that part of the melppceia which consisted of the proper intermixture of the modes and genera, Megalophonous. (Grk.) Having a loud voice. Mehr. (Ger.) More. Mehv.*t immig. (Ger.) For several voices. Meistersang. (Ger.) Masterly singing ; chief song ; song of a minstrel. Meistersanger. (Ger.) Master singer ; minstrel. Meisterstuck. ( Ger.) Masterpiece. Mel. An abbreviation of Melodeon. Melange. (Fre.) A composition founded on several favorite airs ; a medley. Meleket. (Aby.) An Abyssinian trumpet, formed of a hollow cane half an inch in di- ameter, and five feet four inches in length. >I flic. Relating to song ; lyric ; tuneful ; melodious. Melisma. Figured melody. Mellifluous. Smooth; very melodious; sweetly flowing. Mello\v. Applied to a sound that is soft and unusually sweet and melodious. Mellowness. A soft, dulcet style of com- position or performance. Melodeon. A reed instrument having a key board like that of a pianoforte. It is supplied with wind by a bellows worked with the feet of the performer. Melodeon, Double Reed. A melodeon having two sets of reeds. Melodeou, Organ. A melodeon having a register of stops similar to those of au organ. Melodla. (Ita.) Melody. Melodial Modulation. A change from one key to another, produced by the result of successive melodic intervals. Melodic. Relating to, containing, or com- posed of melody. Melodlca. An instrument invented by Stein, at Augsburg, similar to the piano- forte. Melodic language. The language of song; an expression of ideas by a melodi- ous arrangement of simple sounds. Melodic Modulation. A change from one key to another ; melodial modulation. Melodies. Forms of study relating to the general nature of melody ; that depart- ment of elementary instruction in vocal music which relates to the tones considered iu their different degrees of pitch. Melodic Step. The movement or pro- gression of a voice or part from any one tone to the next following tone. Melodic. (Fre.) Melody. Melodies, Authentic. Melodies having their principal notes between th-5 key note and iu octave. Melodies, Ethiopian. Melodies origi- nating with the negroes of the Southern States, or in imitation of them, nnd adapted to words illustrating, in a certain degree, their life and customs. Melodies, Hibernian. The songs and melodies of Ireland. Melodies, Plagal. Melodies having their principal notes lying between the iifth of the key and its octave or twelfth. Melodiense. (Fi'e.) Melodious ; well tuned. Melodiensement. (Fre.) Melodiously; harmoniously. Melodieux. (Fre.) Having melody; mu- sical ; harmonious. Melodiosa. (Ita.) Melodious ; musical. Melodtoso. (Ita. and Spa.) Melodious; musical. Melodious. A term applied to any pleas- ing succession of sounds given in time and measure; also, to a clear-toned voice. Melodious Bass. The bass chantaute; the singing bass. Melodiously. In a melodious, musical manner ; sweet sounding. Melodiousness. The quality of being me- lodious ; sweetness of sound ; musicaluess. Melpdiosamente. (Ita.) Harmoniously, or in just melody ; melodiously. Melodist. A composer or singer of melo- dies. Melodista. (Ita. and Spa.) Melodist. Mclodiste. (Fre.) Melodist. Melodiiim Organ. A melodeon having a register of stops similar to the organ. Melodize. To form such a succession of sounds as shall by due execution produce an agreeable effect. Melodrama. A species of drama in which descriptive instrumental music is intro- duced between the remarks of the actors, and sometimes accompanies the speaking, differing from the opera in the fact that the peribrmers do not sing their parts, but recite them. Melodramatic Music. Music intended to accompany a melodrama. Melodramatist. One skilled in melo- dramas, or who prepares them. Melodrame. (Fre.) A melodrama. Melodramma. (Ita.) Melodrama. Melody. A series of simple sounds, so arranged as to produce a varied nnd agree able effect on the ear ; the particular air or tune of a musical composition. Melody, Chromatic. A melody consist- ing of a series of tones moving by chro- matic intervals. Melody, Dance. Any melody suitable for a dance. Melody, Diatonic. A melody in which no tones are used foreign to the key. Melody, Leading. The principal part at a composition containing several parts. MEL HI MES Melody, Measured. A term applied to all music in which the length of the tones is regulated by standard rules of time. Melody, Shout. A shout song. Melody, Sphere. The harmony sup- posed by the aacicnts to result from the orderly motion of the heavenly bodies. Mclographlc Piano. A piano invented in 18JT, connected with which was a clock movement by which the improvisation of a composer was recorded. Melologne. A combination of recitative and music. IHelomaiie. (Fre.) Music-mad. Meloplnste. An instrument for teaching vocal music, from a staff, without either clefs or notes. Meloprela. The art of composing melody ; the rules of composition; melody. Melopomenos. (Grk.) Vocal melody. Melos. (Grk.) A term applied by the ancients to the sweetness of any melody, or to that quality or character by which a melody was rendered agreeable. Melpomene. (Lat.) The songstress ; one of the nine Muses. Members, Mensural. Notes of less value than the mensural parts indicated by the mensural signature. Meme. (Fre.) The same. Meme Mouvement. (Fre.) In the same time. Men. An abbreviation of Hfeno. Men. Allegro. (Ita.) Less quick. Menestral. {Spa.) Minstrel. Menestraudie. (Fre.) The general name of a company of minstrels, established by the successors of Philip Augustus of France. Mcnestrel. (Par.) Minstrel. Menetrler. ( Fre.) A minstrel. Meno. (It ft.) Less. Meno Allegro. (Ita.) Less quick. Meno Forte. {Ita.) Less strong. Meno Mosso. (Ita.) Slower. Men. Piano. (Ita.) Less soft. Men. Presto. (Ita.) Less rapid. Men, Singing. A name formerly given to the gentlemen of English cathedral choirs. Mensur. (Ger.) Measure. Mensural Members. Notes of less value than the mensural parts indicated at the beginning of a piece. Mensural Signature. Fractions at the beginning of a composition, correspond- ing to the rhythmical names of notes, for the purpose of indicating the time or measure (Ci~). Menuet. (Fre.) Minuet. Men. Vivo. (Ita.) Less spirit. Mercnrian JJJTC. On of tlie earliest of musical instruments, formed of the shell of a tortoise, and having seven strings. Mereket. (Aby.) A trumpet us<.d in Abyssinia. Mcsaulici. (Grk.) Pieces performed between the divisions of the Greek drama. Mesanlion. (Grk.) Symphonies or ri- tornelli. Mescal. (Tur.) A Turkish instrument, composed of twenty-three cane pipes of unequal length, each of which gives three different sounds, from the manner of blowing it. Mescolanza. (Grk.) A combination of secular and ecclesiastical music. Mescolomento. (Grk.) Rules for ar- ranging sounds of a melody to keep tha voice or instrument within a certain com- pass. Mese. {Grk.) A name given by the Greeks to the central string of the lyre, but more commonly denoting the sound which was the centre of their system of tetrachords. Mesochori. (Grk.) Musicians among the ancients who presided at publia perform- ances, and directed the time by beating with their feet, on which they wore wooden clogs, called crupczia. Mesoides. (Grk.) A kind of mclopocia in the ancient system of music, the sounds of which were chiefly confined to the middle chords. Mesolabe. (Grk.) An instrument for dividing an interval into equal parts. Meson. (Grk.) The middle, a term applied by the ancient Greeks to the sec- ond of their tetrachords. Mesoiiycticon. (Grk.) Midnight sing- ing of the early Christians. Mesopycnl. (Grk.) The second sound in cacli tctrachord of the ancient Greek system of music. Messa. (Ita., Stce., Ice.) A mass. Messa Concertata. (Ita.) A concerted mass. Messa da Itequie. (Ita.) A requiem mass. Messa dl Voce. (Ita.) A swelling and diminishing of the voice on a long-holding note. Messale. (Ita.) The Missal ; mass book. 3Iessbucn. (Ger.) Mass book. Messe. (Fre., Dut., Ger., Dan.) A mass. Messe Brevi. (Fre.) A short mass. Messe Coiicertate. (Fre.) A mass in which recitatives arc intermixed with choruses. Messe di Cappella. (Ita.) Masses sung by the grand chorus. Messe Haute. (Fre.) Grand mass ; high mass. Messe per gli Desontl. (Ita.) A mass for the dead. Mesto. (Ita.) Mournfully; saJly; pa- thctically. MES 142 MET Mestoso. (Ita.) Sadly ; pensively. Mesnre. (Fre.) The bar or measure. Mesnre a Deux Temps. (Fre.) Com- mon time. Mesnre, Demi. (Fre.) Half measure. Mesure, Trois Temp*. (Fre.) Triple time. Mesymnicnm. (Grk.) In ancient poe- try, a repetition at the end of a stanza ; a refrain. Met. An abbreviation of Metronome. Metal. (Spa.) Strength ; compass of the voice. Metalllco. (/to.) Of a metallic quality. Meter. Metre. Method. A course of instruction ; a sys- temized course of execution; classifica- tion ; system. Methode. (Fre.) Method. Metodo. (Ila.) Method. Metotns. The third of the four parts into which vQcal music was formerly divided. Metre. Measure ; the arrangement of trie syllables of verse and the notes of music. Metre, Common. A stanza of four lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 0, 8, 6. Metre, Common Hallelujah. A stan- za of six lines in iambic measure, the syl- lables of each being 1 in number and order as follows : 8, C, 8, 6, 8, 8. Metre, Common Particular. A stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the sylla- bles of each being in number and order M follows : 8, 8, 6, 8, 8, 6. Metre, Eights. A metre designated thus, 8s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapcstic measure, each line containing eight syllables. Metre, Eights and Four. A metre designated thus, 8s & 4, consisting of a stanza of five lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows: 8,8,8,8,4; or of eight lines in trochaic measure, as follows : 8, 4, 8, 4, 8, 8, 8, 4. Metre, Eights and Nines. A metre designated thus, 8s & 9s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in anapestic measure, the syllables of each being in number ami order as follows : 8, 0, 8, 1), 8, 9, 8, 9. Metre, Eights and Sevens. A metre designated thus, 8s & 7s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7. Metre, Eights and Sixes. A metre designated thus, 8s & 6s, consisting of a stanza of five lines in iambic measure, the s/llables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 6, 8, 8, ; or 8, 8, 6,8,8. Metre, Eights, Sevens, and Four. A metre designated thus, 8s, 7s, & 4, con- sisting of a stanza of six lines In trothala measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 7, 8, 7,4,7. Metre, Eights, Sixes, and Eight*. A metre designated thus, 8s, Os, & 8s, con- sisting of a stanza of eight linos in iarubio measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 6, 8, 0, 8, 8, 8, C. Metre, Eight, Threes, and Six. A metre designated thus, 8. 3s, & 0, consist- ing of a stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 8, 3, 3, 6. Metre, Elevens. A metre designated thus, 11s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapcstic measure, each lino con- taining eleven syllables. Metre, Elevens and Eights. A metre designated thus, Us & 8s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in iambic or anapestic measure, the syllables of each being, in number and order as follows : 11, 8, 11, 8. Metre, Elevens and Tens. A metre designated thus, lls & 10s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in dactylic measure, the syllables of each being in number nnd order as follows : 11, 10, 11, 10. Metre, Fives and Eights. A metre designated thus, 5s & 8s, consisting of a stanza of six Hues in anapestic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 5, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8. Metre, Fives and Sixes. A metre des- ignated thus, 5s & 6s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in anapestic measure, the syllables of each being in number ana order as follows : 5, 5, 5, 5, C, 5, (5, 5. Metre, Fives, Elevens, and Sixes. A metre designated thus, 5s, lls, & Cs, con- sisting of a stanza of eight lines in ana- pestic measure, the syllable* of each being in number and order as follows : 5, 5,5, 11, 0, C, 0,0. Metre, Fours and Sixes. A metre des- ignated thus, 4s & <>s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in inmbic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 4, 0, 4, G. Metre, Hallelujah. A stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 6, 6, 6, 6, 8, 8. Metre, Long. A stanza of four lines in iambic measure, each line containing eight syllables. Metre, Long Particular. A stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as fol- lows : 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8. Metre, Sevens. A stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, each line containing seven syllables. Metre, Sevens and Eights. A metre designated thus, 7s & 8s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in trochiio measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows 7, 8, 7, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8. MET 143 MET Metre, Sevens and Five. A metre des- ignated thus, 7s & o, consisting 1 of a stanza of four lines in trochaic measure, the syl- lables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 7, 7, 5. Metre, Sevens and Fives. A metre designated thus, 7s & 5s, consisting- of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 5, 7, 5, 7, 5, 7, 5 ; or 7, 7, 7, 5, 7, 7, 7, 5 ; or a stanza of four lines, as follows : 7, 5, 7, 5. Metre, Sevens and Sixes. A metre designated thus, 7s & Cs consisting of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic and iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number -and order as follows : 7, 6, 7, 6, 7, 7, 7, o; or in iambic only as follows : 7, 0, 7, 6, 7, 6, 7, 6. Metre, Sevens, Eight, and Seven. A metre designated thus, 7s, 8, & 7, consist- ing of a stanza of eight lines, the sylla- bles of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 7, 8, 7, 7, 7, 8, 7. Metre, Sevens, Sixes, and Eight. A metre designated thus, ~s, Os, & 8, consist- ing of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic and iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows: 7, 6, 7, 6, 8, 7, 7, 6 ; or of four lines, as fol lows : 7, 6, 8, 0. Metre, Short. A stanza of four lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being iu number and order as follows : 6, 5, 8, 6. Metre, Short Particular. A stanza of six linea in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as fol- lows: 0, 6, 8, 6, 6,8. Metre, Sixes. A metre designated thus, 6s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines of six syllables each, in iambic measure. Metre, Sixes and Fives. A metre des- ignated thus, 6s & 5s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines, in iambic or trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : C, 5, 0, 5, C, 5, 6, 5. Metre, Sixes and Font*. A metre des- ignated thus,Cs y means of a metronome or other instru- ment. Metrum. (Lot.) The measure or time} metre. Mette. (Ger.) Matins. Mettere in JMCnsica. (Ita.) To set te music. MET 144 MIX Mettre d'Accord. (Fre.) To tune. Mettre en Musiquc. (Fre.) To set to music. Mettre en Repetition. (Fre.') To put into rehearsal. Mez. An abbreviation of Mezzo. Mez. F. An abbreviation of Mezzo Forte. Mez. Pla. An abbreviation of Mezzo Piano. Mezza. (Ita.) Medium ; in the middle ; hair. Mezza Uravnra. (Ita.) A song of mod- erately difficult execution. Mezza Forza. (Ita.) Middling force ; moderately loud. Sterna JIarUca. (Itn.) A word used in violin music to indicate a half shift. Mezzana. (Ita.) The middle string of a lute. Mezza Voce. (Ita.} With a moderate strength of tone and in a delicate manner ; with a medium fulness of sound. Mezzo. (Ita.) Half ; middle ; mean ; in music, for a grand piano denoting that the pe.-lal is to be used, avoiding one of the sets of strings. Mezzo Carattere. (Itn.) An expres- sion applied to songs of a middle char- acter, such as nre neither insipidly plain nor highly ornamental. Mezzo Forte. (Ita.) Rather loud. Mezzo Piano. (Ita.) Rather soft. Mezzo Soprano. (Itn.) A species of female voice holding a middle position be- twcvn soprano and alto ; a person having such n voice. Mezzo Soprano Clef. The C clef when placed on the second line of the staff, oc- curring in old church music, or madrigals, where it was used in the notation of the part intended for a second or lower ble voice, called in Italian a mezzo soprano. The treble or soprano clef now supplies its place (K). Mezzo Tenore. (Ita.) Half tenor. Mezzo Tuono. (Ita.) A semitone. Mezzo Voce. (Ita.) In a subdued tone. M. F. The initials of Mezzo Forte, or Mezza Forza. M. G. The initials of Main Gauche. Ml. (fta.) A syllable used in solfaing to designate E, or'the third note of the major scale. Mi Contra Fa. (Ita.) Terms applied by ancient theorists to all false relations be- tween the notes of one chord as compared with the notes of that which immediately preceded or followed it. Microcouslic. An instrument to increase the intensity of feeble sounds, and assist in hearing. Microfouo. (Spa.) An instrument used for the purpose of augmenting sound. Microphone. An instrument for the augmentation of small sound; a micro coustic. Microphonlcs. The art or science of in- creasing the Intensity of sounds. Midday Song. A song among the Saxon ecclesiastics intended to be sung at noon. Middle Parts. Any parts that lie between the two outside ones. Middle Voices. A term applied to these singers who execute the tenor and alto. Midnight. Sous. A song among the Saxori ecclesiastics designed to be sung at midnight. Mignon. (Fre.) Favorite. Militaire, A la. (Fre.) In a martial style. II ilitarmoiite. (Ita.) In a military style. Military Music. Music intended for tho army or navy ; marches, quicksteps, &c. Milote. (Spa.) An Indian dance. Mi Majeur. (Fre.) E major. Mimes. Singing mimics, whose songs and gestures were om-e in great repute. Mi Mineur. (Fre.) E minor. Min. An abbreviation of Minore nnd Minor. Minaccloso. (Ita.) In a menacing man- ner. Minagnghiuim. (Jleb.) A pulsatile in- strument useil by the Hebrews, consisting of a square table of wood furnished with a handle. Over tho table was stretched an iron chain, or hempen cord, passing through balls of wood or brass, which, striking airuinst the tablf, produced a clear sound heard at a great distance. Minder. (Ger.) Minor. Minenr. (Fre.) Minor, in relation to keys and intervals. Minim. A half note the duration of which is equal to one half of the semibreve; two quarter notes or crotchets (In) ; a little sonsr or poem. Minima. (La. and Spa.) Minim (10). Dliiiime. (Fre.) Amiuim(lO). Minim Rest. Half-note rest (is). Minlstrellus. (Lat.) Harpist. Ministril. (Spa.) A minstrel. Ministriles. (Spa.) Wind instruments. Minnelieder. (Ger.) Songs of the min- nesanger. Minnesanger. (Ger.) The troubadours of Germany. Minnesinger. (Get.) A love singer: one of the ancient German lyric poets nnrt musicians. Minnlm. (Heb.) The strings of an in- strument. Minor. An interval half a tone less than the major of the same denomination ; less by a semitone. Minor Canons. Certain clergymen of the church of England, who occasionally assist in the performance of the service and an- them. MIN 145 MIS Minor T>iatoiiic Scale. That in which the semitones fall between the second and third and seventh and eighth in ascending, and between the fifth and sixth and second and third in descending. Miiiore. (Ita.) Minor. Minor Key. A key having its third at the distance of three semitones from the trnic. Minor Mode. That of the only two modes recognized in modern music in which the third degree of the scale from the tonic forms the interval of a minor third. Minor Second. An interval of conjoint degree consisting of five commas. Minor Semibreve. A note among the ancients having the value of one third of a breve. Minor Semitone. A semitone standing on the same grade with the fundamental note. Minor Seventh. A dissonant interval composed of four tones (three majors and one minor) and two major semitones. Minor Sixth. A consonant sixth com- posed of three tones and two semitones major. Minor Tactns. "With the ancients, the act of beating a time consisting of a semi- tone in a bar. Minor Third. A consonant third consist- ing of a tone and a half. Minor Threefold Chord. A three- fold chord having the interval of a small third between its fundamental tone and its third. Minor Time. With the ancients, the time of the reversed C, thus : Q. Minor Tone. An interval between two sounds, the ratio of which is as nine to ten, resulting from the difference of the minor third to the fourth. Minor, Tonic. A minor scale having the same key note as its relative major. Minor Triad. A union of any sound with its minor third and perfect iifth. Minstrels. Poet-musicians of the tenth and eleventh centuries, whose profession it was to go from place to place singing panegyrical songs and verses on their oc- casional benefactors, accompanying them- selves on the harp, viol, or other instru- ment; a bard; a singer and harper; a mu- sician. Minstrels, Ethiopian. Companies of vocalists, who, with blackened faces am! hands, and grotesquely attired, give public entertainments, consisting of negro songs, jokes, conundrums, dances, &e., accom- panied with violins, banjos, castanets, &c. Minstrel, Squire. A title formerly given to a professional minstrel, a character combining the offices of poet, singer, and musician. Minstrelsy. The performance of a min- strel; instruments used by minstrels ; in- 13 strumental harmony; a company of mu- sicians or minstrels; a general name for the national song's of a people. Miiiue. (Spa.) A minuet. Minuet. A slow, graceful dance; a tune or air in | time to regulate the movements of the fiance; a movement of a quicker time formerly used as the conclusion of overtures, sonatas, &c. Minuetteu. (Ger.) Minuets. Minuetto. (Ita.) A minuet. Mimietto Alternative. (Ita.) Alter- nately perform the minuet and trio. Mlnnge. (Ita.) Strings of instruments; catgut. Minnm. A little song- or poem; a note of slow time, containing- two crotchets; a minim. Minute Bell. A bell sounded regularly at intervals of one minute. Miriiisr. (Jav.) Music of the Javanese, designed to accompany theatrical repre- sentations. M irliton. (Fre.) A reed pipe. Misa. (Spa.) Mass. Mlsa del Gallo. (Sj)a.) Midnight mass. Misch-Masch. (Ten.) A pot-pourri; a medley. Miserere. (Lett.) Have mercy; a psalm of supplication ; a musical composition adapted to the 51st Psalm. Misericord. A miserere; a composition used in Catholic churches; a seat in a choir stall. Miser icorilia. (Lat.) A small movable seat in the choir of a church; a miserere. Mishrokitha. (Cha.) A flute; a pipe. Miskiu. A small bagpipe. Missa. (Lat.) A mass. Missa Brevis. (Lat.) A short mass. Missa Canoiiica. (Lat.) Canonical mass. Missal. Of or pertaining to the Itoman Catliolic mass book. Missa Solemn. (Lat.) Solemn mass. Missel. (Fre.) The Missal ; mass book. Missklingen. (Ger.) To sound amiss. Misslaut. (Ger.) Unharmonious, dis- cordant sound. Misslauten. (Ger.) To sound inharmo- niously. Missound. To sound a note incorrectly. Miss-Stimmen. (Ger.) To put out of tune. Miss-Stimmig. (Ger.) Discordant; dig sonant. Miss-Slimming. discord. (Ger.) Dissonance; Misterioso. (Ita.) In a mysterious man- ner. Mistero, Con. (Ita.) With an air of mystery. Mistio. (Grk.) An ancient Greek term for MIS 146 MOD BO arranging the sounds of a melody that the voice or instrument might be kept within a certain compass. Mlsto. (Grk.) Mixed; a term given by the ancients to some of their modes. Mistime. To tune incorrectly; to put out of tune. Mistimed. Put out of tune. Mlsnrato. (Ita.) In measured or strict time. Mlt. (Ger.) With. Mtt .\b\veehselen den Manualen. (Ger.) Alternately from the choir to the great organ. Mlt Begleitnng. (Ger.) With an ac- companiment. Mit Einhalllger Stlmme. (Ger.) With one voice. Mlt Gedampfter Stlmme. (Ger.) With a voice moderately loud. Mlt Gefnhe. (Ger.) With feeling and sentiment. Mlt Heclthelt Vorge Tragen. (Ger.) With a bold and vigorous st formanee. style of pcr- Mlt KHngendem Splele. (Ger.) With drums beating. Mltlauten. ( Ger.) To sound at the same time, or in common with. MitleldsvoH. (Ger.) Compassionate. Mit Sanften Stimmeii. (Ger.) With soft stops, used in organ music. Mlt Sang und Klang. (Ger.) In the midst of vocal and instrumental music. Mlt Starken Stimmeu. (G,>r.) With loud stops, used in organ music. Mlttel-lant. (Ger.) Middle sound. Mittelmassig. (Ger.) Middling. Mittelstimmeu. (Ger.) The middle parts. Mlt Voile Orgel. (Ger.) With full or- gan- Mixed Cadence. The triad on the sub- dominant followed by that on the dom- inant. Mixed Canon. A canon of many parts, in which the parts begin at different in- tervals. Mlxo-r^ydian. The name of one of the ancient modes; the Hyper-Dorian. Mixo-Ijydian Sharp. The Hyper-Ioni- an of the ancient Greek system. Mixture Stop. An organ stop compris- ing two or more ranks of pipes, sounding shriller than the sesquialtera, and only de- signed to be used with that and other stops ; the furniture stop. M. M. The initials of Mxlzcl's Metronome. Mobile. ( Grk.) Name given by the Greeks to the two middle chords of each tetra- ehord. Mobiles Snont. (Ita.) Movable sounds; the second and third sounds of every tet- raobord of the ancient system. Mociganga. (Spa.) A musical interim* Mode. In ancient m8ic, the order of the sounds forming what is termed in modern language the scales; key; in m{ 1ern music, the major and minor of the Oi. tonic scale or series of tones. Mode, Doric. The first of the authentic modes in the system of the ancient Greeks, employed on martial and religious occa- sions. Mode, Major. One of the two modern modes ; that in which the third from the key note is major. Mode, Minor. That in which the third degree of the scale from the tonic forms the interval of a minor third. Mode, Orthian. One of the ancient Greek musical modes; in the orthian style; quick and pleasing. Moderatamente. (Ita.) Moderately. Moderatissimo. In very moderate time. Moderate. (Ita.) A time of a moderate degree of quickness. Moderate Assai, con Molto Senti- ment o. (Ita.) A very moderate degree of movement, with mucli feeling. Moderazione, Con. (Ita.) With a de- gree of quickness. Modere. (Fre.) Moderate. Mode, Relative. A relative key. Moderna, Alia. (Ita.) In the modern style. Modern Music. Music composed within the last century. Modes, Ancient. The modes or scales of the ancient Greeks and Romans. Modes, Authentic. Church modes the melody of which was confined within the tonic and its octave. Modes, Church. The ancient modes called by the following names : Dorian, Phrygian, Lydian, Mixo-Lydian, JEolian, Ionian or lastian. Modes, Ecclesiastical. The ancient church modes. Modes, Irregular. Modes running many degrees Doth above and below their octaves. Modes, Plagal. Those modes in the Greek system whose tones reached from the dominant, or fifth, upwards to the octave and twelfth. Modestamente. ( Ita.) Modestly ; quietly. Modification. The temperament of tho sounds of those instruments whose tones are fixed, which gives a greater degree of perfection to one key than another, nnd produces between them a character.'stla difference, as in organs, pianofortes, and similar instruments, Modinha. (for.) A short Portuguese song. Mod ' An abbreviation of Moderate. Modo. (Spa. and Ita.) A mode. MOD 147 MOL Hlodo Maggiore. (/to.) The major mode. Modo Maggiore Inipcrfetto. (Ita.) In ancient music, two lines across two spaces, showing that the large contained eigut semibreves. Modo Majore Perfetto. (/to.) In an- cient music, three liues across three spaces, and three others across two only, showing the large to contain three longs. Modo Minore. (/to.) The minor mode. Modo Minore Imperfetto. (/to.) In cuf.ieut. music, a line drawn across two spaces, fixing the value of the long to two breves. Modo Minore Pcrfctto. (/to.) In an- cient music, one line across three spaces, showing that the long contained three breves. Mod'to. An abbreviation of Aloderalo. Modular. (Spa.) To modulate; to sing with harmony aud variety of sound. Modulacion. (Spa.) Modulation. Modulare. (/to.) To modulate; tune. Modulate. To rise or fall from one key to another; to execute vocal or instru- mental music with due regard to a specific key. Modulation. A transition from one key to another, brought about by the aid of one or more notes or harmonies which are common to the key left and to that which is arrived at; the art of inflecting the voice or any instrument musically and in an agreeable manner ; the musical rise and fall of the voice or other sound. Modulation, Abrupt. Sudden modula- tion into key s which are not closely related to the original key. Modulation Deceptive. Any modula- tion by which the ear is deceived aud led to an unexpected harmony. Modulation, Enharmonic. A modu- lation produced by altering the notation of one or more intervals belonging to some characteristic chord, and thus changing the key aud the harmony into which the chord would naturally have resolved. Modulation. Extraneous. A modula- tion into some other than the original key and its relatives. Modulation, Gradual. Modulation in which, before the modulating chord, some chord is taken which may be considered as belonging either to the key we are in or that which immediately follows it. Modulation, Harmonic. A change in the harmony from one key to another. Modulation, Melodial. A change from one key to another, produced by the result of successive melodic intervals. ^Modulation, Melodic. A mclodial mod- ulation. Modulation, Natural. The act of tran- sition from, one key to another, of which the signature differs not more than one sharp or one flat. Modulation, IVote of. A note intro- ducing a new key; usually applied to the leading note or sharp seventh of the key introduced. Modulation, Passing. A form of und- ulation which leaves a Key nearly as soon as entered upon. Modulation, Protracted. A modula- tion, which, before passing to its natural harmony, moves to an intermediate one. Modulation, Sudden. A form of mod- ulation in which the modulating chord is preceded by one which is not doubtful. Modulation, Transient. A passing modulation. Modulator. He who, or that which, modulates or attunes ; a tuner. Modulatore. (/to.) Singer; tuner. Modulazione. (/to.) Modulation. Modulor. (Lot.) To modulate ; to com- pose. Modus. (Lai.) Mode. Modus 2Eolins. (Lai.) The ^olic key. Modus Dorius. (Lat.) Name given by the ancient Greeks to one of their modes or keys the Doric. Modus lonins. (Lat.) One of the old Greek keys the Ionic. Modus Mixo-.ydius. (Lat.) TheMixo- Lydian key. Modus Mixo-Phrygius. (Lat.) The Mixo-Phrygian key. Modus Phrygius. (Lat.) The Phrygian mode. Moerologists. (Grk.) Professional mourn- ers, whose office it was to accompany funeral processions, singing dirges. Mphentauz. (Ger.) Moorish dance; mor- ricc. Moius. (Fre.) Less. Moius lent que JLargo. (Fre.) Less slow than largo. Moll. (Ger.) Minor in relation to modes and keys. Molle. (Fre.) Soft or sweet; a term signifying that the tone is a small second or half degree lower than its usual pitch. Mollemente. (/to.) Softly , effeminately. Mo 11 is. (Lat.) Soft. Moloso. (Spa.) A foot of Latin verse, consisting of three long syllables; Molos- eic rhythm. Molosslc Rhythm. Three long, strongly accented syllables in succession. Molossus. (Grk.) In Greek and Latin verse, a foot of three long syllables. Molto. (/to.) Very ; extremely. Molto Adagio, (/to.) Extremely slow. Molto Allegro, (fto.) Very quick. Molto Carattere, Con. (/to.) With character and cinuhasis. MOL 148 MOR Molto M osso. (Itti.} With quick emotion. Mol to Passione, Con. (Ita.) In a highly lecling and effective style; with pas- sionate expression. Molto Sentimento, Con. (Ita.) With much feeling and sentiment. Molto Sosteuuto. (Ita.) In a manner very much sustained. Molto Staccato con Grazia. (Ita.) In staccato style, and with grace. Molto Vibrato. (Ita.) Very violent or rapid. Molto Vivace. (Ita.) Very lively. Molto Voce. (Ita.) With full voice. Monacordia. (Spa.) Monochord. Monaulos. (Grk.) A species of single flute, of higher antiquity than the lyre. Its shape was crooked, something like that of a bull's horn. Mondiuhas. (Por.) Portuguese national songs, usually improvised. Monferina. (Ita.) A very lively dance ; a tune in f time, to accompany the move- ments of the dance. Monochord. (Grk.) An instrument with one string, for ascertaining and elucidat- ing the mathematical relations of musical sounds. Monochord Pedal. The one-stringed pedal. Monocorde. (Fre.) On one string. Monocordo. (Ita.) On one string. Monodia. (Ita.) A monody. Monodic. (Ita.) Resembling or possess- ing the nature of a monody. Monodica. (Ita.) A melody for one voice ; monody. Monodie. (Fre.) A monody. Monodram. (Gcr.) A monodrame. Mouodrama. (Ita.) A musical drama in which only one actor appears ; a mono- drame. Monodrame. A drama performed by a single individual. Monody. A song or melody, expressive of grief, intended to be performed by a single voice; in ancient music, any compo- sition designed for a single voice; a solo. Monologue. A poem, song, or scene, written and composed for a single per- former. Monomometer. (Grk.) A rhythmical scries consisting of but one meter. Monpphonic. ( Grk.) Single-voiced ; having but one part. Monop lithongal. Consisting of, or hav- ing, but one sound. Monopody. (Grk.) A measure consisting of but a single foot. Monorhyme. (Grk.) A composition in verse, in which all the lines end in the same rhyme. Monostich. (Grk.) A composition con- sisting of one verse only. I Monostrophic. (Grl;.) HaTingone Rtro- phe only; not varied in measure. Monosyllabic Verse. A vorse consist- ing of words of one syllabic. Monotone. The utterance of successive syllables on one unvaried key, or line of pitch. Monotonia. (Spa.) Monotone; monotony. Mouotonie. (Gcr.) Monotony. Monotono. (Spa.) Monotonous. Monotonous. A term applied to any in- strument or voice lacking variety in ca- dence or inflection; a dull uniformity of sound. Monotony. A wearisome sameness of sound ; a continued repetition of the same tone or tones. Mouta. (Spa.) A trumpet signal for cav- alry to mount. Montant. (Fre.) Ascending. Montaut de Cloche. (Fre.) A belfry. Moutre d'Orgue. (Fre.) The range of pipes in the front of an organ. Mood. Style or manner of composing or executing. Moorish Drum. Atamborine. Moral izations. Old Scotch puritanical songs. Moravian Music. The music of the Mo- ravian church, in which the congregation unite, the tune being an old German cho- ral, to which the organist plays a varied accompaniment, introducing an interlude of a few chords between each line. Morbiclezza, Con. (Ita.) With excessive delicacy. Morceau. (Fre.) A very choice and select musical composition or performance; a fine phrase or passage. Morceau d'Ensemble. (Fre.) A piece harmonized for several voices. Mordaiite. A mordente. Mordente. (Ita.) A grace formed by al- ternating the principal note several times with the note above or below; a short shake (07, i)8). Mordente, German. An ornament con- sisting of the alternation of a tone with the next below it in such a way that the chief tone of the melody is in every instance the prominent one in the division of the measure. Mordente, Italian. An ornament con sisting of the alternation of a tone with the next tone above it. Mordente, I. out;. The short mordente repeated ; aniordeuteof four notes ('JO, us>. Mordente, Short. A mordente compris- ing the note having the sign (05) over it, and that below to be played before the principal note (97). Morendo. (Iff.) Gradually diminishing the sound of the voice or instrument till it dies away , and at the same time slackening the time. MOR 149 MOV Moresque. ( Fre.) Jlorrice ; a Moorish dance. Morisco. A Moorish dance, or a dauccr of it ; the morris dance. Morisco, Alia. (Ita.) la the Moorish style. Morisk. (Moo.) The morris dance. Mormoramento. (Ita.) A murmur; buzzing ; purling ; warbling. Mormorando. (Ita.) With a gentle, murmuring sound. Mormorare. (Ita.) To murmur or war- ble. Morrlce Dance. An Old military Moor- ish dance, accompanied with the sound of bells and clashing of swords ; the morris dance. Morris. The morris dance. Morris Dance. A dance formerly com- mon in England, usually connected with pageants and processions, especially those of the May games, and performed with castanets, tambours, &c., by young 1 men in loose frocks, with bells at their feet, and ribbons of various colors tied around their arms and flung across their shoulders. Morrlske I>aiice. The morris dance. Mort. A tune sounded by huntsmen at the death of the game. Mosso. (Ita.) Moved. Mosso, Molto. (Ita.) In a quick, emo- tional style. Mostra. (Ita.) A direct (114). Mot. A note or brief strain on a hunting horn or bugle ; an abbreviation of Motet. Motet. A very ancient form of vocal mu- sic, consisting of elaborate compositions formed of several parts, the subjects of which were generally sacred ; at the present time, .any composition adapted to sacred words, in church style, that is not classed with masses or anthems. Motette. (Ger.) A motet. Motetten. (Ger.) Motets. Motettl. (Ita.) Motets. Motetto. (Ita.) A motet. Motetto per Voci Sole. (Ita.) A motet for voices without accompaniment; a mo- tet each part of which is for a single voice. Mot-t.us. (Lot.) A motet. Motif. (Fre.) Motive ; the subject, theme, or prominent passage. Motion. The movement of voices or har- monic parts, of which there are three kiii'.ls, direct, contrary, and oblique. The first refers to two parts having a similar movement, the second to parts moving in opposite directions, the third to where one part ascends or descends while the other remains stationary. Motion, Contrary. The movement of one part in an opposite direction to another. Motion, Direct. Parallel or similar mo- 13* tion ; the movement of two or more parts in harmony in the same direction. Motion, Oblique. The relative motion between two parts when one ascends or descends while the other remains station- ary. Motion, Regular. A similar motion. Motion, Similar. A motion in which two or more parts always ascend or de- scend at the same time. Motive. Notes forming the basis of a composition, and brought into prominence at various times through the whole ; the characteristic and predominant passage of an air ; the theme or subject of a compo- sition. Motivi. (Ita.) The themes of a compo- sition. Motive. (Ita., Spa., and Por.) The sub- ject or prominent passage of a musical composition. Moto. (Ita.) Movement; manner of move- ment ; an increased rapidity of movement. Moto Accelerate. (Ita.) Accelerated motion. Moto Contrario. (Ita.) In contrary movement ; a term used in counterpoint to imply that one part moves in an oppo- site direction to another. Moto Oblique. (Ita.) Oblique motion. Moto Itetto. (Ita.) Direct motion. Motteggiando. (Ita.) Jeeringly ; jo- cosely. Motus. (Lot.) Motion; movement. Motus Contrarius. (Lot.) Contrary movement. Motus Obliquus. (Lat.) Oblique move- ment. Motus Rectns. (Lat.) Similar or direct movement. Mougik. (liiis.) Music. Mouthed, Full. Possessing a full or strong voice. Mouthing. The utterance of words iu singing with an affected fulness of sound. Mouth Organ. The shepherd's pipe ; the Pandean pipes. Mouth-piece. An appendage of a trumpet or similar instrument to which the mouth is applied while performing. Mouvement. (Fre.) Time ; movement. Mouvement de IJ'Archet. (Frf.) Bow- ing ; movement of the bow. Movable liever. A lever connecting the draw stops with the sliders in an organ. Movement. A single strain of music, or any part of a composition comprehended under the same measure or time. Movement, Organ. A system of levers with tbeir appendages, called trackers, rolli-rs, roller-board, &c., in an organ, which serves to transmit the action of the keys to the wind-chest, pallets, and sound* board. Movlmeiito. (Ita.) Thuo ; movement. MOV 150 MUS Movimeiito Contraiio. (Ila.) A con- trary movement. M. P. The initials of Mezzo Piano. M. S. The initials of Memo Sinistra. Mu. A syllable applied to the fourth note of the Hindoo scale in solfaiug. Mnance. (Fre.) A division in music; change of a note. Mmldhum. (Hin.) The name of the fourth note in the Hindoo musical scale. Mnet. (Fre.) Mute. Muff. (Ger.) Sound like barking. Muffled I>rnms. Drums having national flags wound around them for the purpose of deadening their sound on funeral oc- casions. Muffled Tones. Tones produced on a guitar by laying the fingers, or the palm of the hand, against the strings just played, after allowing them to vibrate their writ- ten value : deadened tones. Multisoiions. (Lot.) Having many sounds ; loud sounding. Mumble. To utter with a low, inarticu- late voice. Mundane Music. One of the divisions in which the ancients classed music, beinoc. An abbreviation of Doctor in Music. Muse. Name originally given to the muz- zle or tube of the bagpipe ; in Greek my- thology, one of the nine fabled goddesses presiding over art, literature, or music. Muses. In mythology, the nine sister god- desses supposed to preside over the liberal arts. Musetta. (Ita.) A musette. Musette. A small bagpipe formerly in use, having a soft and sweet tone; an air adapted to the musette, generally written In common time, and of a rustic character, a dance of similar style. Music. A succession of sounds combined and regulated by the laws of melody and rhythm ; a science which teaches the properties, dependencies, and relations of melodious sounds. Muslca. (Lat.) Music. Musica Antiqua. (Lat.) Ancient mu- sic ; a term applied to the music of the Greeks and Romans to the eleventh cen- tury. Mnsica Arithmetica. (Lat.) That part of musical science which considers sounds by the help of numbers. Mnsica, Ars. (Lat.) The art of music. Mnsica Artificial^. (Lat.) Music that is not performed by the natural organs of the voice, but by instruments. Mnsica Attiva. (Ita.) That part of mu- sical science which regards only the exe- cution, without considering the reasons or cause of the good effect of such execution. Mnsica Cnoraica. (Lat.) Dancing mu- sic. Musica Choralis. (Lat.) The music of A chorus or chant. Musica Chromatica. (Lat.) A style of music in which there are many chro- matic signs. Mnsica Colorata. (Lat.) Figurative music, wherein the notes are of different value, and the motions of various times ; the name given to the first deviations from the old ecclesiastical modes. Mnsica Combinatoria. (Lat.) That which teaches the manner of combining the sounds, or rightly joining them in as many different manners as possible. Mnsica Contemplative. (Lat.) The study of the nature, properties, and effects of musical sounds. Mnsica Coreada. (Spa.) Chorus music; music for two or more parts. Mnsica da Gatta. (Ita.) Discordant music. Mnsica Diatoiiica. (Lat.) A species of music, the scale whereof proceeds by tones and semitones ; one of the genera of the ancients, and thought to be the first, on account of its being so easy and natural. Mnsica di Camera. (Ita.) Chamber music. Mnsica dl Chicsa. (Ita.) Music for the church. Mnsica IMdactica. (Lat.) A speculative consideration of the quantity, proportions, and different qualities of sound. Musica Dramatica. (Lat.) Dramatical music. Mnsicoe Bacealaureng. (Lat.) Bach- elor of music. Musica Kcclesiastica. for the church. (Lat.) Musia MUS 151 MUS Musica Eiiharmonica. (Lat.) That system of music wherein the enharmonic diesis was frequently used. .tin sic, Aerial. Music supposed to be pro- duced by aerial beings. Musica Falsa. (Lot.) Name applied by early writers to transpositions. Musica Flcta. (Lai.) Figurative music. Musica Figuralis. (Lat.) Figurative music in which the notes are of different value, and the motions of various times. Musica Figurata. (Lat.} Figurative music ; musica colorata. Musica Harmonica. (Lat.) A piece of music consisting of many parts, which, though very different, when played to- gether make a very agreeable whole. Musica Historica. (Lat.) A treatment of the origin and invention of music, its modes, notes, instruments, &e. ; the lives and writings of authors on the subject of music. Musica TTyporchemata. (Lat.) Music suitable for ballads and dancing. Muslca Instrumental!*. (Lat.) In- strumental music. Musical. The capability of producing music; the possession of harmonious or melodious qualities ; a tuneful condition. Musical Androld.es. Automatic figures so constructed as to play on musical in- struments. Musical, Aiiti. Having no ear for mu- sic ; opposed to music. Musical Art. One of the liberal arts ; the ability to execute vocal or instru- mental music. Musical Brachygraphy. The art of writing musical notation in an abbreviated style by means of signs, characters, &c. Musical Clocks. Clocks containing an arrangement similar to a barrel organ, moved by weights or springs, and produ- cing various tunes. Musical Compiler. A person who forms a book by collecting parts or passages from the works of various musical au- thors. Musical Convention. A gathering of choristers and teachers, for the study and practice of music. Musical Design. The invention and conduct of the subject ; the disposition of every part ; the general order of the whole ; counterpoint. Musical Director. A conductor: one who arranges and directs the preparations for a concert, and superintends its per- formance. Musical Drama. A drama freely inter- spersed with songs, ballads, recitatives ; lyric drama. Musical Ear. The ability of determining by the sense of hearing the finest grada- tions of sound. Mnslcalement. (Fre.) Musically ; har- moniously. Musical Fishes. A species offish found in the creeks and shallow waters on the eastern shores of Ceylon, resembling perch in size and shape, and producing tones described to be like the gentle thrills of a musical chord, a multitude ot tray sounds, each clear and distinct in itself. Musical Glasses. An instrument formed of a number of glass goblets, resembling finger glasses, winch are tuned by filling them more or less with water, and played upon with the end of the finger, damped. Musical Grammar. The rules by which sounds are melodially and harmonically connected, in particular cases, as well as in, entire compositions. Musical Kaleidoscope. An arrange- ment of cards upon each of which a bar of an air is placed according to a certain key, from four packs of which, mingled together, cards arc drawn, thus producing on original air. Musically. In a musical, melodious, or harmonious manner. Musicalness. The quality of being melo- dious ; musical ; harmonious. Musical Nomenclature. In English and German the 123, in French the 143, and in Italian the 36 syllables required to pronounce the twelve sounds as applied to A#, B b , C 3 , D [, b , &c. Musical Pandect. A treatise compre- hending the entire harmonic science. Musical Pantomime. A performance of a dramatic kind the acts and senti- ments of which are expressed by music and gestures. Musical Parody. A piece of vocal mu- sic to which an entirely different set of words are adapted from that originally in- tended for it. Musical Performer. A person who plays upon any musical instrument, or sings. Musical Scale, Chinese. A scale con- sisting of five notes without semitones, the music being written on live lines in perpendicular columns, and the elevation and depression of tones indicated by dis- tinctive names. Musical Science. One of the seven sci- ences of antiquity ; the theory of music, in contradistinction to its practice, which is an art ; a full and correct knowledge of the laws of harmonical relations. Musical Soiree. Strictly, an evening; party the principal entertainment of which is music ; the term is also applied to a concert. Musical Terms. Words and sentences appended to passages of music for the purpose of indicating the style in which they should be played. Musical Tragedy. Tragic opera ; lyrlo tragedy. MUS 152 MUS Music* Melismatica. (Lot.) Correct arran gcment. Musica Melodica. (Lot.) A correct ar- rangement of music, according to the rules of melody. Mnsica Melopoetica. (Lot.) The art of ranging and disposing sound iu an agreeable manner. Mnsica Mcnsnratoilis. (Lat.) Meas- ured music. Music iu parts of dissimilar motion. Mu sit- a Mensurata. (Lat.) Music the notos of which, under the government of certain times, are unequal. Musica Metabolica. (Lat.) Transposed music. M usica Metrica. (Lot.) The harmoni- ous cadence of the voice. Mnsica Misnrata. (Lat.) Music com- posed of notes which, controlled by cer- tain times, are unequal. Musica Moderna. (Lat.) Modern mu- sic. Mnsica Modulatoria. (Lat.) The art of teaching to compose or modulate. Musica IVaturalis. (Lat.) Vocal music. Musica Odica. (Lat.) A style of music suitable for dancing. Mnsica Pathetica. (Lat.) A moving and affecting kind of music, that touches and causes emotions in the mind, of love, Borrow, pity, or any other passion. .Musica Plena. (Lat.) Plain chant or BOllg. Musica Poetica. (Lat.) The art of mu- sical composition. Mnsica Prattica. (Lat.) Practical mu- sic. Musica Profana. (Lat.) Secular music. Mnsica Ratonera. (Spa.) Harsh music. Mnsicare. (Ita.) To sing, play, perform. Mnsica Kecitativa. (Lat.) Recitative music. Musica Rhythmica. (Lat.) The har- mony or cadence of words in prose; a song composed to words in prose. Musica Scenica. (Lat.) Music adapted to theatrical scenes. Musica Specnlativa. (Lat.) Analytical disquisitions on sounds. Musica Syinphonlale. (Lat.) A term applied to a piece of music whose parts are well concerted. Mnsica Theatra. (Lat.) Music arranged for theatrical effect. Musica Theatralis. (Lat.) Music suited to theatrical performance. Musica Theorlca. (Lat.) The treatment of sounds, examination of their natures, properties, and effects, without regard to the executive part. Mnsica Tragica. (Lat,) Lamenting, mournful music; dirges and funeral an- thems. Musica Vocalis. (T.nt.) Vocal music. Music, Bachelor of. The first music . degree conferred at universities. Music, Ball Room. Dance music. .Music Board. A blackboard; a hoar<* employed by teachers upon which tt write notes, exercises, &c., for the use ol scholars. Music Box. A small box producing vari- ous tunes by the revolution of a cylinder, moved by a spring, in which small steel pins are fixed that touch steel springs at proper intervals of time. Music, Burlesque. A musical composi- tion or performance in which a trifling 1 subject is treated with great gravity, or as a matter of importance. Music, Calathumpian. A combination of discordant sounds ; a performance out of time by instruments out of tuue. Music, Cat. A name given by the Ger- mans to combinations of inharmonious sounds ; calathumpian music. Music, Celestial. One of the subdivis ions of music among the ancients, com- prehending the harmony of the sounds supposed to result from the motions of the heavenly bodies. Music, Choral. Music composed and performed in the style and manner of a choral ; music in parts. Music, Church. The service of singing or chanting in a church ; music suited to church service. Music, Classical. That music whicn from its intrinsic merit and superior ex- cellence is worthy of being studied by masters of the art. Music Compositor. One who sets mu- sic type, adjusts and corrects pages of music type preparatory to printing, stereo- typing, or electrotyping. Music, Concerted. Instrumental musio with various parts in which all the instru- ments are equally required. Music, Continental. Music in use dur- ing the time of the American revolution. Music, Dance. A general name for all the varieties of music suitable for dances. Music Desk. The frame, or stand, upon which, for the convenience of the per- former, the book or sheet of musio is placed. Music, Devotional. Vocal or instru- mental music adapted to public or private religious worship. Music, Didactic. Scales and exercises ibr instruction and practice. Music Dies. Steel punches, on one end of which the characters used in music aro cut, for the purpose of stamping music plates. Music, Divine. One of the subdivisions of music among the ancients, comprehend- ing the harmony supposed to exist celestial minds. MUS 153 MUS Music, Doctor of. A degree conferred by the universities. Music, Elementary. Scales ; exercises and compositions for those commencing the study nf music: among the ancients, the harmony of the elements of things. Music, Embossed. Musical notes printed in raised characters, so as to enable the blind to read music by the sense of touch. Music Engraver. One who stamps music plates. Music, Enharmonic. Music that pro- ceeds by intervals smaller than the dia- tonic and chromatic. Music, Field. Overtures for trumpets and other military musical instruments ; martial music. Music Folio. A case or book for holding loose sheets of music; a wrapper used in a music store for the convenience of a classified arrangement of the stock. Music, Gregorian. Sacred compositions introduced into the musical service of the Roman Catholic church by Pope Gregory. Music, Grotesque. A whimsical, wild, or odd style of composition or perform- ance. Music, Human. One of the subdivisions made by the ancients of mundane music, consisting of the harmonies of the facul- ties and passions of the human soul. Music, Hunting. Music suited to a hunting tour ; music of the chase. Music, Hypocritic. All music suited as an accompaniment to scenic performance. Musician. One who sings, or performs on some instrument, according to the rules of art; one skilled in the science of music. Musician, Practical. One whose regu- lar business it is to perform on a musical Instrument, or to sing. Musician, Scientific. One whose atten- tion is directed to the scientific analysis and study of music. Musicians, Circuniforaneous. Itin- erant musicians of France who resorted to the doors of the hotels for the purpose of entertaining the guests. Musicians, Poet. Ancient bards who sung their verses to melodies of their own composing. Musicien. (Fre.) Musician. Musicieune. (Fre.) Female musician. Musiciens par Excellence. (Fre.) Mu- sicians of great excellence ; superior per- formers. Music, Instrumental. Music composed for instruments ; music produced by in- struments. Music, Ionic. An airy, light species of melody. Music Leaf Turner. An article to be affixed to a piano desk for the purpose of enabling the performer to turn the leaves, and hold them In place, without raisin* the hands from the keys, losing a note or the harmoiiy, or an interval of time. Music, I,ijB;nt. Short airs, brief compo- sitions, and dance music generally. Music Loft. A raised balcony or gallery in a church, concert room, or other place for the choir or band. Music, Magic. A game in which a per son attempts to find a hidden object, hig approach to it being indicated by the rapid music of a piano or other instrument which plays more and more slowly as he recedes. Music, Martial. Music composed or used for military purposes. Music Master. A teacher of the princi- ples of the harmonic science, or the art ol musical performance. Music, Measured. Music in parts of dissimilar motion. Music, Military. Warlike music ; music intended for the army or navy. Music, Modern. Music composed within the last century. Music, Moravian. The music of the Moravian church, in which the congrega- tion unite, the tune being some old Ger- man choral, to which the organist plays a varied accompaniment, introducing an in- terlude between the verses. Music, Mundane. One of the divisions in which the ancients classed music, being^ that emanating from terrestrial bodies ana their movements. Musica Orgauica. (Lot.) Instrumental music. Musico. (Ita.) A musician; also, the name applied to those male vocalists who formerly sung the soprano parts in ope- ras, &c. Music of the Future. A term applied to the theory of Richard Wagner, aud which he designates by the name of " Art- work of the Future," in which he advocates the possibility of a musical composition of the loftiest conception being so written as to be brought at once within the intuitive sense of the most ordinary comprehension. Music of the Spheres. That harmony supposed by the ancients to result from the orderly motion of the heavenly bodies. Musicography. (Grlc.) The symbolical writing of music ; the writing of the notes of music. Music, Old Folks'. A term applied to the church music of the last century. Musicomania. (Ita.) A monomania in which a passion for music becomes so strong as to partially or wholly deranga the intellectual faculties. Muslcone. (Ita.) A great musician. Musico Pratlco. (Ita.j A practical mu- sician. MUS 154 MUT Music, Orchestral. Music composed for a number of instruments; the perform- ance of an orchestra. Music, Organ. Music composed for the organ. Musico Teortco. (Ita.) A writer upon the theory of music. Music, Pantomimic. Music written for, find adapted to, the varying scenes of a pantomime. Music Paper. Paper ruled or printed with a number of blank staves upon each page, for the purpose of copy ing or writing musical compositions upon. Music, Passion. Music of the Roman Catholic church composed for the express use of passion week. Music, Pastoral. Music adapted to rural scenes and occasions. Music, Plaintive. A style of music ex- pressive of sorrow. Musicprobe. (Ger.) A musical re- hearsal. Music, Profane. A name formerly given to all music not adapted to the service of tiie church ; secular music. Music Recorder. An instrument to be attached to a pianoforte for the purpose of recording upon paper the notes that are played. Music Room. A room appropriated to instruction in, and the practice of, music. Music, Rural. Music pertaining to rural life and scenery. Musicry. An obsolete word, signifying music or musical performance. Music, Sacred. Music composed for pub- lic religious worship or private devotion. Music, Scenic. Music adapted to dramatic performances. Music, Sheet. Music printed on sheets from engraved plates, and unbound. Music Slates. Slates upon which the lines of the staff are cut. Music Smith. One who makes the metal plates for pianofortes. Music, Spirit. Music produced and ren- dered audible to us without the aid of human hands or voices by the inhabitants of the spirit-world. Music Stamping. The impressing, by means of dies, music notes upon plates from which sheet music and music books are printed upon a plate printing press. Music Stand. A light frame for holding sheets or books of music for the conven- ience of performers. Music Stool. A scat for one who per- forms on a piano, melodeon, or similar instrument, generally having a screw fixed in a socket so that it can be raised or low- ered at pleasure. Music, Theatrical. Compositions de- signed for the orchestra of a theatre. Music. Theoretical. Music considered epeculatively, independent of its practice ; a general summary of the principles of music. Music Timekeeper. An English instru- ment designed to enable a performer to see, hear, and keep time in music in any measure in which it is written. Music Trade-Mark. A mark adopted by the United States Board of Music Trade, being 1 a diamond enclosing figures denot in"f the retail price of the work upon which it is printed, the figures representing the number of dimes at which it is sold (W2). Music, Triumphant. Vocal or instru- mental music composed or performed for the celebration of victories. Music Type. The various characters of music cast in metal for the purpose of printing. Music, Vocal. Music designed for the voice ; sounds uttered or modulated by the voice. Music, Water. A term applied by Handel to certain tirs composed by him, and per- formed on the water by the first b^nd of wind instruments instituted in England. Musikalisch. (Ger.) Musical; skilled in music. Musikant. (Ger.) A musician ; a com- mon fiddler ; a piper. Musikanten. (Ger.) An inferior order of musicians. Musiker. (Ger.) A musician. Mnsikiest. (Ger.) A musical festival. Musikino. (Ger.) A little musician. Musiklehrer. (Ger.) Music master. Musiklenner. ( Ger.) A connoisseur in music ; a musician. Muslkliebhaber. (Ger.) A dilettante in music. Musikmelster. (Ger.) Music master. Musiksaal. (Ger.) A concert saloon. Musikstunde. (Ger.) A music lesson. Musikuntcrricht. (Ger.) Instruction in music. Mnslkvcrein. (Ger.) A musical society. Mnslk Zeltung. (Ger.) A musical paper, or journal. Muslqne. (Fre.) Music. Mtislque de Chat. (Fre.) Caterwauling. Musique d'JSglise. (Fre.) Church music. Musique de Guitare. (Fre.) Guitar music. Musique de Raclurc. (Fre.) Poor, humdrum playing ; scraping. Miisiqne Enragee. (Fre.) Discordant music. Musique Vocale. (Fre.) Vocal music. Musurgus. (Lot.) A musician or com- poser. Mutation. Change ; transition ; the trans- formation of the voice occurring at thf MUT 155 NAC aje of puberty; the exchanging of one syllable for another in ascendingthe scale. Mutation, in Gemta. In ancient Greek music, when the air passed from the dia- tonic to the chromatic, or to the enhar- monic, and reciprocally. Mutation in Melopteia. In ancient Greek music, the transition from a solemn, serious, or magnificent strain into a lively, gay, and animating air. Mutation in Mode. In ancient Greek music, the passing from the Doris.* to the Phrygian, or to the Lydian, &c., End re- ciprocally. Mutation in Rhythmus. In ancient Greek music, the passing from quick to slow, or from one measure to another. Mutation in System. In ancient Greek music, when the modulation united two disjoint tetrachords, or divided two con- joint. Mutation Stops. In an organ, the twelfth, tierce, und their octaves. Mut azioiie. (Ita.) Mutation ; change ; transition. Mutazioue per Genere. (Ita.) A term applied to mutation in music when a song begins in one, as the chromatic, and passes into another, as the diatonic. Mutazione per Melopoeia. (Ita.) The change of a song from gay to grave, or from passion to sentiment. Mutazione per Modo. (Ita.) Same as Mutagione per Tuono. Mutazione per Sy sterna, (/to.) A term given to mutstion when a song passes from a low to a high place iu the scale, or from low to high. Mutazioue per Tuono. ( Ita.) That spe- cies of mutation, in mode or tone, in which a song begins in one, as the Doric, ac.rht*tuck. (Ger.) A night piece; a serenade piece; anocturn. NAG 156 NEB Nach und Nach. (Ger.) Little by little. Nnne. (Per.) A Persian trumpet; the cheipour. Nanri. (Jav.) A trumpet used by the Malays. Nagarah. (Per.} The kettle drum of the Persians. Nailed Harmonica. An instrument having steel pegs placed in a semicircle and prayed with a bow. Naivemt-nt. (Fre.) Natural ; artless. Naked. Not having the full complement of tones ; a term applied to a number of notes when those that complete the chord are wanting. Niikfr. A kind of kettle drum .mentioned by Chaucer. Nakokns. (Egy.) An instrument much used by the Egyptians in their Coptic churches nnd religious processions, con- sisting of two brass plates suspended by strings, and struck together for the pur- pose of beating time. Nauien. (Ger.) A dirge ; an elegy. Narrator. A name formerly given to the chief performer in an oratorio. Narrrutauz. (Ger.) A foolish dance; fool's dance. Nasal. A term applied to a sound unduly and improperly affected by the nose. Nasalize. To utter words with a nasal sound. Nasard. An ancient organ stop, tuned a twelfth above the diapasons ; an ancient wind instrument. Nasardo. (Spa.) One of the registers of an organ. Nasciiltauch. (Ger.) A nasal sound. Nasenton. (Ger.) Nasal tone. Nasutus. (Lat.) A wind instrument for- merly in use, so called on account of its thick, reedy, or nasal tone. The French apply this term and Nasard to an anti- quated organ stop, which was tuned a twelfth above the diapasons. National liied. ( Ger.) National song. National Songs. Songs identified with the history of a nation, or the manners and customs of its people, either by means of the sentiments they express or by long use. Natural. A term applied to sounds pro- duced by the human throat; pertaining to a key having neither a flat nor a sharp for its signature ; a sign (57) used for the purpose of removing the effect of a pre- vious flat or sharp, and restoring the tone to its original pitch ; designating an air or modulation of harmony which moves by easy and smooth transitions, digressing but slightly from its original key. Natural Compound Sound. A sound proceeding from the manifold reflections of the first sound from adjacent bodies, given at the same moment, and in the eame tone and pitch as the original note. Natural Dissonant Chords. Dissonant chords which do not offend the ear, even when heard directly, and without any preparation. Natural Harmony. That harmony pro- duced by the natural and essential chorda of the mode. Natural! Suonl. (flu.) Sounds within the compass of the human voice ; natural sounds. Natural Key. A key which has neither a flat nor a sharp for its signature. Natnralmente. (fta.) Naturally. Natural Modulation. The act of tran- sition from one key to another., of which the signature differs not more than one sharp or one flat. Natural Notes. All notes that are not sharps and flats. Natural Relations. The relations sus- tained to each other by tones produced by various proportional lengths of musical strings when combined in chords. Naturals, Accidental. Naturals occa- sionally placed before notes in the course of a piece. Natural Scale. The scale of C, so called because it can be produced without the aid of sharps or flats. Natural Tone. A tone that is not affected by either a flat or a sharp. Natural Touch. A touch produced by an easy, unconstrained motion of the hand upon the keys, holding down each until the next is struck, and no longer. Natural Triad. The harmonic division of the fifth into two thirds, of which the greater third is lowest. Naublum. (Ileb.) An instrument of the Phoenicians ; the Nebel Nasor. Nautical Songs. Songs relating to the customs of seafaring life. Nava. (Per.) A certain measure in the music of the Persians, used to express the lamentations of absent lovers. Nay. ( Tur.) A Turkish flute ; the Nei. Nazard Stop. In an organ, the twelfth stop. Neunes. (Grk.) One of the eight modes used by the modern Greeks in their into- nations of church modes. Neapolitan Sixth. A chord composed of a minor third and minor sixth, which is situated on the fourth degree of the scale. Nebel. (neb.) The Nebel Nasor. Nebel Nasor. (Heb.) The psaltery, an instrument often strings, used by the an- cient Hebrews, supposed to have been tri- angular in form,- and used in religious wor- ship, sometimes written Nabluin, and Nabla. Nebenbelustigung. (Ger.) Music and dancing in the 'intervals of a play. Nebeueedanken. (Ger. ) Accessory and subordinate musical ideas. NEB 157 NOD Nebenzng. (Ger.) In an organ, an ad- ditional stop. Necessario. (Ita.) A term indicating that the passage near which it is placed must not be omitted. Necliiloth. (Heb.) A wind instrument of the Hebrews formed of a double set of pipes. Neck. That part of a violin, guitar, or sim- ilar instrument, extending from the head to the body, and on which the finger-board is fixed. Neghinoth. (Heb.) Stringed instruments. Neginoth. (Heb.) A general name applied by the Hebrews to stringed instruments. Negligeute. (Ita.) Negligently ; without restraint or strict attention to the order of the piece. Negligenza.Con. (Ita.) With negligence. Negro Minstrels. Ethiopian minstrels. Nel ilo tli. (Heb.) Ancient wind instru- ments. Nei. (/to.) In the. Nei. (Tur.) A fashionable musical instru- ment of the Turks, being a flute made of cane. It gives a soft sound by being blown at the end, at an angle with the mouth. Nekeb. (Heb.) A wind instrument of the ancient Hebrews, formed of a single tube. Wei. (Ita.) In the. Nel Rattere. (Ita.) In the down beat of the measure. Nelle. (Ita.) In the. Welle Parte dt Sopra. (Ita.) In the higher or upper part. Hello. (Ita.) In the. Nt-llo Stesso Tempo. (Ita.) In the same time. Nenia. (Lot.) A funeral song ; an elegy. Nciiien. (Ger.) An elegy. Nervlo. (Spa.) String of an instrument. Nesclt Vox Mlssa reverti. (Lat.) A term employed in enigmatical canons by the old masters, denoting that the conse- quent should imitate the antecedent by a retrograde movement. RTesser Caiio. (Aby.) The name of the Abyssinian trumpet, signifying the note of the eagle. IVesso. (Lnt.) One of the fourth parts into which Euclid divided the Mclopceia. Nete. (Or!;.) The fourth or most acute chord of each of the three tctrachords which followed the first two or deepest of the ancient Greek system. Nete Diezeugmenon. (GrJc.) In an- r-ient music, the final or highest sound of tlic fourth tetraehord, and the first or gravest of the fifth. Nete Hyperbolneon. (GrJ;.) The last pound of the highest tetrachord, and of the great system of the ancient Greeks. Nete Synemmeiion. (GrJ:.) The fourth or most acute sound of the third tetra- chord of the ancient Greek diagram when conjoint with the second. 14 Netoides. (Grk.) The highest tones of the ancient scale or system. Nettameiite. (Ita.) Neatly; with precision. Netto. (Ita.) Neatly. Neu. (Ger.) New. .\ cum re. (Lat.) A term applied by old musicians to divisions or running passages upon a single vowel at the end of a psalm or anthem as a recapitulation of the whole melody. Neun. (Ger.) Nine. V-uu acktel Takt. (Ger.) Measure in nine-eighth time. Neunte. (Ger.) Ninth. Neunzehute. (Ger.) Nineteenth. Neutralizing Sign. The sign of a nat- ural (5"). Neuvieme. (Fre.) The interval of a ninth. Neuviemes. (Fre.) Ninths. Nexus. (Lat.) One of the four parts into which Euclid divided the melopoeia. MI. A syllable applied to the seventh note of the Hindoo scale in solfaiug. Nicht. (Ger.) Not. TYiederschlag. ( Ger.) The accented part of a bar. IVledrig. ( Ger.) Low or deep in voice. jViggeritore. (Ita.) The prompter. Xikliart. (Hin.) The name of the seventh note in the Hindoo musical scale. Aiim. (Ita.) A lullaby. Aina IVina. (Spa.) Words without mean- ing for humming a tune. IVine-Eigtitii Measure. A measure con- taining nine eighth notes or their equiva- lent marked |. JVineteentb.. An interval containing two octaves and a fifth; the replicate of the twelfth. rViniiare. (Ita.) To sing children to sleep. IViiith. An interval containing an octave and a second ; the chord consisting of the common chord with the eighth advanced one note. Ninth-Hour Song. One of the songs of the Saxon ecclesiastics. Mobile. (Ita.) Noble ; grand. Nobilita, Con. (Ita.) With nobility; dignified. Nobilmeute. (Ita.) Nobly; grandly. Nobilmcute ed Auimato. (Ita.) With grandeur and spirit. Nocturn. A nocturne. Nocturne. (Fre.) A part of the service of matins ; a light, fanciful vocal or instru- mental composition adapted to a night performance or serenade. Nocturno. (Ita.) A nocturne. Nodal Points. Those points in a string extended between two fixed objects, which, when the string is put in vibra- tion, are found to remain at rest. NOD 158 NOT Node. The fixed point of a sonorous chord at which it divides itself when it vibrates by aliquot parts, and produces the har- monic sounds, as the strings of the Joli- an harp. Noels. (Fre.) Christmas carols ; canticles or songs of joy sung at Christmas. Noire. (Fre.) A crotchet (17). Noire Polntee. (Fre.) Dotted crotchet. Nomenclature, Musical. In English and German the 123, in French the 14.'!, and in Italian the 36 syllables required to pro- nounce the twelve sounds as applied to Homes. Airs in the ancient music sung to Cybele, the mother of the gods, to Bac- chus, Pan$ and other divinities. There were two-part nomes, so called because sung in two modes, three-part nomcs, sung in three modes, viz., the Doric, Phry- gian, and Lydian. Nomioii. (Grk.) Among the ancient Greeks, a species of love song. A'omo. (Ita.) Nome. Nomodirtal. (Lot.) The umpires at the sacred games and musical contests of the ancient Romans. Non. (Ita.) Not. Nona. (Ita.) The interval of a ninth. Nona Chord. The dominant chord with a third added to it. Nonetto. (Ita.) A composition in nine parts ; a composition for nine voices. Non Molto. (Ita.) Not much. Non Molto Allegro. (Ita.) Not very quick. Non Raccourclr. (Fre.) Unabridged. Non Tanto. (Ita.) Not too much. Non Troppo. (Ita.) Not too much. Non Troppo Allegro. (Ita.) Not too quick. Non Troppo Presto. (Ita.) Not too quick. Nonupla. (Lat.) A quick species of time, consisting of nine crotchets or nine quavers in a bar. Nonnpla dl Crome. (Ita.) A species of time wherein nine quavers make a bar, instead of eight, as in common time. Nonnpla di Seml-Crpme. (Jta.) A spe- cies of time in which nine semiquavers are contained in a bar, instead of sixteen, an required in common time. Nonupla di Semi-Minime. (Itci.) A species of time in which nine crotchets are iu the bar, ol which four make a eemibreve in common time. Normal Musical Institute. A school, the object of which is to afford aid to per- sons desirous of becoming qualified to teach music. Normal Scale. A model scale, one taken as a pattern for others. Not*. (Lat. and Ita ) A note. Not* Anticipata. (Ita.) A note of an- ticipation, or that which is sounded prior to others of the chord to which it be- longs. Nota Iluoiin. (Ita.) An accented note. Nota Cambiata. (Ita.) A note of irrog- ular transition. Nota Caratteristica. (Ita.) A leading or characteristic note. Nota Cattiva. (Ita.) An unaccented note. Nota Coronata. (Ita.) A note marked with a hold. Nota d'Abellimento. (Ita.) A note of irregular transition. Nota dl Passaggio. (Ita.) A passing note, or note of regular transition. Notse Abjectae. (Lat.) Unacknowledged notes. Nota Intiera. (Ita.) A whole note. Nota Sensibile. (Ita.) The leading note of the scale, orthat noteof the scale which is situated a semitone below the keynote. Nota Sensibilis. (Lat.) The leading note of the scale ; that note a semitone be- low the key note. Nota Signata. (Lat.) A note marked with a sign. Notation. The art of representing musical sounds and their various modifications by notes, signs, terms, &c. Notation Indexical. A system of nota- tion in which the name of the note is cut in the key of the instrument, so that it may be seen at a glance. Notation Numerical. A system of no- tation first introduced by Kousseau, in which the first eight of the numerals are substituted for the eight notes, and points, ciphers, &c., for such other characters aa represent pauses, tune, &c. Notazione IMusicale. (Ita.) Musical notation. Note. A character, variously formed, to indicate the length of a tone, and by its situation on the staff its proper pitch; a musical sound: a tone; to set down or write musical characters. Note, Bass Clef. That note which in the bass staff is placed on the same line with the bass clef, the fourth line. Note, Carried. An appoggiatura which takes one half the value ot the following note. Note, Characteristic. A leading note. Note, Clef. The note indicated by the clef. Note, Connecting. A note held in com- mon by two successive chords. Note. Crowned. A note marked with a hold (110). Note d'Agrement. (Fre.) A note of irregular transition. Note de Passage. (Fre.) A passing note ; a note of regular transition. Note , Double. The ancient breve ( 1 1). NOT 159 NOT Note, Double Dotted. A note whose length is increased three fourths of its original value by the dots placed in front of it (37). A'ote, Double-Stemmed. A note hav- ing two stems, one upward, the other downward (9), the former showing the length of its duration, the latter its smaller relative value towards other notes in the measure. Note, Eighth. A quaver (18). JVote Ferine. (Fre.) Notes containing one time of a bar in common time, which serve as a subject for some counterpoint. Note, Fore. A note of embellishment usually written in a smaller character before a note of the melody ; an appoggia- tura (C4). Note, Fundamental. The lowest note of a fundamental chord. Note, Grace. Any note added to a com- position as an embellishment. Note, Half. A minim (16). Note, Higher Changing. That note which descends from the minor or major seventh on to the perfect fifth on the sec- ond note of the down beat. Note, Holding. A note prolonged during the changes ofother notes. Note, Key. A note to which a series of subordinate notes bear a distinct relation ; that note with which a piece of music usually begins, and always ends. Note, Leading. The seventh note of the scale of any key, when at the distance of a semitone below the key note ; the sound by which the scale is known and its key note ascertained. Note, Leaning. An appoggiatura, or fore note (64). Note Lines. The staff, consisting of five lines, on and between which notes are written (1). Note, IJower Changing. That note which descends from the perfect or aug- mented fourth on to the minor or major seventh. Note, measure. A note which in itself fills a measure. NotenABC. (Ger.) Gamut ; solfeggi. Note, Natural. A note which is neither a sharp nor a flat. Noten auf den 5 Linien. (Ger.) Notes upon the five lines. Notenblatt. (Ger.') A sheet of music, Notenbrucker. (Ger.) A music printer. Notenbnch. ( Ger.) A music book. JVptendruck. (Gf.r.) The art of print- ing music ; printed music. Noteiidruckerei. (Ger.) Printing of music. Notenhandler (Ger.) A music seller. Noteuhandlung. (Ger.) Music shop. Noten in den 4 Ztvlschenr. (Ger.) Notes between the four spaces. A'otenisopf. (Ger.) Head of a note. lYoteiilinien. (Ger.) Music lined. Notenpapier. ( Ger.) Music paper. Notenplan. (Ger.) Music scale ; tht staff. Notenpnlt. (Ger.) A music desk. Notenschreiber. (Ger.) Music copier Notenschwanz. (Ger.) The tail of a note. A'oteiistecher. (Ger.) An engraver of music. Noteu Stossen. (Ger.) To play or sing staccato. Notenstnck. (Ger.) A piece of music. Notensystem. ( Ger.) The staff. Note of Anticipation. A note struck in advance of the other note or notes of the chord to which it belongs. Note of Augmentation. The note fol- lowed by a dot, signifying the increasing or enlarging its full quantity or value. Note of Diminution. A note to which a dot lias been prefixed, signifying that its value is decreased. Note of Modulation. A note which in- troduces a new key; usually applied to the leading note or sharp seventh of the key introduced. Note of Prolatlon. A dotted note (35). Note, One Hundred and Twenty- Eighth. A note whose time is one half of that of a sixty-fourth note. Note, Open. A note produced on the strings of a violin, guitar, or similar In- strument when not pressed by the finger. Note, Passing. A character indicating a passing tone, and of smaller size than tho others. Note, Pedal. A holding note, during which the harmony formed by the remain- ing parts is allowed to proceed. Note, Pedale. A holding note. Note Place. A degree upon the staff, each line and space. Note, Quarter. A crotchet (17). Noter. (Fre.) To mark down a tone or air. Note, Raddoppiate. (Ita.) Itcpeated notes. Note, Radical. The fundamental note. Note, Reciting. The note in a chord upon which the voice dwells until it conies to a cadence. Notes, Accented. Notes upon which emphasis is placed ; in common time tho first and third notes, and in triple time the first note. Notes, Accessary. Notes situated one degree above and one degree below the principal note of a turn. Notes, Accidental. Those notes which do not belong to the harmouy ; notes intro- duced as embellishments NOT 160 NOT Notes, Added. Notes written upon ledger or added lines. Notes, Adjunct. Notes not forming any essential part of the harmony ; unaccented auxiliary notes. Notes, After. Small notes occurring on the unaccented parts of the pleasure, ta'king their time from the preceding note. Notes, Altered. Notes changed or varied by accidentals being placed before them. Notes, Auxiliary. Notes standing on the next degree of the staff above or below any principal note. Notes, Bearing. In the tuning of keyed instruments, harps, &c., those notes be- tween which the most erroneous or highly tempered fifth is situated, on which, also, the wolf is said to be thrown. Notes, Binding. Notes united by curves or ties ; holding notes. Notes. Black. All except the whole and half notes (11). Notes, Changed. Irregular, transient notes. Notes, Changing. Passing notes on the accented parts of a bar. Notes, Choice. Notes placed on different degrees in the same measure, either or all of which may be sung. Notes, Choosing. Two or more notes in a passage cither of which may be taken at the pleasure of the player. Note, Sciolte. (Ita.) Staccato notes. Notes Coulees. (Fre.) Slurred notes. Notes dans les luterlignes. (Fre.} Notes in the spaces. Notes de Gout. (Fre.) Notes of embel- lishment. Notes, Derivative. Accented or har- monic notes of a bass which are not funda- mental. Notes, Dotted. Notes which, having a dot placed after them, have their value increased one half (20). Notes, Driving. Long notes when placed between shorter notes, and accented con- trary to the natural rhythmic flow of mel- ody (100). Note, Sensible. The leading note of the scale, or that note of the scale which is situated a semitone below the key note ; the seventh of the scale. Notes, Essential. The notes of a chord which constitute its real component parts, iu contradistinction to all accidental aud ornamental notes. Note, Sixteenth. A semiquaver (19). Note, Sixty-Fourth. A hemidemisemi- quavcr (21). Notes Liees. (Fre.) Tied notes (71). Notes, Ornamental. Appoggiaturas ; notes introduced as embellishments, but not forming an essential part of the har- mony (64). Notes, Preparative. Leaning notes j appoggiaturas (64). Notes, Progressive. Notes sncseeding each other, either in ascent or descent, by degrees, the established order of which constitutes the key of the composition, or of the passage in which they occur. Notes, Skipping. Notes which do not proceed by conjoint degrees, nor in any regular course, but lie at awkward and unexpected distances from each other. Notes, Square. The notes used by the ancients, so called on account of their form (12, 13, H). Notes, Stopped. Tn music for the violin, violoncello, and similar instruments, those notes that are sounded while the string is pressed. Notes, Subsidiary. Accessary notes. Note Support. Appoggiatura ((H). Notes sur les Lignts. (Fre.) Notes on the lines. Notes Syncopees. (Fre.) Syncopated notes. Notes, Tied. Notes having a tie above them, denoting that they are to be slurred (71). Notes, Transition. Notes used for the purpose of forming a pleasing transition between others ; passing notes. Notes. Trumpet. Noies within the com- pass of the trumpet. Notes, Unessential. Those notes which form no part of the harmony. Notes, White. Notes in printed music with open heads (10). Note, Thirty-Second. A demisemi quaver (20). Note, Tonic. The first note of any scale . the key note. Note, Touch. A transient note, written similar to an appoggiatura, but used to impart strength and force to the note to which it is prefixed. Note, Treble Clef. The note which in the treble staff is on the line with the clef. Note, Triple Dotted. A note whose value is increased seven eighths of its original value by three dots alter it. Note, Unacknowledged. A note which is passing, skipping, and foreign to tho chord in which it appears. Noteur. (Fre.) One who copies music. A'ote, Whole. A semibreve (15). rVotho. (Grk.) A term given to two of the ancient modes ; the Hyper-jEolic and the Hyper-Phrygian. Xothns. (Grk.) An epithrt applied by the ancient Greeks to the Hyper- JEoliau and Hyper-Phrygian modes. Notte Blanche o Nere. (Ita.) White and black notes. Notte Oscurate. (Ita.) The black notes. Notte Piene. (Ita.) Black notes ^11). NOT 161 OCT Notte Vacue. (//a.) White notes (10). Notturiii. (Ita.) Nocturnes. Notturno. (Ita.) A nocturne ; a compo- sitiou, vocal or instrumental, suitable, from its elegance and lightness of charac- ter, for evening performance ; a serenade. Nourrissons. (Fre.) Bards ; poets. Nouvelle Methode. (Fre.) A new method. Novice. A beginner ; one unskilled. Nrit-udhyay. (Bin.) The fourth di- vision of Hindoostanee music, comprising the music of the dance. Numerical Notation. A system of no- tation lirst introduced by Rousseau, in which the first eight of the numerals are (substituted for the eight notes, and points, ciphers, &c., for such other characters as represent pauses, time, &e. Numero. (Ita.) rhythm. Harmony ; cadence ; IVnnnia. (Grl:) Name given by the Greeks to the lullaby songs of the nurses. Xuovo. (Ita.) New. Nuptial Songs. Songs written for, or congratulatory of, a marriage. Nut. The small bridge at the upper end of the linger board of a guitar, over which the strings pass to the pegs or screws. O. OA CIRCLE, or one compounded of two half circles placed together, was for- merly employed to designate a species of measure consisting of three whole notes, and called tempus perfectum. The letter p (before a vowel, Od) is used by the Ita- lians for or. Oat. A name formerly given to a pipe made from the straw of the oat. Ob. An abbreviation of Oboe. Ober. (Ger.) Over; above. Oberstimme. ( Ger.) Treble ; descant. Obertasten. ( Ger.) The black keys. Obertnra. (Spa.) Overture. Obi. An abbreviation of Obligate. Obligate. (Ita.) A word indicating part or parts of a composition indispensable to its just performance, and sometimes used in a more restricted sense as synonymous with concerting, eoncertant, or concerted. Obligate* Accompaniment. An ac- companiment that must be used. Obligato Recitatives. Recitatives the phrases of which are interrupted by short symphonies. Oblique Motion. The relative motion between two parts, where the one ascends or descends, while the other remains sta- tionary. Oboe. (Ita.) The hautboy. Oboe A' Amove. (Ita.) A species of low oboe. Oboe di Caccla. (Ita.) A hunting oboe. Oboe Osla Clariiictto. (Ita.) The oboe or clarionet. Oboe Tacet. (Ita.) The oboe is silent. Oboi. (Ita.) Hautboys. Oboi all' TJnisono del Violin!. (Itu.) The oboes in unison with the violins. Oboist. A performer or professor of the oboe or hautboy. 14* Obolsta. (Ita.) An oboist. Obsi.-it.eute. (Spa.) Resonant; resound- ing. Obto. An abbreviation of Obligato. Obtuse Sound. A dull, heavy, obscure sound. Obue. (Spa.) Hautboy ; a player on the hautboy. Ocio. (Spa. and Par.) Adagio; with ease and grace ; slowly. Octachord. An instrument or system comprising eight sounds, or seven degrees. Octachorde. (Fre.) Octachord. Octachordum Pythagorsse. (Lat.) The Pythagorean lyre, an ancient stringed in- strument, tuned to the eight degrees of the diatonic scale. OctapHoiiic. Composed of eight voices. Octava Acuta. (Lat.) The octave height- ened by transposition. Octava Alta. (Ita.) Play the passage an octave higher. Octava Grava. (Lat.) Octave below. Octava Gravis. (Lat.) The octave low- ered by transposition. Octavam Graven*. (Lat.) To the octave below. Octavar. (Spa.) To form octaves on stringed instruments. Octave. A scale of eight tones ; an inter- val containing seven diatonic degrees or twelve semitones ; a single tone either eight degrees above or below another ; the eighth tone in the scale. Octave, Augmented. An interval con- taining five whole tones, two major seua- toncs, and one minor semitone. Octave, ^Diminished. An interval con- taining four whole tones and three major semi tones. OCT 162 ODE Octave, Double. An interval of two oc- *ves, or fifteen notes in diatonic progres- sion ; n fifteenth ; the bis-diapason of the ancient Greeks. Octave Flute. A small flute whose tones range an octave higher than those of the German or ordinary flute; a piccolo. Octave, Great. With the Germans, the lowest scries of seven notes, which in- cludes both the divisions of the short keys in the key board, beginning with the two, and expressed by capital letters. Octave, Iiaree. The third octave, indi- cated in the German tublaturc by capital letters. Octave, targe Once-Harked. The second octave, indicated by capital letters having 1 a single line below them. Octave, I^arge Twice-Marked. The first octave, so called because indicated by capital letters having two lines below them. Octave, Perfect. An interval containing flve whole tones and two major semitones. Octave, Pure. An octave containing five large and two small seconds. Octaves, Consecutive. Two or more octaves immediately following each other in two parallel parts of a score. Octaves, Covered. Such octaves as be- come for the first time distinguished when the interval of the two voices, proceeding in an exact movement by octaves, is filled up by unimportant parts. Octaves, Disallowed. False octavos ; progressions of two voices in exact move- ment by octaves. Octaves, False. Progressions of two voices in exact movement by octaves. Octave, Small. The fourth octave, so called because indicated by small letters in the German tablature. Octave, Small Five Times Marked. The ninth octave, represented by small letters with five lines above them. Octave, Small Four Times Marked. The eighth octave, represented by small letters with four lines above them. Octave, Small Once-Marked. The fifth octave, indicated by small letters with one line above them. Octave, Small Six Times Marked. The tenth octave, represented by small letters with six lines above them. Octave, Small Thrice-Marked. The seventh octave, indicated by small letters with three lines above them. Octave, Small Twice-Marked. The sixth octave, so called because indicated by small letters having two lines above them. Octaves, Open. Two octaves succeeding one another in similar motion. Octaves, Short. Those lower octaves of an organ the extreme keys of which, on account of the omission of some of the Intermediate notes, lie nearer to each other than those of the full octaves. Octave Staff. A system of notation 'con- sisting of three groups of lines combined, comprising three octaves of ordinary vocal music, dispensing with flats and sharps, and giving to each tone its own position. Octave Stop. An organ or piano stop having within its compass tones an octave above corresponding ones. Octave, Triple. The tri-diapason of the Greeks; a twenty-second. Octave Trumpet Stop. An organ stop the tones of which are an octave higher than those of the trumpet stop. Octave Twelfth Stop. An organ stop the scale of which is an octave above the twelfth. OctnvflUtchen. (Ger.) An octave flute j a flageolet. OctavflOte. (Ger.) An octave flute. Octavflotlein. ( Ger.) An octave flute. Octavilla. (Spa.) An octave. Octavin. (Fre.) An octave flute. Octavina. (Lat.) An old stringed in- strument of the harp species, compre- hending about three octaves, and tuned an octave higher than the spinet and harpsichord. Octavo, Alto. (Ita.) An octave higher. Octet. A composition in eight parts, or for eight voices ; an ottetto. Octetto. (Ita.) An ottetto ; an octet. Octo Bass. A stringed instrument, the low octave of the violoncello. Its size is so large that the left hand fingers of the player cannot act on the strings. To rem- edy this a set of movable keys is ar- ranged, which, pressing the strings with energy, brin- them on to frets placed on the neck of the instrument, for producing the tones and semitones. These keys are moved by levers, which the left hand seizes and draws up and down behind the neck of the instrument, and by seven other pedal keys, upon which the foot of the player acts. Octogenary. An instrnniciit of eight strings. Octosilabico. (Spa.) Consisting of eight syllables. Octuor. A piece in eight parts ; an octet. Od. (Ita.) Or. Ode. A short poem or lyric composition distinguished from song by greater length and varietv, and from ballad by being con- fined to the expression of sentiment ad- mitting of narrative only incidentally. Odelet. A short ode. Odeon. (Grk.) A concert room or hall for the public performance of music ; an- ciently, a building devoted to the contest! of musicians for honorary prizes ; among ecclesiastics, the choir of a church. Oder. (Ger.) Or. Odeum. (Lat.) Odeon. GDI 163 OPE Ocllcum. (Grt.) That part of practical music among the Greeks which concerned vocal performance. CE. An abbreviation of (Euvre. CGdephone. An instrument in its gen- eral character resembling a pianoforte and harpsichord. CEuv. An abbreviation of (Euvre. CEnvre. (Fre.) Work, a term used in numbering a composer's published works in the order of their publication. OEnvre Premier. (Fre.) The first work. Ofertorio. (Spa.) Offertory. Oflertoire. (Fre.) The offertory, an an- them of the Catholic church. Offertorio. (Ita.) Former name for a motet, or sacred composition for three, five, or more voices ; the offertory. Oflfertorium. (Lot.) An anthem ; offer- tory. Offertory. An anthem chanted in the morning service of the Catholic church ; the first part of the mass, in which the priest prepares the elements for conse- cration. Officiant. (Lot.) The mass, or Catholic service. Officinm Ttefuiiotoruin. (Lat.) The mass for the dead, sung by the Catholic church. Officinm Diurnum. (Lat.) The hora, which is sung at stated hours in the day in the Catholic church. Officinm Divinum. (Lat.) High mass. Officinm Mntutiiium. (Lat.) Early morning mass. Officium rVocturnum. (Lat.) The hora sung at night. Officium Vespertinnm. (Lat.) Ves- pers. Oflcleida. (Ita.) The ophicleide ; a French bass-horn. Oficleide. (Ita.) A French bass-horn ; an ophicleide. Ogdoastich. A poem of eight lines. Ohne. (Ger.) Without. Ohne Regie itnngcii. (Ger.) Without accompaniments. Oktave. (Ger.) Eighth ; octave. Old Folks' Music. A term applied to the church music generally popular in the last century. Olio. A miscellaneous collection of mu- sical pieces, Olivettes. (Fre.) A country dance per- formed after the olives are gathered. Ollamhain-Re-l>an. (Iri.) Poets of the ancient Irish, who preserved in verse the traditions of religion, and composed martial songs and odes of war. Ollapodrida. (Spa.) An olio. Ol mo*. ( Grk.) The mouth of the bom- Lix, an ancient wind instrument. Omertl. (/Tin.) One of the earliest of bowed instruments, and the first approach to the violin. It is made of the shell of the cocoanut. with a sounding board formed of satin-wood or the skin of the gazelle. Its key board is made of red fir. Oinues. (Lat.) All. Orauia. (Lat.) All. Ondeggiamento. (Tta.) A waving, tremulous motion of sound ; on the violin, tenor, &c., a close shake. Ondeggiare. (Ita.) Wave the voice. Oudegglare la Mano. (Ita.) An ex- pression signifying that the hand in beat- ing time must "be waved to mark the last part of the measure. One Hundred and Twenty-Eighth IVote. A note equal in duration to one half a sixty-fourth note (22). One Hundred and Twenty-Eighth A'ote Rest. A rest equal in duration to one half of that of a sixty-fourth note (33). Ongarese. (Ita.) A dance after the Hun- garian mode. Ongherese. (Ita.) A Hungarian dance ; ongartse. Ongleur. (Fre.) Name formerly given to performers on the lyre, cithara, harp, lute, and guitar. Onzleme. (Fre.) Eleventh. Opggra. (Hin.) The first of the Srootia into which the Nikhad, or seventh note of the musical scale of the Hindoos, is divided. Op. An abbreviation of Opera, Operatic, and Opus. Open Diapason Stop. A metallic stop in an organ commanding the whole scale of the instrument. Open Filths. Two fifths succeeding each other in similar motion. Open Harmony. Harmony of which the notes are separated by wide intervals. Open IVote. A note produced on the strings of a violin, guitar, and similar in- struments when not pressed. Open Octaves. Two octaves succeeding each other in similar motion. Open Pedal. The right haud pedal of a piano ; that which raises the dampers and allows the vibration of the strings to con- tinue. Its use is shown by the syllable fed. Open Plain Shake. A moderately quick shake of readily distinguished changes, and closing without a turn. Open Stop. That which regulates the open pipes. Open Strings. The strings of an Instru- ment when not pressed. Open Tone. A tone produced on an open string. Open Turned Shake. Similar to open plain shake, with the difference that it ends with a turn. OPE 164 ORC Open Unison Stop. The open diapason stop. Oper. (Lot.) Opera. Opera, (fta.) A musical drama, consist- ing of recitatives, airs, choruses, &c., com- bined with scenery, decorations, and ac- tion ; the score of a musical drama ; the house in which operas are performed ; a publication or work of au author. Opera, Ballnd. Light opera} that in which ballads and dancing predominate. Opera BufFa. (Ita.) A comic opera; a burletta. Opera, Comic. A burlesque opera; an opera interspersed with light songs, dances, and amusing incidents. Operadichter. (Ger.) An operatic poet ; writer of opera librettos. Opera Glass. A short telescope having two tubes, and a set of concave lenses of low power for each eye, designed for the opera, to enable a person to sec objects with distinctness. Opera, (.raiul. An extended opera, con- sisting of u deep and intricate plot and a great variety of incidental events. Opera, Great. The grand opera ; an opera involving tragic events and details. Operagucker. (Ger.) An opera glass. Operahaus. (Ger.) Opera house. Opera House. A theatre or building erected with a strict regard to the laws of acoustics, with scenes and appliances re- quired for operatic performances. Opera Libretto. The text of an opera ; A small book containing the words of au opera. Opera Prima. (Ha.) First work. Opera, Romantic. A gay and sprightly opera, in which the music is interwoven with dialogue. Operasaal. (Ger.) An opera saloon. Operasimgerin. (Ger.) An opera singer. Opera Season. The period during which operatic performances take place. Opera Scconda. (Ita.) Second work. Opera Semi-Seria. (Ita.) A semi-seri- ous opera. Opera Seria. (Ita.) Serious opera. Operatic. In the manner of the opera ; a term applied to selections of music from an opera. Operatical. Relating to or resembling the opera ; in the style of opera singers. Operatic Concert. A performance of music selected from operas. Opera Tronpe. A company of persons associated together for the purpose of giving operatic performances, usually trav- elling irom place to place. Operazettel. (Ger.) An opera playbill. Operetta. (Ita.) A short opera, or mu- sical drama of a light character. Operette. (Ger.) An operetta; a little opera. Ophc. An abbreviation of OphlcUMe. Ophicleide. A very large brass instru- ment having a compass of three octa\es, sometimes called a serpent, chieliy used in military music. Oph ir leidist. A performer on the ophi- cleide. Opposition. The placing of one part against another, or in a pl.ice in which it does not properly belong. Ops. An abbreviation of Operas. Opus. (Lat.) Work ; a name given by an author to each of his musical compositions, numbered in the order of their issue. Ora. An abbreviation of Oratorio. Oracion. (Spa.) Oration ; a part of the mass. Oratoire. (Fre.) Oratorio. Oratorical. In the style of an oratorio ; relating to an oratorio. Oratorical Accent. That peculiar em- phasis which is dictated by feeling, and imparts to musical performance its dis- tinctive characteristics. Oratorio. A sacred composition consist- ing of airs, recitatives, duets, trios, cho- ruses, &c., founded on some scriptural narrative, and performed without the aid of scenery and action. Oratorium. (Lat.) Oratorio. Orch. An abbreviation of Orchestra and Orchestral. Orchesography. A treatise upon dan- cing. Orchester. ( Ger.) Orchestra ; an opera band. Orchestra. An enclosure in a theatre, be- tween the stage and the audience, origi- nally assigned by the Greeks to the cho- rus and its evolutions, subsequently, by the Romans, to persons of (iistinction, and by moderns, to a band of instrumental musicians ; a portion of a concert hall or ball room assigned for the use of the musi- cians; the company of instrumental musi- cians at theatres, concerts, balls, &c. ; accompaniments to, or melodies between, the parts of the entertainment ; the instru- ments so used, taken collectively. Orchestra, Full. A general combination of stringed and wind instruments. Orchestra, Great. A combination of stringed, reed, and brass instruments, with their proportion of instruments of percussion. Orchestral. Relating to the orchestra. Orchestral Concert. A performance of miscellaneous music by au orchestral company. Orchestral Music. Music composed for a number of instruments; the perform- ance of an orchestra. Orchestra, Stringed. An orchestra formed exclusively of stringed iustru meats. ORC 165 ORG Orchestration. The performance of an orchestra; the arranging of music for an orchestra; scoring; instrumentation. Orchestra, Wind. An orchestra consist- ing wholly of wind instruments. Orchestra. (Fre.) The orchestra; a place for musicians. Orchestrer. (Fre.) To score. Orchestrle. Relating 1 to the orchestra, or to dancing. Orchestrina. An instrument producing music similar to that of an orchestra, com- prising tones of the piano, seraphiue, fla- geolet, bells, triangle, drums, and other instruments. Orchestrion. An instrument combining the power and variety of a full orchestra. Orden de Epistola. (Spa.) The office of singing the epistle at the mass. Ordine. (Ita.) The arrangement of many parts to make a whole. Ordine di Qnatro Corde. (Ita.) A term in ancient music applied to a tetra- chorrl, and signifying a whole one, com- posed of, and divisible by, four chords. Oreec-Hia. (Ita.) An ear. Orecchia JIuslcale. (Ita.) A musical ear. Orecchiante. (Ita.) Singing by the ear. Orecchf aiitl. (Ita.) Persons possessing an ear for music. Oreille -Tlusicale. (Fre.) A musical ear. Oreja. (,'jpa.) The ear. Orfldigli. (/'.) Musicians of the or- chestra. Org. An abbreviation of Organ, and Or- g-tnist. <*rgan. The largest and most harmonious of wind instruments of music, consisting of numerous pipes of various kinds and di- mensions, Mown by bellows, and con- trolled by keys acted upon by the fingers and feet of a person seated in front. ^rganarii. (Lit.) Among the ancients, those who performer! on the hydraulic organ, and controlled it by means of keys and stops. Organ, Barrel. A hand organ. Organ Bellows. A pneumatic machine attached to an organ, the office of which is to supply the pipes with wind. Organ, Bird. A small barrel or hand or- gau used in teaching birds to sing. Organ Blower. The person who works the bellows for supplying the organ with wind. Organ, Buffet. A very small organ. Organ Builder. One who constructs and repairs organs. Organ, Cabinet. An improvement npon the reed organ, being superior to it in power of tone, and designed to supply the place of a large organ In small churches and vestries. Organ Case. The frame or outside of an organ, called by the Germans the organ house. Organ, Choir. In an organ w.th three rows of keys, the first or lower row,belug the smaller or softer toned organ, used to accompany the principal singers hi solos, duets, &c. Organc. (Fre.) An organ. Organ, Echo. That part of an or^an emitting veiled or smothered sounds. Organ, Enharmonic. An organ in which the octave is divided into more than twelve intervals; the euharmonic organ. Organe Positif. (Fre.) A small organ without a pedal. Organ, Euharmonic. An instrument of American origin, containing three or four times the usual number of distinct sounds within the compass of an octave, furnishing the precise intervals for every key, the tones comprising the scale of each key being produced by pressing a pedal corresponding to its key note. Organ, Finger. An harmonica. Organ, Flageolet. A small barrel organ the tones of which are in imitation of those of the flageolet. Organ, Flute. A small barrel organ the tones of which resemble the flute. Organ, Full. An organ performance with all its registers or stops in use. Organ, Great. In an organ with three rows of keys, usually the middle row, so called because it contains the greatest number of stops, and the pipes arc voiced louder than those in the swell or the choir organ. Organ, Hand. A portable instrument consisting of a cylinder, turned by the hand, on which, by means of wires, pin, and staple?, are set the tunes, the revolution of the cylinder causing the pins, &c.. to act upon the keys, and at the same time to give admission to wind from the bellows to the pipe. Organ Harmonium. A reed instru- ment, the reeds of which arc voiced i:i MK-II a manner as to give to each a quality of tone peculiar to itself, and to imitate" the organ stops whose name they bear. Organ, Horse. A large sized hand organ mounted on wheels and drawn by a horse. Organ House. Name given by the Ger- mans to the case of an organ. Organ, House. A parlor organ. Organ, Hydraulic. An invention of Ctesibius, of Alexandria, in the time- of Ptolemy Evcrgetes. Its construction is unknown. Organic. An epithet applied by tho an- cients to that part of practical music which concerned instrumental performance. Organillo. (Spa.) A chamber organ; parlor organ. Organist. A performer on the organ ; in former times, certain Romish priests who organised, or sung in parts. Organtsta. (Spa.) An organist. ORG 166 ORG Organlstle. Relating to the organ. Organists of the Hallelujah. An ap- pellation given, about the year 1200, to con- tain priests, or clerks, who assisted in the performance of the mass. Organlzar. (Spa.) To tune an organ. Organizare. (Lot.) To sing in parts ; to organize. Organization, 1>ouble. In ancient times, in organ playing, the act of playing the air a fourth below and a fifth above the chant, or singing part. Organized Lyre. An instrument by which the performer can imitate the lyre, piano, harp, guitar, &c. Organized Pianoforte. An instru- ment consisting of an organ and piano- forte, so conjoined that the same set of keys serve for both, or for either singly, at the pleasure of the performer. Organizing. Singing in parts. Organ, Keyed. An organ played upon by means of keys, so named to distinguish it from a barrel organ, whose tones are pro- duced by a revolving cylinder. Organ Keys. Movable projecting levers in the front of an organ, so placed as to conveniently receive the fingers of the per- former, and which, by a connected move- ment with the valves, or pallets, admit or exclude the wind from the pipes. Organ Loft. That part of the gallery of a church or cathedral in which the organ is placed. Organ Melodeon. A melodeon having a register of stops similar to those of an organ. Organ, month,. The shepherd's pipe; Pandean pipes. Organ Movement. A complex piece of machinery in an organ, consisting of a system of levers with their appendages, serving to transmit the action of the keys to the wind chest, pallets, and sound board. Organ Music. Music composed for the organ, or in the performance of which the use of that instrument is required. Organo. (Ita. and Spa.) Organ; a word found in the scores of oratorio choruses, instrumental anthems, &c., at the begin- ning of that staff designed for the organ, and the execution of trie thorough-bass. Organo-Chordinm. (Lot.) An instru- ment invented by Vogler, at Stockholm, in 1797. Organo-'Lyricon. (/to.) A French in strument similar to an organ, but more complex, and giving the tones of a greater number of instruments. Organon. (Ita,) A double or manifold pipe. Organophonle Band. An association who, with the voice alone, imitate the sounds of all the instruments of an or- chestra. A band of this kind existed in London in 1852 Organo Picclolo. (Ita.) A small or ciiamber organ. Organornm Intabnlaturce. (Lut.) The general name formerly triven to vol- untaries, preludes, and all compositions for the organ. Organ, Parlor. A style of organ adapted both by its size and tone to the wants of a private dwelling or small hall. Organ, Partial. A series or row of pipes or tubes collected in one group or set, and forming a part, though complete in itself, of the entire organ. Organ Pipes. Square and cylindri- cal tubes in an nrp-an. <|pm which proceed the various sounds ot luc instrument. Organ Point. A passage in which the tonic or dominant is sustained continu- ously by one part while the other parts move. Organ, Pneumatic. An organ moved by wind, so called by the ancients to distin- guish it from that moved by water, the hydraulic organ. Organ, Reed. An organ of a small size, iu which the keys open valves that allow the wind from bellows worked by the foot of the performer to act upon reeds. Organ Stop. A collection of pipes, simi- lar in tone and quality, passing through the whole or a greater part of the compass of the organ, and bearing one general name ; a register. Organ, Street. A hand organ. Organ, Swell. In an organ with three rows of keys, usually the third or upper row, controlling one or more sets of pipes, which are enclosed by a set of sliding shutters, by the opening or closing of which the tone can be increased or di- minished by degrees. Organ Tone. One of the six dynamic tones; atone that commences, continues, and closes with a uniform degree of power, and usually indicated by a sign (105). Organum. (Lat.) An ancient species of counterpoint, in fourths, lift us, and oc- taves ; among the ancients, a brazen vessel forming a principal part of the hydraulic organ. Organnto. (Ita.) Musical. Organ, Water. The hydraulica. Orgel. ( Ger.) Organ. Orgelbalg. (Ger.) Organ bellows. Orgelbanlt. (Ger.) Organist's seat. Orgelban. (Ger.) An organ building; the construction of an organ. Orgelbaner. (Ger.) An organ builder. Orgelbuhne. (Ger.) Organ loft. Orgelgehanae. (Ger.) The case of an organ. Orgelkasten. (Ger.) A cabinet organ. Orgelklang. (Ger.) Sound or toceof an organ. ORG 167 OTT Orgelkuiist. (Ger.) The art of organ I playing; art of constructing an organ. Orgeln. ( Ger.) To play on the organ. Orgelpfellc. (Ger.) An organ pipe. Orgelprobe. ( Ger.) Organ proof; prov- ing the quality of an organ by a public performance upon it. Orgel punlct. ( Ger.) An organ point, or pedal notes. Orgel Schule. (Ger.) A school or method for the organ. Orel Spiel. (Ger.) Playing on an or- gan ; piece played on an organ. Orgelspieler. (Ger.) An organist. Orgclstein. (Ger.) Pan's pipes. Orgelstimme. (Ger.) Row of pipes in an organ. Orgel Stncke. (Ger.} Pieces for the organ. Orgeltretter. ( Gtr.) An organ blower. Orsjelstuek. (Ger.) A piece of music for the organ. Orgelzng. (Ger.) An organ stop; regis- ter; diapason. Orgiastic Songs. Songs of revelry; bacchanalian songs. Orgo . An abbreviation of Organo. Org. S. An abbreviation of Organ Solo. Orgue. (Fre.) Organ. OrjjueaTouch.es. (Fre.) Finger organ. Orgue Hydraulique. (Fre.) Hydrau- licon ; water organ. Orgue Portattf die Barbaric. (Fre.) Uarrel, hand, street organ. Orgues a Eau. (Fre.) Water organs. Orgues de Barbaric. (Fre.) Barbarian organs, an epithet applied by the French to street organs. Oricalco. (Ita.) Trumpet. Original Key. The key in which a com- position is written. Oriscus. The name of one of the ten notes used in the middle ages. Orlo. (Spa.) A wind instrument. Ornamental Counterpoint. A class of composition admitting the use and mix- ture of all kinds of notes. Ornamental IVotes. Appoggiaturas (CJ) ; all notes not forming an essential part of the harmony, but introduced as embellish- ments. Ornament!. (Ita.) Graces; embellish- ments, &c. Omatameute. (Ita.) Ornamentally; gracefully. Ornate. A style of music or musical ex- ecution highly ornamental. Ornemens. (Fre.) Graces; embellish- ments. Orotund. Noting a manner of singing dis- tinguished by fulness, clearness, (strength, and smoothness. Orpharion. (Grk.) An ancient stringed instrument in the form of a lute. Orphean. Relating to the ancient poet and musician Orpheus; musical and poetical. Orpheus. In Greek mythology, a poet said to have had the power of moving in- animate bodies by the music of his lyre. Orpheus-Harmonic. An instrument of the piano and harpsichord class. Orphic. Pertaining to Orpheus. Orphica. Certain mystio poems, incor- rectly ascribed to Orpheus. Orphic Hymns. Hymns pertaining to Orpheus, the poet of Greek mythology. Orquesta. (Spa.) An orchestra. Orquestra. (Spa.) The orchestra. Orrisonante. (Ita.) Horrid sounding. Orthian. ( Grk.) A term applied by the ancients to a dactylic nome or song. Orthian Diode. In the Orthian style; one of the Greek musical modes, quick, and particularly pleasing on account of its life and spirit. Orthophony. A systematic cultivation of the voice. Osanna. (Ita.) Hosanna. Osannare. (Ita.) To sing hosannas. Oscuro. (Ita.) Obscure; a term applied to black notes. O sia. (Ita.) Or; or else. O sia pin facile. (Ita.) Or else in this more easy manner. Osservanza. (Ita.) Scrupulous exact- ness in regard to time; without increase or diminution of parts. Ossia. (Ita.) Or else. Otaconstic. An instrument that assists the sense of hearing. Oter ce qni assourdit. (Fre.) To un- muffle a bell. Otia dant Vitia. (Lot.) A device em- ployed in the 16th and 17th centuries by the p!d masters, in their enigmatical canons, to indicate that the consequent should imi- tate all the notes of the antecedent by sup- pressing the rests. Otium. (Lut.) Adagio ; slowly; with grace and ease. Ott. An abbreviation of Ottava. Ott All. An abbreviation of Ottava Alto. Ottardo. (Ita.) Octachord; a system of eight sounds. Ottava. (Ita.) An octave. Ottava Alta. (Ita.) Play an octave higher than written. Ottava Bassa. (Ita.) Play an octave lower than written. Ottavarima. (Ita.) Italian stanzas of eight rhymed verses. Ottava Sopra. (Ita.) The octave above, Ottaverella. (Ita.) A small octave. Ottavlno. (Ita.) A small octave; a term sometimes applied to organ registers oue or more octaves higher than otiicra. OTT 168 Ottavo Sotto. An octave lower. Ott. Has. An abbreviation of Ottara Uassa. Ottetta. (ftn.) A composition in eight parts for eight voices. Ottupla. (Ita.) An expression implying common time, or a measure of four times, marked with a C, or semicircle, placed at the beginning of the staff of the movement. On. (Fre.) Or. Oiigab. (ffeb.) An ancient instrument formed of reeds of unequal lengths bound together, and nearly iudentical with 1'au- dcan pipes. Oule. (Fre.) The hearing. Outer Voices. The highest and lowest voices. Out of Tune. Singing or playing incor- rectly; want of tune; discord; iuharmony. Onvert. (Fre.) Open. Ouverture. (Fre.) Overture. Ouvrlers. (Fre.) Hired applaudcrs. Overstrung Piano-forte. A piano- forte in which the strintrs of nt least two of the lowest octaves are raised, running diagonally in respect to the other strings, above them. Overtura. (ltd.) An overture. Overture. An introductory symphony to an oratorio, opera, or ballet, generally con- sisting of three or four different move- ments; an instrumental composition for a full band or orchestra, resembling in style and manner of performance an introduc- tory symphony. Ovraggio. (ftn.) Opera. Oxipycni. (Grk.) A name given by the am-ient GreeTcs to high sounds in general, but more particularly to the highest of finy three notes that are to one another as C to C sharp, and C sharp to 1) natural. Oxy phonos. (Grk.) The person who sung a high part. Oxyphony. Acutencss or shrillness of voice. Oxytone. An acute sound. P. PTIIE initial of Piano, and of Pour. In . accordeou music, P signifies that the bellows are to be pressed. Pacatamente. (Ita.) Placidly; quietly; calmly. P:van. (Grk.) A song of victory sung by the ancient Greeks in honor of their gods, but chieily of Mars and Apollo; in poetry, a foot of lour syllables, and of four kinds, the first consisting of one long and three short syllables; the second of a short syl- lablf, a long and two short; the third 'of two short syllables, a long an.l a short one; the fourth of three short syllables and a long one. Prcanism. The singing or shouting of praise at the close of a victorious buttle. Pag. An abbreviation of Pagina. Pages, Dancing. A company of ten or more boys who t.ike a part in the services of the cathedral at Seville. Attired as pages, with castanets in their hands, they advance at a given sign:;!, and dance a stately minuet, singing with the accompa- nying orchestra. Pagina. (Ita.) A page or folio. Pair of Spectacles. The drum-bass; a term applied by the Italians to the mere use of the tonic or dominant in playing upon the double bass. Paisana. (Spa.) A Spanish country dance. Palco. ^ Ha.', A stage in a theatre or opera house. Palillo. (Spa.) Drumstick. Palinode. A song repented a second time; a satirical song or poem retracting a former one. Pallet. A spring valve in the wind chest of an organ, covering a channel, leading to a pipe or pipes. Palmadilla. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Palmelodicon. An instrument similar to the harmonica, pl.iyed upon by the fne- tion of the lingers of the performer. Palmula. (Led of movement. Perdciidosi. (Ita.) A term signifying that the passage over which it is written is to be performed in a time gradually decreasing to the last note, and with a tone insensibly sinking on the ear till entirely lost. Perfect. A term applied by theorists to certain intervals and chords. Perfect Breve. A dotted breve, equal in duration to three eighths of a large, or three semibreves (30). Perfect Cadence. A complete and satis- factory close in both the harmony and melody ; a close in which the dominant or fifth passes into the chord of the tonic or key note. Perfect Chord. A chord entirely conso- nant ; a chord having all its proper mem- bers ; a perfect consonance. Perfect Close. A close having for its bass the key note of a composition. Perfect Concords. The perfect fourth, firth, and eighth. Perfect Consonance. A just and de- termined interval, as the octave, fifth, or fourth ; a consonance in which the inter- val is invariable. Perfect Fifth. An interval containing three whole tones and one major semitone. Perfect Fourth. An interval containing two whole tones and one major semitone. Perfect Octave. An interval containing five whole tones and two major semitones. Perfect Period. A termination satis- factory and agreeable to the ear. Perfect Primes. Primes not affected in either of their tones by a sharp or a flat. Perfect Prolation. In the music of the ancients, that prolation comprising three minims in a semibreve. Perfect Time. A threefold time, in which the twofold note has the value of three whole notes. Perfect Triad. The harmonic division of the fifth into two thirds, of which the greater third is lowest. Perfect Trill. A rapid alternation of two notes, the one over which is the sign, and the one above it, ending with a turn. Perfetto. (Ita.) Perfect, with regard to intervals, &c. Performer. A practical instrumental or vocal musician ; one who plays or siugs. Pergolo. (Ita.) A box in a theatre ; a stage for operatic performance. Perielesis. (Lat.) A term formerly used in church music, signifying the interpo- sition of one or more notes in the intona- tion, to indicate the approach of the linal, ami apprise the choir that they were to take up the theme. Per il Violino. (Ita.) For the violin. PER 174 PHO Period. A complete musical sentence con- taining 1 several members ; a satisfactory and agreeable close (120). Periode. (Ita. and Fre.) A period (120). Periode Mnsicale. (Fre.} A musical period. Periodenban. (Ger.) The construction of musical periods. Period, Imperfect. A termination not fully satisfying' the ear. Period, Irregular. A period in which an imperfect cadence interrupts or sus- pends an expected final close. Periodology. The construction of mu- sical periods ; the art of composition. Period, Perfect. A termination agree- able and satisfactory to the ear. Per Ogiii Tempi. (Ita.) A term some- times introduced in a motet, signifying that it is suited to any time and occasion. Perpendicular Harp. Name given to a harp invented by Dizi in 1820. Perpetual Fugue. A canon BO con- structed that its termination leads to its beginning, and hence may be perpetually repeated. Perpetual Psalmody. The Laus Per- enuis, established in the early ages of Christianity by an order of monks whose discipline obliged them to render it cease- less. Perpetui Suoni. (Ita.) Perpetual sounds ; the highest and lowest in the tetrachords of the ancient Greek system. Personse Dramatis. (Lot.) The char- acters of an opera or dramatic play. Personnaggio. (Ita.) One of the char- acters of a play. Personne qui Prelude. (Fre.) A pre- luder. Pesante. (Ita.) In an impressive manner ; with importance and weight. Pestalozzian System. A system of induction, presenting an analytical and synthetical arrangement of the rudiments of music in their natural progress! ve order. Pest 1 led. ( Ger.) Plague psalm ; pest hymn. Petit. (Fre.) Little; small. Petit Choenr. (Fre.) Little choir ; a aa- crcd composition in three parts. Petite Mesure a Deux Temps. (Fre.) Two crotchet, or ^ time. Petites Notes Breves. (Fre.) Short small notes. Petites Xotcs Doubles. (Fre.) Double small notes. Petites Notes .ongues. (Fre.) Long small notes. Petites IVotes Vlves. (Fre.) Short grace notes. Petit Piauo Droit. (Fre.) Semi-cabinet piano. Petits Morccaux. (Fre.) Short pieces. Petits Pieces. (Fre.) Little pieces; short and easy compositions. Petits Riens. (Fre.) Light, trifling compositions. % Petits Violins. (Fre.) Small violins. Petteia. ( Grk.) Among the ancients, the art of ascertaining the sounds which ought, or ought not, to be used ; one of the four parts into which Euclid divided the meiopoeia. Pen. (Fre.) A little. Pczzl dl Bravura. (Ita.) Pieces con- taining bold, spirited passages. Pezzo. {Ita.) A fragment ; a select, de- tached piece of music. P. F. The initials of Poco Forte, also of Pianoforte. Pf eif e. ( Ger.) A pipe ; a fife. Pfeifen. (Ger.) To play on a fife or pipe. Pf eif erci. ( Ger.) Whistling ; piping. Phantaisie. A fantaisie. Phantasiren. (Ger.) Improvising. Phantasirte. (Ger.) Improvised. Phantasy. A fantasia. Pheateath. (Iri.) A general name for the tunes of the poems and songs of the ancient inhabitant s of Ireland. Philharmonic. (Grk.) Loving harmony or music. Philwlia. (Grk.) A style of hymn sung by the ancient Greeks in honor of Apollo. Plillomuslcal. Loving music. Phislmmmonica. A kind of octagonal accordeon. Pheentces. A musical instrument of the Phoenicians. Plioiiasce. (Grk.) Name given by the ancients to those who taught the manage- ment of the voice. Phonascetics. (Grk.) The art or method of restoring the voice. Phonascos. (Grk.) Among the ancients, one who taught the cultivation and regu- lation of the voice. Phonation. The physiology of the voice. Phonetic. Pertaining to the voice or its use. Phonetics. (Grk.) The art of combining musical sounds ; the doctrine or science of sounds ; phonics. Phonics. (Grk.) The doctrine or theory of sounds, especially those of the human voice; the art of treating and combining musical sounds ; acoustics ; phonetics. Phonocamptic. (Grk.) Having the power to inflect sound, or turn it from its direction, and thus alter it. Phonology, (Grk.) The theory or doc- trine of the elementary souuds of the human voice. Phonometer. A monochord with its wire stretched by a weight capable of very accurate apportionment, designed us an aid in tuning. PHO 175 PIA Phonomlmo. (Grk.) To imitate the hu- man voice. Phonomine. An instrument invented in Vienna, the tones of which, produced by means of pipes, are similar to those of the human voice. Phonoscope, Electro-JIagnetlc. An instrument of recent English invention, the motive power of which is produced by a voltaic battery, and which, upon being put in communication with a piano, har- monion, or organ, prints the music as it is played. Phorbeia. (Grk.) A bandage used by vocal performers among the ancients; a capistrum. Phorminx. (Grk.) A stringed instru- ment of remote antiquity, similar to the cithara, or lyre, but of superior tone and power. Photlnx. A curved flute of Egypt of an antiquity prior to that of the lyre. Phrase. A musical idea generally occupy- ing two bars, or at most three ; any regu- lar and symmetrical course of notes which commence and complete the iutended ex- pression (122). Phrase, Extended. A phrase in which, by repeating one of the feet, or by any other variation of the melody, three meas- ures are employed instead of two. Phrase. Irregular. Any variation of a melody by which three measures are used instead of two; au extended phrase. Phrase Manquees. (Fre.) Imperfect and uasyinmetrical passages introduced by injudicious composers, by which the melody is maimed, and the expression de- stroyed or weakened. Phraser. (Fre.) To form phrases; to mark the phrases. Phrasing- The act of arranging notes into clusters or groups, so as to form dis- tinct phrases in singing or playing. Phrygian Chant. A chant designed to excite its auditors to fury and rage. Phrygian Mode. One of the ancient modes of the Greeks, holding^ a middle place between the Lydian and Doric. Its character was bold, impetuous, and vehe- ment. Its lowest note corresponded with K natural on the third space in the bass of the present system. Phthongometer. (Grk.) An instru- ment with which to measure vocal sounds. Phthougos. (Grk.) A sound or tone. Physharmouica. (Fre.) An instrument employed as a substitute for the organ, and similar to a melodeon. Pia. An abbreviation of Piano. Pia Ace. An abbreviation of J'iano Ac- companiment. Piacevole. (Ita.) In a delicate and pleas- ing manner. Plaeevolmente. (Ita.) Qayly and grucf fully; delicately. 1'iacevolezza. (Ita.) Liveliness. Piangendo. (Ita.} Plaintively. Plangevole. (Ita.) Despondent; sorrow- ful; sad. Plaiigevolmente. (Ita.) Despondingly; plaintively ; dolefully. Pianiss. An abbreviation of Pianissimo. Pianissimo. (Ita.) Extremely soft. Pianist. An amateur or professional player on the pianoforte. Piaiiiste. (Fre.) A pianoforte player. Piano. (Ita.) Soft; a pianoforte. Piano a Queue. (Fre.) A grand piano- forte. Piano Assai. (Ita.) As soft as possible. Piano Carre. (Fre.) A square pianoforte. Piano I>roit. (Fre.) Upright piano. Pianoforte. (Ita.) A stringed and keyed instrument, of German origin, so called from its equal command both of softness and strength. Its stripgs are sounded by means of small hammers connected by le- vers with the key or finger board. The term pianoforte is also used to show that the note is to be commenced soft, then immedi- ately increased. Pianoforte Action. The mechanism of a piiiiioforte, by which the pressure of the finger upon each key is transmitted to ita corresponding string. Pianoforte Action, Double. That in which two hammers are employed, the sec- ond, or under one, multiplying the velocity of the first. Pianoforte, 2Eolian. A pianoforte so united with a reed instrument that the same set of keys serve for both, or for either singly, at the pleasure of the player. Pianoforte, Boudoir. An upright piano- forte similar in form to the parlor organ. Pianoforte, Compensating. An Eng- lish piano so made as to allow of the use of heavy strings, by which the full power of a grand is obtained from a cottage or small piano. Pianoforte, Concert Grand. The lar- gest size grand pianoforte. Pianoforte, Cottage. An upright piano- forte. Pianoforte, Dumb. A key board ar- ranged for the practice of pupils without producing sound. Pianoforte, Electric. A pianoforte in- vented in 1851, the wires of which are vi- brated by electro-magnetism. Pianoforte, Grand. A pianoforte in which all the octaves, save about the low- est two in the scale, have for each note three strings attuned in unison, and struck at once by the same hammer. From four to seven of the lowest strings are sometimes single, and through about another octave and a half two strings to each note are often used. Pianoforte Hammer. That part of the PIA 176 PIO mechanism of a pianoforte which strikes the wires. Pianoforte, >felographlc. A piano con- nected with which was a clock movement, by which the improvisation of a composer was recorded. Pianoforte, Organized. An instrument consisting of an organ and pianoforte, so conjoined that the same set of keys serve for both, or for either singly. Pianoforte, Ovei strung. An arrange- ment of the strings of a pianolorte oy which two, at least, of the lowest octave's arc raised, running, in respect to the other strings, diagonally above them. Pianoforte, Parlor Grand. A grand pianoforte of the smallest size. Pianoforte, Pedal. A pianoforte having pedals suitable for organ practice, the pedal strings of which are in the rear, and extend lengthwise of the instrument. Pianoforte, Piccolo. A small upright pianoforte. Pianoforte Score. A score in which every part has been so arranged that it may be played on a pianoforte. Pianoforte, Semi-Grand. A grand pianoforte of a medium size. Pianoforte, Sostiuente. A pianoforte introduced in lsl~, the peculiarity of which was a continuation of its sounds by means of silk threads or skeins. Pianoforte, Transposing. A piano so constructed as to effect transposition me- chanically. Pianoforte, Upright. A pianoforte whose strings run obliquely or vertically upward. Pianograph. A machine, invented by M. Giierin, which, on being attached to the pianolorte, indicates, on paper pre- pared for the purpose, anything played by the pianist. Piano, Mezzo. (Ita.) Rather soft. Piano-Piano. (Ita.) Softer ; very soft. Piano Score. A score in which the or- chestral accompaniments are compressed into a pianoforte part. Piano, semprc Staccato e marcato el Basso. (Ita.) Soft, with the bass always well marked and detached. Piano Solo. For the pianoforte only. Pianos Transpositeura. (Fre.) Trans- posing pianos. Flaup, Violiiio. (Ita.) A piano con- taining 1 an instrument similar to a violin, which, when played upon, gives the sound of a piano and violin. Plan-Piano. (Ita.) Gently; softly. Piatti. (Ita.) Cymbals. Pib. (Wel.\ Apipe; aflfe. Pibcorn. ( Wd.) \ Welsh wind instru- ment, consisting of a wooden pipe with holes at the sides and a horn at each end. Pibe. (Dan.) A pipe. Pibroch. A wild, irregular species ol music, peculiar to the Highlands of Scot- laud, performed on a bagpipe. Picchiettato. (Ita.) Struck; intonated with vehemence. Piccolino. (Ita.) Small, or very small. Piccoli Violinl alia Francvue. (Ita , A term applied by the Italians, in the hitter part of the 16th century, to violins. Piccolo. (Ita.) Small. Piccolo Flute. A small flute which is an octave higher than that of the ordinary flute ; an octave flute. Piccolo Pianoforte. A small upright pianoforte. Pieces. A name of general import, appli- cable to all kinds of compositions. Pieces, Fugitive. Short compositions of no permanent value. Pieds. (Fre.) The feet. Plena. (Ita.) Full. Pienamente. (fta.) Fully. Pieno. (Ita.) Full. Pieno Choro. (Lot.) A full chorus. Pieno Orgauo. (Ita.) With the full organ. Pietosamente. (Ita.) Pitifully; com- passionately. Pietoso. (Ita.) "With pity; compassion- ately; a connected, very "slow and care- fully accented delivery, usually applied to church music. Pifano. (Spa.) Afife;afifer. Pifara. (Ita.) A fife; a lifer. Pifaro. (Spa.) A fife; one who plays on a fife. Pifferare. (7/a.) To play the fife. Pifferina. (Ita.) A little fife. Piffero. (Ita.) A fife, or small flute; a player on a fife. Pifferone. ( Ita.) A large fife. Pincer. (Fre.) To play upon a musical instrument. Pinces. (Fre.) A general name for stringed instruments. Pinching. A practice by which bagpipers gnin one or two notes by hall' covering the thumb hole. Pindaric. An ode in imitation of Pindar, the Grecian, and chief of lyric poets; an irregular ode. Pins, Hitch. The pins in the plate of a piano on which the strings are perma- nently fastened. Pins, Tuning. Wrest pins. Pins, Wrest. Movable pins in a piano- forte, about which one end of the string is wound, and by the turning of which the instrument is tuned. * Plob. (Gae.) A pipo Piobaireachd. (Gae.) Pipe music. Pipbamala. (Iri.) The harp of the an- cient inhabitants of Ireland. PIP PLA Pip (A. S.) A pipe; a wind instrument in form of a tube. Pina. (Sice., Spa., and Ice.) A pipe; the reed of a clarion. Pipe. Any tube, which, being 1 inflated at one end, produces a musical sound, acute or grave, soft or loud, according to its material, form, and dimensions; to play on a pipe ; a high or sharp tone. Fipeau. (Fre.) A pipe. Piper. A performer on a pipe. Pipe Itattle. A particular kind of bird note, so named by English bird fanciers in the last century. Pipe, Reed. A pipe formed of reed for musical purposes, either single, as in an- cient times, in numbers, as in the Pandean pipes, or in connection with other varieties of pipes, as in the organ. Pipers. Itinerant musicians who formerly performed on a variety of wind instru- ments, bagpipe, musette, &c. Pipers, Town. Performers on the pipe, who, in the early days of Scotland, as- sisted in the celebration of holidays. Pipe, SoecU. Name given to the bagpipe by the ancient northern poets. Pipes ot Pan. A wind instrument con- sisting of a range of pipes bound together, side by side, and gradually lessening, \vith rcspeet to each other, in length and diam- et'^r ; pandeau pipes. Pipes, Organ. Square and cylindrical tubes in an organ, from which proceed the sounds of the instrument. Pipes, Pandean. Pan's pipes. Flpitana. (Spa.) Flute made by boys of green cane. Piqne. (Fre.) Struck; intonated vehe- mently ; the dash or dot employed to show that certain notes are to be played in a detached manner (75). Pitancero. (Spa.) Superintendent of a choir in a cathedral. Pi tar. (Spa.) To play on a pipe. Pitch. The acutenesn or gravity of any particular sound, or the tuning of any instrument; to set to a key note; to fix or set the tone of. Pitch, Concert. The pitch or degree of acuteness or gravity generally adopted for some one given note, and by which every other note is governed. Pitch Pipe. A wind instrument em- ployed to designate or ascertain the pitch ofakey. It is blown at one end, and being shortened or lengthened at pleasure, pro- duces with exactness the semitonie degrees within its compass. Pitillo. (Spa.) Flageolet; apipeorflute. Pito. (Spa.) Pipe; a small flute. Pitolero. (Spa.) Piper; flutist. Pittorico. (Ita.) Embellished; pictorial or figured. Piu. (Ita.) More. Piu Allegro. (Ita.) A little quicker. Piu che Lento. ( Ita.) Slower than lento. Piu Forte. (Ita.) Louder. Piu t,ento. (Ita.) Slower. Piu Meno. (Ita.) Somewhat less. Piu Mosso. (Ita.) With increased action. Piu IHoto. (Ita.) Faster. Piu Piano. (Ita.) Softer. Piu Piu. (Ita.) Somewhat more. Piu Presto. (Ita.) Quicker. Piu Tosto Allegro. (Ita.) Rather quick. Piu Vivo. (Ita.) More animated. Piva. (Ita.) A bagpipe; hautboy or cor- net. Piz. An abbreviation of Pizzicato. Pizz. An abbreviation of Pizzicando. Pizzicando. (Ita.) Indicates that the strings of a violin are to be sprung with the fingers; pizzicato. Pizzicato. (Ita.) In violin or violoncello music, indicates that the notes are to be snapped or sprung with the finger, instead of being played with the bow. Placebo. (Lat.) In the Roman Catholic church, the vesper hymn for the dead, com- mencing, " Placebo Domino." Placeiiteramente. (Spa.) Joyfully. Placidamente. (Ita.) Placidly; quietly Placido. (Ita.) Calm and quiet; placid. Plajjal. (GrJc.) A* term applied by the ivicient Greeks to those church modes whose melody was confined within the limits of the dominant and its octave. Flagal Cadence. A cadence in which the final chord on the tonic is preceded by that on the subdominant. Plagal Keys. Those keys in the system of the ancient Greeks whose tones reached from the dominant or fifth upwards to the octave and twelfth. Plasfal Melodies. Melodies having their principal notes lying between the fifth of the key and its octave or twelfth. Plagal Modes. In the ancient Greek system of music, those modes whose tones extended from the dominant or fifth up- wards to the octave and the twelfth. Plain Bol. Grandsire bob; the ringing of 7'M changes upon a peal of six bells. Plain Chant. Plain song; an ecclesias- tical chant in dupnl measure with notes of equal length, and seldom extending be- yond the limits of an octave. Plain Counterpoint. Simple counter- point. Plain Descant. Simple counterpoint. Plain Kecitative. A recitative written with no other accompaniment than a bass part, of which the notes are figured so as to indicate the chorda upon which the re- citative is constructed. Plain Scale. The scale of a pianoforte PLA 178 POC when the points at which the hammers strike the strings lie in a direct line. Plain Shake. A shake shorter than the passing shake, ending without a turn(KS). Plain Shake, Close. A semitone shake r;ipid, though with less energy than the open shake, and closing without a turn. Plain Shake, Open. A moderately quick shake of readily distinguished changes, and closing with a turn. Plain Song. The old ecclesiastical chant without those harmonic appendages with which it has since been enriched; simple, slow, unfigured vocal music. Plaintive IHusic. A style of music ex- pressive of grief. Plaintive, (//a.) Expressively; plain- tively. Plank, Wrest. That part of a piano in which the wrest pins are fixed. Planxty . An Irish dance, and tune which accompanies it. Plaque. (Fre.) Struck at once, in speak- ing of chords. Plarren. ( Ger.) To sing monotonously ; to sing with a hoarse or cracked voice. Plasma. (Grl;.) A term of the ancients, signifying a florid, also a soft and delicate modulation of the voice. Plated Harmony. A harmony without movement. Plate Pins. Those pins in the plate of a piano on which the strings are perma- nently fixed. Plates. Sheets or pages of metal, quadri- lateral in form, upon which music notes are stamped or engraved for the purpose of being printed; stereotype pages formed of music type and subsequently cast for the same purpose; also electrotypes con- sisting of a page of music type subjected to an electric precipitation of copper. Plate, String. The plate of a piano in which the hitch pins are fixed. Plauso. (Ita.) Applause. Play. To perform on a musical instru- ment; to take a part in an operatic per- formance. Player, Flute. A flutist; a flautist. Players on High and T,ow Instru- ments. A title assumed by the French minstrels of the Hth century, when the laws of counterpoint were forming, and began to give exercise to bass and treble instruments in concert. Play House Tunes. The general name by which, in the l?th century, all melodies first introduced to the public by the thea- tres were designated. Plectrum. (Lot.) A small instrument, commonly of ivory, used by the ancients in playing upon the lyre, harp, mando- line, &c, Plegaria. (Spa.) Bell rung at noon for prayers. Plein Jen. (.Fre.) Full organ. Pletto. (Ita.) A violin bovr . Plico. (Lot.) A kind of ligature used In the old music, as a sign of hesitation or pause. Plnrisonnd. A general name for any simultaneous combination of musical sounds. Pluritouc. Any combination of musical sounds. Plus. (Fre.) More. Plus Anime. (Fre.) "With greater ani- mation. Pneumatic Instruments. Instruments whose tones are produced by the action of wind. Pneumatic Organ. An organ moved by wind, so named by the ancients to dis- tinguish it from the hydraulic organ, moved by water. P . An abbreviation of Primo. Poche. (Fre.) A kit, or pocket violin. Pochette. (Fre.) A kit, or small violin, used by dancing masters. Pochettino. (Jta.) A very little, more or less. Pochette. (Ita.) A very little. Pocket Metronome. An English met rouome of the size and forpi of a small watch, on one side of which is marked the number of vibrations, and on the other the principal Italian musical terms. Poco. (Ita.) A little. Poco Adagio. (Ha.) A little slow. Poco Allegro. (Ita.) A little faster. Poco Animate. (Ita.) A little more animated. Poco a Poco. (Ita.) By degrees; grad- ually. Poco a Poco Cresc. (Ita.) Increasing gradually. Poco a Poco Crescendo. (Ita.) Louder and louder, by degrees. Poco a Poco Crescendo, I>ecrescen- do. (Ita.) Louder, softer, by degrees. Poco a Poco Decres. (Ita.) Slowly decreasing. Poco a Poco Dim. (Ita.) Gradually diminishing. Poco a Poco 'Diminuendo. (Ita.) Softer and softer by degrees. Poco a Poco, Piu di Fnoco. (Ita.) "With gradually increasing animation and fire. Poco a Poco Piu Lento. (Ita.) Grad- ually slower and slower. Poco a Poco, Piu IIoto. (Ita.) In- creasing the time by slow degrees. Poco a Poco Rallentando. (Ita.) Be- coming slower little by little. Poco Forte. (Ita.) A little loud. Poeo Largo. (Ita.) Rather slow. Poco Meno. (Ita.) Somewhat less. POC 179 POL Poco Minor Allegro. (Ita.) A little less gay than allegro. Poco Piano. (Ita.) Somewhat soft. Poco Piu. (Ha.) Somewhat more. Poco Piu Allegro. " (Ita.) A little quicker. Poco Piu che Allegretto. (Ita.} A Jittle quicker than allegretto. Poco Pin die Andante. (Ita.) A lit- tle slower than andante. Poco Piu Forte. (Ita.) A little louder. Poco Piu Lento. (Ita.) A little slower. Poco Piu Mosso. (Ita.) A little faster. Poco Piu Piano. (Ita.) A little softer. Poco Presto. (Ita.) Rather quick. Poemetto. (Itn.) A. short poem. Poem, Symphonic. A recently invented composition holding a place between op- era and symphony, and serving as a link connecting the two. Poesia. (Ita.) Poetry ; a short poem. Poesie tegere. (Fre.) Light, minor poetry. Poesie Sacree. (Fre.) Sacred poetry. Poesies Diverges. (Fre.) Fugitive poems ; minor poems. Poeta. (Ita.) A playwright. Poetare. (Ita.) To write poetry. Poete Lyrique. (Fre.) A lyric poet ; a song writer. Poetessa. (Ita.) A poetess. Poetino. (Itn.) A little poet. Foetique. (Fre.) Poetic. Poet .Musicians. Bards and lyrists of former times, who blended in their pro- fession the arts of poetry and music, sing- ing their rhapsodies to melodies of their own composing. Poetone. (Ita.) A great poet. Pol. (Ita.) Then. Pol a Pol Tntte le Corde. (Ita.) All the strings, one after another. Poing Stroke. A sudden, hard, short beat of the drum. Point. In ancient systems, a dot or mark used to distinguish tones : in modern music a dot placed at the right hand of a note to raise its value or prolong its time by one half; a note or tune. Point d'Orgue. (Fre.) A cadenza ; a pause ; a long holding-note in the bass, accompanied by various harmonies. Pointe. (Fre.) Point ; dot. Pointee. (Fre.) Dotted. Point of Alteration. In old composi- tions, the dot placed before two shorter notes preceding a longer in order to double the length of the second short note. Point of Augmentation. A dot placed after a note signifying an increase of the ralue of the note one half (36). Point of Diminution. A dot placed before i note signifying that its value U decreased. Point of Division. In former times, the dot placed between two shorter notes that followed and were succeeded by two larger in perfect modes to render both long notes imperfect. Point of Duplication. The point of alteration. Point of Imperfection. The point of division. Point of Perfection. A name formerly given to a dot, because when applied to note it caused it to attain its greatest length. Point of Repose. Cadence. Point, Organ. A long or stationary bass note, upon which various passages of melody and harmony are introduced. Points. Characters formerly used in music instead of notes ; notes without stems. Points, Braced. Points, or dots, having braces over them, showing that the notes over which they are placed are to be per- formed in a style between that of legato and staccato ; demi legato (74). Points, IVodal. Those points in a string 1 extended between two fixed objects, which, when the string is caused to vibrate, are found to remain at rest. Pol Segue 11 Rondo. (Ita.) After this the rondo. Pol. An abbreviation of Polka. Polacca. (Ita.) A Polish national dance in 4 time ; a dance tune in which an empha- sis is laid on the first unaccented part of the measure. Polacca, Alia. (Ita.) In the style of Polish dance music. Poliphant. (Grk.) An Instrument strung with wire, and somewhat resembling the lute. Polka. A dance of Polish origin per- formed by two persons ; a tune in \ time adapted to the dance. Polka Mazurka. A dance tune in triple time, played slow, and having its accent on the last part of the measure. Polka Redo wa. A dance tune in triple time, played faster than the polka ma- zurka, having its accent on the first part of the measure. Polonaise. A movement of three crotch- ets in a bar, the rhythmical pause coming on the last ; a polacca. Polonoise. A polonaise. Polyaroustics. The art of multiplying sounds ; instruments for multiplying sounds. Polyeephale. (Grk.) A style of air in ancient Greek music, performed by flutes, in honor of Apollo. Polychord. Having many strings ; an an- cient instrument having ten strings ; an apparatus for coupling two octave notea POL 180 POS of a pianoforte or other Instrument of sim- ilar construction. Polyhymnia. ( Grk.) In Greek mytholo- gy, the muse of the sublime hymn. Polymnastic. (Grk.) A general name applied by the ancients to certain flutes invented by a woman named Polymneste. Polymorphous. (Grk.) Of many forms; an epithet generally applied to canous. Polyodia. (Grk.) A combination of sounds ; harmony ; any composition in- tended for many voices or instruments. Polyodic. (Grk.) Consisting of several melodies or parts in harmony. Polyodie. (Grk.) Several parts in har- mony. Polyphonla. (Grk.) A combination of many sounds; a composition in which many voices or instruments perform to- gether. Polyphonic. (Grk.) A general name for nil compositions consisting of a plu- rality of parts, but generally confined to instrumental music, as concertos, over- tures, &c. ; a style of composition in which all the voices are essential ; contrapuntal. Polyphonlsm. Multiplicity of sounds ; composition in parts; contrapuntal com- position. Poly phonous. Having many sounds. Polyphony. The act of combining and modulating consonant sounds ; counter- point. Polyplcctra. (Grk.) A general name applied to a class of instruments invented by Guido, as harpsichords and spinets. Polyplectrnm. (Grk.) An instrument resembling the spinet, said to have been invented by Guido, so called because its tones were produced by the friction of pieces of leather acting upon strings, and moved by pressing or striking keys, as in the pianoforte. Fplythrougum. (Grk.) An ancient instrument of many strings. Pomposo. (Ita.) In a grand and pompous manner. Pomposamente. (/to.) Pompously. Ponctnation Musicale. (Fre.) Jtlu- sical punctuation or phrasing. Poiideroso. (Ita.) Heavily. Pouticello. (Ita.) The bridge of the violin, violoncello, guitar, or similar in- strument. Porrectus. (Lot.) One of the ten notes of the ancients. Portamento. (Ita.) The manner of sus- taining and conducting the voice ; a gliding from one uote to another. Portamento dl Voce. (Ita.) Carrying the voice ; the blending of one tone into another. Portando la Vpce. (Ita.) Sustaining the voice ; blending of tones nicely, ana giving to each strength and fulncM. Portare la Voce. (Ita.) The act of car- rying the voice. Porte-de-Volx. (Fre.) An appoggia- tura (m. An abbreviation of Prima Donna. Preeenteur. (Fre.) A precentor. 16 Precentor. An appellation formerly given to the master or leader of a choir; the leader of the congregation in the psalmody of the Scottish church ; a chanter. Precentore. (Ita.) A precentor. Precettpre Musico. (Ita.) A teacher of music. Prechantre. (Fre.) Precentor. Precipitamente. (Ita.) Hurriedly. Precipitando. (Tta.) A gradual acceler- ation of the movement. Precipitato. (Ita.) In a precipitate manner. Precipitazlone,Con. (Ita.) With a quick action. Precipite. ( Fre.) Hurried ; accelerated. Precipitoso. (Ita.) In a quick, hasty manner. Precisionc. (Ita.) Precision ; exaetitude. Preetee. (Hin.) The third of the Srootis into which the fourth note of the Hindoo scale is divided. Prefacion. (Spa.) Preface; introduction. Prefazione. (Ita.) Preface. Preghiera. (Ita.) A prayer. Prelude. A short introductory and gen- erally extemporaneous performance ; a preliminary movement introducing the theme or chief subject. Prelnder. One who plays preludes. Preludiare. (Ita.) To perform a prelude. Preludio. (Ita. and Spa.) A prelude. Preludium. (Lnt.) A prelude. Premier. (Fre.) First. Premiere Fifre. ( Fre.) Fife major. Premiere Fois. (Fre.) First time. Premiere Partie. (Fre.) First part. Preparation. A term used by theorists to indicate that, in harmony, certain dis- sonant notes can only be employed with propriety when they have formed an in- tegr.il part of the previous chord, and arc continued on into the following chord. Preparative Antes. Appoggiaturas, or leaning notes. Preparazione. (Ita.) The preparation of a dissonance. Prepared. Arranged in conformity to the rules of preparation. Prepared Discord. That discord the discordant note or notes of which havfc been heard in a concord. Prepared Intervals. Natural intervals changed from large to small, and from small to large, by the aid of intermediate tones. Prepared Shake. A sb?ke preceded by two or more introductory notes (89). Pressa. (Lot.) A character formerly em- ployed to indicate where a performer is to begin. PresMnte. (ltd.) Quick; hurrying. PRE 182 PRO Press, Letter. The reading matter in a music book, BO called to distinguish it from the pages or passages of music. Pressure Tone. One of the six dynamic tones ; a very sudden crescendo (107). Prestamente. (Ita.) Hastily; rapidly. Prestezza. (Ita.} Rapidity; vivacity. Prestiss. An abbreviation of Prestissimo. Prestlssimamente. (Ita.} Very quick. Prestissimo. (Ita.) Exceedingly quick. Prestrco. An abbreviation of Prestissimo. Presto. (Ita.) Very quick, but not the quickest time. Presto Assal. (Ita.) Very quick. Presto, ma 11011 troppo. (ltd.) Quick, but not extremely so. Presto Presto. (Ita.) With great speed and vigor. Priests, Chantry. Stipendiary priests whose particular office it was to sing mass in the chantries. Priests of the Oratorio. A clerical order established iu Italy in 1574. Prima. (Ita.) Principal; first. Prima Bwffa. (Ita.) The principal female performer in the comic opera. Prima l>onna. (Ita.) The principal fe- male singer iu the serious opera. Prima Donna Assolnta. (Ita.) The first female singer alone. Prima Donna Seria. (Ita.) A prima donna who sings in serious or tragic opera. Prima Opera. (Ita.) First work. Prima Parte Itepetita. (Ita.) Kepeat the first part. Primaril. (Lot.) Of the first rank a term applied to the first and second tones by old writers. Primary Chord. The common chord ; the first chord. Prima Vista. (Ita.) At first sight. Prima Volta. (Ita.) The first time. Prime. (Ita.) The first j the highest ; the leading. Prime Donne. (Ita.) The plural of prima donna. Primes. Two notes placed on the same degree of the staff, and having the same pitch of sound. Primes, Perfect. Primes uninfluenced in their tones by sharps or flats. Primes, Pure. Primes whose tones are not influenced either by a sharp or a flat. Prime, Superfluous. An interval arising from the flattening or sharpening of one of the two notes denominated primes. Prlmiccrio. (Spa.) Precentor. Primitive Chord. That chord the lowest note of which is of the same literal de- nomination as the fundamental bass of the harmony. Primo, (Ita.) Principal; first. Primo Alto. (Ita.) The highest alto. Primo Buffo. (Ma.) First mule comle singer. Primp Cantante. (Ita.) In an opera, the first male singer. Primo Mnslco. (Ita.) First male singer in the serious or tragic opera. Primo Tempo. (Ita.) In the original time an expression used after a retard- ation or acceleration of the time, to signify that the first motion of the measure is re- sumed. Primo Tenore. (Ita.) The first tenor. Prim. Temp. An abbreviation of Primo Tempo. Principal. A term applied by the ancient Greeks to the lowest tetrachord, also to the lowest sound of the lowest two tetra- chords ; an organ stop. Principal Close. The usual cadence in the principal key, so called because gen- erally occurring at the close of a piece. Principale. (Ita.) Principal. Principal Key. The key in which a piece is written ; the original key. Principal Twines. The five lirxyi of the staff, so called to distinguish them from the added lines. Principalmente. (Ita.) Principally. Principal of Principals. The lowest chord of the lowest tetrachord of the Greeks, answering to B natural on the second line in the bass of the present scale. Principal of the Kfean Tetrachord. The- name given by the Greeks to that sound which was last, or highest, of the first tetrachord, and the first, or lowest, of the second tetrachord. Principal Scale. The scale in which a composition begins and mostly continues. Principal Stop. One of the most im- portant stops in an organ, generally made of metal, passing through the whole com- pass of the key board, and tuned an octave above the diapasons. Principal Violin. The first or leading violin in a performance. Principal Voices. The highest and low- est ; the soprano and bass. Principiante. (Ita.) A beginner. Principien. (Ger.) Rudiments ; element*. Probe. (Ger.) A rehearsal. Procelcnsxiatic. (Grk.) A metrical foot in poetry consisting of four short syllables. Procella. (Ha.) A composition descriptive of a thunder storm. Producente. (Ita.) Fifth tone of the scale. Profane Music. A term formerly ap- plied to all music not adapted to church service ; secular music. Professeur de Chant. (Fre.) A pro- fessor of vocal music ; a singing master. PRO 183 PSA Professor. An officer in an educational institution whose speciality it is to lecture on musical science, conduct musical per- formances, and qualify individuals to be- come teachers of music. Professore di Musica. (Ita.) A pro- fessor of music ; one who makes music his chief business. Programma. (Grk.) Symphonies which form descriptive music. Programme. A list of pieces to be per- formed in a concert, oratorio, or opera; an outline or sketch of any musical per- formance or entertainment ; an order of exercises. Progression. A succession of triads, or perfect chords, which are confined to the tonic. Progression, Triple. In old music, a series of fifths. Progressive Treasons. Lessons express- ly composed for the purpose of practical improvement, and so constructed in point of increasing execution as to lead the prac- titioner to those difficulties which he could not well encounter without such prepara- tory exercises. Progressive Notes. Notes which suc- cee'd each other, either in ascent or descent, by those degrees the settled order of which constitutes the key of the composition, or the passage in which they occur. Prohiblto. (Ita.) Prohibited ; not proper or according to just rule. Prolation. A method used in the old music of determining the power of semi- breves and minims. Prolation, Imperfect. That of the an- cients wherein the semitones contained but two minims. Prolation, Note of. A dotted note (30). Prolation, Perfect. That wherein the semibreve contained three minims. Prolazlone. (Ita.} Frolation. Prolazione Maggipre Perfetta. (Ita.) Perfect major prolation. Prolazlone ^linore Perfetta. (Ita.} Perfect miner prolation. Prologhetto. (Ita.) A short prologue. Prologo. (Spa.) Prologue. Prologue. The preface or introduction to a musical composition or performance ; a prelude. Prolonged Shake. A shako which can be opened or closed at pleasure. Proloquium. (Lnt.) An introductory excess of words, or syllables, which pre- cedes the first bar of a" chant. Promenade Concert. A vocal or in- strumental concert during which the audi- ence promenade the hall instead of being seated. Prontamente. (Ita.) Quickly ; nimbly. Pronto. (Ita.) Ready; quick; without loss of time. Pronnnziare. (7/a.) To pronounce. Prophet. A name formerly given lA bardi and rhapsodists. Propledad. (Spa.) Musical propriety. Proportion, Mean. The second of any three proportions ; the tenor part. Proportion, Rhythmical. The pro- portion in relation to time or measure be- tween the notes representing duration. Proposta. Ita.) The subject of a fugue. Prosa. (Spa.) Prose chanted after mass. Prosre. (Lat.) Certain hymns, consisting of rhyme without measure, employed iu the service of the Catholic church. Proscenio. (Ita. and Spa.) Proscenium. Proscenium. The ornamented frame- work upon which the curtain of a stage ia suspended. Proscorda. (Grk.) An ancient name for an instrumental accompaniment to vocal music. Prose. (Fre.) A hymn. Proslambanomenos. ( Grk.) The low est note in the Greek system, equivalent to A on the first space in the bass of .the modern. Prosodia. (Grk.) A sacred song or hymn, sung by the ancients in honor of their gods. Prosodlac. (Grk.) A style of Grecian air, in honor of Mars. Prosody. The name of a melody sung by the Greeks at the entrance of sacrifices ; the art of adjusting accent and metrical quantity of syllables in lyrical composi- tions. Protagonista. (fta.) The principal character of a drama. Protests. (Grk.) A certain pause in an- cient Greek music. Prothalamlon. ( Grk.) A nuptial song. Proton. (Lat.) A word applied by old composers to the first and second tones of plain song, showing them to be of the first rank. Protopsaltes. (Grk.) The name of that one of the two principal singers in the patriarchal church of Constantinople who is stationed on the right side of the qhoir. Protracted Cadenee. Suspended ca- dence. Protracted Modulation. That modu- lation which, before passing to its natural harmony, moves to an intermediate one. Prova. (Ita.) Rehearsal. Prova t>). Quarter Tone. A small interval, which, iu the mathematical theory of music, is found to exist between Dff and E [> , G^f and A |j , &c. Quartes. (Fre.) Fourths. Quartet. A composition for f >ur voices 01 QUA 186 QUO instruments ; four vocalists or Instrumen- talists; a stanza of four Hues. Qua rtet, Solo. A quartet in which one of the voices is predominant. Quartet, Stringed. A composition ar- ranged for four stringed instruments. Quartette. A quartet. Quartette . (Ita.) A quartet. Quartetto, Solo. (Ita.} A solo quartet. Quartet, Wood. A quartet consisting of the flute, oboe, clarionet, and bassoon. Quart Fliite. (Ger.) A flute that sounds a fourth higher. Quarto. (Ita.} The fourth; the quarter note (17). Quarto Iusique. (Fre.) A music room. Salmear. (Spa.) To sing psalms. .Salmeggiamento. (Ita.) Psalmody. Salmeggiare. (Ita.) To sing psalms. Salmeggiatore. (Ita.) Psalmist; singer. Salmi Coiicertatl. (Ita.) Psalms ac- companied with instrumental music. Salmi dl Terza. (Ita.) Psalms in three parts. Snlmista. (Spa. and Ita.) A writer of psalms; a chanter of psalms; a psalm book. Saltno. ( Ita. and Spa.) A psalm or psalm tune. Salmodla. (Ita.) Psalmody. Salmodiar. (Spa.) To sing psalms. Salmografo. (Spa.) A writer of psalms. Salompret. (Mai.) A trumpet of the Malays. Saltaiido. (Ita.) Proceeding by skips or bounds. Saltarello. (Ita.) A particular kind of jig, so called from the dance of that name, chiefly consisting of leaping motions. Saltatio Festiva. (Lat.) Anolddance; the galliard. Salterlo. (Ita.) A Psalter. Saltero. (Ita.) A Psalter, or book of psalms. Salt! Irregolare. (Ita.) Irregular leaps. Saltl Regolare. (Ita.) Regular leaps. Saltl Vietatl. (Ita.) Intervals abso- lutely forbidden in the course of a song. balto. (Ita.) A skip, or leap. Salva, Recrina. (Lat.) A hymn addressed to the Virgin. Snuibac. (Ileb.) Eight stringed. Samboujah. (Syr.) A wind instrument made of reeds; the dulcimer of the an- cients. Samlmca. (Lat.) An ancient stringed instrument. Snmbncina. (Lat.) A woman that plays on u dulcimer. Sambncus. (Lat.) An ancient wind in- strument resembling a flute. Sambuke. A stringed instrument used by the ancient Greeks. 17* Sambnqne. (ffeb.) An old Hebrew In- strument of the harp kind. Samodl. (Grk.) Greek poets who went about singing merry songs ; hilarodi. Sampogna. (Ita.) The flute-a-bcc, or common flute. Sampunia. (ffeb.) A pneumonic instru ment used by the ancient Hebrews, resem- bling the modern bagpipe. Sanisl. (Jap.) A Japanese instrument similar to a guitar. Sauce Bell. A small bell formerly used iu churches. Sanctus. (Lat.) A principal movement of the mass in the Catholic service ; an anthem commencing with the word sanctus, holy. Sanit. ( Ger.) Soft. Sang. (Ger.) Song; strain. Sange. (Afr.) An African instrument formed of a gourd. Sange. (Ger.) Songs; strains. Sanger. (Ger.) A singer. Siingerbund. ( Ger.) A league, or affil- iated brotherhood of singers; a convention of singing societies. Sanger In der Kirche. (Ger.) A chor- ister; a chanter. Saugerinn. ( Ger.) A songstress. Sangervereln. (Ger.) Singers' union. Saiigrede. ( Ger.) Recitative. Sangspiel. (Ger.) Vocal music; a pkce of vocal music. Sangstandchen. (Ger.) A vocal ser- enade. Sans. (Fre.) "Without. Sans Pedales. (Fre.) Without the ped- als ; a term employed in organ music. Sans Son. (Fre.) "Without sound. Santoral. (Spa.) A church choir book. Santur. (Tur.) A Turkish stringed in- strument; the psaltery. Sapharoth Ilaijobelim. (Heb.) Trum- pets made of rams' horns. Saphique. (Fre.) Sapphic. Sapphic Strophe. Three sapphic verses followed by an adonic. Sapphic Verse. In poetry, a measure of eleven syllables in five feet, of which the first, fourth, and fifth arc trochees, the sec- ond a spondee, and the third a dactyl. Saqucbute. (Fre.) A sackbut. Saraband. An antique, slow, Spanish dance; a tune in | or ^ time. Sarabanda. (Ita. and Par.) A saraband Sarabande. (Fre.) A saraband. Saraswatl. (IJin.) In Hindoo mythol- ogy, the wife of Brahma, and protectress of music. Sartarella. (Itu.) A Neapolitan dance. Sarterello. (Ita.) A Neapolitan dance. SAS 198 SCA Sasoh. (ffin.) An instrument of India, having four or fire gut strings, and played upon with a bow. S' Attacca Subito. (Ita.) A term placed at the end of one part to show that another part immediately follows. Sattel. (Ger.) The nut of a violin finger board, &c. Sanmgies. (Hin.) A bow instrument made in India, having four or five gut strings ; the susoh . Sans. (Ger.) Humming. Sanselant. ( Ger.) A whistling sound. Sfiuseln. (Ger.) To murmur; to whisper, rustle, whistle. SUusclud. (Ger.) Humming; lisping. Sausen. (Ger.) WTiistling; roaring. Sauteroau. (Fre.) The jack of a spinet or virginal. Sawtry. A term used in olden tunes for psaltery. Sax-horn. One of a class of brass wind in- struments invented by M. Sax, of Paris, and much used in military bands. Saxophone. An instrument said to com- bine the qualities of the alt-horn, clarionet, and flute, having for a mouth-piece a reed like that of a clarionet. The body of the instrument is a parabolic cone of brass, pro- vided with a set of keys. Saxotromba. A brass instrument whose tone partakes of that of the trumpet and bugle. It has three, four, or five cylinders. Saxtnba. A brass instrument curved somewhat like the Roman buccina, of great sonorousness, with a mouth-piece, and mechanism of three cylinders. Sbalzo. (Ita.) A skip in melody, in con- tradistinction to a progression by single degrees only. Sbarra Doppla. (Ita.) A double bar. Sc. An abbreviation of Score and Scale. Scabrous. Harsh; unmusical. Scaenello. (Ita.) Bridge of a violin and violoncello. Scala. (Ita.) A scale or gamut. Scala Cromatica. (Ita.) The chromatic scale. Scald. The name given by the ancient northern nations to their bards, whose employment it was to compose odes and hymns chanted at every public solemnity. Scale. A gamut; a series of lines ami spaces on which notes are placed; the regular gradations of sound limited to an octave, or extended to the compass of any voice or instrument ; compass. Scale, Accompaniment of the. The harmony assigned to the series of notes forming the diatonic scale, ascending and descending. Scale, .Tolic. Among the ancients, a se- ric? of tones beginning with A, the lowest tone in their music. Scale, Artificial. A scale in which there are flats and sharps, in contradistinction to the natural scale, which contains nei- ther sharps nor flats. Scale, Auxiliary. A scale of a relativ* key belonging to any principal key. Scale, Bell. A scale employed to de- termine the size, weight, and tone of bells. Scale, Chinese. A scale consisting of five notes without semitones, the music being written on live lines in perpendicular columns, and the rising and falling of tones indicated by distinctive names. Scale, Chromatic. A scale which divides every whole tone of the diatonic scale, and consists of twelve semitones in an octave. Scale, Circular. The scale of a piano- forte when the points at which the ham- mers strike the strings are in a circular or curved form. Scale, Curved. A circular scale of a pianoforte. Scale, Diatonic. A melodic representation of the seven gradations of tone arranged in conformity with some particular key. Scale, Enharmonic. A scale proceeding by intervals less than the diatonic and chromatic. Scale, German. A scale of the natural notes formed of A, H, C, D, E, F, G, in- stead of A, 15, C, &c., the B being reserved to express B flat. Scale, Great. A term sometimes applied to the entire series of musical sounds. Scale, Greater. A scale in which the thirds are greater; the major scale. Scale, Greek. The scale of the ancient Greeks, consisting of two octaves, their whole musical system having been com- posed of a different series of tour sounds, with a note added to the bottom of the scale to complete the double octave, all of which sounds having had various denomi- nations, like our gamut. Scale, Guide's. The gamut of Guido. Scale, Irish. A scale having the wholft tone, instead of a semitone, between the seventh and eighth sounds. Scale, Major Diatonic. A scale in which the semitones fall between the third and fourth and seventh and eighth notes, both in ascending and descending. Scale, Minor Diatonic. A scale in which the semitones fall between the second and third and seventh and eighth in ascending, and between the fifth and sixth and second and third in descending. Scale, DIodel. The natural scale. Scale, Natural. The scale of C, so called because it can be produced without the aid of sharps or flats. Scale of A Flat Major. A Bcale having for its key note A flat, and for its signature A, B, D, and E flat. Scale of A Major. A scale having D for its key note, and for its signature I 1 '. C, and G sharp. Scale of B Flat Major. A scale having B flat for its key note, and for its signature B and E Hat. SCA 199 SCH Scale of B Major. A scale having B for its key note, and for its signature F, C, G, D, and A sharp. Scale of C Major. The natural seals. Scale of I> Flat Major. A scale hav- ing- for its key note D flat, and for its sig- nature G, A, B, D, and E flat. Scale of I> Major. A scale in which D is the key note, having for its signature F and C sharp. Scale of E Flat Major. A scale having for its key note E flat, and for its signa- ture E, A, and B flat. Scale of E Major. A scale having E for its key note, and for its signature F, G, C, and E sharp. Scale of F Major. A scale having F for its key note, and for its signature 1$ flat. Scale of G Flat Major. A scale having for its key note G flat, and for its signa- ture G, A, B, C, D, and E flat. Scale of G Major. A scale in which G is the key note, having for its signature F sharp. Scale of IVature. The gradual succession of flxed sounds, which nature produces from a string when divided into equal parts, comprising three grand divisions, the diatonic, the chromatic, and the enhar- monic. Scale, Piano. The general plan of the in- terior of a piano. Scale, Plain. A piano scale in which the points at which the hammers strike the strings are in a direct line. Scale, Principal. The scale in which a composition begins and mostly continues. Scale, Scotch. A scale differing from that of other nations by its omission of the fourth and seventh. Scale, Semitonic. The chromatic scale proceeding by semitones, formed by a division of the diatonic scale into semi- tones, ascending by sharps and descending by flats. Scales, Irrelative. Such scales as arc not united by any common connecting tie. Scales, Relative. Two scales (one ma- jor, the other minor) which have the same signature ; two scales having several tones in common. Scale, Straight. Plain scale of a piano- forte. Scale, Transposed. A scale placed in some other situation, founded or based on some other tone than the tone C. Scampanare. ( /la.) To chime bells. Scampanio. (Ha.) Christmas chimes ; chimes. Scan. To mark and distinguish the feet of which a verse is composed ; to display, in reading, the metrical structure of verse ; to recite metrically. Scanncllo. (Ita.) The violin bridge. Scaunctto. (Ita.) The bMdge of a violin, violoncello, &c. Scanslone. (Ita.) Scanning. Scaramouch. A character in old Italian comedy and opera, characterized by boast- fulness and poltroonery. Scavezze. (Ita.) Divisions within the compass of the sixth, so called because, never extending to the octave, the com- pass becomes broken or cut short. Scemaudo. (Ita.) Diminishing ; decreas- ing ; nearly synonymous with Mancando. Scena. (Ita.) A scene or portion of an opera. Scena da Camera. (Ita.) Chamber mu- sic ; vocal compositions not designed for the church or theatre. Scenario. (Ita.) Actor'a guide book; a programme ; scenes ; decorations. Scene. So much of an opera as passes without change of locality or time, or im- portant change of character j the decora- tions and tittings of a stage. Scenic Music. Music adapted to dra- matic performances. Sen. An abbreviation of Schottische. Schiiferlied. (Ger.) A pastoral song. Schiiferpfeife. (Ger.) A shepherd's bagpipe. Schall. (Ger.) Sound. Schalleu. (Ger.) To resound; to yield a sound. Scliallos. (Ger.) Insonorous. Schall* tuck. (Ger.) The bell of a trum- pet, bugle, horn, &c. Schallwelle. (Ger.) An undulation or wave of sound. Schalmei. (Ger.) The hautboy. Schalmeiblaser. (Ger.) A hautboy player ; a piper. Schalmeie. (Ger.) A shawm. Schalmeienklang. (Ger.) Sound of the bagpipe, trumpet, or hautboy. Schalmeler. (Ger.) A player on the pipe ; a hautboy player. Schalmers. (Fre.) The old French name for hautboy. Scharf. (Ger.) Sharp; keen. Schelle. (Ger.) A bell ; a jingle. Schellen. (Ger.) To ring. Schellentrommcl. (Ger.) A tambour- ine ; a timbrel. Scheme. ( Grk.) A term used in ancient music to express the varieties arising from the different positions of tones and semitones in a consonance. Scherz. An abbreviation of Scheraando and Scherzato. Scherzandlsslmo. (Ita.) In an exceed- ingly playful style. Scherzando. (Ita.) Light and sportive. Scherzante. (Ita.) Sportive; playful. Scherzato. (Ita.) Light and playful. SCH 200 SCO Schcrzevolmente. (Ita.) Playfully ; lightly. Selierzajediclit. (Ger.) A comic poem. Scherzo. (Ita.) \ composition in a play- ful or sportive style. Scherzo .tfimietto. (Ita.) A minuet employed in symphonies, quartets, &c. Scherzosaincnte. (Ita.) Lightly ; play- fully. Scherzoso. (Ita.) Playful ; merry. Schiettamente. (Ger.) Simple; in a plain manner. Schletto. (Ger.) Plainly; simply. Setitfferlied. (Ger.) Song of the gon- doliers. Schisma. (Grfc.) In ancient music, a small interval equal to the half of a comma, or the eighteenth part of a tone. Schlachtgesang. (Ger.) A battle strain or chant ; martial song ; war song. Schlachtlied. ( Ger.) A battle song. Sc-li la^t. (Ger.) Sound. Schleif end. (Ger.) Bound; closely joined. Schleif er. ( Ger.) Legato or slurred pas- sage ; Blurred or tied notes ; an ancient dance. Schleif erlied. (Ger.) Song of the knife- grinder ; the tune or air of a waltz. Schleif ezeichen. (Ger.) A slur (77). Selileppcnd. (Ger.) Draggingly ; te- diously. Schltiffel eiiie Buchse zu Spannen. (Ger.) A spanner, an instrument lor tuning stringed instruar' '?. ; a tuning key. Scliluss. (Ger.) Conclusion. Schlnssel. (Ger.) The clef. Schmachtend. (Ger.) Languishing. Schmelzkessel. (Ger.) A pit employed by organ builders in which to melt tin and lead lor pipes. Schmetteru de Stimine. (Ger.) A clanging voice. Schnarrbass. (Ger.) The drone bass. Schnarrpfeife. (Ger.) Drone pipe ; short bassoon ; reed stop in organs. Sehnnrrpfeifen. (Ger.) Reed work; reed stops. Schnarrwerk. (Ger.) Keed work in organs. Schnell. (Ger.) Quick. Schuell Wolzer. (Ger.) Quick waltzes. Schiinrrant. (Ger.) A strolling mu- sician. Schcenion. (Grk.) In ancient music, a term signifying a scientific air composed for flutes. Schola Cautorum. (Lot.) Name given by St. Gjtjfory to a body of chanters. Scliollrohr. (Ger.) Trumpets ; bugles ; brass wind instruments. Scliitnsingen. (Ger.) To sing beauti- fully. School, Singing. A place for instruction in vocal music and the cultivation of tlio voice. Schottische. (Ger.) A modern dance, being a variation of the polka, danced by a couple, witli the same music in common time ; a tune to accompany the danc . Schreibart. (Ger.) Style. Schritimassig. (Ger.) Slc-.v time ; an- dante. Schuif-Tromppet. (Dut.) A sackbut. Schule. (Ger.) A school. Schulrsaiiger. (Ger.) A school singer ; a chorister. Schusterfleck. (Ger.) A reiteration of a passage one note higher than previously given. Schwach. (Ger.) Piano; soft. Schwachestimme. (Ger.) A weak voice. Schwankend. ( Ger.) Waving. Schwfirmerlsch. (Ger.) Eccentric; en- thusiastic. Schwarze Note. (Ger.) A crotchet (17). Schvveige. (Ger.) Rest. Schweigen. (Ger.) Rests. Schiveizerbass. (Ger.) With organ builders, pedal ; bass of flageolets. Schweizerflttte. (Ger.) Flageolet; fla- geolet stop. Schwer. ( Ger.) Difficult. Schwere Siitzc. (Ger.) Difficult pas- sages of a composition. Schiverfallig. (Ger.) Heavily. Soli \vcrmuth. (Ger.) Melancholy. Schwlrren. (Ger.) Chirping; warbling. Srialuino. (f"re.) A word employed, in clarionet music, signifying that the notes are to be played an octave lower than written. Science of Rlnsic. Strictly, the theory of music, in distinction from its practice, the latter being the art of music. Scientific Musician. One whose atten- tion is applied more particularly to the philosophical branches of the science of music. Sciolist. One who professes to understand and teach, or perform upon, many cliirur- ent instruments, but who is not a thor- ough master of any. Scioltamente. (Ita.) With freedom and agfllty. Scioltezza. (Tta.) Dexterity ; freedom. Sciolto. (Ita.) With freedom and bold- ness, in a disconnected style sometimes ; staccato. Scivoletto. (Ita.) A trill; a musical passage. Scoccobrino. (Ita.) Buffoon. Scolaro. (Ita.) A scholar. SCO 201 SEC Scolla. (GrJc.) Among the ancients, songs in general, but more especially those of a festive kind. Scollum. (Gr!:.) In the music of the ancients, a festive song. Scorflare. (Ita.) To be out of tune ; to grate upon the ear with discordant tones. Scprdato. (Ita.) Out of tune j untuned ; discordant. Score. A complete and orderly assemblage, in one view, of the parts of a vocal or in- strumental composition ; to collect and arrange under each other the several de- tached parts of a composition. Score, Full. A complete score of all the parts of a composition, cither vocal or instrumental, or both. Score, Instrumental. A score in which the instrumental parts are given in full. Score, Partial. An arrangement in which the voices are condensed, or a portion omitted or giveu in a higher or lower octave ; scores in which the leading parts are as originally written, and the accom- paniment arranged for a keyed instru- ment. Score, Piano. A score in which the orchestral accompaniments are com- pressed into a pianoforte part ; an ar- rangement of music for the piano. Score, Vocal. The notes of all the voice parts placed in their proper bars under each other, for the use of the conductor of a vocal performance. Scoring. The forming of a score, by col- lecting and properly arranging the de- tached parts of a composition. Scorrendo. (Ita.) Passing smoothly from tone to tone. Scotch Scale. A scale differing from that of the other nations of Europe by its omission of the fourth and seventh, a peculiarity from which all the genuine Scottish melodies derive their national and distinguishing character. Scozzese. (Ita.) Scottish. Seozzese, Alia. (Ita.) In the style of Scotch music. Scrape. To make a harsh noise ; to play awkwardly and inharmouiously on a violin or similar instrument. Scraping. Playing awkwardly on a violin. Scroty. A certain kind of bird note, so called by English bird fanciers of the last century. Scnola. (Ita.) A school ; a course of study. Scnola IMcauto. (Ita.) A singing school. Sdegiiosameute. (Ita.) Scornfully ; in- dignantly. Sdegnoso. (Ita.) Indignant ; scornful ; morose. Sdmcciolante. (Ita.) Sliding the first finger over the keys or strings of an in- strument. Sdrueciolare. (Ita.) To glide the flnge* up and down the keys of the pianoforte. Seanachaidhe. (Iri.) An order of bards among the ancient Irish who preserved ii verse antiquarian, genealogical, and his- torical facts. Season , Opera. The period during which operatic performances are given. Sea Trumpet. A marine trumpet, for- merly much used an shipboard. Sec. (Fre.) In a dry or unornamcnted manner. Secco. (Ita.) A plain, unornamental style. Sechs. (Ger.) Six. Sechs Achtcl Takt. ( Ger.) Measure in six eight time. Sechste. (Ger.) A sixth. Sechszehn. (Ger.) Sixteen. Sechszehute. (Ger.) Sixteenth. Sechszeiliges Gedicht. (Ger.) A hex- astich. Sechzehntel. (Ger.) Semiquavers (19). Sechzchntelspanse. (Ger.) A semi- quaver rest (31). Sechzentheil IVote. (Ger.) A semi- quaver; sixteenth note (19). Second. An interval of one degree, as from A to B, B to C, &c. ; the second part in a concerted piece ; the alto. Seconda. (Ita.) Second. Seconda Donna. (Ita.) Second female singer. Seconda Opera. (Ita.) Second work. Secondary Tones. Tones introduced between the principal tones wherever large seconds occur, denoted by adding to tl>^ letters sharps or flats. Second, Augmented. An interval COD taining one whole and one minor semitone Seconda Volta. (Ita.) The second time. Seconda Volta Slolto Crescendo. (Ita.) Much louder the second time of playing. Second Bass. Any bass the notes of which flow in a smooth and pleasing man- ner, forming in themselves, independently of the superior parts, a grateful kind of jjaelody. Second, Diminished. An interval of conjoint degree containing fiur commas. Scconde. (Fre.) Second. Seconde Fois. (Fre.) Second time. Second, Extreme Sharp. A tone mid a chromatic semitone, composed of two degrees. Second, Flat. The minor second, formed by two sounds nt the distance of a diatonic semitone, as B C and E P. Second Inversion. A term applied to a chord when its lifth is the lowest tone. Second, I^arge. A whole tone. Second, Major. An interval of conjoint degree consisting of nine commas. SEC 202 SEM Second, minor. An interval of conjunct decree consisting of five commas. Secoudo. (/to.) The second. Necondo Alto. (Ita.) The lowest alto. Second 5*art. Alto, the lowest species of woman's voice. Second, Redundant. An interval of conjoint degree composed of a whole tone and a minor. Second Shift. A violin shift on the eighth line, or A. Second, Small. A semitone. Second Soprano. The low soprano. Second Subject. The counter subject of n fugue wheii it remains unchangc d in all the parts. Second Tenor. Low tenor. Second Treble. Low soprano, or alto. Second Voice. The voice next below the upper voice ; the alto. Sectio Canonis. (Lot.) That division of a chord, invented by Euclid, by wh'ch the portions of its several sounds are correctly ascertained. Section. A complete, but not an inde- pendent musical idea ; a part of a musical period, composed of one or more phrases (123). Section, Cadence. A section concluding with a perfect cadence. Section, Contracted. A section contain- ing not over three bars. Section, Dominant. A section ending on the common chord of the dominant. Section, Extended. A section contain- ing from live to eight bars. Section, Tonic. A section terminating on the common chord of the tonic. Secular Cantata. A style of composi- tion requiring less light and shade than ecclesiastical or dramatic music. Secular Music. Any music or songs not adapted to sacred uses or church service. Seculars. Unordained officiates of any cathedral or chapel, whose functions arc confined to the vocal department of the choir. Secular Songs. Songs or poems com- posed for the secular games in ancient Komc; songs not designed for religious worship. Secunde. ( Ger.) The interval of a sec- ond. Sccundum Artem. (Lat.) According to art, or professional rule ; with skill and accuracy. Se Bemancher. ( Fre.) To shift. Se I>esaccorder. (Fre.) To put out of tune. Seer. The ancient name for a bard, or rhapsodist. Seg. An abbreviation of Segue. Segnare. (Ita.) To beat time. Segno. (Ita.) Sign. Segue. (Ita.) Now follows ; it follows ; like manner signifying thnt a subsequent passage is to be played like that which precedes it. Segue il Coro. (Ita.) The chorus follows. Segue la Finale. (Ita.) The finale now follows. Segueute. (Ita.) Following. Segiieuza. (Ita.) A sequence of similai intervals or chords. Segue Senza /iitc-rmissione. (Ita.) Go on without stopping. Segue Subito Seuza Cambiare il Tempo. (Itft.) Proceed directly, and without changing the time. Seguidilla. (Spa.) A favorite Spanish dance in simple triple time. Seguidillera. (Spa.) A person who sings and dances seguidillas. Seguito. (Ita.) Followed ; imitated. Seguiidilla. (Spa.) A small bell used for certain acts of devotion. Segundo. (Spa. and Por.) Second. Seliardenit. ( Tern.) An instrument used in Africa, similar to a guitar. Sehusiiclitig. ( Ger.) Longingly. Sei. (Ita.) Six. Seis. (Spa.) Six ; sixth; a boy who sings in a choir of a cathedral. Seisillo. (Spa.) Union of six equal notes. Seitenbart. ( Ger.) The ear or mouth of an organ pipe. Seitenbewegung. (Ger.) Oblique mo- tion. Seizieme de Soupir. (Fre.) A semi- demisemiquaver rest. Seknude. (Ger.) Second. Selah. (Heb.) A term anciently used to indicate the interlude, in which the priests should blow the trumpets, to carry up the sentiments expressed lor a memorial be- fore God. S'Elever. (Fre.) To ascend in tone. Sem. An abbreviation of Sempre. Semeiotecnnie. (Fre.) The system of musical characters. Se Mcttre a 1'Unisson de. (Fre.) To be in unison with. Semi. (Lat.) Half. Semibreve. A note of half the time or duration of the breve, equal to two min- ims or four crotchets ; the largest note generally employed in music, the standard by which all the notes of lesser value are measured ; a whole note (15). Semibreve, Major. A note of the value of two thirds of a breve in the ancient system. Semibreve, Minor. A note among the ancients having the value of one third of a breve. SEM 203 SEN Semilireve Rest. A rest equal in dura- tion to a semibreve (27). Semibrlef. A semibreve (15). Semicadeiiza. (/la.) Semi-cadence. Semi-Chorus. A chorus to be sung by a few singers ; a short, simple chorus. Semicircle, Barred. A character used to denote a quicker movement than the semicircle without the bar (125). Semicon. (Grk.) An ancient instrument of thirty-live strings, resembling the harp. Semicorchea. (Spa.) A semiquaver (19). Semi-Croma. (Grk.') A semiquaver (19). Semicromatico. (Spa.) Semi-ehromatie. Semi-Oegree. A semitone. Semidemisemiquaver. A quadruple quaver, equal in duration to one half of a demisemiquavcr (-1). Semidemisemlquaver Rest. A rest equal in duration to the length of a senii- demisemiquaver (33). Semidlapason. (Lat.) An octave di- minished by a minor semitone; an imper- fect octave. Semidiapente. (Ita.) The diminished or imperfect fifth. Semidiatesseron. (Lat.) A false or de- fective fifth. Semiditone. (Lett.) A minor third; a hemiditone. Semiditouo. (Ita.} A minor third. Semi-Fredon. (Fre.) Ademiquaver (19). Semifusa. (Lett.) The ancient name for a semiquaver (19). Semi-Grand Pianoforte. A medium size grand pianoforte. Semi-Minim. (Lot.) Half a minim ; a quarter note ; crotchet (17). Semimnstco. (ltd.) An ignorant musi- cian. Semlnima. (Spa.) A crotchet (17). Snnioctava. (Spa.) A poetical compo- sition of four verses in alternate rhymes. Semiped. (Lat.) In poetry, half a foot. Semiquaver. A note of the eighth de- gree of length, reckoning from the large ; half a quaver; a sixteenth note; to sing or to play in semiquavers (19). Semiquaver Rest. A rest equal in du- ration to a semiquaver (31). Seml-Serla Opera. (Ita.) An opera equally divided in its character between the serious and the comic. Semisospiro. (Ita.) A pause equal to an eighth of a bar in common time. Semi-Stop. Half a stop. Semitone. Half step ; the smallest of in- tervals allowed in modern music. Semitone, Major. A semitone produced by ascending a degree, as from G natural to A flat. Semitone, Minor. A semitone produced by passing from a natural note to its sharp. Semitoutc. Pertaining to a semitone ; applied to intervals consisting of half tones. Semitonlc Scale. The chromatic scale, proceeding by semitones, formed by a division of the diatonic scale into semi- tones, ascending by sharps and descending by Hats. Semitonlnm Modi. (Lat.) Scmitonic scale. Semituono. (Ita.) A semitone. Semi-Vocal. Pertaining to semi-vowels ; half or imperfectly vocal. Semp. An abbreviation of Semplice and Sempiicemente. Semper Contrarlus Esto. (Lat.) A term in enigmatical canons of the seven- teenth century, indicating that the conse- quent should imitate the antecedent by a retrograde movement. Semplice. (Ita.) Simple and unaffected. Semplicemeutc. (Ita.) Simply ; plainly. Sempliclssimo. (Ita.) With the great- est simplicity. Semplicita, Con. (Ita.) With simplicity ; artlessly. Sempre. (Ita.) Always. Sempre con Forza. (Ita.) Perform loud throughout. Sempre Forte. (Ita.) Always loud. Sempre Pianissimo. (Ita.) Continue to play very softly. Sempre Piano. (Ita.) Always soft ; soft throughout. Sempre Piano e Ritennto. (Ita.) With continually increasing softness, and falling off in the degree of movement. Sempre pin I>ecresccndo e pin Ral- leutaudo. (Ita.) Gradually softer and slower. Sempre pin Forte. (Ita.) Continually increasing in power. Sempre pin Forte all. ft. mo. (Ita.) Louder and louder to the fortissimo. Sempre plu Presto. (Ita.) Continually quicker. Sempre Staccato. (Ita.) Always stac- cato, or detached. Sena. (Spa.) Sign. Senarlo. (Spa.) A verse of six iambio feet. Sennachy. A Highland bard or minstrel. Sennet. A set of notes on a trumpet or cor'nct, differing from a flourish. Sensibilita, Con. (Ita.) With sensibil- ity and feeling. Sensible Note. The leading note of the scale, or that note of the scale which is situated a semitone below the key uote; the major seventh of the scale. Sentences. Certain interlude strains some- SEN 204 SEE times introduced in the service of the church of England. Sentimento, Con. (Ita.) With feeling and sentiment. Se:iza. (Ita.) Without. Seuza linttuta. (Ita.) At the pleasure of the performer as regards the beat, or time. Senza Interruzione. (Ita.) Play on without interruption. Senza Organo. (Ita.) Without the organ. Seuza Pedale. (Ita.) Without pedals. Senza Piano. (Ita.) Without the piano. Senza Repetizione. (Ha.) Without repetition. Seuza Replica. (Ha.) Without repeti- tion. Senza Rigore del Tempo. (Ita.) Without a strict regard to time. Senza Ritmo. (Ita.) The execution to be according to the taste of the performer. Senza Sordini. (Ita.) In piano music, without the dampers ; in violin and vio- loncello music, without mutes. Senza Stromenti. (Ita.) Without in- struments. Senza Tempo. (Ita.) At the pleasure of the performer as regards time. Septenary. Name formerly given to a scale in which the eighth tone is omitted. Septet. A composition for seven voices or instruments. Septette. (Ita.) A septet, or piece for seven instruments. Septieme. (Fre.) The interval of a seventh. Septlemeg. (Fre.) Sevenths. Septima. (Ger.) A heptachord. Septime. (Ger.) The interval of a seventh. Septuor. A composition for seven voices or instruments ; a septet. Sequence. A regular alternate succession of similar chords or intervals ; a hymn of the Homan Catholic church introduced on festival days after the graduale or iutroit. Seqnentia. (Lat.) Hymns used in the Homan Catholic church, so called because, though in their composition rhyme is ad- hered to, the laws of measure and quanti- ty are neglected. Sequenza. (Ita.) A hymn formerly sung in the Roman Catholic church service alter the graduale, and sometimes in the vespers. Ser. An abbreviation of Seraphine and Serj^at, Seraphina. A seraphine. Serapliine. A wind instrument having a case and key board like that of a piano- forte, the tones being produced by the action of wind upon thin brass metallic tongues moving freely in an aperture of a plate. Sernano. (Ita.) The serpent, a iass wind instrument. Serbeml. (Per.) A kind of song. Serdovrm. (Jav.) An instrument of the flute species, used by the Malays. Serenade. A performance of music at night near the dwelling of the person to be entertained ; a musical composition con- sisting of song, recitative, and chorus; any light and pleasing instrumental com- position consisting of several movements. Serenata. (Ita.) A serenade. Serenate. A serenade. Seria. (Ita.) Serious. Seria, Opera. (Ita.) A serious or tragic opera. Seriner un Air. (Fre.) To play a tune on the bird organ. Seriner un Olseau. (Fre.) To teach a bird with a bird organ. Serinette. (Fre.) One who sings without expression ; a bird organ. Seriughi. (Ilin.) A Hindoo instrument of the violin class. It is a bow instrument, and has three wire strings which are tuned D, A, IX The notes are stopped only upon the upper D string, the bow being con- stantly drawn across the remaining strings, always open, which thus form a sort of pedal bass, like the drone of a bagpipe. Serio. (Ita. and Spa.) Serious ; grave. Serio-comic. A song combining the grave with the ludicrous or humorous. Serioso. (Ita.) In a grave and serio-js style. Serious Song. A song comprising plun- tive words and music. Serpeggiando. (Ita.) Sliding; moving gently onwards. Serpent. A bass wind instrument, of loud and coarse tone, which has its name from its curvilinear form, and consisting of several folds or wreaths, which are usu- ally covered with leather. Serpentblaser. (Ger.) A player on the serpent. Serpente. (Ita.) Serpent. Serpentine Verse. A line of poetry be- ginning and ending with the same word. Serpentone. A large wind instrument ; a serpent. Serte. (Ger.) A sixth. Service. A musical composition adapted to the services of religious worship. Service Book. A Missal ; a book con- taining the musical service of the church. Service, Choir. The duties of choir members. Service, Choral. A form of religions service in which the priest sings in re- sponse to the choir. Service, Full. A service without any verse parts. SER 205 SEV Service, Verse. A service in which vt rses are introduced. Servi Sympboniaci. (Lat.) Among The Romans, a baud of musicians kept by a person of rank, for the amusement of him- self or guests. Sesqualtra. (Lat.) An organ stop, of a shrill, noisy quality of tone, consisting of several ranks of pipes tuned in thirds, fifths, or octaves. Sesqni. (Lat.) One and a half. Sesqiiialter. An organ stop ; the sesqui- altera. Sesquialtera. An organ stop composed of three ranks of pipes; sesqualtra. Sf.-iqiii-.Vlterate. (Lat.) (Greater Im- perfect.) In old music a triple in which the breve, when dotted, contained three measures, or semibreves, and two when without a dot. Sesqwi-Alterate. (Lat.) (Greater Per- fect.) In the ancient system of music, a triple in which the breve contained three measures, or semibreves, though no dot or point was affixed to it. Sesqni-Alterate. (Lat.) (Ijesaer Im- perfect.) In the old musical system, a triple time in which the Kcmibruve con- tained three measures or minims when dotted, and two wheu not. Sesqni-Alterate. (Lat.) (IJesser Per- fect.) In the ancient musical system, a triple time in which the semibruvc contained three measures, or minims, though not indicated by a dot. Sesquialtra. (Lat.) An organ stop con- sisting of three ranks of pipes. Sesquiditoue. (Lat.) A concord re- sulting from the sound of two strings, whose vibrations in equal times are to each other as 5 to G. Scsqiiitertia. (Lat.) A musical ratio wheu it is as 4 to .'!. Sesqiiitoue. (Lat.) A minor third, or an interval consisting of three semitones. Sesta. (Ita.) A sixth. Sestet. (Jta.) A vocal or instrumental composition iu six parts. Sestetto. (Ita.) A sestet. Sestina. ( Ita.) A sextole. Sea to. (Ita.) Sixth. Sestola. (Ita.) A sextole. Sestuor. (Fre.) A vocal or instrumental ecn position in six parts; a sestet. 6estuplo. (Ita.) A mixed triple beaten iu double time. Set. The act of adapting words to music, or music to words; to pitch the tune, or to lead oft' in singing. Settc. (Ita.) Seven. Setter. One who adapts words to a misi- cal composition, or vice versa. Settima.. (Ita.) A seventh. Settlma Maggiorv. (Ita.) Major sev- enth. 18 Settima Minor e. (Ita.) Minor seventh, Settimo. (Ita.) The seventh. Settimola. (Ita.) A septimole. Setzart. (Ger.) Style of composition. Setzkunst. (Ger.) The art of musical composition. Severameute. (Ita.) Severely; rigidly. Severita, Con. (Ita.) With strict and severe style. Sevens and Eights Metre. A metre designated thus, 7s & 8s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 8, 7, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8. Sevens and Five Metre. A metre des- iguuted thus, 7s & 5, consisting of a stanza or' four lines in trochaic measure, the syl- lables of each being in number and ordei as follows: 7, 7, 7, 5. Sevens and Fives Metre. A metre de- signated thus, 7s & 5s, consisting of a stan- za of eight lines in trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and ordei as follows : 7, 5, 7, 5, 7, 5, 7, 5, or 7, 7, 7, 5, 7,7, 7, 5, or a stanza of fonr lines as follows, 7, 5, 7, 5. Sevens and Sixes Metre. A metre des- ignated thus, 7s & Os, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic and iam- bic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 0, 7, <>, 7, 7, 7, <>. or in iambic only, as follows, 7, 0, 7, 0, 7, 0, 7, 6. Sevens. Eight, and Seven Metre. A metre designated thus, 7s, 8, & 7, consist- ing of a stanza of eight lines iu iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 7, 8, 7, 7, 7, 8, 7. Sevens Metre. A stanza of four linen in trochaic measure, each line containing seven syllables. Sevens, Sixes, and Eight Metre. A metre designated thus, 7s, 6s, & 8, consist- ing of a stanza of eight lines in trochaic and iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 7, 0, 7, li, 8, 7, 7, G, or of four lines, as follows, 7, G, 8, G. Seventh. An interval formed of seven sounds, or six diatonic, degrees ; the sev- enth tone of any scale ascending from the key note. Seventh, Diminished. A dissonant seventh, consisting of three tones (two minors and one major), and three major semitones. Seventh, Extreme Flat. The minor seventh, diminished, consisting of four tones and two diatonic semitones, forming seven degrees. Seventh Major. An interval comprising five tones and a major semitone. Seventh Minor. An interval consisting of four tones and two major semitones. Seventh, Simple. A seventh formed by SEV 206 SHA adding an interval of a seventh to the other common chords of the key. Mr vent h, Superfluous. A dissonant in- terval containing live tones (three minors and two majors), a semitone major uiid a semitone minor. Severita. (/la.) In a severe style. Sexta. (Lut.) Sixth. Sextain. A stanza of six lines. Sexta Para. (Lot.) The name given in ancient church music to the second part added to the four parts, to which musical compositions for the churches were lim- ited. Sexte. (Cer.) The interval of a sixth. Sextet. (Itn.) A composition for six per- formers ; a sestet. Sextet to. (Ita.) A piece for six voices or instruments ; a sestet. Sextilla. (Spa.) A Spanish metrical com- position of six feet. Se.xtina. (Spa.) Spanish poetry in which every sixth verse rhymes. Sexto. (Spa.) Sixth. Sextole. The union of two trioles or trip- lets (GO). Sextrlplet. A group of six notes (06). Sextnor. A composition for six voices or instruments. Sextuple. Name formerly given to what is now called compound common time. Sextuple measure. A measure having six parts. Nezenos. (Spa.) Seventeenth. Sf . An abbreviation of Sforzando. Sn*. An abbreviation of Sforzato Assai. Sfogato. (Ita.) A very high soprano. Si orx. An abbreviation of Sforzato. Sforzando. (Ita.) A term implying that a particular note is to be played with em- phasis and force (100). Sforzare. (Ita.) To weaken. Sforzare la V'oce. (Ita.) To overstrain the voice. Sforzato. (Ita.) Play with emphasis and force. Sforzato Assai. (ltd.) A term implying that the note is to be played with great emphasis and force (108). Hfuggito. (Ita.) Avoided. Sf z. An abbreviation of Sforzando. Shake. An embellishment consisting of the alternate reiteration of two notes com- prehending ail interval not greater than one whole tone, nor less than a semitone; a trill (88). Shake, Accompanied. A shake exe- cuted by two lingers, while the other lingers of the same hand play the notes by which it is accompanied. Shake, Close. One of the old English graces, comprised in the class denominated p > shaked." Shake, Close Plain. A semitone nhak rapid, though with less energy than the open shake, and closing without a turn (87). Shake, Close Turned. A close shake ending with a turn. Shaked Bagfall. One of the old Eng- lish graces, of the class known ns " shaked." Shaked Beat. One of the old English graces, of the class denominated " shaked." Shaked Cadent. An old English gnu-.-, one of the division known as " shaked." Shaked Elevation. An old English grace, of the class known as " shaked." Shaked Graces. One of the two classes into which the old English graces were divided. Shake, Double. Two simultaneous shakes on notes which are cither sixths or thirds to each other (a Capo. A mark placed before a certain note when a piece is to be repeated , not from any double bar, nor from the be- ginning, but from that note (43). Signe. (Fre.) Sign. Signes ties Silences. (Fre.) Sigbt of rest. Sign, Neutralizing. A cancelling sign ; a natural. Signs. A general name for all the different characters used hi music, such as Hals, sharps, dots, &c. Signs, Chromatic. Accidentals. Signs, Fluctuating. Signs, a deviation from the exact value of which is allowable. Sign of Xiong Mordente. A sign de- noting a mordeute of lour notes (9(>, 98). Sign of Short Mordente. A sign indi- cating a grace formed by the alternation of the principal note several times with the note above or below (95, 97). Signs of Abbreviation. Strokes, wav- ing lines, dots, and figures, employed to de- note a repetition of notes, continuation of rests, &c. See Abbreviation Marks (61, f). Signs of Forzando. Certain characters showing that a tone is to be emphasized stronger than its rhythmical accent re- quires (109). Signs of the Organ Tone. Two paral lels indicating that the tone is to com mence, continue, and close with a uniform degree of power (105). Signs of the Pressure Tone. Signs indicating a very sudden increase of tone (107). Siiankos. A shell common to India, Africa, and the Mediterranean, and used as a trumpet for blowing alarms or giving signals. Silaba. (Spa.) Two or three sounds which correspond with every letter of the gamut; metrical composition. Silbador. (Spa.) One who whistles. Silbar. (Spa.) To whistle. Silbato. (Spa.) A whistle. Silbern. (Ger.) Of a silvery tone. Silberton. (Ger.) Silver tone; silvery sound. Silbertonend. (Ger.) Silver sounding. Silboso. (Spa.) Whistling; hissing. Silences Polntes. (Fre.) Dotted rests, (39). Silencio. (Spa.) Silence. SIL 209 SIN SilPMclosamente. (Spa.) Softly ; gently. Si I.entnndo. (Ita.) A term denoting a slackening of the time. Silenzio. (Ita.) Silence ; pause ; rest. 81 l>vauo 1 Sordini, (/to.) Raise the dampers. Silver-Sounding. A soft, clear, gliding sound ; a term mostly applicable to the flute or voice. Silver Trumpet. The chatsoteroth of the ancient Hebrews, straight, a" cubit long, with a bell-shaped mouth. Simi-Cnm. (Grk.) An ancient instru- ment having thirty-five strings. Similar Motion. That motion in which two or more parts aseeud or descend at the same time. Simile. (Ita.) Similarly ; in like manner. Si Mineur. (Fre.) B minor. Simple Cadence. That in which the notes are equal throughout all the parts. Simple Common Time. A time con- sisting of two species, the first containing one semibreve in each bar, the second only the value of a minim. Simple Concord. That in which we hear only two notes in consonance. Simple Counterpoint. That counter- point in which note is set against note, and which is called simple, in opposition to more elaborate composition, known as figurative counterpoint. Simple Fugue. A fugue containing but a single subject. Simple Harmony. That harmony in which there is no concord to the funda- mental above an octave. Simple Imitation. A simple fugue ; that style of composition in which a sin- gle subject is employed, or a partial response retained among the various parts. Simple Intervals. Such as do not ex- ceed an octave; in the ancient Greek sys- tem, the diastems. Simple Inversion. An inversion made by reversing the notes of a fugal or other subject in its answer so that the ascending notes of the original passage descend in the answer, and vice versa. Simple Madrigals. Madrigals executed by voices without instrumental accompa- niment. Simple Recitative. A recitative with the accompaniment of a bass part only ; a plain recitative; passages of narration or jf dialogue in operatic music that are de- /oid of passion or sentiment, and such as by their own nature can never become the subject of musical expression. Simple Seventh. A seventh formed by adding an interval of a seventh to the other common chords of the key. Simple Sound. A pure, unmixed, single .18* sound ; the product of one voice or instru- ment. Simple Syzygia. A combination of sounds in which two concords at least are heard together. Simple Times. Those measures which contain but one principal accent Simple Triple Time. A time containing either a dotted semibreve, dotted minim, or dotted crotchet in each bar. Simplicity. In composition, a natural unadorned melody, or incomplex combi- nation of parts. Simplified. Rendered free from difficult passages. Sin'. An abbreviation of Sino. Sin' al Fine. (Ita.) To the end. Sincopa. (Ita.) Syncope. Sine-Keman. (Tiir.) A Turkish in- strument of the violin class. Siuf. An abbreviation of Sinfonia. Sinfonia. (Ita.) An orchestral compo- sition in many parts ; a symphony. Sinfonia a Plttorica. (Ita.) A sym- phony descriptive of scenes or events. Sinfonia a Programma. (Ita.) A symphony consisting of descriptive music. Sinfonia Armonlca. (Ita.) Harmoni- ous symphony. Sinfonia Concertante. (Ita.) A con- certo for many instruments ; a concerto symphony. Sinfonia Concertata. (Ita.) A con- certo for several instruments. Sinfonia Concertate. (Ita.) A sinfonia concertante. Sinfonia da Camera. (Ita.) Sympho- nies composed for chamber use, as quar- tets, trios, &c. Sinfonia Eroiea. (Ita.) A symphony in the heroic style. Sinfonia Fugata. (Ita.) A fugued symphony. Siuf onie. ( Ger.) A symphony. Sing. To utter sounds with musical in- flections or melodious modulations of voice ; to celebrate in song. Singanstalt- (Ger.) Singing club. Singbar. (Ger.) Tunable ; easily set to music. Singebass. (Ger.) A vocal bass. SingecHor. ( Ger.) A chorus ; choir. Singefuge. (Ger.) A singing fugue. Singcgediclit. (Ger.) A cantata. Singegedichtchen. (Ger.) A canta- tilla. Singekunst. (Ger.) Art of singing. Siiigelenrer. ( Ger.) A singing master. Siugeleiter. (Ger.) A gamut for singing, Siiigemeister. (Ger.) A great singer. Singemesse. (Ger.) Mass that is chauted SDJ 210 SIR Slugen (Ger.) To sing; to carol; to chant ; to pipe. Siiigeiiote. (Ger.) A musical note. Sliigepult. (Ger.) A chorister's desk. Singer. A vocalist ; one whose profession is to sing. Singer, Ballad. One whose employment is to sing ballads ; a balladist. Singer, Head. The leader of a choir ; a chorister. Singerinn. (Ger.) A singer. Singers, Master. A class of poets pop- ular in Germany in the fifteenth century. Siiigesatz. (Ger.) The vocal part. Singeschnle. (Ger.) Singing school. Singeschuler. ( Ger.) A pupil in singing. Singespiel. (Ger.) A man who sings in an opera. Singespielerinn. (Ger.) A woman who sings in an opera ; a prima donna. Singestimme. (Ger.) A musical voice. Singestnck. (Ger.) A piece of vocal music ; a cantata. Singhiozzaudo. (Ita.) Perform in a sor- rowing, moaning style. Singing. The art of producing with the voice the sounds of any melody, together with the words to which the melody is adapted ; the utterance of melodious sounds. Singing Bass. The second or melodious bass ; the bass chantantc. Singing Book. A book containing psulms, hymns, or songs with appropriate tunes lor singing. Singing by Rote. The act of singing, not from an understanding of the princ-i- ples of music, but from listening to the singing of others. Singing, Congregational. A mode of singing- in which the congregation unites with the choir, or in which a choir is entirely dispensed with. Singing, Double. An old mode of sing- ing in two parts, usually in thirds. Singing Flat. A defect of intonation caused oy a weakness of the general vocal organs, and of the lips of the glottis ; singing below the proper pitch. Singing Master. A musician whose pro- fession it is to teach the art of vocaliza- tion, or the cultivation of the voice. Singing Men. An appellation formerly given to the gentlemen of cathedral choirs in England. Singing School. A school having for its object the education of pupils in vocal music. Singing Sharp. A defect of intonation, often the concomitant of thin, wiry voices, caused by weakness and an undue eon- traction of the vocal muscles, produced by an overstrained effort or fatigue; singing above the proper pitch. Singing, Sight. A numerical system of notation first introduced by Rousseau In 171'2, in which the first eight numerals are substituted for the eight notes, and point?, ciphers, &c., for other characters. Single Action Harp. A harp whose pedals produce but a (single change in the sound of the instrument, namely, to raise it half a tone. Single Bob Minor. Plain bob; seven hundred and twenty changes upon a peal of six bells. Single Chant. A simple harmonized mel- ody extending only to one verse of a psalm as sung in cathedrals, &c. Single Counterpoint. A counterpoint concerned only in the invention of two or more real parts. Single Curtail. An instrument similar to a bassoon. Single Drag. A drum-beat in \ time, used in camp duty to call the troops to breakfast or supper. Single Fugue. A fugue with only one subject. Single Paradiddle. A drum-beat. Single Stroke. A mark of abbreviation attached to the stem of a note, signifying that the long note must be repeated as often as it contains quavers (01, a). Single-Stroke Roll. In drum music, one beat witli each hand, alternately a practice designed to impart to pupils a knowledge ol a free use of the sticks. Single Suspension. A suspension that retards but one note, and requires only a single preparation and resolution. Singschule. (Ger.) A singing school. Sing-song. A long, drawling, humming style of singing. Sing-Song. (Chi.) A company of Chi- nese musicians who give entertainments in the open air ; a Chinese theatre. Singstlmmen. (Ger.) The voices; the vocal parts. Sinies tra. (Spa.) The left hand. Stntstra. (Lot.) The left ; the name by which the Romans distinguished the flute which, when playing two flutes at the same time, they fingered with the left hand. Siuistra Mano. (Ita.) The left hand. Siuo. (Ita.) As far as. Sino al Fine. (Ha.) To the conclusion. Siuo al Segno, (ltd.) As far as the sign. 8 long. (Swe.) Song. Sipario. (Ita.) The curtain of a theatre. Si Place. (Ita.) Perform as you choose ; omit if you think best. Si Radoppia 11 Tempo. (Ita.) Time or movement to be increased one half. Siren. In ancient mythology, a goddess who enticed men into her power by th charms of music, and devoured them. sm 211 SIX Sireua. (Spa.} A siren. Slrene. (Fre.) An instrument for deter- mining the number of aerial vibrations per second corresponding to any musical sound. Sirciiion. An instrument of the piano and harpsichord class. Sir r 11 Song. A song of a bewitching, fas- cinating style. Si Replica. (Ita.) Repeat. Si Replica una Volta. (Ita.) Play the part over again. Sirvente. (Fre.) A peculiar species of poetry, usually satirical, often used by the troubadours of the middle ages. Slitcina. (Ita.) System. Sistrum. (Lot.) An ancient Egyptian instrument, resembling a timbrel, consist- ing of a thin metal frame of oval form, through which passed a number of metallic rods, upon which were rings, and having a handle by which it was shaken. Si Tace. (Ita.} Be silent. Siuiiga. (Swe.) To sing ; singing. Sivee. (Hin.) The first of the Srootis into which tiie third note of the Hindoo octave is divided. Si Volti. (Ita.) Turn over the leaf. Sixain. (Fre.} Stanza; strophe of six verses. Six-Eighth Measure. A measure hav- ing the value of six eighth notes, marked y Sixes and Fives Metre. A metre des- ignated thus, 6s & 5s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines in iambic or trochaic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows: 0,5,0, 5, 0, 5, C, 5. Sixes and. Four Metre. A metre desig- nated thus, fis & 4, consisting of a stanza of four lines in iambic measure, the sylla- bles of each being in number and order as follows : 0, 0, (5, 4. Sixes and Fonrs Metre. A metre des- ignated thus, Os & 4s, consisting of a stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the sylla- bles of each being in number and order as follows : 0, 0, 4, 0, 6, 4. Sixes and Tens Metre. A metre des- ignated thus, Os & los, consisting of a stanza of six lines in iambic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 0, 0, 10, 0, 0, 10. Sixes Metre. A metre designated thus, 6s, consisting of a stanza of eight lines, of six syllables each, in iambic measure. Sixes, Sevens, and Kights Metre. A metre designated thus, (is, 7s, & 8s, con- sisting of a stanza of eight lines in iamtic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 0, 7, 8, 7, 0, 7, 8, 7. Sixfold Measure. A measure consisting of two trochees, or musical feet, each formed of a long and a short note, or of an accented and unaccented one ; a measure of six equal parts. Six Pour Quatre. (Fre.} Srum. The commonly used small drum, so nam?d on account of strings of raw hide diawn over its lower heart, nnd to distinguish it from the large, or bass drum. S. O. The initials of Se.nza Organo. So. An abbreviation of Solo. Soave. (Itn.) Gentle: delicate. Soavemente. (Ita.) With suavity ; affa- bly; softly. Sobina. (Spa.) A wooden pin or peg. Sobre. (Spa.) Above. Sobreaguda. (Spa.) One of the seven small letters in music. Sochaiitre. (Spa.) Sub-chanter. Soclete Chaiitante. (Fre.) A singing club. Socios. (Ita.) Those in Italian cities who by their contributions of money assist in the support of the opera and theatre. Socoro. (Spa.) Among the ancients, a place under the choir. Soeck.-Pipe. Name given by the ancient northern poeta to the bagpipe. Soft B. B moll : B flat. Soft-Toned. Having a mellow, sweet sound, like the lowest tones of a flute. Soft Tones. Tones of a slight degree of strength ; silvery, flute-like sounds. Sogetto. (Ita.) A subject or theme. Sogetto di Contrapnnti. (Ita.) One or more different parts composed upon a given subject, taken from church music. Sogetto dl Fuga. (Ita.) Subject of the fugue. Sogetto Invariato. (Ita.) The invari- able subject a term applied to the sub- ject of counterpoint when it does not change the figure or situation of notes. Sogetto Variato. (Ita.) Variable sub- ject a term applied to the subject of counterpoint when it changes the figure or situation of notes. Soin. (Iri.) Sound. Soiree, Musical. An evening party hav- ing for its principal entertainment musical performance ; a miscellaneous musical concert. Sol. (Ita.) A monosyllable applied by the Italians to G, the filth sound of the dia- tonic scale or octave of C. Sol Cleff. (Fre.) The G, or treble cleff. Solemn. In a devout, reverential manner. Solemn Mass. High mass. Solenue. (Ita.) Solemn. Solennemeut<;. (Ita.) Solemnly. Solennita. (Jta.) With solemnity. Soleuiiizzamento (Ita.) Solemniza- tion. olfa. (Ita.'> To pronounce the notes of the gamut, ascending or descending ; sol- faing. Solfaing. (Ita.) The practice of solfeggi by means of the syllables Do, Re, Mi, Fa Sol, La, Si, corresponding to the notes C. D, E, F, G, A, B. Solfeador. (Spa.) A singer; a music master. Solfear. (Spa.^ To sing according to the rules of melody and measure. Solfege. (Fre.) Solfeggio. Solfeggi. (Ita.) Solfeggios; exercises for the voice. Solfeggiamenti. (Ita.) Compositions intended as exercises for singing at sight, and of which the syllables Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Si form the subject. SoHeggiare. (Ita.) To sing the gamut. Solfeggio. (Ita.) A system of arranging the scale, or an exercise for the voice, by the use of the syllables Do, Re, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, Si. Solfeggiren. (Ger.) To solfa. Solfeo. (Spa.) Melodious song. Solfier. (Fre.) To solfa. Solfista. (Spa.) Musician ; a person skilled in music. Soli. (Ita.) The performing of two or more instruments, playing their respective parts singly ; written over a passage, it implies that the part is to be performed by single instruments. Solito. (Ita.) In the usual manner. Solleclto. (Ita.) In a careful and exact manner. Sol Minenr. (Fre.) G minor. Solmi7.at.ion. Solfaing; a repetition of the notes of the gamut, together with its syllables. Solmization a la Grec. (Fre.) A spe- cies of solmization formerly practised, in which the old Greek system of tetrachords was adhered to, so far aa to use but Tour characters, which were repeated from tot- rachord to tetrachord as we now repeat from ot''ive to octave. Solo. (Ita.) Alone ; a composition or passage for a single voice or instrument, with or without accompaniments. Solo Anthem. An anthem consisting of solos and choruses without verse. Soloist. One who performs the solos. Solomaiiie. (Tar.) A Turkish flute, entirely open and without any reed. It is a favorite instrument of the Mcrlavi der- vishes. Solo, Piano. For the pianoforte alone. Solo Quartet. A quartet in which one voice. sounds predominantly. Solo Quartette. (Ita.) A solo quartet. Solo Song. One-voiced song ; a song by a single voice. Solo, Soprano. (Ita.) The soprano only. Solo Stop. An organ stop which may be drawn alone, or with one of the diapa- sons. Solo Voice. That which sings alone. SOL 214 SON Sol Post Vespcras I>eclliiat. (Lot.) In old enigmatical canons, a term implying that at each repeat the canon should be lowered one tone. Solus. (Lot.) Noting the act of a per- former singing alone. Sommells. (Fre.) The name by which the French distinguished the airs in their old serious operas, because they were cal- culated to tranquillize the feelings, and lull even to drowsiness. Sommerlied. (Ger.) A song in praise of summer. Sommier. (Fre.) The sound board. Sommier d'Orgue. ( Fre.) Sound board of an organ. Son. (Sax., Fre., and Spa.) Sound. Son. An abbreviation of Sonata. Sonabile. (Ita.) Capable of emitting sound ; sonorous. Soiiable. (Spa.) Sonorous. Son Accordant. (Fre.) A chord. Sonagliare. (Jta.) To ring small bells. Sonagliata. (Ita.) The ringing of small bells ; tinkling. Souaglio. (Ita.) A little bell. Son Aign. (Fre.) A sharp, acute sound. Sonajero. (Spa.) A small timbrel. Sonajtca. (Spa.) Small tabor or timbrel. Sonajor. (Spa.) A timbrel. Soiiamento. (Ita.) Hinging; sounding; playing. Soiiancc. (Fre.) Sound. Sonant. (Lat.) Relating to or giving sound. Sonante. (Spa.) Sounding; sonorous. Sonar. (Spa.) To play upon an instru- ment. Sonare. (Ita.) To sound ; to ring ; to play upon. Sonat. An abbreviation of Sonata. Sonata, (tt-r.) A composition consisting of three or four distinct movements, each with a unity of its own, yet all so related as to form a perfect whole, and generally for a single instrument. Sonata Cltharistic. (Ita.) A harp sonutu. Sonata da Camera. (Ita.) A sonata designed for the chamber or parlor. Sonata da C'hiesa. (Ita.) A sonata for the church. Sonata dl Bravura. (Ita.) A brave, bold style of sonata. Sonata Form. In the style of a sonata. Sonata, Grand. A massive and extended sonata, consisting usually of four move- ments. Sonata per 11 Cembalo Solo. (Ita,) A sonata for the harpsichord without ac- companiment. Sonata per 11 Viollno. (Ita.) A. sonata for the violin. Sonate. (Fre. and Ger.) A sonata. Souate Xelancollque. (Fre.) A mel- ancholy composition. Sonate Pnthetique. (Fre.) A pathetic composition. Sonatina. (Ita.) A short and easy so- nata. Sonatina Form. In the manner of a sonatina. Sonatine. (Fre.) A small sonata. Sonatino. (Itu.) A little sonata. Sonatojo. (Ita.) A sounding board. Senator e. (Ita.) A player on a musical instrument. Sonatrlce. (Ita.) A female performer upon a musical instrument. Son I>oux. (Fre.) Soft sound. Sonecillo. (Spa.) A short tune ; a slight sound. Son Kclntant. (Fre.) A high sound; sonorousness. Sonetazo. (Spa.) A loud sound. Soiietlco. (Spa.) A merry little song. Sonettaute. ( Ita.) A singer of sonnets. Sonetto. (Ita.) Sonnet. Sonevole. (Ita.) Resounding; sono- rous. _, Son Faible. (Fre.) A low sound ; grave sound. Song. That which Is sung or uttered with musical modulations of the voice; a short lyric poem set to music; a short musi- cal composition, either with or without words ; a hymn ; poetry. Song, Alter. A song following the per- formancc of a drama' or other entertain- ment. Song, Bacchanalian. A song which, either in sentiment or style, relates to scenes of revelry. Song, Birth. A song written for, or sung at, the nativity of a person. Song, Boat. A song sung by the rowers ; gondolier song. Song, Bridal. A song composed for, or sung at, weddings, or in honor of a bride. Song, Church. A song composed, verse for verse, from scriptural texts. Song, College. A song composed for the use of college students, usually of a con- vivial ami spirited cast, and having for its theme local incidents and customs peculiar to the institution. Song, Comic. A combination of a lively air with humorous words. Song, Convivial. A song written for or sung at festive entertainments. Song, Cnrnle. A song said to have been composed by Olympus, and possessing extraordinary powers of arousing the en- thusiasm of its hearers. SON 215 SON Song, T>a ybrealt. Among ancient Saxon ecclesiastics, a soug employed at daybreak ; a matin song'. Song, Erotic. A love song. Song, Ethiopian. A song in the dialect of the negroes of the South, humorous or sentimental, in botli cases combined with a grotesqueness that distinguishes it from all others. Song, Evening. Among the ancient ec- clesiastics, a song sung at evening; a ves- per hymn. Song, Festive. A song the -words and miisic of which are designed to produce hilarity. Song, Figured. A song varying from the plain or common song. Song, Florid. A term applied by mu- sicians of the Hth century to figured des- cant, in order to distinguish it from the old chant, or plain song. Song Form. In the style of u song. Song, Four Part. A song arranged for four voiced. Songful. Melodious; replete with music. Song, Goat. A song, or anthem, sung by the ancient Greeks to their god Dionysos whilst the goat stood ut the altar to be sacrificed. Song, Gondolier. A song composed and sung by t lie Venetian gondoliers, of a very graceful and pleasing style, otherwise called barcarolle. Song, Humorous. A song in which the subject and execution are provocative of merriment. Song, Hunting. A melody set to words in praise of the chase. Song in Score. The words with the mu- sical notes of a song annexed. Song, L.ove. A song the words and mel- ody of which are expressive of love. Song, Martial. A song the subject and style of which are warlike. Song, Masonic. A song composed for and used in the ceremonials of the masouic fraternity. Song, Midday. A song among the an- cient Saxon ecclesiastics designed to be sung at noon. Song, Midnight. An old Saxon ecclesi- astical song sung at midnight. Song, A'ational. A song identified with the history of a nation, or the manner and customs of its people, either by means of the sentiments it expresses, or by long use. Song, IVantical. A song relating to the customs of seafaring life. Song, Ninth Hour. One of the songs used by the ancient Saxon ecclesiastics. Song, Nuptial. A song written for, or congratulatory of, a marriage occasion. Song, Orgiastic. A song of revelry; a bacchanalian song; a convivial song. Song, Patriotic. A song having for Its theme the love of one's country, and an * avowal of loyalty to its government. Song, Plain. The old ecclesiastical chant, without the harmonic appendages with which it is now enriched; simple, slow, unflgured vocal music. Song, Rustic. A melody, simple and unadorned, accompanying words on a ru- ral theme. Song, Sacred. A psalm or hymn taken from or embodying the sentiments of the sacred Scriptures; a devotional song; a hymn. Song, Secular. A song or poem com- posed for the secular games of ancient Rome; a song not expressly designed for religious worship. Song, Serious. A song comprising plain- tive words and appropriate music. Song, Shout. A religious song of the blacks of the southern portion of the United States, sung or chanted, accompa- nied by dancing. Song, Siren. A song of a bewitching, fascinating character. Songs of the Wells. The fountain hymns of the ancients, and still common in the Greek isles. Song, Solo. A one-voiced song; a song by a single voice. Songster. A person who excels as a singer of songs and ballads. Songstress. A lady gifted with vocal ac- complishments. Songs without Words. Pianoforte pieces consisting of a melody with an ac- companiment. Song, Table. A song for male voices, formerly much in vogue among German glee clubs. Song, Third. A song of the ancient Saxon ecclesiastics, designed for the third hour. Song, Under. A chorus; the accompani- ment or burden of a song. Song, War. A song sung for the purpose of inspiring soldiers, or for celebrating a victory. Son narmonieux. (Fre.) Harmonious sound. Sonido. (Spa.) Sound. Sonido Agudo. (Spa.) An acute sound. Soniferous. Producing sound. Soni Mobiles. (Grk.) The name by which the ancients distinguished the inter- mediary sounds of their tetrachords. Soni Stabiles. (Grk.) The extremes of the Greek tetrachords. Soni Stantes. (Grk.) Extremes of the tetrachords of the Greeks. Sonnaut. (Fre.) Sounding. Sonner. (Fre.) To have a sound; to ring; to \vin.d a horn. SON 216 SOR Sonner a Toute Voice. (Fre.) To ring a full pcitl. Sonner de la Trompctte. (Fre.) To sound the trumpet. Sonner du Cornet. (Fre.) To sound a horn. Sonner en Vole*. (Fre.) To ring iu peal. Soiinerie. (Fre.) A ring of bells. Sonner la Cloche. (Fre.) To ring a bell. Sonnet. A poem of fourteen lines, two stanzas of four lines each, and two of three each ; a little song. Sonnetier. (Fre.) A maker or seller of bells. Sonnette. (Fre.) A small bell. Soimettier. (Fre.) Bell maker. Sonuettacciaccio. (Ita.) A poor son- net. Sounenr. (Fre.) A horn player; a bell ringer. Sonometer. An instrument for measur- ing sounds or the intervals of sounds. Sonora. (Spa.) A cithern. Souoraineute. (Ita.) Sonorously. Sonore. (Fre.) Sonorous; full-toned. Sonoridad. (Spa.) Sonorousness. Sonorlfic. Giving a sound; producing tone. Sonorita, Con. (Ita.) With sonorousness. Sonorite. (Fre. and Spa.) Full, vibrat- ing, sonorous; pleasing. Sonoro. (Ita.) Sonorous; full-toned. Sonoroso. (Spa.) Sonorous; pleasing. Sonorous. An epithet applied to what- ever is capable of yielding- sound; full, high, or loud in sound; rich-toned; mu- sical. Sonorous Figures. Figures formed by uothil lines, as when fine sand is strewed on a disk of glass or metal, and the bow of a violin drawn on its edge, a musical note wiJl be heard, and at the same histant the sand will be in motion, and gather it- self lo those parts which continue at rest, th:it is, to the nodal lines; acoustic fig- ures. Son Percant. (Fre.) A shrill sound. Son Rude. (Fre.) A harsh sound. Sons. (Fre.) The airs and lyric poems of the Provencal minstrels. Sons Etouffes. (Fre.) Soft tones pro- duced on the harp by checking the vibra- tion of the strings ; muffled tones. Sons Harmouiqnes. (Fre.) Harmonic sounds or notes. Sous Pleins. (Fre.) Terms which often occur in flute music, indicating that the notes must be blown with a very full, round tone. Sonus. (Lat.) Sound. Sonus i:\v-lusus. (Lat.) Excluded sound ; one of the three radical sounds composing the harmonic triad; the fifth. Soor. (Hin.) A term applied by the Hin doos to their Khurnj, or first note, or fun- damental, by way of preeminence. Soor-udhyay. (Hin.) The first of the seven divisions ol Hiudopstanr-e music, treating of the seven musical tones, with their subdivisions. Sop. An abbreviation of Soprano. Sopr. An abbreviation of Soprano. Sopra. (Ita.) Above; upper; superior. Sopra Domiiiante. (Ita.) The filth ci upper dominant. Sopran. (Ger.) Soprano; treble. Soprani. (Ita.) Plural of Soprano; the treble or higher voice parts. Sopranist. A treble singer; a singer of soprano. Soprano. (Ita.) The highest species of the human voice ; the treble. Soprano Acuto. (Ita.) A very high soprano. Soprano Clef. The C clef placed on the first line; the treble clef (46). Soprano Clef, German. The C clef placed on the first line oi the staff, for so- prano, instead of using the G clef on the second line for that part (51). Soprano Clef , Mezzo. The C clef when placed on the second line of the staff, for- merly used for the second treble voice, and ibr which the soprano clef is now sub- stituted (5-')- Soprano Concertina. A concertina having the compass of a violin. Soprano First. High soprano. Soprano, Half. A soprano halfway be- tween soprano and alto. Soprano, High. The first soprano; first treble. Soprano, I,ow. The second soprano; second treble. Soprano, Mezzo. (Ita.) A species of lemale voice holding a middle between soprano and alto. Soprano, Second. Low soprano. Soprano Set-undo od Alto. (Ita.) The second soprano or alto. Soprano Solo. (Ita.) The soprano alone. Sopra Quinta. (Ita.) Upper domi- nant. Sopra una Corda. (Ita.) On one string. Sorda. (Ita.) Furnished with dampers. Sordamente. (Ita.) Muffled. Sordclliua. (Ita.) A kind of bagpipe. Sordet. A damper for a trumpet, yiolin. or violoncello ; sordine. Sordina. (Ita. and Spa.) A sordine. Sordine. A small instrument or damper put into the mouth of a trumpet, or on the bridge of a violin or violoncello, to render the sound fainter. SOR 217 SOU Sordini. (Ita.) Mutes; dampers. Sordino. (Ita.) A sordine. Sordini t,evati. (Ita.) The dampers removed. Sordo. (Ita.) Furnished with dampers. Sospensione. (Ita.) A suspension. Sospirando. (Ha.) With apprehension; despondingly. Sospiro. (Ita.) A crotchet rest (29). gust. An abbreviation of Sostenendo. SoMtenendo. (Ita.) An even degree of toue throughout. Bostenente Pianoforte. A pianoforte introduced in 181T, m which a continued tone was attained by means of silk threads and skeins arranged in a peculiar manner. Sostenuto. (Ita.) A term implying That the notes are to be sustained or held on to the extremity of their lengths, and closely conjoined. Sostenuto, Molto. (Ita.) In a highly sustained manner. Sottana. (.Ita.) The octave of a lute. gotto. (Ittt.) Under; below; inferior. Sotto Voce. (Ita.) In a soft or subdued manner; in an undertone. Souflierie. (Fre.) Tlic bellows of an organ. Souilleur. (Fre.) A prompter. Soufileur d'Qrgue. (Fre.) An organ blower. Soul Bell, The bell that is rung at the hour of death, or immediately after. Koulinjj. (Jar.) An instrument of the llute species, played upon by the Malays. Sound. The effect of an impression on the organs of hearing caused by an im- pulse or vibration of the air; to strike the keys or strings, or to Mow upon an iu- Rtrument for the purpose of ascertaining its tone. Sound Board. A thin board forming a part of a musical instrument, and designed to contribute to the vibration and extent of the tone; in an organ, a broad, shallow box, extending nearly the whole width of the instrument, and divided by partitions into as many grooves of various breadths as there are keys to which it belongs, and upon which are placed the ranks of pipes which form the stops. Sound, Compound. The union of sev- eral distinct sounds in the same time and measure of duration. Wound, Concrete. A movement of the voici; gliding continuously up or down. Sound, Excluded. One of the three radical sounds comprising the harmonic triad. Sound, Generating. The principal sound caused by the vibration of stringed instruments when one tone is struck. Sounding an Instrument. The act of testing the quality and capability of the tunes of an instrument; the act of playing upon a wind instrument. 19 Sounding a Trumpet. A few notes given as a signal. Sounding Board. A sound board. Sounding, High. The capability of an instrument of being strung to a full tone. Sounding, Hoarse. Producing a coarse, rough sound. Sounding Hole. The aperture in a gui- tar, violin, and all similar instruments over which the strings pass. Sounding, Silver. A soft, clear, gliding sound a term mostly applicable to the tones of the flute and voice. Sound, Musical. Sound consisting of certain aerial agitations, of such qualities and dispositions as to produce an agree- able and appreciable efl'ect upon the car, denominated melodious, or harmonical. Sound, ZVasal. A sound improperly af- Iv Created by the nasal organs. *^ Sound, STatural Compound. A sound proceeding from the manifold reflections of the first sound from adjacent bodies given at the same moment, as well as in the same tone or pitch with the lirst note. Sound, Obtuse. A heavy, indistinct, dull sound. Sound Post. A small post or prop within a violin, nearly under the bridge. Sound, Register. An apparatus invented in I'aris in "1858. by means of which sounds are made to record themselves, whether those of musical instruments or of the voice in singing or speaking. Sounds, Accessory. Those sounds which in a secondary manner assist in producing an cflect. Sounds, Concomitant. Accessory sounds accompanying the predominant and apparently simple tone of any chord or string. Sounds, Discrete. A movement of the voice, leaping at once from one line of pitch to another. Sounds, Harmonical. Those sounds produced by the parts of the chords, &c., which vibrate a certain number of times while the whole chord vibrates once. Sound, Simple. The product of a single voice or instrument ; a pure, unmixed, sin- gle sound. Sound Strings. Strings drawn across the lower head of a drum. Sound, Superfluous. A sound contain- ing a semitone minor more than a tone. Sound, Third. An interval containing three diatonic sounds, the major, com- posed of two tones, and the minor, con- sisting of a tone and a half. Soupir. (Fre.) Aquarlernotercst (29). Soupir, Demi. (Fre.) An eighth note rest (30). Soupir, Wemiquart de. (Fre.) A dcmi- Hemiquavcr rest (.12). Sourdcline. (Fre.) A kind of musotte, or bagpipe. sou 218 SQU Sonrdet. (Fre.) The little pipe of a trum- pet; a sordine. Sourdine. (Fre.) A sordine. Sous. (Fre.) Under; below. Sous-Chantre. (Fre.) A sub-chanter. Sousdominante. (Fre.) The subdomi- uaut, or tlic fourth of the scale. Sousmediante. (Fre.) The subracdiant, or sixth of the scale. Soustonique. (Fre.) The seventh of the scale, or subtonic. Soatciiir. (Fre.) To sustain. Souvenir. (Fre.) A composition intended to express remembrance of a person, place, or event; a reminiscence. S. P. The initials of Senza Pedale. Spaces. The intervals between the lines of the staff. Spagnolctta. (Ita.) A serenade. Spagiiuola. (Ita.) The guitar. Spalla. (Ita.) The shoulder. Spanbalg. (Ger.) Organ bellows with one fold. Spatium. (Lot.) The space between the lines upon which music is written. Spazio. (Ita.) A space of the staff. Species. In ancient music, the subdivision of the genera, Sphere JTelody. The melody or music of the spheres; that harmony supposed by the ancients to result from the orderly mo- tion of the heavenly bodies. Spianata. (Ita.) Even: smooth; drawn out, as when several notes are given to each syllable. Spiccatamente. (Ita.) Brilliantly; con- spicuously. Splccato. (Ita.) A word indicating that every note must be played in a distinct and 'detached manner; in violin music, it implies that the notes are to be played with the point of the bow. Spiel. (O'er.) Play; performance. Splelen. (Ger.) To play upon an instru- ment. Spiellente. (Ger.) Musicians; fiddlers. Bpiclmatz. (Ger.) Fiddler; thrummer. Spiiice. (Lot.) The original name of the quills of the spinet, and from which word that instrument received its appellation. Spinet. An instrument of the IGth cei> tury ; a species of small harpsichord, em bracing a compass of something less than four octaves, consisting of a large triangu- lar box, containing sometimes as many as forty-nine strings, some of steel, played upon by means of a jack and quill. Spinet, IMimb. The clavichord. Spiuetta. (Ita.) An old keyed instrument ; the spinet. Spinnlied. (Ger.) Song of the spinstress. Spirit Music. -Music produced and ren- dered audible to us without the aid of hu- man hands or voices, by the inhabitant* of the spirit world. Spirito, Con. (Ita.) With spirit, or ani- mation. Spiritosaraente. (Ita.) Spiritedly. Spiritoso. (Ita.) Spirited; dashing; lively. Spiritual Cantata. Ecclesiastical mu- sic, consisting of several solo aud choral movements. Spiritnale. (Ita.) Sacred; devotional. Spissi Gravissimi. (Lat.) Hypatoides the deep or bass sounds of the ancient Greek system. Spissns. (Lat.) Thick; full, as of inter- vals. Spondanla. ( Grk.) Name given by the ancients to a performer on the flute, or some similar instrument, who, while the sacrifice was offering, played a suitable air to prevent the priest from listening to any- thing that might interfere with his duty. Spondeasm. (Grk.) An alteration in the harmonic genus, by which a chord was elevated three dieses above its ordinary pitch. Spoudeasiuns. (Grk.) The enharmonic genus when raised three dieses. Spondee. A musical foot consisting of two long notes; a poetic foot of two long syllables. Spondeo. (Ita.) A spondee. Spotted. A term implying that the note should be struck short. Spottlied. (Ger.) A satirical song. Sprachmaschine. (Ger.) An instrument invented by Faber, of Freyburg, capable of uttering words and of singing. Spring. An embellishment consisting of two small notes before a principal ; a tune; an air; a melody. Spring-Back Folio. A folio having steel springs so arranged in the back as to clasp and firmly hold sheets of music in the manner of a bound volume. Spring Binder. The name applied in England to the spring-back folio. Springer. One of the old English graces, of the class denominated " smooth." Sprinkled. A distribution of arpeg- gios. Sprnchgesang. (Ger.) An anthem. Square. A rectangular lever in an organ turning on a centre, and moving a br;icc. Square B. Name formerly given to B n.itural on account of the shape of its sig- nature. Scjnare IVotes. The notes used by the ancients, so called on account of their form (12, 13, 14, 15). Squeaking. A sharp, shrill tone ; a high, discordant sound. Squilla. (ita.) A little bell; a shrill- sounding bell ; the clang of a truoipet. SQU 219 STH Squillante. (/to.) Loud and shrill; clanging. Squillantemeiite. (Ita.) Shrilly ; loudly. Squillare. (Ita.) To sound loud and shrill. Squillato. (Ita.) Hung with bells. Squilletto. (Ita.) A shrill, piping sound. Sqnillo. (Ita.) A clanging sound. Squillone. (Ita.) A large bell. Squire Minstrel. A title anciently given to a professional minstrel, a character combining the offices of poet, singer, and musician. Sroiini. (Mai.) A species of hautboy, or trumpet, used by the Malays. Srootis. (Hin.) A general name for the twenty-two minor subdivisions of the oc- tave of the Hindoo scale. Srouiien. (Jav.) Martial music of the Javanese, in which trumpets and other wind instruments are introduced. S. S. The initials of Sensa Sordino. S. T. The initials of Senza Tempo, Sta. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Stat. Stabat Mater. (Lett.) The Mother stood a hymn on the crucifixion, begin- ning with these words, set to music by various composers, and performed in the service of the Koman Catholic church. Stubili Snout. (Ita.) The highest and lowest sounds of every tetrachord, so named because their places could not be changed. Stac. An abbreviation of Staccato. Starcatissimo. (Ita.) Very detached. Staccato. (Ita.) A term denoting that the notes are to be played distinct, short, and detached from cadi other by rests. Staccato Delicatamente. (Ita.) In staccato style; very delicately. Staccato Marks. Small perpendicular marks or strokes placed over notes to show that they are to be performed in a short, detached manner (75). Staccato Touch. A short and sudden use of the tips of the lingers, giving to each note one fourth the length of tone al- lowed by the time. Strcf n. (Sax.) The voice. Staff. The five lines and their spaces on which the notes of music are written (1); a stanza; a series of verses so disposed that when it is concluded the same order is recommenced ; a part of a psalm ap- pointed to be sung in churches. Staff, Bass. The staff marked with the bass clef (53). Staff, Octave. A system of notation con- sisting of three groups of lines combined, comprising three octaves of ordinary vocal music, dispensing with sharps and flats, and giving to each tone its own position. tetaflf, Tenor. The staff marked with the tcuor clef (i'J). Staff, Treble. A staff upon which is th treble clef (W). Stall, Head. The cnpistrum a utensil employed by the ancient musicians. Stambuzare. (Ita.) To beat the drum. Stampita. (Ita.) A kind of song or sonata; tune; air; strain. Stance. (Fre.) Stanza. Standchen. (Ger.) Serenade. Stand, Music. A light frame designed for holding sheets or books for the con- venience of performers. Stanghetta. (Ita.) A bar line (5). Stanza. A number of lines or verses of poetry connected, and closing with a full point or pause ; a part of a poem ordina- rily containing every variation of measure hi the poem. Starke. (Ger.) Strength; power. Starker. (Ger.) Stronger; louder. Starkestimme. (Ger.) A strong voice. Stat. (Lat.) As it stands. Station. A term used by ancient musical authors for any fixed pitch or degree of sound, whether produced by intension or remission. Stave. Name formerly given to the Staff. Steg. (Ger.) The bridge of a violin, violoncello, &c. Stegreife Spielen. (Ger.) To play at sight. Stem. The thin stroke or short perpen- dicular line attached to the head of a note; a tail of a note (8). Stem, "Ooublo. A stem drawn both up- wards and downwards from a note, in or- der to show that the note, as used in one part, has its natural and appropriate length, while in the other it is shorter, having a length corresponding to the notes that follow it (9). Steiitato. (Ita.) In a loud, forcible man- ner. Stenterello. (Ita.) Buffoon. Stentor. A herald, in Homer, having a very loud voice hence, any person hav- ing' a powerful voice. Stentorophonic. Singing or sounding very loud. Stentorophonic Tube. A speaking trumpet, so called from Stentor, the her- ald mentioned by Homer. Step. A Degree upon the staff; a whole tone. Step, Half. A semitone. Sterbegesang. ( Ger.) Dirge ; dying song. Sterbelied. (Ger.) Funeral hymn. Sterbeton. (Ger.) A tone insensibly dying away. Stcsso. (Ita.) The same. Sthenochlre. A machine for strength- ening and imparting flexibility to the na- STI 220 STO gers, being a compound of the dactylion and the hand-guide. Stibacchtato. (/fa.) Dragging; relaxing iu the time. Sticcado. (Ita.) A musical instrument, the Hounds of which are produced by striking on little bars of wood, metal, or glass, resting on the edges of an open box. Sticcato. (Ita.) A rebec, or three-stringed violin. Stick. (Cnt.) Averse. Stick, l>rum. A stick formed for the purpose of beating a drum. Sticker. A portion of the connection, in an organ, between the keys or pedals and the valve; a short link attached to a key or pedal, and acting on the back-fall. Stile. (Ita.) Style. Stile a Cappella. (Ita.) In the chapel style. Stile Grandioso. (Ita.} A grand style of composition or performance. Stile Rigoroso. (Ita.) In a rigid, strict style. Still if edaclt. (Ger.) An organ stop of four feet ; fourth stop. Stillmesse. (Gar.) Low masa. Stilo. (Ita.) Style. Stilo alia Cappella. (Ita.) In the church or chapel style ; strict composition. Stilo di Recitativo. (Itn.) A tedious, monotonous style of composition formerly much in vogue in Italy. Stimmdraht. (Ger.) Stop wire; valve wire of the wind chest. Stimme. (Or.) The voice; the sound post of a violin or similar instrument ; a part in vocal or instrumental music ; a stop of an organ. Stimmeu. (Ger.) To be in tune ; to har- monize. Stimmenlracli. (Ger.) Partition ; score. Stimmenfitbrer. ( Ger.) Leader ; di- rector of the song. Stimmciisrhlnssel. (Ger.) Key; clef. Stimnigabel. (Ger.) Tuning fork. Stimmlin miner. (Ger.) Tuning ham- mer; tuner. Stimmhorn. (Ger.) A tuner for the small pipes of an organ. Stimmpfeife. (Ger.) Tuning pipe. Stimmschlussel. (Ger.) Tuning key. Stimmsetzer. (Ger.) A fork for fixing the sounding post of a violin. Stimmstock. (Ger.) The sound post of a violin or any similar instrument. Stitnmnng. ( Ger.) The pitch or tone of an instrument. Stiiiguendo. (Ita.) Gradually diminish- ing the tone. Stock-Flute. (Ger.) The cane flute. Stouant. (Ita.) Dissonant; discordant. Stonazione. (Ita.) Outoft\ e; getting out of tone. Stop. The pressure of the fins'- rs on the strings of a violin, riolonceu >, guitar, Are. ; in an organ, a collection of pipes similar in tone and quality, which rim through the whole or a great part of the compass of the instrument. Stop, Bassoon. A reed stop in an organ imitative of the instrument from which it derives its name. Stop, Claribel. A stop similar to the clarionet stop. Stop, Clarion. A stop in an organ, same as octave trumpet stop, resembling the sound of the trumpet, but an octave higher. Stop, Cornet. An organ stop consisting of five pipes to each note. Stop, Cremona. A reed stop in an organ, in unison with the diapasons. Stop, Cromorna. A reed stop, voiced like the oboe, but of different quality, bearing the same relation to the oboe as the stopped diapason to the open. Some- times improperly termed Cremona. Stop, Double Diapason. An open set of pipes, tuned an octave below the diapa- sons. Stop, Doable Trumpet. A reed stop, the most powerful in the organ, the pipes being of the same length as those of the double diapason, to which it is tuned in unison. Stop, Dulciana. An organ stop of pe- culiar sweetness of tone, which it chiefly derives from the bodies of its pipes being; longer and smaller than those of the pipes of the other stops. Stop, Fagotto. The bassoon stop. Stop, Fifteenth. An organ stop which derives its name from its pitch, or scale, being fifteen notes above that of the di- apason. Stop, Flnte. An organ stop imitative of the common flute or flageolet. Stop, Foundation. An organ stop the pipes of which everywhere give such notes only as arcexpected from the keys touched, or, at least, the octaves above or below them Stop, Furniture. An organ stop, the same as mixture stop, comprising two or more ranks of very small metal pipes, shriller than those of the sequialtera, and tuned three octaves above the diapasons. Stop. Grand. In organ playing, the union of all the reed stops. Stop, Grand Flute. The lowest flute stop of an organ. Stop, Hautboy. A reed stop in an organ, having a tone in imitation of the hautboy. Stop Holes. Apertures in a flute or simi- lar instrument having no keys, but opened or closed with the ends of the fingers. Stop, Hiarigot. An organ stop, the same as octave twelfth, the scale of which is ai octave above the twelfth. STO 221 SIR 4top, Mixture. An or gan stop compris- ing- two or more ranks of pipes, shriller tli an those of the sesquialtera ; furniture stop. Stop, jVazard. Twelfth stop. Stop, Octave. An organ or piano stop having within its compass tones au octave above corresponding ones. Stop, Octave Trnmpei. A stop in an organ resembling the tone of the trumpet, but. au octave higher than the trumpet stop. Stop, Octave Twelfth. An organ stop, the scnle of which is au octave above the twelfth. Stop, Open. A stop used to regulate the open pipes. Stop, Open Diapason. A metallic stop in an organ, which commands the whole scale of the instrument. Stop, Open Unison. The open diapason. Stop, Organ. A collection of pipes simi- lar in tone and quality, running through the whole, or a great part, of the compass of the organ ; a register. Stopped Diapason Stop. A stop in an organ, so named from having its pipes closet! at the top with a wooden plug, by which it is tuned, and by which its notes are rendered soft and mellow. Stopped IVotes. In music for the violin, violoncello, find similar instruments, those notes that are sounded while the string is pressed by the finger. Stopped Unison Stop. The stopped diapason. Stopping. Regulating the sounds of an instrument. Stopples. Pieces of wood with which the ancients stopped or opened the holes of a flute, before the performance began, in order to accommodate its scale, or range of sounds, to some particular mode or genus. Stop, Principal. A metallic stop in an organ, so called because holding, in point of pitch, the middle station between the diapason and fifteenth. Stop, Salcional. The dulciana stop. Stops, Compound. An assemblage of several pipes in an organ, three, four, five, or more to each key, all answering at once to the touch of the performer. Stops, Draw. Stops in an organ placed on each side of the rows of keys in front of the instrument, by moving which the player opens or closes the stops within the :*jau. Stop, Sesqulaltera. A mixed stop in an organ, running through the scale of the instrument, and consisting of three, four, and sometimes five ranks of pipes, tuned in thirds, fifths, and eighths. Stops, Hey. The stops of a keyed-stop violin. Stops, Ittutation. In an organ, the twelfth, tierce, and their octaves. 19 * Stop, Solo. A s op which may be drawn alone, or with on 5 of the diapasons. Stops, Reed. Those stops of an organ consisting of pipes upon the end of which are fixed thin, narrow plates of brass, which, being vibrated by the wind from the bellows, produce a reedy thickness of tone. Stop, Stopped Diapason. A stop in an organ, so called from having its pipea stopped at the top with a wooden plug, by which it is tuned, and by which its notes are rendered soft and mellow. Stop, Stopped Unison. The stopped diapason stop. Stop, Tierce. An organ stop tuned a major third higher than the fifteenth, and only employed in the full organ. Stop, Treble Forte. A stop applied to a melodeon by means of which the treble part of the instrument may be increased in power, while the basa remains sub- dued. Stop, Tremolo. A contrivance by means of which a fine, tremulous effect is given to any or all the registers of a partial organ. Stop, Trumpet. A stop in an organ, so called because its tone is imitative of a trumpet. In large organs it generally extends through the whole compass. Stop, Twelfth. A metallic organ stop, so denominated from its being tuned twelve notes above the diapason. Stop, Vox-Ilnmana. An organ stop, the tone of which resembles tlie human voice. Stormeggiare. (Ita.) To ring the alarm, bell. Str. An abbreviation of Strings and Stringed, Straccicalando. (Ita.) Chattering ; babbling ; talkative. Stradivari. The name of a very superior make of violin, so called from their makers, Stradivarius (father and sou), who made them at Cremona, Italy, about A. D. 1050. Straight Scale. The plain scale of a piano ; a scale in which the points at which the hammers strike are in a direct line. Straight Trumpet. An ancient instru- ment, employed by the Jewish priests in the daily service of the temple and oil extraordinary occasions. Strain. A portion of a movement the limit of which is marked by a double bar. Strains, Apopemptic. In ancient times, the songs or hymns addressed to the gods on consecrated days. Strascicando. (Ita.) A tardy, dragging movement. Strascinando. (Ita.) A grace chiefly vocal, and used in slow passages ; a drag, consisting of about eight or twelve notes given in an unequal and descending motion. SIR 222 SIR Strascinato. (/(a.) Relaxing in the movement. Strathspey. A lively Scotch dance in common time ; a tune used iu connection with the dance. Stravagante. ( Ita.) Extravagant ; fan- tastic; odd. Stravagaiiza. (Ita.) Extravagance. Street Organ. A hand organ. Streng. ( Ger.) Strict, in relation to style. Strepito, Con. (Ita.) With impetuosity. Strepitosamente. (Ita.) With much noise and power. Strepitoso. (Ita.} In an impetnous, bois- terous style ; noisy manner. Stret. An abbreviation of Stretto. Stretta. (Ita.) Contracted; compressed; hastened. Stretta., Alia. (Ita.) Increasing the time. Stretto. (Ita.) Shortened ; contracted ; compressed ; formerly used to signify that the movement to which it is prefixed was to be performed in a quick, concise style ; in fugue writing, it implies that the subject and answer begin much nearer to one another than at the commencement of the fugue. Strlcn. ( Ger.) Bowing. Stricharteii. (Ger.) Different ways of bowing. Strict Canon. A canon In which the rules of this form of composition are closely followed. Strict Composition. A method of com- position which employs voices alone, without the use of instruments ; that which rigidly adheres to the rules of art. Strict Fugne. A fugue in which the fugnl form and its laws are rigidly ob- served. Strict Inversion. The same as simple inversion, but requiring that whole tones should be answered by whole tones, and semitones by semitones. Strictly Inverted Imitation. A form of imitation in which half and whole tones must be precisely answered in con- trary motion. Strict Style. A style in which a rigid adhcieuce to the rules of the art is ob- served. Strident. (Fre.) Harsh. Strldente. (Ita.) Shrill ; sharp. Strldevole. (Ita.) Sharp ; shrill ; acute. Strldulous. (Lot.) Harsh ; grating. Strike. To cause to sound. Striking Reed. A peculiar form of organ reed, so named in distinction from the free reed, uud because it produces a sharp, metallic, trumpet quality of tone, caused mainly by the tongue striking sharply against the edges of the groove to which it is affixed. Strillare. (Ita.) To scream, shriek, screech. Strlllo. (Ita.) A loud scream; shrill cry; shriek. String. An abbreviation of Stringendo. String Band. A company of musicians whose performances are confined wholly or chietly to the use of violins, violon- cellos, and similar instruments. String, Bass. The string of any instru- ment' upon which the lowest note is sounded. Stringed Instruments. Instruments whose sounds arc produced by striking or drawing strings, or by the friction of a bow drawn across them. Stringed Orchestra. An orchestra formed exclusively of stringed instru- ments. Stringed Quartet. A composition ar- ranged for four stringed instruments. Strlugendo. (Ita.) Accelerating the degree of movement ; compressing. String, Helical. A spiral string. String Pendulum. A Weber chronom- eter. String Plate. The plate of a piano in whicu the hitch pins arc placed. Strings. Wires or cords used in musical instruments, which, upon being- struck or drawn upon, produce tones; the stringed instruments in a band or orchestra. Strings, Drum. The cords at the lower end of a drum, forming the snare. Strings, liatten. Wires made of a com- position consisting of copper and zinc. Strings, Open. The strings of an instru- ment when not pressed. Strings, Sound. Strings extended across the lower end of a drum. Strings, Sympathetic. Strings of metal fastened beneath the finger board of the viola d' amore, in early times, under the bridge, and being tuned to those above, vibrated with them. Str. Insts. An abbreviation of Stringed Instruments. Strisciando. (Ita.) Gliding; eliding; the blending of one tone into another. Strofa. (Ita.) A strophe. Strof accia. (Ita.) A bad strophe, stanza, or couplet. Strofetta. (Ita.) A little couplet. Stroke. A dash. Stroke, Diagonal. A transverse heavy stroke having a dot each side of it, d"ut- ing that the previous measure, or the pre- vious group of notes in the same measure, is to be repeated (01, 6). Stroke, Double. Two strokes or dashes implying that the semibreve over or under which tliey are drawn, or the minim or crotchet through whose stem they pass, must be divided into as many semiquaver! as are equivalent to it in duration (01, c). SIR 223 STY Stroke, Single. A stroke or dash drawn over or under a semibreve, or through the stem of a minim or crotchet, implying that such note must be divided into as many quavers as are equivalent to it in duration (61). Stroke, Transverse. A heavy stroke placed above a fundamental note to indi- cate the intervals of changing notes, and also used for anticipation in an upper part. Stroke, Triple. Three strokes or dashes placed over or under a semibreve, or through the stem of a minim or crotchet, implying that such note must be divided into as many demisemiquavers as are equivalent to it in duration (61, c). Strom. An abbreviation of Stromenti. Strombazzata. (Ha.) The sound of a trumpet. Strombettata. (Ita.) The sound of a trumpet. Strombettiere. (Ita.) A trumpeter. Strombettio. (Ita.) The sound of a trumpet. Stromenti. (Ita.) Musical instruments. Stromenti cl' Arco. (Ita.) Instruments played with a bow. Stromenti di Rinforzo. (Ha.) Instru- ments employed to support or strengthen a performance. Stromenti di Vento. (Ita.) Wind in- struments. Stromento. (Ita.) An instrument. Stromento da Fiato. (Ita.) The organ. Strong Parts. The accented parts of a measure. Strophe. (Grk.) A stanza, or certain number of verses including a perfect sense, succeeded by another, called antis- trophe, corresponding to the couplet in songs, und stanza in epic poetry. Strophe, Sapphic. Three sapphic verses followed by an adonic. Strophic. Relating to, or composed of, strophes. Strophicus. (Grk.) One of the ten notes used, forming the musical system, in the middle ages. Strosciare. (Ita.) To sound like the dash of waters ; to boom ; murmur; purl. Strnmentajo. (ltd,.) A musical instru- ment maker. Strnmentale. (Ita.) Instrumental. Strumentalmente. (Ita.) Instrumen- tal ly. Strumentare. (Ita.) To perform on an instrument. Strumeutazioue. (Ita.) Instrumenta- tion. Strumentl, Con. (Ita.) A performance with instruments. Strumenti da Fiato. (Ita.) Wind in- struments. Strumentino. (Ita.) A small instru- ment. Strumeiito. (Ita.) A musical instrument. Strumento di Musica. (Ita.) Musical instrument. Strung, High. Strung to a full tone or high pitch. Studio. (Ita.) A study or exercise. Stale. (Ger.) A degree. Stnfe der Toiileiter. (Ger.) A degree of the scale. Stuf en. ( Ger.) Steps or degrees. Stufenpfeife. (Ger.) Pan's pipes. Stufenpsalm. (Ger.) Gradual psalm. Stuf enwelse. ( Ger.) By degrees. Stnndeiisaug. ( Ger.) The hour chant ; the chanting of the canonical hour. Stuonante. (Ita.) Dissonant ; out of tune. Stuonare. (Ita.) Out of tune ; to sing out of tune. Stuouato. (Ita.) Dissonant ; out of tune. Sturmdrommete. (Ger.) The alarum trumpet. Sturmglockc. (Ger.) The tocsin; the alarm bell. Style. That cast or manner in composition or performance on which the effect chiefly or wholly depends. Style, Accompanied. That style in which the voices are accompanied by any low-toned instrument, to sustain the basses. Style, Ballad. In the time or manner of a ballad. Style, Concerted. A style of perform- ance in which the voices are accompanied by every variety of instruments. Style, Free. A style deviating in some points from the rules of the art of music. Style, Harp. Playing in arpeggios. Style, Legato. A close, connected, glid- ing manner of performance. Style, Staccato. A manner of execution in which the notes are played distinct, short, and detached from one another by rests. Style, Strict. A style in which is observed a most rigid adherence to the rules app i- cable to the art of music. Stylo. (Ita.) Style. Stylo Choraico. (Ita.) A style suitable for dances. Stylo I>ramattco. (Ita.) In dramatic style ; suited to passionate expression. Stylo Ecclesiastico. (Ita.) In a style majestic, grave, and suited to inspire de- votion. Stylo Hyperchematico. (Ita.) A brisk and gay style, suited to dancing. Stylo- Madrigaleaco. (Ita.) A style suited to the expression of love. Stylo DIelismatico. (Hit.) A natural, artless style, suit-able for airs and ballads. STY 224 SUO Stylo Motectlco. (-Va.) A florid style; ornamental. Stylo Fantastlco. (Ita.) An easy, humorous man-iic. , tr^efrom all restraint. Stylo Rappresentativo. (Ita.) \n appellation given to recitative music, he- cause almost exclusively adapted to the drama, Stylo Recitative. (Ita.) In the style of a recitative. Su. (//in.) A syllabi: applied to the first note of the Hindoo scale in suliaiiig. Su. (Ita.) Above ; upon. Suave. (Ita. and Spit.) Sweet and deli- cate. Sun vemente. (Ita. and Spa.) Sweetly and delicately. Suavlta, Con. (I fa.) With sweetness and delicacy of expression. Sub. (Lat.) Under; below. Sub- Acute. A moderate degree of acute- ness. Sub-Bass. An organ stop or set of pipes belonging to its pedals ; the lowest notes of an organ ; the ground basa. Snbcantor. (Spa.) Subchanter. Snbcha-nter. The deputy of the pre- centor in a cathedral ; au uudcr chanter. .Snbdomlnant. The fourth note of the scale of any key ; the under-dominant : the under fifth, or fifth of the octave below. Subitamente. (Ita.) Quickly. Snbito. (Ita.) Quick ; sudden ; hasty. Snbitosamente. (Ita.) Unexpectedly ; suddenly. Subject. The principal melody, theme or text of a movement. Subject, Counter. The first part of a fugue when continued along with the subject. Subject, Intermediate. Ideas not un- like the principal, or counter subject, hi a fugue introduced for embellishment. Subject, Intervening. An intermedi- ate subject of a fugue. Subject, Second. The counter subject of a fugue when it remains uuchanged in all the parts. Sub-Mediant. The sixth tone of the scale ; the under mediant. Sub-Phrygian Chant. A chant em- ployed to appease the furor excited by the Phrygian chant. Sub-Semitone. The semitone below the key note ; the sharp seventh, or sensible of any key. Snb-Semitouium Modi. (Lat.) The leading note. Subsidiary Xotes. Xotes situated one degree above and one degree below the principal note of a turn. Sub-Tonic. Under the tonic; the note situated a semitone below the key note. Succentor. A person who sings the bnw in a concert. Succession. The successive notes in mel- oily, in distinction from the successive chords in harmony, csilltnl progreasion. Succession, Conjunct. A succession of sounds proceeding regularly, upward or downward, through the several interven- ing degrees. Succession, Disjunct. A succession of sounds in melody passing from one degree to another witiiout touching the intrnne- diate degrees. Successive Short Twines. Short hori- zontal lilies denoting the repetition of one and the same interval (03). Sudden Modulation. Modulation in which the modulating chord is preceded by one which is not doubtful. Suffblaraento. (Ita.) Hiss ; whistle ; murmur. Suflfolo. (Ita.) A little flute or flageolet used to teach birds to sing certain times. Suj^geritore di Teatro. (Ita.) The prompter of a theatre. Suggetto. (Ita.) The subject or theme oi a composition. Suite. (Fre.) A scries; a collection; a single piece consisting of several move- ments. Suites des Piece*. (Fre.) A collection of pieces. Sujet. (Fre.) The subject, theme, or mo- tive of a composition. Sul. (Jta.) On or upon the. Sul A. (Ita.) On the A string. Sul I>. (Ita.) On the D string. Sull'. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Sulla. Sulla. (Ita.) On or upon. Sulla Mezza Corda. (Ita.) On the middle of the string. Sulla Tastiera. (Ita.) A term implying that the bow or lingers are to be applied near or over the end of the finger board, very far from the bridge. Sul Ponticello. (Ita.) On, or near, the bridge. Sutnara. (Tur.) A species of flute hav- ing two pipes, common in Turkey ; the shorter pipe is used for playing airs, and the longer for a continued bass. Summer. The sound board of an orgtim. Sumpunjah. (Heb.) The dulcimer --inds of every tct- rachord in the ancient Ureek system. Suono. (If a.) A sound ; a musical in- strument ; air ; tune. Suono Argentine. (Itn.) Soft and clear, as silver tones and sounds. Super. (Lot.) Above; over. Superano. (Spa.) Treble. Superdominant. The note next above the dominant in the scale. Superfluous Interval. An augmented interval ; an interval which exceeds a true diatonic interval by a semitone minor. Superfluous Seventh. A dissonant interval containing five tones (throe minors and two majors), a semitone major, and a semitone minor. Superfluous Sixth. A dissonant inter- val composed of four tones, a major and a minor semitone. Superfluous Sound, or Tone. One containing a semitone minor more Oan a tone. Superfluous Third. A dissonant th *d composed of two tones and a semitone. Superfluous Triad. The triad upon the third degree of the minor scale. Superior Appoggiatura. An appoggia- tura situated one decree above its princi- pal note (W). Superius. (Lot.) The upper part of any composition. Supernumerary. The last chord add.'d to the ancient Greek system. Supersns. (Lat.) Name formerly given to trebles when tljeir station was very high in the scale. Snpertonic. The note above the tonic or key note. Supertoniqne. (Fre.) The supertonic, or second note of the scale. Supplementary Parts. Parts of a composition not necessarily obligato. Support IVotes. Appoggiaturas. Supposed Bass. The lowest note of a chord when not the fundamental one. Supposition. The use of two successive notes of equal value as to time, one of which being a discord supposes the other to be a concord. Sur. (Fre.) On ; upon; over; by. Surgum. (Ilin.) The gamut. Surigx. (Grk.) The pipes of Pan. Sur la Qaatriera Corde. (Fre.) On the fourth string used in violin and sim- ilar music. Sur-Saorp. The fifth tetrachord above added by Guido. SUR 226 SYM Sur Cue Corde. (Fre.) On one string. Suspended Cadence. Several modula- tious being passed through, instead of leading- directly from the dominant chord to that of the key note. Suspended Harmony. One or more notes of a chord retained iu that which follows. Suspension. A passage of harmony in which the ear is for a while kept in sus- pense by the prolongation of one chord, after another, or part of another, has been introduced, and by means of which com- binations of sounds that would prove dis- cordant if abruptly introduced all together are rendered agreeable. Suspension, I>ouble. A suspension re- tarding two notes, and requiring a double preparation and resolution. Suspension, Single. A suspension that retards but one note, and requires only a eingle preparation and resolution. Suspension, Triple. A suspension formed by suspending a dominant or diminished seventh on the tonic, mediant, or dominant of the key. Suss. (Ger.) Sweet. Sussflote. (Ger.) In organs, the soft flute. Sustained. A term applied to notes when their sound is continued through their whole power or length. Sustaltic. (Grl:.) Mournful ; affecting. Snsurrando. (Ita.) Whispering ; mur- muring. Susurrar. (Spa.) To purl, as a stream. Susurration. A whispering) a soft, murmuring sound. Susnrro. (Spa.) Humming. Sutonique. (Fre.) Supertonic. S. V. The initials of Sotto Voce and Si Volti. Sveglia. (Ita.) The soiind of an alarm bell. Svcgliato. (Ita.) A gay and lively style of performance. Svegliatojo. (Ita.) An alarm bell. Svelto. (Ita.) Free; unbound. 8. V. S. The initials of Si Volti Subito. Swarras. (/7m.) A general name applied by the Hindoos to the seven notes of their musical scale, and also to the key note. Sweet Jug. Name given by English bird fanciers, in the last century, to a bird note more finely drawn and sweeter than that denominated j tig. Sweet-Toned. Having a soft, pleasing sound. Swell. A gradual increase of sound. Swell Organ. In organs having three rows of keys, the third, or upper row, controlling a number of pipes enclosed in a box, which may be gradually opened or shut, and thus the tone increased or di- minished by degrees. Swell Pedal. That which raise* th dampers from the strings. S wn. ( Wei.) Sound. Sword Dance. An ancient Spanish mel- ody, played on solemn occasions. Syllables, Fixed. Syllables which do not change with the change of the key. Syllables, Guidonian. The syllables Ut, Ke, Mi, Fa, Sol, La, used by Guido lor his system of hexachords. Sylva. (Lot.) A poem commenced with a feeling of transport ; a collection of va- rious poems. Sym. An abbreviation of Symphony. Symbal. Cymbal. Symbols. A name given by the Greeks to the twenty-four letters of their alphabet, all of which were employed as characters indicative of sounds. Sympathetic Strings. Strings, made of inutal, which, in olden times, were fastened under the finger board of the viola d' amorc, beneath the bridge, and, being tuned to the strings above, vibrated with them and strengthened the tone. Symplioiiia. (Grk.) A pulsatile instru- ment of the ancients, made of a hollow tree, closed at each end with leather, and struck with sticks, producing tones of va- ried pitch. Symphpuiac. (Grk.) An epithet applied to music in parts, or counterpoint. Symphoniaci Pnerl. (Lai.) Singing boys ; choristers. Symphonial. (Grk.) A term applied to tones agreeing in quality. Sympliouiale. ( Grk.) A word prefixed to old canons, or perpetual fugues, to indi- cate that they are in unison. Symphonic. In the style or manner of a symphony; harmonious; agreeing in sound. Symphonic Poem. A composition of recent invention, occupying a certain mid- dle place between opera and symphony, and serving as a connecting link between the two. Symphonic. (Fre.) Symphony. Symphouienseser. (Ger.) Symphonistj a composer of symphonies. Symphonienspieler. (Ger.) Sympho- nist; a player of symphonies. Symphonies, Intermediate. Short instrumental passages introduced in a vocal performance to relieve the voice and improve the general effect. Symphonions. A term applied to instru- ments or voices that are harmonious. Symphouische IMchtuug. (Ger.) Symphonic poem. Symphouist. One who composes sym- phonies; a composer of church music. Symphonize. To agree in sound ; to pre- serve harmony. Symphonoi. (Grk.) A name given by SYM 227 SYS the ancients to concords and those sounds which so mix and unite that the tone of the lower is scarcely distinguishable from the upper. Symphony. A concordance of tones ; a concert of voices or instruments ; a har- mony of mingled sounds ; a musical in- strument resembling a drum ; an intro- ductory, intermediate, or concluding part of a vocal composition ; an instrumental composition for a full orchestra : formerly, a composition partly vocal and party in- strumental. Symposia. (Grk.) Cheerful and con- vivial compositions ; catches, glees, rounds, &c. Synaphe. (Grk.) A term applied by the ancients to the conjunction of two te.tra- chords; the resonance of the homologous chords of two conjoint tetrachords. Synaulia. (Grk.) In ancient music, a concert of flute players, who answered each other alternately, without any nnion of the voice. Syncopate. To continue anote commenced on the unaccented part of a bar to the accented part of the next bar. Syncopation. (Grk.} A term applied to that disposition of the melody or har- mony of a composition, by which the last note of one bar is so connected with the first note of the succeding bar as to form but one and the same sound. Syncopation, 'Discords of. Discords which constitute a portion of the radical harmony. Syncope. A syncopation ; the division of a note introduced when two or more notes of one part answer to a single note of another. Syncope JEquivagans. (Lot.} A pas- sage in which all the parts syncopate at the same time, yet without discords. Syncope Consonans Desolata. (Lot.) A syncopation of only one part, and yet without discord. Syncoper. (Fre.) To syncopate. Syngan. (Sax.) To sing; singing. Synger. (Dan.) To sing ; singing. Synkopiren. (Ger.) To syncopate. Synuemenon. (Grk.) The third tetra- chord of the ancients. Synnemenon IHatoiios. (Grk.) In the music of the ancients, the third chord of the tetrachord; synnemenon in diatonic genus. Syntonic Genus. A species of the dia- tonic genus among the ancients, in which the tetrachord was divided into a semitone and two equal tones. Syutouo-1-.ydlau. (Grk.) One of the ancient modes. Syren. Siren. Syriuda. An East Indian guitar. Syriiiga (Lot.) Pandean pipes; Pan's pipes. Syringe. (Grk.) A kind of fistula, or pipe, used by the ancient Romans to reg- ulate the voice in oratory and singing. Syrinx. (Grb.) A pastoral instrument composed of reeds of various lengths bound together, and rigardcd by tu< Greeks as the invention of their tutelar} od, Pan; the shepherd's pipe; the pan- can pipe. Systaltic. (Grk.) An epithet applied by the ancients to that subdivision of their melopceia, which constituted the mournful and pathetic. System. An interval compounded, or supposed to be compounded, of several lesser ones ; a method of calculation to determine the relations of sounds, or an order of signs established to express aem ; the code of harmonic rules drawn from those common principles by which they are computed. Systema Maximum. (Lot.) The Greek system as perfected by Pythagoras, by his addition of the proslambanomenou below the hypate hypaton. Systema Farticipato. (flu.) A di- vision of the octave or diapason into twelve semitones. Systema Participatnm. (I.at.) A division of the octave or diapason into twelve semitones. Systema Perfectum. (Lot.) The bis- diapason, or ancient Greek scale. Systema Temperate. (Ita.) The present system of tones. Systema Temperatum. (Lat.) The attempered system. System, Cheye. An elementary system of vocal music much in vogue in Paris, having for its basis notation in figures. System, Cipher. An old system of mu- sic, in which the notes were represented by numerals. Systeme. (Fre.) A system. Systcme, Galin-Paris-Cheve. The popular name given in France to the Cheve system. System, Isotonic. A musical system consisting of intervals in which each con- cord is alike tempered, and in which there are twelve equal semibreves. System, Logleran. A system of piano- forte instruction, the main feature of which is the use of mechanical appliances to fa- cilitate the progress of pupils. System, Pestalozzian. A system cf induction, presenting an analytical and syn- thetical arrangement of the rudiments of music in their natural progressive order. Systems, General. One of the divisions into which the ancients placed systems : it was formed of the sum of all the par- ticular systems, and, consequently, con- tained all the sounds in music. Systems, Particular. One of the ancient divisions of systems : it was composed (>/ at least two intervals. SYS 228 TAL System, Tonic Sol Fa. A system of instruction in vocal music, the leading feature of which is the recognition of the absolute identity, so far as intervals are concerned, of all the major scales. Syzygia. (Grk.) A pleasing combination of sounds. Syzygla, Compound. A combination of rounds in which one or more of those of the harmonica! triad arc doubled, or raised one r more octaves. Syzygia, Simple. A combination of sounds in which two concords at least are heard together. T. TTHE initial of Tutti, Tenor, Tacet, and . sometimes Trillo: its use sometimes intimates that the tenor is to play alone. Ta. (Grk.) One of the four syllables used by the ancient Greeks in solfaing their music, answering to the hypate, or first sound of the tetrachord. Tabaa. (Ara.) A tambour ; a tabor. Tabal. (Syr.) A tabor; tambour. Taballo. (Ita.) A tymbal or kettle drum. Tabar. (/to.) A small drum ; a tabor. Tablatnra. (Ita.) The ancient mode of representing the various tones of music by letters, instead of notes ; tablature. Tablatnre. (Ita.) The expression of musical sounds or notes of composition by letters of the alphabet, or other char- acters not used in modern music ; the man- ner of writing compositions for the lute and similar instruments by writing on parallel lines, each of which represents a string of the instrument. Table. A portion of the lute ; also of the violin. Table d'Harmonie. (Fre.) Sounding board. Table Songs. Songs for male voices for- merly much in vogue in German glee clubs. Table, Time. A representation of the several notes in music, showing their rel- ative lengths or durations. Tabor. A small drum, generally used to accompany the pipe or flfc in dances. Taborer. One who beats the tabor or tambourine. Taboret. A small tubor. Tabourin. (Fre.) A tabor or tambourine a shallow drum with but one head. Tabrere. An obsolete name for one who plays on a tabor. Tabret. A drum of the ancient Hebrews ; a small tabor. Tabulator. (Ger.) Tablatnre. Taburz. ( Wei.) A tabor ; a small drum. Tacente. (Ita.) A word implying that the parts to which it is applied are silent. Tacet. (Lat.) Silent; a word implying that, during a movement or part of a movement, some particular instrument is to be silent. Tact. An abbreviation of Tuctart and Tactus. Tact. ( Ger.) Time ; the bar. Tactart. (Ger.) The species of time or measure. Tact-Feeling. The natural beating or measurement of time existing in all liv- ing things, forming the basis of harmony. Tactfest. (Ger.) Steady in keeping time. Tactf ubrer. ( Ger.) A conductor ; leader. Tact Halten. ( Ger.) To keep time. Tactmesser. (Ger.) A metronome. Tact note. (Ger.) A note played to fill up a bar. Tactpaiise. (Ger.) Bar rest. Tactscblag. (Ger.) Beating of time. Tactstrich. (Ger.) Bar. Tactus. (Lat.) The stroke of the hand by which the time is measured or beat on. Tactus Major. The beating of a time comprising a breve in a bar among the ancients. Tactus Minor. "vTith the ancients, the act of beating a time consisting of a senii- brcve in a bar. Tagliato. (Ita.) Clef. Tail. A line passing perpendicularly up- ward or downward from the head of note ; the stem of a note (8). Taille. (Fre.) The tenor voice or part. Tail Piece. In a violin, violoncello, and similar instruments, a piece of ebony i>t- taehed to the lower end, and to which the strings are secured. Takt. (Ger.) The bar; time. Taktart. (Ger.) The species of time or measure. Taktfest. (Ger.) Firm in keeping time. Taktlos. (Ger.) Without time. Taktm&ssig. ( Ger.) In time. Taktstrich. (Ger.) The bar lines. Talabalacco. (ltd.) Moorish k(ttl<3 drum. Tale Tellers. A nnme given by th Irish to their bards or harpers. ! Talidau. (Per.) To sour U; to ring. TAL 229 TEA Talon. (Fre.) The heel of the bow ; that part near the nut. Tambor. (Spa. and for.) A tambour. Tamboreta. (Spa.") A timbrel. Tamboril. (Spa.) Tabor ; a drum beaten in villages ou festive occasions. Tamborllear. (Spa.) To beat the tabor with one stick, accompanied by a pipe. Tamborilero. (Spa.) One who beats the tabor, taboret, or tambourine. Tamboritillo. (Spa.) A small drum for children. Tambor Mayor. (Spa.) Drum major. Tambour. (Fre.) A small drum used by the Biscayans ; a Turkish instrument of eight strings, with a long handle on which the scale of notes is marked ; in guitar music, used to denote that all the strings near the bridge are to be struck with the thumb of the right hand. Tambour tie Basque. (Fre.) A tam- bourine. Tambourln. (Fre.) A tambourine. Tambourine. A pulsatile instrument, resembling the head of a drum, with jiu- gles placed round it to increase the noise ; a lively French dance formerly much em- ployed in the opera. Tambouriner. (Fre.) To drum, or beat the timbrel. Tambnraccio. (Ita.) Large drum ; ket- tle drum. Tambnrello. (Ha.) Tabor ; tabret. Tamburetto. (Ha.) Tambourine ; small drum. Tamburo. (Ita.) A drum ; a tambour. Tamburo Grande. (Ita.) A large drum. Tamburo Grosao. (Ha.) A large drum. Tambnro Mtlitare. (Ita.) A military drum. Tambnrone. (Ita.) The gre.it drum. Tambnro Rulante. (Ita.) A wooden roll drum ; a side drum. Tampions. (Fre.) One of the two rows of projecting apertures on the courtaut. Tam-Tam. A drum used by the Hindoos, made of an alloy of copper and tin, and very sonorous. Tanedor. (Spa.) Player on a musical instrument. Tanido. (Spa.) Played ; touched ; tune ; sound. Tanto. (Ita.) Too much ; much. Tantum Ergo. (Lat.) A hymn sung at the benediction iu the Uumau Catholic church service. Tauzlied. (Ger.) Tune of a dance. Taiiz Melodicn. (Ger.) Dance melodies. Tanzstuck. (Ger.) A dance tune. Tap. A drum beat of a single note employed in staccato movements. Tapatau. (Spa.) The sound of a drum. 20 Taptoe. (Dut.) A tattoo. Taraboufc. ( Tur.) A musi :a instrument used by the Turks, formed by drawing a parchment over the bottom of a large earthen vessel ; the derbouka of the Ara- bians. Tarantella. (Ita.) A peculiar sort of dance ; a time supposed to have the effect of curing the bite of a venomous species of spider, called the tarantella. Tarara. (Spa.) Trumpet signal for action. Tararear. (Spa.) To sound the trumpet. Tarataiitara. (Ita.) Sound of a trum- pet ; clangor. Tardando. (Ita.) Retarding. Tardo. (Ita.) Slow ; in a dragging man- ner. Tarrenas. (Spa.) Small castanets. Tastame. (Ita.) Finger board; keys of an organ. Tastatnr. (Ger.) The key board of a piano- forte, and similar instruments. Tastatnra. (Lnt.) An appellation for- merly given to the whole range of keys of an organ or pianoforte. Taste. ( Ger.) Key of an instrument. Tastenbrett. (Ger.) The keys of an instrument. Tasteuschwanz. (Ger.) The extremity of the keys. Taste awerk. (Ger.) A keyed instru- ment. Tastiera. (Ita.) Piano key board ; gen- eral name for the keys of any instrument ; the linger board of a violin or similar in- strument. Tasto. (Ita.) The touch of any instru- ment ; the keys of an instrument; tie band on a guitar. Tasto Solo. (Ita.) In organ and piano- forte music, indicates that certain bass notes arc not to be accompanied by chords in the right hand. Tattoo. A rapid beat of a drum, usually at night, directing the soldiers to repair to their tents, or ordering a retreat. Tautological Echo. An echo that re- peats the same Bound or passage many times. Tautology. A tiresome repetition of the same passage or passages. Tautophouy. Uepetition of the same sound. Taza-ba-taza. (Sin.) Brahmin hymn. T. B. The initials of Tutti i Eassi. Te. (Grk.) One of the syllables used by the ancient Greeks in solfaing their music, answering to the parypate, or second sound of the tetrachord. Tear. Formerly signifying a dirge, or lament. Teatriuo. (Ita.) A little theatre. Teatro. (Ita.) Theatre; stage; play- house. TEC 230 TEM Tecla. (Spa.) The key of a pianoforte or harpsichord. Torlado. (Spa.) The whole series of the keys of an organ, pianoforte, or similar instrument. Teclear. (Spa.) To strike or touch the keys of a musical instrument; to move the fingers as if touching the keys of an instrument. Teddeo. (Ita.) Te Deum. Tedesca. (Ita.) German. Tedesca, Alia, (/la.) In the German style. Tedeseo. (Ita.) German. Te Drum. (Lot.) A hymn of thanks- giving employed in churches. Te I>enm T^midamus. (Lot.) " Thoe, God, we praise," a particular song of praise and thanksgiving to God. Telemann's Carve. A curve indicating a diminished triad, and distinguishing it from the minor third (1-1). Telephonic. (Grk.) Far sounding ; that which propels sound a great distance. Telephonography. A system of sig- nalizing by the use of trumpets or steam whistles. Teles tich. (Grk.) A poem in which the final letters of the lines form a name. Tell-Tale. A movable piece of metal, bone, or ivory, attached to an organ, indi- cating by its position the amount of wind supplied by the bellows. Tern. An abbreviation of Tempo. Tema. (Ita.) A subject or theme. Temp. An abbreviation of Tempo. Temper. To modify or amend a false or imperfect concord by transferring to it a portion of the beauty of a perfect one, by dividing the tones : to modify or equalize, as the tones of an instrument, so as to distribute the imperfections as uniformly as possible among the different intervals. Temperament. The accommodation or adjustment of the imperfect sounds by transferring a part of the defects to the more perfect ones, in order to remedy, in some degree, the false intervals of the organ, pianoforte, and similar instru- ments, whose sounds are fixed. Temperament, Equal. A species of temperament in which the twenty-four keys deviate in on equal degree from per- fect purity. Temperament, Unequal. A species of temperament in which one or more keys are brought nearer to the ideal purity, while others are removed so much the further from it. Temperatur. (Ger.) Temperament. Tempered. Having a perfect adjustment of sounds ; tuned. Tempering. The accommodating of the imperfect concords by transferring to them a portion of the beauty of the per- fect, iu order to remedy the defects of all musical instruments whose touuds art fixed. Tempesta. (Ha.) A passage in imitation of a storm. Tempestosamente. (Ita.) Furiously . impetuously. Tempestoso. (fta.) In a tempestuous manner ; violently agitated. Templador. (Spa.) Key for tuning; a tuner. Templar. (Spa.) To temper ; to tune an instrument. Tempo. (Ita.) Time ; the degree of move meut. Tempo, A. (Ita.) In time: an expression used after some relaxation in the measure, to indicate a return to the original degree of movement. Tempo Alia Breve. (Ita.) In a quick species of common time. Tempo a Piacere. (Ita.) The time at pleasure. Tempo Assimilando al Mevimento Seeruente. (Ita.) Assimilating in time to the following movement. Tempo Bnono. (Ita.) Good time. Tempo Commorto. (Fta.) In a conven- ient degree of movement. Tempo Debole. (Ita.) The weak parts of the bar. Tempo dl Hallo. (Ita.) In the time of a dance. Tempo dl Cappella. (Ita.) In church style. Tempo di Gavotta. (Ita.) In the time of a gavot. Tempo di Ufarcia. (Ita.) In the time of a inarch. Tempo di IHarcia, Molto Maestoso. (Ita.) In the time of a march, and ma- jestically. Tempo di >Ienuetto. (Ita.) IB the time of a minuet. Tempo di Polaoea. (Ita.) In the time of a polacca ; a medium time between an- dante and allegro. Tempo dl Prima. (Ita.) In the same time as at first. Tempo di Valse. (Ita.) In the time of a waltz. Tempo Frettolso. (Ita.) Accelerated time. Tempo Ciiusto. (Ita.) In exact or strict time. Tempo, In. (Ita.) In time. Tempo Jlajjsrlore. (Ita.) In a quick species of common time. Tempo Ordinario. (Ita.) In usual time. Tempo Perduto. (Ita.) A gradual de- crease of time. Tempo Perietto. (Ita.) Perfect time. Tempo, Prino. (Ita.) Return to the original time TEM 231 TEN Temporeggiato. (ltd.) A word indicat- ing a pause, in order to afford the voice or instrument an opportunity of introducing an extemporary grace or embellishment; a holding note. Tempo Rubato. (Ita.) The time to be alternately quickened and retarded, but so that one process may compensate for the other. Tempo, Senza. (Ita.) Not having time. Temp. Prim. (Ita.) An abbreviation of Tempo 1'rimo. Temps. (Fre.) Time; the various parts or divisions of the bar. Temps de Marclie. (Fre.) Time of a march. Temps Fort. (Fre.) The strong parts of the bar. Temps Frappe. (Fre.) The accented parts, or down-beats. Temps teve. (Fre.) The unaccented parts, or up-beats. Tempiis Perfectnm. (Lat.) A species of measure comprising three whole notes. Terns. (Fre.) Time. Ten. An abbreviation of Tenute, lenuto, and Tenor. Tendada Scena. (Ita.) Curtain of a theatre. Tendre. (Fre.) Tender. Tendrement. (Fre.) Affectionately ; tenderly. Tenebrsc. (Lat.) The Roman Catholic musical service in commemoration of the darkness which attended the crucifixion. Tenella. (Grk.) A burden of ancient Greek songs of triumph. Teneramente. (Ita.) Tenderly; deli- cately. Tenerezza, Con. (Ita.) With tenderness. Tenero. (Ita.) Tender; delicate. Tenete Sino Alia Fine del Suono. (Ha.) Keep the keys down as long as the sound lasts. Tenlr. (Fre.) To hold, as a violin, a bow, &c. Tenir 1 'Accord. (Fre.) To keep in tune. Tenlr le Piano. (Fre.) To be the ac- companist on the piano. Tenor. The highest adult male voice ; the second of tho four parts in the scale of sounds ; the part of a composition adapted to that part; the person who sings the tenor, or the instrument that plays it; formerly, the plain song, or principal part in a composition. Tenor, Bass. A man's voice midway be- tween bass and tenor. Tenor Clef. The C clef when on the iburth line of the staff; the treble clef is also used for this, and recently a new form of clef, which places the letters the same as the treble clef, has been adopted (49). Tenor Clef, Counter. The C clef when placed on the third line in order to accom- modate the counter tenor voice. Tenor, Contra. The counter tenor voice ; contralto. Tenor, Cornet. A style of cornet in use about a century ngo, formed of a curved tube three feet in length, its diameter in- creasing from the mouth-piece to its end. Tenor, Counter. The highest adult male voice; the lowest female voice. Tenore. (Ita.) The tenor voice; tenor singer ; a high male voice. Tenore, Alto. (Ita.) The highest tenor. Tenore Contraltino. (Ita.) A man's voice of a very high range, approaching alto. Tenore di Grazia. (Ita.) A delicate and graceful tenor. Tenoreggiare. (Ita.) To sing tenor. Tenore Mezzo. (Ita.) Half tenor. Tenore Primo. (Ita.) First tenor. Tenore Primo, Secondo Choro. (Itn.) The tenor of the first and second chorus. Tenore Ripieuo. (Ita.) Tenor of the grand chorus. Tenore Robusto. (Ita.) A strong tenor voice. Tenore Secondo. (Ita.) Second tenor. Tenore Viola. (Ita.) Tenor viol. Tenor, First. High tenor. Teiiorgeige. (Ger.) Tenor viol. Tenor, High. Countertenor voice; the highest natural male voice. Tenorist. (Ger.) One who has a tenor voice. Tenorista. (Ita.) The person who sings or plays the tenor part. Tenor, Low. A baritone ; a voice midway between bass and tenor. Teiiorschlussel. (Ger.) The tenor clef (49). Tenor, Second. Low tenor. Tenorstimme. (Ger.) Tenor voice; a tenor. Tenor Trombone. A trombone having a compass from the small c to the one- lined ff, and noted in the teuor cleT. Tenor Violin. A violin of low tone. Tenor Voice, Counter. The male voice next above the tenor voice; the lowest of the female voices. Tenorzeichen. (Ger.) The tenor clef (49). Tens and Elevens Metre. A metre designated thus, 10s & 11s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapestic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows, 10, 10, 11, 11; or of six lines in iambic measure, as follows, 10, 10, 10, 10, 11, 11. Tensile Instruments. Instruments de- pendent upon, the tension of a rings for their tone. TEN 232 THE Tension. The state of the wires or strings of a piano, harp, or guitar, or tha head of a drum, or similar instrument, when stretched or drawn, the greater 1 he degree of tension the more acute the sound capable of being produced. Tens Metre. A metre designated thus, 10s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in iambic measure, each line containing ten syllables. Teiisons. ( Fre.) Songs in the form of a dialogue. Tcntellare. (Ita.) To jingle. Tenth. An interval comprehending nine conjoint degrees, or ten sounds, diatou- ically divided. TV line de 1'Archet. (Fre.) Holding the bow. Tenne clu Yiolou. (Fre.) Holding the violin. Tcnute. (Ita.) Implying that the note or notes must be held on, sustained, or kept down the full time. Tennto. (Ita.) Tenute. Teodia. (Ita.) Canticle. Teoretlco. (Ita.) A theorist. Teoria. (Ita.) Theory. Tepldamente. (Ita.) Coldly; indiffer- ently. Tepidita, Con. (Ita.) With coldness and indifference. Ter. (Ita.) Thrice. Tercera. (Spa-.) Consonance compre- hending an interval of two aud one half lilies; strings of a guitar. Tercero. (Spa.) Third. Tercet. A third. Terceto. (Spa.) A triplet. Terms, Musical. Words and sentences applied to passages of music for the pur- pose of indicating the style in which they should be performed. Ternario Tempo. (Ita.) Triple time. Ternary Measure. A threefold meas- ure; triple time. Terpodlon. An instrument invented by Kuschman, the tones of which resembled those of a horn. Terpsichore. In classical mythology, the muse of choral dance aud soug. Terpsichorean. (Grk.) Relating to Terpsichore, the muse who presided over the choral song and dancing. Terrcmoto. (Ita.) A musical represen- tation of an earthquake. Tertla. (Lat.) Third. TertiaAcuta. (Lat.) Third above. Tertlarii. (Lat.) A term given by old composers to the fifth nntl sixth tones, or modes of plain song, signifying them to be of the third rank. Ter TTnca. (ftn.) The name formerly given to a demisemiquaver (20). Ten. ( Ger.) The interval of a third. Terza. (Ita.) Interval of a third. Terza Macglore. (Ita.) The large of major third. Terza Mlnore. (Ita.) A minor third. Terza Rima. (Ita.) A peculiar and com- C Heated mode of versification, borrowed y the early Italian poets from the trou- badours. Terzen. ( Ger.) Thirds. Terzettl. (Ita.) Short trios. Terzetto, i Ita.) A short trio or piece for three voices or instrumcnfc. Terz Flote. (Ita.) A flute whose tones are a minor third above. Terzie. (Ger.) Third. Terzina. (Ita.) A triplet. Terzo. (Ita.) The third. Tesinsalt. (Tern.) An instrument used in Africa, similar to a horn. Testae. (Lat.) A kind of applause among the ancients, made by beating sounding vessels. Testo. (Ita.) The text or subject of a composition ; the poetry of a song. Test tido. (Grk.) Name given by the an- cient Greeks to tiie lyre ol Mercury. Tetartos. (Grk.) Of the fourth rank, by old writers applied to the seventh and eighth tones of plain soug. Tetines. (Fre.) One of the two rows of projecting apertures on the courtaut; tampions. Tetrachord. (Grk.) A system of four sounds among the ancients, in which the extremes were lixed, but the middle sounds were varied according to the mode. Tetrachords, Conjoint. Two tctra- chords, or fourths, where the same note is the highest of one aud the lowest of the other. Tetrachordio. (Spa.) Tetrachord. Tetradiapason. (Grk.) The ancient Greek appellation of the quadruple octave, corresponding to the twenty-ninth of the modern system. Tetrameter. ( Grk.) In ancient poetry, a verse consist.ingof four measures, namely, in iambic, trochaic, and anapestic verse, of eight feet; in other kinds, of four feet. Tetrametro. (Ita.) Stanza of four verses. Tetraphonlc. Consisting of four voices. Tetrastich. (Grk.) A poem or stanza consisting of four verses. Tetratonon. (Grit.) With the ancient Greeks, an interval of four tones, now called the superfluous fifth. Tetrntos. (Grk.) The four authentic modes of the ancients, called the Mixo- Lydian. The. One of the four words used by the ancient Greeks in solfaing, answering to the lychanos, or third sound of the tetra> chord. THE 233 THR Theatre. A place for dramatic and oper- atic performances. Theatrical Music. Compositions de- signed for the orchestra of a theatre; dramatic music. Theile. (Ger.) Parts or capital divisions of the bar. Thema. (Grk. and Lot.) The subject; the theme. Theme. The subject of a composition. Theme, Counter. A second subject. Themes, Double. Two subjects. Theorbo. An ancient stringed instrument of the lute kind, having eight bass strings double the length of those of the lute, and two necks, the longest of which sustains the four liist, or deepest toned strings. Theoretical Music. A generalization of the principles of the science of mu- sic; speculation concerning music inde- pendent of its practice. Theoretical Thorough Bass. Acorn- prehension of the connection and disposi- tion of all the several chords, harmonious and dissonant, including nil the established laws by which they are formed and regu- lated. Theoretisch. ( Ger.) Theoretic. Theoria. (Lat.) Theory. Theoricien. (Frc.) A theorist. Theorie. (Fre.) Theory. Theorist. A scientific musician; one who speculates upon, and is acquainted with, the essence, nature, and properties of sound, as related to the established laws of harmony, melody, and modulation. Theory. The doctrine of music as it re- gards speculation on the science and its object, sound, independent of practice. Thep. (fleb.) An instrument resembling the flute or hautboy, but having fewer holes, and possessing a more limited range of notes. Thesis. (Lnt.) The depression of the hand in marking or beating time; the ac- cented part of a measure. Theurgic Hymns. (Grk.) Songs of in- cantation ; the first hymns of which we have any account in Greece. Thigh-Bone Trumpet. A trumpet made of a human thigh-bone, perforated through both condyles, and used in reli- gious services among the Himalayan mountains. Thin. An epithet applied to music the harmony of which is meagre and scanty, and used to distinguish it from rich and elaborate composition. Thiorba. A musical instrument in the form of a lute ; a theorbo. Third. The interval of a tone and a semi- tone, embracing three diatonic degrees of the scale. Third, Bi-eqnal. A name given to in- tervals, two of which added to a major 20* third make up an octave; consequently two of them equal a minor sixth. Third, Diminished. A dissonant third consisting of two major semitones. Third, Extreme Flat. Two diatonic semitones composed of three degrees; the minor third diminished by the chromatic semitone. Third, Inversion. A name given to a chord when its seventh is the lowest. Third, Uesser. A hemiditone. Third, Major. A third whose degrees are large seconds; a consonant third com- posed of two tones. Third, Minor. A consonant third con- sisting of a tone and a half. Third Part. Tenor the highest species of men's voice. Thirds, Consonant. The major third composed of two tones, and the minor third consisting of a tone and a half. Third Shift. The double shift in violin playing. Third Song. A song used by the Saxon ecclesiastics at the third hour of the day. Third Sound. An interval containing three diatonic sounds, the major com- posed of two tones, and the minor con- sisting of a tone and a half; a third. Third, Superfluous. A dissonant third composed of two tones and a semitone. Third Voice. The tenor. Thirteenth. An interval forming the octave of the sixth, or the sixth of the oc- tave, containing twelve diatonic degrees, or thirteen sounds. Thirty-Second IVote. A demisemiqua- ver (20). Thirty-Second Note Rest. A rest or pause equal to the length of a thirty- second note (32). Tho. One of the four words used by the ancient Greeks in solfaing, answering to the fourth sound of the tetrachord. Thorough Bass. Continued bass; the fundamental bass continued through a composition ; the harmony or accompani- ment of a continued bass, marked by fig- ures ; the science of harmony. Thorough Bass, Practical. A knowl- edge of the manner of taking the several chords on an instrument, as prescribed by the figures place;! over or under the bass part of a composition, and of the powers of those figures; a facility in taking the chords they indicate, and judgment in the various applications and eflects of those chords in accompaniment. Thorough Bass, Theoretical. A comprehension of the connection and dis- position of all the several chords, harmo- nious and dissonant, including all the es- tablished laws by which they are formed and regulated. Three-I^ighth Measure. A |ieasur THR 234 TIM having the value of three-eighth notes, marked g or 3. Threefold Chord. A chord consisting of three tones, comprising a tone com- bined with its third and fifth. Threefold Measure. A measure di- vided into three equal parts. Three-IIalf Measure. A measure hav- ing tlie amount of three half notes, marked | or 3. Three-Quarter Measure. A measure containing- the amount of three quarter notes, marked * or 3. Threna. (Grk.) A mourning song. Threne. ((.irk.) A Bad strain; a dirge, or lament. Thrviictic. (Grit.) Mournful; dirge-like. Thrcuodia. (Lot.) A funeral song. Threnodist. A composer of dirges. Threnody. (Grk.) A song of lamenta- tion composed for the fuueral service of a distinguished person. Throaty Tones. Those tones produced wheu the back of the tongue is held too for backward in the mouth, or is compressed BO as to form a lump in the cavity of the lower jaw, which it should merely fill up, while its edges touch the teeth around, and sometimes originating from an undue size or enlargement of the tonsils, or glands situated on each side of the throat, between the palatine arches. Tin-mil. To play carelessly with the fingers upon a stringed instrument. Thumb. To play carelessly, thought- lessly; to thrum. Thumb Battles. A term applied by Ger- mans to castanets. Thurmgeluute. (Ger.) Set or peal of bells in a tower; ringing of the bells. Tibia. (Lot.) The ancient Roman flute. Tibine Pares. (Lot.) Two flutes played by one person. Tibial. (Lot.) Pertaining to a pipe or flute. Tibia Minor (Lot.) An old wind in- strument, said to have resembled a small flute. Tibia I'trleularia. (Lot.) Name by which the. bag-pipe was known among the ancient Uomaus. Tibicen. (Lot.) An ancient flute player. Tibicene. (Ita.) A flute player; piper; minstrel. Tibicina. (Lnt.) A female performer on the flute among the ancients; the seventh muse. Tibiclnate. To play on a pipe. Tibicinist. (Lot.) An ancient flute player. Ticchettare. (Ita.) To sound the alarm bell. Tie. &. curved line placed over notes (70). Tied iVotes. Connected notes, or thogft having a tic above them or below them, denoting that they arc to be slurred (71). Tiempo. (Spa.) Time; the various di- visions of a bar. Tier. A rank or range of pipes in an organ in the front of the instrument, or in the interior, when the compound stops have several ranks of pipes. Tierce. (Fre.) The internal of n third; an organ stop tuned in the relation of a major third to the principal, or a major tenth above the diapasons. Tierce de Ptcardie. ( Fre.) A practice formerly in vogue of concluding nearly every piece written in a minor key with the major common chord of the tonic. Tierce Stop. An organ stop tuned a major third higher than the fifteenth, and only used in the full organ. Tiercet. (Grk.) A triplet. Tilion. (Chi.) One of the eight species of sounds in thu musical system of the Chinese, being those produced from wood. Tlmbal. (Spa.) A kettle drum ; a tyinbal. Timbale. ( Fre.) A kettle drum. Timbalear. (Spa.) To beat the kettle drum. Timbaleo. (Spa.) Beat of the kettle drum. Timbalero. (Spa.) A kettle drummer. Timbales. (Fre.) The kettle drums. Timbalier. (Fre.) A kettle drummer. Timbre. (Fre.) The degree and quality of vibration and toue peculiar to any in- strument or voice. Timbrel. An ancient Hebrew drum, like a tambourine, formed of a brass hoop, over which a parchment was drawn. Timbrelled. Sung with the accompani- ment of a timbrel. Timburine. A tambourine. Time. The measure of sounds in regard to their continuance or duration; a quality of tune. Time, Common. A time having an even number of parts in a bar. Time, Compound. Measures containing two or three principal accents. Time, Compound Common. Meas- ures of two times, composed of six equal notes, three for each time; sextuple meas- ure. Time, Compound Triple. A time hav- ing nine quarter or eighth :|otes iu a measure. Time, Division of. A regulation of the length of sounds by a division of the time occupied in the performance of any given melody, or harmony, into regular portions, called measures. TIM 235 TIR Time, Double. A time having two parts or motions in each and every measure, and marked or beat by an alternate rising and falling of the hand. Time, Duple. Double time. Time, Half Common. A measure in which there are only two crotchets, or their equivalents. Time, Imperfect. A term by which the ancients designated common time, and indicated by a semicircle or the letter C. Timekeeper, Music. An instrument designed to enable a performer to keep time in music in any measure in which it is written. Time. Keeping. Giving to every sound or silence the exact duration signified by the note or rest. Time, Major. Among the ancients, the time of the full C. Time Measure. A system by which the comparative length of tones is determined, and the general movement of a series of tones is governed. Time, Minor. In ancient music, the time of the reversed C. Time, Ottnpla. (Ita.) Common time. Time. Perfect. A threefold time, in which the twofold note has the value of three whole notes. Time Signature. Two figures placed at the beginning of a composition, or at the point where a new bar is required, in the form of a fraction, one over the other, the upper of which indicates the order of the bar, and the under the size of the parts of the bar (&2). Time, Simple Common. A time com- priwing two species, the first of which con- tains one scmibreve in each bar, the second only the value of a minim. Time, Simple Triple. A time having either a dotted crotchet, dotted minim, or dotted scmibreve in each bar. Times, Simple, Measures containing but one principal accent. Time Table. A representation of the sev- er.-tl notes in music, showing their relative lengths or durations. Time, Triple. A time in which each bar contains three measures of equal parts, the first two of which -ire indicated by a downward beat, the third by an upward. Timidezza, Con. (Ita.) With timidity. Timist. A performer who preserves a just and steady time. Timorosameiite. (ltd.) Timorously ; fearfully. Timoroso. (Ita.) With awe and timidity. Tiiup. An abbreviation of Timpanum. Timpaneggiare. (Ita.) To beat the drum or timbrel. Timpauetto. (Ita.) Small kettle drum. Timpani. (Iki. and Spa.) The kettle drums. Timpani Scordati. (/to.) Kettle diums out of tune. Timpani Sordi. (Ita.) Drums having dampers. Timpanista. (/fa.) A player on the timbrel. Timpanistria. (Ita.) A tambourine player. Timpano. (Ita. and Spa.) The kettle drum. Tinciaw. ( Wei.) To ring. Tinga. An ancient Peruvian instrument, similar to a guitar, having five or eix strings. Tiiiiebla. (Spa.) Matins sung the Last three days of the holy week. Tinkling. A succession of small, sharp, quick sounds. Tinnient. Emitting a clear sound. Tintamar. (Fre.) A hideous or confused noise'. Tinter. (Fre.) To toll a bell ; to ring. Tinter le Sermon. ( Fre.) To ring the sermon bell. Tinter lie 11. An old dance. Tint in. (Ita.) Tinkling ; sound of small bells. Tint innnbula. (T.at.) Little bells used by the ancients. Tintinnabnlary. Having or making the sound of a bell. Tintiuuabulum. (Lat.) A little bell. Tintinnalogia. (Lat.) The art of ring- ing bells. Tintinnamento. (Ita.) Tinkling of small bells. Tiutinnire. (Ita.) To tinkle ; to resound. Tintirintin. (Spa.) Echo or sound of a trumpet or other sharp-sounding musical instrument. Tiorapan. An ancient instrument, of the drum kind. Tiorba. (Ita. and Spa.) Theorbo. Tiorbista. (Ita.) A player on the theorbo. Tiple. (Spa.) Treble ; one who sings treble ; a species of small guitar. Tipping. A distinct articulation given to the tones of a flute by placing the eud of the tongue on the roof of the mouth ; tonguing. Tirade. (Fre.) The filling of an interval by the intermediate diatonic notes. Tirnmnntici. (Ita.) An organ bellows blower. Tiranna. (Spa.) A Spanish national air. Tirant. (Fre.) Strap of a drum. Tirante. (Spa.) The brace of a drum; extended; drawn. Tirasse. (Fre.) The mechanism by which the pedals of an organ act upon the keys, by pulling them down. Tirata. (Ita.) A term formerly applied to TIR 236 TOX any number of notes of equal value or length, moving in conjoint degrees. TIrata ill Semlmlnime. (Itn.) A term applied to a passage in which many crotch- ets follow one another, moving upwards or downwards in conjoint degrees. Tirata X.egatura. (Ita.) A passrige in which many notes or the same value fol- low one another, among which the last of one bar and the first of the next are tied. Tira Tutto. (Ita.) A pedal or draw- stop in an organ, which, acting upon all the stops at once, enables the player to obtain the full power of the instrument. Tire. (Fre.) Prawn a term used in violin music to denote a down bow. Tirelire. (Fre.) Carol. Tirolese. (Ita.) A kind of dance. Tirotear. (Spa.) To blow wind instru- ments. TIroteo. (Spa.) Blast or sound of a wind iustrument. Tirra-T-,!rra. A fanciful combination of sounds intended to imitate the note of a lark. Titiritayua. (Spa.) A confused sound of ilutcs. To. (Grfc.) One of the four words used by the ancient Greeks in solfaing, answer- ing to the uete, or fourth sound of the tetrachonl. Tobend. (Ger.) Blusteringly; violently. Tocador. (Spa.) A tuning key. Tocando a Itluerto. (Spa.) A requiem rung upon bells for a deceased pope or king. Tocar la Retirada. (Spa.) To sound a retreat. Toccata. An old form of composition for the organ or pianoforte, somewhat in the Btyle of a fantasia, the peculiarity of which was that in its performance the hands of the player changed places with eacli other. Toccatina. (Ita.) A short toccato. Toccato. (Ita.) A term formerly used in the old trumpet music as the name of the lowest trumpet part, which, in the want of the kettle drums, must have supplied their place. Tocsin. (Fre.) The sounding 1 of a bell for the purpose of an alarm. Todesgesaug. (Ger.) A dirge. Todeslied. (Ger.) A funeral song. Todteiigelaute. (Ger.) The passing bell. Toilteiiglockclieu. (Ger.) Funeral bell. Todteiilied. (Ger.) Funeral song or anthem ; dirge. Toe ten. (Dut.) To play upon a horn. Toet-IIorn. (Dut.) A bugle-horn. Toll. To sound or ring with strokes slowly and uniformly repeated. Tolling. The net of sounding a church bell in a slow, monotonous manner. Tolo. ( Wei.) A loud sound. Tombalrh. (Tur.) A small dram need by the Turks. Tomboiig Boorong. (//in.) Bird song. Tome. (Fre.) Volume. Tompioii. A plug used in the upper end of organ pipes. Tom-Tom. (Ilin.) A sort of drum used by the natives in the East Indies ; a tam- tam. Ton. (Fre. and Ger.) Tone ; the interval of a major second ; the pitch of any note ; the key. Tonabstand. (Ger.) Interval. Toiiachte. (Ger.) A quaver (18). Tonada. (Spa.) A tune. Toiiadica. (Spa.) A short tune or song. Tonal Harmony. The harmony of tones. Toiiart. (Ger.) Tone ; key ; mode. Tonatillas. (Spa.) National Spanish airs, sung to a guitar accompaniment. Tonausweichung. (Ger.) Modulation. Ton lias. (Fre.) Bass tone. Ton, Demi. (Fre.) A semitone. Ton de Voix. (Fre.) Tone of voice. Toudiclitungen. (Ger.) Tone poetry. Tondo. (Ita.) Round or full, as regards tone. Ton I>oux. (Fre.) Soft, sweet tone*. Tone. A certain degree of distance or in- terval between two sounds ; a property of sound ; the particular quality of the sound of any voice or instrument. Tone Art. A name given by the Germans to musical art. Tone Artist. A practical musician. Tone, Bell. A tone of voice of a remark- ably clear, musical How, possessed only by superior soprano voices. Tone, Ofini. An interval of half a note. Tone Down. To cause to give a lower sound or tone; to soften the tone or ex- pression. Toned, Ifigh. An instrument having a high, full, strong sound. Toned, Reedy. A voice or instrument the tone of whicli partakes of that of a reed. Toned, Soft. Having a mellow, sweet sound, like the lowest tones of a flute. Tone, Explosive. A tone produced by sounding a note suddenly and with gr\it force, and as suddenly causing it to cease (109). Tone, Flatted. A tone half a degree lower than its usual pitch. Tone, Generating. The principal tone caused by the vibration of a stringed in- strument when one tone is struck. Tone Holes. The apertures at the sides of flutes and similar instruments for the variation and regulation of the tone. Tone, Husky. A defect in the roiet TON 237 TON caused by the insufficient closing of the lower vocal ligaments. Toneless. Without tone ; unmusical. Tone Master. A composer of music. Tone Measurer. A monochord ; an in- strument used by the Greeks for deter- mining the relations of tones and inter- vals. Tone, Minor. An interval between two sounds the ratio of which is nine to ten, resulting: from the difference of the minor third to the fourth. Tdu.en. (Oer.) To sound ; to resound. Tone, X asal. A tone unduly affected by the nose. Tone, Natural. A tone not affected by cither a flat or a sharp. Touend. (Ger.) Sounding. TOnen des Erz. (Ger.) Sounding brass. Tone, Open. A tone produced on an open string. Tone, Organ. One of the six dynamic tones, a tone that commenced, continued, and closed with a uniform degree of power (105). Tone, Passing. A tone introduced be- tween two Others for the purpose of soften- ing a distance or melodizing a passage, but which forms no essential part of the harmony. Tone Piece. A name applied by the Ger- mans to a musical composition. Tone, Pressure. One of the six dynamic tones ; a very sudden crescendo (107). Tone, Quarter. A small interval, which, in the mathematical theory of music, is found to exist between D# and E|>, (ig and A[j, &c. Tones, Accessory. Those tones indis- tinctly heard in higher octaves as the principal tone passes away ; harmonics. Tones, Aliquot. Accessory tones or harmonies ; tones heard indistinctly which are always produced with the principal tone at harmonic intervals above it. Tones, Allied. Accessory tones jbeitones. Tones, Authentic. Authentic modes. Tones, Chest. The most natural of the tones produced by the vocal organs ; those employed in ordinary conversation; the lower tones of the voice. Tone Science. Musical science. Tones, Colored. Chromatics. Tone Setter. A musical composer. Tones, Gregorian. The chants used for the Psalms in the Roman Catholic ser- vice ; the ancient modes or tones on which the Gregorian chants are based. Tones, Head. The upper tones of the voice ; tones produced by a greater or less contraction of the larynx. rones, Muffled. Tones produced on a guitar by pressing the fingers, or the palm of the hund, upon strings just played, ufter allowing them to vibrate their writ- ten value ; sounds that are damped or deadened. Tones, Participating. Tones accessory to the tone designed. Tones, Secondary. Tones introduced between the principal tones wherever liTrge scrcnds occur, denoted by the addi- tion to the letter, of the sign of a sharp or flat. Tones, Setting. The art of composing music. Tone, Soft. A tone of a slight degree of strength ; silvery, flute-like. Tones, Throaty. Tones produced by holding the back of the tongue too far backward in the mouth. Tone, Whole. A large second ; a tone. Ton Faible. (Fre.) Under tone. Toiifall. (Ger.) Cadence. Tonfarbe. (Ger.) Character of tone. Tonfolge. (Ger.) Diatonic scale ; series of tone's ; chromatic scale. Tonfuhrung. (Ger.) Modulation. Tongue. In the reed pipe of an organ, a thin, clastic slip of met.il, somewhat bent, and placed near the reed. Tonguiug, Double. A mode of articu- lating quick notes, used by flutists. Toniseum. ( Grk.) In ancient music, one of tlv,' divisions of the chromatic genus, in which the tetrachord rose by a hemi- tone and trihemitone. Tonic. The key note of any composition ; the first tone of tha scale ; that of the three kinds of the chromatic genus, which proceeded by two consecutive semitones and a minor third ; the sound produced by a vocal string in a given degree of tension. Tonica. (Ita. and Ger.) Tonic ; key note ; key tone. Tonic Major. A major scale having the same key note as its relative minor. Tonic Minor. A minor scale having the same key note as its relative major. Tonic IVote. The key note ; the first note of any scale. Tonic Pedal. A continued bass note on which chords foreign to its harmony are given. Tonic Section. A section closing on the common chord of the tonic. Tonic Sol Fa System. A system of in- struction in vocal music the leading feature of which is the recognition of the abso- lute identity, so far as intervals are con- cerned, of all the major scales. It changes the symbol of the tonic, or key r.ote, up- wards or downwards, and compels all the other notes of the scale to follow suit. Tonic, Sub. Under the tonic; the note a semitone below the key note. Tonic Triad. A triad on the tonic, whether in major or minor. Toiiillo. (Spa.) A disagreeable monoto- nous tone. TON 238 TOU Tonlque. (Fre.) The tonic or key note of a piece. Tonkunde. (Ger.) Science of sounds. Touk undig. ( Ger.) Versed in music.. Tonkunst. ( Ger.) Musical science. Toiikunstler. ( Ger.) A musician. Tonkunstlich. (Ger.) Musical. Tonkuustschule. (Ger.) School of music. Tonlehre. (Ger.) Acoustics ; tones. Tonleiter. (Ger.) Diatonic scale ; gamut. Touloch. (Ger.) Sound hole. Tonlos. (Ger.) Toneless. Tonmass. (Ger.) Measure; time. Tonmeisteriiin. (Ger.) A virtuoso. Tonmesser. (Ger.) Monochord. Tono. (Spa.) Tone. Touorium. (Lot.) A pitch pipe used by the ancient Romans to regulate the voices of orators, actors, and singers. Tonos. (Grk.) Tone. Toiioterhiiy. The art of inserting brass points or pins on the cylinders of a hand organ. Ton i'athrtlque. ( Fre.) A plaintive or pathetic tone. Ton Percant. (Fre.) Shrill tone. Ton Relatif. (Fre.) Relative tone. Ton Relatif Mineur. (Fre.) Relative minor key. Tonschluss. ( Ger.) A cadence. Tons de 1'Eglise. (Fre.) The church modes, or tones. Tonsetzer. <<7er.) A composer. Toiisetxung. (Ger.) Composition; com- posing. Toiisilbe. (Ger.) Accented. Tonsinn. (Ger.) Talent for music. Touspiel. (Ger.) Music; concert. Tonspleler. (Ger.) A musician; a player. Tonstuek. (Ger.) A musical compo- sition. Tonstufe. (Ger.) A degree of the staff. TonverS.nderu.ug. ( Ger.) Modulation. Tonvr rhii Itniss. ( Ger.) Rhythm. Tonwerlc. (Ger.) A musical compo- sition. Tonwissenschait. (Ger.) The science of music. Touzeiehen. (Ger.) Accent. Toon. (Dut.) Tone. Toot. To sound a horn, the tone beinjj modified at the beginning and close, as if by uttering the sound of the letter t. Tooter. One who blows upon a pipe or horn. Topli. (Ueb.) An instrument resembling the tambourine, used by the ancient He- brews. Toqne. (Spa.) Ringing of bells. Toque a Muerto. (Spa.) Passing boll. Torch Dance. A dance of olden times, in which the dancers carried torches, ac- companied by festal music. Torloroto. (Spa.) A shepherd's pipe or flute. Torueo. (Spa.) Dance in imitation of tournaments. Torrente. (Spa.) A strong, coarse voior. Tosto. (Ita.) Soon; quickly. Touch. The resistance made to the fingers . by the keys of an organ, pianoforte, or similar instrument; the style of striking or pressing ihe keys of an organ, piano- forte, or similar instrument. Touch, Demilegato. A touch indieatrd by dots (7-J), and played by gently raising the hand, with a motion from the wrist, pressing the fingers upon the keys, and giving to each three fourths of the length of tone allowed by the time. Touch, Demi-Staccato. The striking of the key forcibly, and sliding off of the fingers, giving to each note but one half the length ot tone allowed by the time. The notes are marked with dots instead of dashes (Tfi). Touch, Dotted. A touch upon keyed in- struments, whu'h rigidly marks the dis- tinction between the dotted or double dotted note and that which follows it. Touche. (Fre..) An organ stop; piano key; the fret of a virginal; string of an instrument; tail-piece. Tout-he d'Orgue. (Fre.) Key of an organ. Toucher. (Fre.) To play upon an instru- ment. Toucher la (iiiitare. (Fre.) To play upon a guitar. Touches. (Fre.) The keys of a piano or organ. Toucheurs. (Fre.) Players; perform- ers; organists. Touch, Legato. A sliding of the fingers on and off the keys, holding down each a short time after the next one is struck. It is indicated by a curved dash over or un- der the note (?:i). Touch, Light. A term applied to a piano- forte, organ, or similar instrument, when the keys offer but slight resistance to the pressure of the fingers ; a delicate fingering of piano keys. Touch, Natural. An easy, unconstrained pressure of the keys, holding down each until the next is struck, and no longer. Touch IVote. A transient note of anima- tion, written similar to an appoggiatura, but used to give force and strength to the note to which it is prefixed. Touch, Organ. The manner of striking, or pressing the keys of an organ, holding each note to its full value of time; playing passages of single notes, as well as of chord* in such a smooth, legato stylo TOU 239 TRA that one note follows the other without any interruption of sonnd. Touch, Piano. The manner of striking the keys ol' a pianoforte. Touch, Staccato. A short and sudden touch with the ends of the fingers, giving to each note one fourth the length of tone allowed by the time. Touquet. (Fre.) A term formerly given to the lowest trumpet part. Tourue Bout. (Fre.) A musical instru- ment, similar to a flute. Tout Ensemble. (Fre.) The whole together. Tower Drums. Certain drums of great resonant power, taken by the Duke of Maryborough at the battle of Malplaqnet, in 1709, and employed by Handel in the performance of his oratories, and at subse- quent festivals and state ceremonials. Town Pipers. Performers on the pipe, one of whom was formerly retained by most of the principal towns in Scotland to assist in the celebration of particular holi- days, festivals, rejoicings, &c. Toys. A word formerly applied to trifling airs, or dauee tunes; a term applied by bird fanciers to the songs of good singing birds. Tr. An abbreviation of Trill, Trio, Tran- sient, and Tremolo. Trabajar. (Spa.) A practical singer ; one who performs in an opera. Trabattere. (Ita.) To beat. Trace. A link in an organ moved by the square, and moving a lever which actuates the sliders. Trachea. (Lat.) The windpipe: the car- tilaginous and membranous canal which begins at the root of the tongue and ter- minates in the lungs, receiving from them the air, the expulsion of which produces vocal sounds. Tracker. A long link or slender strip of pine moved by the backfall, and moving a roller in an organ. Traeto. (Spa.) Versicles sung at mass between the Epistle and the Gospel. Tradolce. (Ita.) Very soft; sweet. Tradotto. (Ita.) Transposed; arranged; accommodated a term applied to a com- position when made out from the original score in a new form, for the convenience of some particular instrument or instru- ments. Tragcdle en Muslque. (Fre.) A serious or tragic opera. Tragedy. A short, doleful, historical ballad; originally, a hymn sung in honor of Bacchus, by a chorus with dances, and the sacrifice of a goat. Tragedy, Lyric. A tragedy accompanied by singing : tragic opera. Tralne. (Fre.) Connected; closely joined. Trallern. (Ger.) To hum; to trill; to quaver. T*-ait. (Fre.) A run or passage. Traite. (Fre.) A treatise cither on the practice or the theory of music. Tramoya. (Spa.) Scene; operatic deco- ration. Tranquillamente. (Ita.) Quietly ; tranquilly. Tranquil Jita, Con. (Ita.) With marked tranquillity. Tranqnillo. (Ita.) Tranquil. Transcription. A fanciful arrangement, for the pianoforte, of a song or other com- position, not originally designed for that instrument; a free translation of a vocal composition into an instrumental one ; an adaptation. Transient Chords. Those chords of whose harmony no account is intended to be taken, but which are introduced in order to form an harmonious transition between two chords. Transient Grace. A species of shake produced by commencing with the half tone below the given note, quickly repeat- ing both. Transient Modulation. Passing mod- ulation, such as leaves a key nearly as soon as it is entered upon. Transient Notes. Passing notes ; notes used to produce a pleasing transition from one to another. Transient Shake. A grace formed by two or more notes preceding the principal note. Transition. The softening of a disjunct interval, by the introduction of intermedi- ate sounds ; in harmony, the changing of the genus or mode, in a sensible but regu- lar manner. Transition, Chromatic. A transition in the diatonic genus, in which the bass moves so as to require in the parts the in- troduction of a minor semitone. Transition, Discords of Irregular. Passing notes introduced on the strong part of a measure. Transitiou, Discords of Regular. Passing notes introduced on the weak parts of a measure; after notes. Transitns. (Lat.) Transition; mutation. Transportar. (Spa.) To change the key; to transpose. Transposed Key. A key in which the piece was not originally written. Transposed Scale. A scale placed in some other situation, founded or based on some other tone than the tone c. Transposing Piano. A piano so con- structed as to effect transposition mechani- cally. Transposition. A change made in a com- position, by which the whole is removed into another key, higher or lower, as the compass of the voices, or instruments, re- quire. Transverse Ascending Line. A short, heavy line, placed transversely to TEA 240 THE denote that the harmony la to be struck on a changing note. Transverse Descending Line. A short, heavy line, placed transversely on the stan", to point out permitted hidden lii'ths, or octaves. Transverse Flute. The German flute; the Hunt o traverso. Transverse Stroke. A heavy stroke plnced above a fundamental note, to indi- cate the intervals oi' changing notes, and also used lor anticipation iu an upper purl. Traquenard. (Fre.) A brisk sort of dance. Trascinando. (Ita.) Tardy movements. Traste. (Spa.) A fret. Trasteado. (Spa.) A number of strings tied round the ueck of a lute, or guitar. Trasteante. (Spa.) An expert player on the guitar. Trastear. (Spa.) To play well on the guitar; to place frets ou the neck of a guitar. Trattato. (Ita.) A treatise on music, in theory or practice. Trauergesang. (Gi'r.) A doleful song; a iuncral liyrnn, or dirge. Trauerlaut. (Ger.) A mournful sound. Trauermarsch. (Ger.) A funeral march. Trauerssinfonlc. (Ger.) Mourning sym- phony ; a dirge. Traiierstimme. (Ger.) A sad, doleful voice. Trancrton. (Ger.) A doleful tone. Travally. The morning drum-beat. Traversa. The German flute, so called because it is blown on its side. Traversiere. (Fre.) The German flute. Travcstie. (Ger.) Parody. Travestiren. (Ger.) To parody. Trawangsa. (Jnv.) An instrument of the Javanese, resembling a guitar. Tre. (Ita.) Three. Treadle, Harp. The pedal of a harp, hy the use of which the tone of the instru- ment is elevated a small second. Treb. An abbreviation of Treble. Treble. The highest of the four parts in music; the soprano; the highest vocal part; that part which generally contains the melody ; that part usually sung by women and boys, and played by acute in- struments. Treble Clef. The character used to de- termine the pitch and names of the highest oi the parts oi music (-M). Treble Clef, French. The G clef on the bottom line of the staff, formerly much used in French music, for the violin, flute, &c. (47). Treble Clef IVote. That note which in the treble staff is placed on the line with the clef. Treble, Cornet. An old style of cornet, consisting of a curvilincal tube about three feet in length, gradually increasing in di- ameter from the mouth-piece to the lower end. Treble, First. The highest treble, or soprano. Treble Forte Stop. A stop recently applied to melodeoius, by means of which the treble part of the instrument may be increased iu power, while the bass remains subdued. Treble, Half. A mezzo soprano. Treble Instruments. Instruments of high tone. Treble, Second. Low soprano, or alto. Treble Staff. A staff upon which the clef is placed. Treble Voice. The highest species of the ieminine voice. Tre Corde. (Ita.) The loud or opei} pedal of a grand pianoforte. Tree, Bell. A Turkish instrument, con- sisting ol an upright piece of wood having branches, upou which small bells are fastened. Trem. An abbreviation of Tremolo. Tremaiitlo. (Itfi.) A general shaking of the whole chord ; in a tremulous man- ner ((i 1 .)). Tremble. A quavering or shaking of the voice. Trcmblement. (Fre.) A trill or shake. Trembler. (Fre.) To quaver; to make a shake. Tremblotant. (Fre.) Trembling. Trembloter. (Fre.) To tremble. Tremendo. (Ita.) With an expression ol horror. Tremcnte. (Ita.) A word intimating that the notes are to be drawn out with a trem- ulous motion, in imitation of the beatings ot an organ ; tremolo. Tremolaiido. (Ita.) In a tremulous style. Tremolaiite. (Ita.) Quivering; quaking. Tremolare. (Ita.) Tremulous. Tremolo. (//.) A term implying tba reiteration oi a note or chord with great rapidity, so as TO produce a tremulous kind of motion; in drum music, a roll ((is). Tremolosa. (Ita.) Tremulous. Tremolo Stop. A mechanical contri vance, by means of which a tine, tremulous effect is given to the tones of an organ or melodeon. Tremulo. (Ita.) A tremulous or rolling beat o! a drum. Trenchmore. An old dance. Trenise. (Fre.) One of the five move meuts of the quadrille. Trenodia. (Ita.) A funeral song. Treittal. An elegy, requiem, or dirge. Tresclierella. (Ita.) A little rustic dance- Trescone. (Ita.) A rigadoon; a jumping dance. THE 241 TRI Tres Fort. (Fre.) Very loud. Tres l,entement. (Fre.) Very slow; a movement between grave and largo. Tres Piano. (Fre.) Very soft. Tres Vtte et Impetueux. (Fre.) Very quick and impetuous. Tre Volte. (Ita.) Three times. Tria. (Lot.} Three; trio. Triad. The common chord, consisting of a note sounded together with its third and filth, with or without the octave. Triad, Altered. The diatonic dissonant triad with its third flattened or sharpened. Triad, Diminished. The triad upon the seventh degree of the major scale, and upon the second and seventh degrees of the minor scale ; false triad. Tria Deficiens. (Lat.) An imperfect triad; the chord of the third, fifth, and eighth, taken on the seventh of the key, and consisting of two minor thirds. Triade Semiditonica. (Lat.) A com- mon chord, comprising two small thirds. Triad, Extreme. A triad consisting of a fundamental tone, a major third, and an extreme fifth. Triad, False. The diminished triad has been thus named on account of its having a so-called false fifth. Triad, Flat. An arithmetical division of the fifth of the harmonic triad, in which the lesser third is lowest. Triad, Harmonic. A compound of three radical sounds, consisting of a fundamen- tal note, its third and its fifth. Triad, Imperfect. The chord of the third, fifth, and eighth, taken on the sev- enth of the key, consisting of two minor thirds. Triad, Major. A union of any sound with its major third and its perfect fifth. Triad, Minor. A union of any sound with its minor third and perfect fifth. Triad, JYatural. The harmonic division of the fifth into two thirds, of which the greater third is lowest. Triad of the Dominant. A triad on the dominant or major fifth. Triad of the Welsh Bards. Versified histories, in which the facts stated are grouped by threes. Triad, Perfect. The harmonic division of the fifth into two thirds, of which the greater third is lowest. Triads, Anomalous. Altered triads. Triad, Superfluous. The triad upon the third degree of the minor scale. Triad, Tonic. A triad on the tonic, in major or minor. Tria Harmonica. (Lat.) The harmonic triad; a compound of three radical sounds, consisting of a fundamental note, its third aud its fifth; a triad, or common chord. Triangle. An instrument consisting of a 21 small, three-sided steel frame, played by being struck with a rod. Triangolo. (Ita.) A triangle. Triangular Harp. An instrument sup- posed to have been of Phrygian invention, resembling the Thebau harp. Triangulo. (Spa.) A triangle. Triangulum. (Lat.) A stringed instru- ment of a triangular shape, played upon with a plectrum, invented by the As- syrians. Triangulus. (Lat.) A triangle. Trias, Harmonica. (Lat.) The harmon- ical triad. Tribon. (Spa.) A triangular musical in- strument. Tribrach. (Grk.) A musical foot com- posed of three successive short notes, equal among themselves, but may be any short notes whatever; a poetic foot of three short syllables, as MePlus. Tribraqtiio. (Spa.) Foot of Latin verse, consisting of three short syllables. Tribunal. (Fre.) A gallery or eminence in a church, or other place, in which mu- sical performers are located at a concert. Tribune d'Orgue. (Fre.) An organ loft. Tricche TraccHe. (Ita.) "Words imita- tive of creaking sounds. Trichord. An instrument, or lyre, with three strings. Trichordls. (Lat.) Three-stringed. Trichordos. (Grk.) A name originally given to the lyre, when, according to Diodorus, it had but three strings. Tricinium. (Grk.) A composition in three parts. Trlcotets. (Fre.) A Cheshire round; a dance. Tri-lMapason. ( Grk.) A triple octave, or twenty-second. Trigon. ( Grk.) A three-stringed instru- ment, resembling the lyre of the ancient Greeks. Trigonon. (Grk.) A musical instrument of the ancients, resembling a lyre; the trigon. Trigonum. (Lat.) The triangular harp, an ancient instrument of Phrygian inven- tion ; the trigon. Trlhemitone. (Grk.) An interval con- sisting of three halftones; a minor third. Trihemituono. (fta.) A minor third. Trill. A shake; an embellishment con- sisting of the alternate reiteration of two notes, comprehending an interval not greater than one whole tone, nor less than a semitone (88). Trilla. (Swe.) A trill (88). Trillando. (Jta.) A succession of shakes on different notes ; trilling. Trillare. v /ta.) To trill; to shake. TRI 242 TRI Trill Chain. A succession of trills on different tones. Trill, Double. A trill consisting of two simultaneous voices (90). Trille. (Fre.) A shake ; a trill (8ft). Trillen. (Dut.) To quaver; to trill. Triller. (Ger.) A shake; a trill (86). Trill erltette. (Ger.) A chain of shakes ; quavering. Trillerlaul. (Ger.) Trilling. Trillern. (Ger.) To trill; to shake; to quaver. Trilletta. (Ita.) A short or passing shake; a little trill. Trille tte. (Fre.) A short trill or shake. Trill, Imperfect. A rapid alternation of two adjacent notes, without a turn at the close. Trillo. (Ita.) A shake; a trill; on a drum, and similar instruments, a roll (86). Trillo, Mezzo. (Ita.) A sixteenth note (19). Trillos. (/to.) Trills; shakes (88). Perfect. A quick alternation of two notes, that over which is the sign, and the one above it, ending with a turn. Trimeres. (Grk.) A nome, or air, of the aricient Greeks, executed in three consec- utive modes, namely, the Phrygian, the Doric, and the Lydian. Trimeters. Lyrical verses of three meas- ures, forming an iambic of six feet. Trimmings, Violin. The strings, bridge, pegs, nuts, &c., of a violin. Trimpelio. (Ita.) A confused sound; low sound. Tiinado. (Spa.) A trill; a shake; a trem- ulous sound. Trinar. (Spa.) To trill ; to quaver. Trinkgesang. (Ger.) A drinking song; glee or chorus. Trinklied. ( Ger.) A bacchanalian song. Trino. (Spa.) A trill (88). Trinthorn. A wind instrument; a horn. Trio, (fta.) A piece for three voices, or instruments; a composition in three single parts; a second movement to a waltz, march, minuet, &c., which always leads back to a repetition of the first or principal movement. Triola. A triplet (65). Triole. A triplet (05). Triolen. (Ger.) Triplets (05). Triolet. (Fre.) A triplet; in poetry, a stanza of eight linos, in which the Urst line is repeated three times. Triomphaut. (Fre.) Triumphantly. Trionfante. (Ita.) Victoriously. Tripartite. (Lat.) Scorces in three parts. Triphonic. Composed of three voices. | Tripla. (Ha.) Triple time, i Triple. Threefold; treble. Triple Counterpoint. Counterpoint i three parts, all oi which are iuvertiblc. Triple Croclie. (Fre.) A dcmiscmi- quaver (20). Triple Dotted Note. A note whose length is increased seven eighths of its original value by three dots placed after it (38). Triple Dotted Rest. A rest whose value is increased seven eighths by three dots placed after it (il). Triple Orandsire. The ringing of 5040 changes upon seven bells. Triple Octave. The tri-diapason of the Greeks; a twenty-second. Triple Progression. An expression in old music, implying a series of fifths. Triple Stroke. Three strokes, or dashes, over or under a semibreve, or through the stem of a minim, or crotchet, implying that such note must be divided into as many demiscmiquavers as are equivalent to it in duration. Triple Suspension. A suspension formed by suspending a dominant, or di- minished seventh, on the tonic mediant, or dominant of the key. Triplet. Three notes sung or played in the time of two; a group of three notes arising from the division of a note into three equal parts of the next inferior du- ration (65); in poetry, three verses, or lines, rhyming together. Triplet, Double. A sextole (,CO). Triple Time. A time in which each bar contains three measures of equal parts, the first two of which are indicated liy a downward beat, the third by an upward. Triple Time, Compound. A time con- taining nine quarter or eighth notes in a measure. Triple Times. Those times having an odd number of parts in a bar. Triple Time, Simple. A time compris- ing, in each bar, a dotted semibreve, dot- ted minim, or dotted crotchet. Triplice. (Ita.) Triple; treble; three- fold. Triplnm. Former name of the treble, or highest part. Tripodian. (Grk.) An ancient stringed instrument, of difficult performance. Tripping. A light kind of dance. Trisaglo. (Spa.) A trisagion. Trisagion. (Grk.) A hymn in which the word holy is repeated three times in suc- cession. Tri aaginm. (Lat.) A hymn ; trisagion. Trite. (Grk.) A term signifying three, or third. Trlte-Diezeugmenon. (GrJ;.) The tlnrci striii',' of the djezcngmcnoii, or fourth tctracbord of the aucicuts, reckon- TRI 243 TRO tag from the top, the sound of which corre- sponded with our C above the bass clef. Trite-Hyperbolaeon. (Grit.) The third string of the ancient hyperbolseon, or fifth tetrachord, answering to our G on the second Hue in the treble. Trite-Synemmenon. (Grk.) The third string, reckoning from the top of the third, or syiicmmcnon, tetrachord; correspond- ing with our 15 flat above the fifth line in the bass. Trito-I>actylo-Gymnast. An instru- ment designed to render the third finger equal in power and pliancy to the others iu piano playing. Triton. (Lat.) Of the third rank; a term given by old writers to the fifth and sixth modes or tones of their plain song. Triton A via. (Lat.) The name of a West- Indian bird, remarkable for its musical powers, having three distinct notes (its tonic, or lower note, and the twelfth and seventeenth of th:it note), and capable of sounding them all at the same time. .Tritone. (Ha.) A superfluous or aug- mented fourth; n false concord, or disso- nant interval, consisting of three tones, or two tones and two semitones. Tritono. (Ita.) A superfluous fourth; a tritone. Yritonus. (Lat.) An augmented fourth ; a tritone. Trltos. (Grk.) Third ; the .-Eolian mode of the ancients. .Triumphant Music. Songs and In- strumental pieces composed or performed for the celebration of victories. Triumphireud . ( Ger.) Triumphant. Triumphlicil. (Ger.) Song of triumph. Trivagium. A hymn of the early Chris- tians, likewise called the cherubical hymn. Trochiiisch. (Ger.) Trochaic. Trochiius. (Ger.) Trochee. Trochee. (Lat.) A musical foot, com- posed of one long and one short note, or of an accented and an unaccented note; in poetry, a foot of two syllables, the first long, the second short. Troll. To sing in the style of a catch. Trom. (Dut.) A drum. Tromba. ( Ita.) A trumpet. TrombaceLloclyde. A B flat ophicleide. Tromba dl Basso. (Ita.) The bass trumpet. Tromba Marina. (Ita.) The trumpet marine, a species of monochord. Tromba Prima. (Ita.) First trumpet. Trombare. (Ita.) To sound the trumpet. Tromba Seconda. (Ita.) Second trum- pet. Tromba Terza. (Ita.) Third trumpet. Trombe Sorde. (Ita.) Trumpets having dampers. Trombe swl Palco. (Ita.) The trumpets on the stage. Trombetta. (Ita.) A small trumpet. Trombetttno. (Ita.) A trumpeter. Trombone. (Ita.) A very powerful and sonorous instrument of the trumpet kind, but much larger, and with a sliding tube, commanding every semitone throughout its whole compass. Trombone, Alto. A trombone baring a compass from the small c, or e, to the one- lined a, or two-lined c, and noted in the alto clef. Trombone, Bass. A trombone with a compass from the great C to the one-lined c, and noted in the F clef. Trombone Choir. A quartet of musi- cians instituted among the Moravians, whose duty it is to announce from the steeple of the village church the death of individual members, and take a part in funeral solemnities. Trombone, Tenor. A trombone having a compass from the small c to the one- lined ff, and noted in the tenor clef. Trombonl. (Ita.) Trombones. Trombonne. (Fre.) Trombone. Trombono. (Ita.) A trombone. Troinbono Piccolo. (Ita.) A small sackbut. Tromlo. (Ita.) Trumpet. Tromme. (Dan.) A drum. Trommel. (Ger. and Dan.) Drum; the great drum. Trommel bass. (Ger.) A monotonous bass. Trommelboden. (Ger.) Bottom of a drum. Trommeler. (Ger.) A drummer; a care- less player on the pianoforte. Troiumclgettts. (Ger.) Sound of the drum. Trommelkasten. (Ger.) Drum barrel. Trommelleine. (Ger.) Drum cord. Trommelrahmen. ( Ger.) Tambour. Trommel Ruhr en. (Ger.) To beat a drum. Trommelachlag. (Ger.) Beat of drum; drum roll. Trommelschliigel. (Ger.) Drumstick. Trommelschluger. (Ger.) A drum- mer. Trommel schnur. (Ger.) Drum string. Trommelschraube. ( Ger.) Drum screw. Trommelstuck. (Ger.) A tambourine; a tabor. Trompa. (Spa. and Gae.) A trumpet. Trompald. ( Gae.) A trumpet. Trompe. (Fre.) Ajewsharp. Trompe. (Ger.) Trumpet. Trompe de Xtearu. (Fre.) The jew*- harp. Tromperie. (Fre.) A term given to a TRO 244 TRU cadence, wh*n, having done everything proper for ita ending, a mark of silence is substituted for the final, which the car naturally expects. Trompet. (Dut., Dan., and Sice.') A trumpet. Tronipeta. (Spa.) A. small trumpet. TrompetcHcii. (Ger.) A trumpet. Trompete. (Get:) Trumpet. Trompetear. (Spa.) To sound a trumpet. Trompeten. (Ger.) To play upon the trumpet. Trfrinpetenblaser. (Ger.) A trumpeter. Trompetenpf eif e. ( Ger.) Trumpet stop. Trompetenrohre. (Ger.) Tube of a trumpet. Trompetenruf. (Ger.) Trumpet call. Trompet euschall. (Ger.) Sound of the trumpet. Trompet ensclimettern. (Ger.) The sounding of trumpets. Trompetcnstoss. (Ger.) A trumpet blast. Trompetenstiick. (Ger.) A piece of music for a trumpet. Trompetenton. ( Ger.) A trumpet tone. Trompeteiizug. (Ger.) In an organ, a trumpet stop. Trompeter. (Fre. and Ger.) A trum- peter. Trompeteria. (Spa.) Pipes of an organ. TrompetcrmarscH. (Ger.) Trumpet march. Trompetilla. (Spa.) A small trumpet. Trompetlein. (Ger.) Trumpet. Trompett. (Arm.) A trumpet. Trompettc. (Fre.) Trumpet. Trompette Harmoiiieuse. (Fre.) A sackbut. Trompette Parlante. (Fre.) A speak- ing trumpet. Trompill. (Cel.) Trumpet. Troneo. (Ita.) An intimation that the sounds are to be cut short, or ended be- fore their natural termination. Tronco per Grazia. (Ita.) A term in- dicating that the voices, as well as the in- struments, are not to draw out the sound to its natural length. Troop. A quick march; a company of musicians. Troparius. (Grk.) A hymn of the Greek church on the divinity of Christ. Tropcr. A book formerly used in the church, containing the chants. Tropes. (Grk.) Chants sung during pas- sion week in the Greek church. Troppo. (Ita.) Too much. Troppo Caricata. (Ita.) A term ap- plied to an air when overburdened with accompaniments. Troqueo. (Spa.) A trochee. Trostlied. (Ger.) A consoling song or hymn. Troubadours. Early poet-musicians, or minstrels, of Provence; itinerant bard*. Troupe, Opera. A company of persons associated together for the purpose of giving operatic performances, usually travelling from place to place. Trouverea. (Fre.) Ancient melodists. Trovatore. (Ita.) A minstrel. Trugschlnss. (Ger) A deceptive ca- dence; interrupted cadence; an unusual and unexpected resolution of a discord. Trnmma. (Sice) A drum. Trnm MarscH. (Stoe.) A drum march. Trummsrhcit. (Ger.) A rude. mu?Teal instrument, with one or more chords. Trump. A trumpet; to blow a trumpet. Trumpet. The loudest of all portable wind instruments, and consisting of a folded metallic tube, used chiefly in mar- tial and orchestral music. Trumpet, Alarum. The trumpet that in war sounds the charge. Trumpet Aria. An air for a trumpet. Trumpet Call. The sounding of a trum- pet in military or other service, for the purpose of calling those within hearing. Trumpet, Crooked. An ancient instm meut made of the horns of animals ; the crooked horn. Trumpeter. One who sounds or plays a trumpet. ^ Trumpet, Harmonfcal. An instru- ment, the sounds of which imitate those of a trumpet, differing from that instru- ment only in being longer and having more branches ; the sackbut. Trumpet Major. The leader of the trumpeters in military service. Trumpet, Marine. A kind of monochord, formerly in use, consisting of three tables, forming a triangular body. It had a nar- row neck, with one thick string mounted on a bridge, and was struck with a bow by the right hand, while the thumb of the left was pressed on the string, so as to pro- duce the harmonic sounds. Trumpet UTotes. Notes within the com- pass of the trumpet. Trumpet of the Jubilee. A wind in- strument of the ancient Hebrews: the tuba. Trumpet, Reed. An instrument con- sisting of a trumpet, within which were enclosed thirty-six brass-reeded pipes, ar- ranged in a circle, so that in turning the circle each pipe could, in turn, be brought between the mouth-piece and the bell of the instrument. Trumpet, Sea. A marine trumpet, for- merly much used at sea; a trumpet ma- rine ; a tromba marina. Trumpet, Silver. A straight trumpet of the ancient Hebrews, a cubit long, with a bell- shaped mouth. TRU 245 TUO Trumpet Stop. A stop In an organ hav- ing a tone similar to that of a trumpet. Trumpet Stop, Octave. A stop In an organ sounding an octave higher than the trumpet stop. Trumpet. Straight. An ancient instru- ment employed by the Hebrew priests in their daily service, and on extraordinary secular occasions. Trumpet, Thigh Bone. A trumpet used iu sacred worship among 1 the Hima- layan mountains, formed of a human thigh bone, perforated through both coudyles. Trumpet, Valve. A trumpet the tones of which are changed by the use of valves. Truncated Shake. A grace formed by two or more notes preceding the principal note. Trunk, Wind. A passage through which the air is carried from the bellows of an organ to its wind chest. T. S. The initials of Tasto Solo. Tseltsel. (Heb.) An ancient instrument, consisting of broad and large plates of brass of a convex form, like cymbals. Tseltselim. (Heb.) Instruments similar to cymbals. Tuba. (Lat.) A trumpet ; the sax tuba. Tuba Communi*. (Lat.) An instru- ment of the trumpet kind, in use among the ancients. Tuba Ductills. (Lat.) An ancient trumpet of a crooked form. Tubare. (Ita.) To blow the trumpet. Tuba Stentorofonica. (Ita.) Name first applied to the speaking trumpet; the stentorophonic tube. Tubatore. (Ita.) A trumpeter. Tubby. Wanting elasticity of sound; without free vibration. Tube, Stentorophonic. An ancient speaking trumpet, so called from Stentor, the herald alluded to by Homer. Tubicen. (Lat.) A trumpeter; one who plays on a trumpet. Tubicinate. To sound a trumpet. Tubular Instruments. Instruments formed of tubes, straight or curved, of wood or metal. Tuclcet. A flourish on a trumpet. Tucket Sonance. The sound of the tucket. Tudel. (Spa.) A metal pipe with a reed put into a bassoon. Tul-ndhyay. (ffin.) The third of the seven divisions of Hindoostanee music, describing the measures, with the manner of beating time. Turn-Turn. An African drum. Tumultuogo. (Ita.) Excited; stormy. Tunable. A term applied to all pipes, strings, and other sonorous bodies, which, from the equal density of their parts, are capable of being perfectly tuned. 21 Tuiiableness. Harmony. Tune. A piece of music ; a succession of measured sounds, at once agreeable to the ear, and possessing a distinct and striking character; to put into a proper musical state ; to bring into harmony ; being in a condition to give a proper sound. Tune, Ballad. The common song, or air of a ballad. Tuned. Put in tune. Tuneful. A term applied to sounds me- lodious either in their tone or by their succession, but more especially the former. Tuneless. Discordant; sounds ont of tune, or unmelodious in their succession ; false strings, false pipes, &o. Tune, Psalm. A melody suited to reli- gious worship; devotional music. Tuner. One whose occupation is to pnt musical instruments in tune, or to rectify their false sounds. Tunes, Act. Melodies performed between the acts of a play. Tunes, Border. Melodies composed in the English counties bordering on Scot- land. Tunes, Irish. Melodies of Irish origin, distinguished by wildness, sweetness, and pathos. Tunes, Play-house. A general name for all theatrical tunes in the seventeenth century. Tunes, Welsh. Melodies of the ancient Cambrians. Tuning. Putting in tune; rendering the tones of an instrument accordant. Tuning Fork. A small steel instrument, having two prongs, which, upon being struck, gives a certain fixed tone, used for tuning instruments, and for ascertaining or indicating the pitch of tunes. Tuning Fork, Chromatic. A tuning fork so constructed as to sound all the tones and semitones of the octave. Tuning Hammer. An instrument used by tuners in tightening or loosening the strings of the harp or piano, while tuning those instruments. Tuning, Intermediate. A method of tuning, in which each key yields a portion of its ideal purity for the common good of the others, and therefore holds a middle position between the enharmouically differ- ent tones. Tuning Key. A tuning hammer. Tuning Pins. Wrest pins; those pins about which the strings of a piano are wound, and by the turning of which the instrument is tuned. Tuning Slide. An English instrument for pitching the key note, producing thir- teen semitones from C to C. Tuoni 13cclesiastict. (Ita.) The eccle- siastical mode* or tones. Tuono. (Ita.) Tone. Tuoiio, Mezzo. (Ita.) A semitone. TUO 246 TYR Tnorbe (.Fre.) A theorbo. Tuppah. (Bin.) The dance and Its mn sic used in the procession of the car of Juggernaut. Turbo. (Grk.) A sea shell anciently em- ployed as a trumpet. Turca. (Ita.) Turkish. Tiirca Alia. (Ita.) In the Turkish style. Turdion. (Spa.) An ancient Spanish dance. Turn. An embellishment formed of appog- giatures, consisting of the note on which the turn is made, the note above, and the Bemitone below it (79). Turn, Back. A turn commencing on the semitone below the note on which the turn is made. Turn, Common. A turn commencing on the note above the note on which the turn is made (79). Turn, Direct. A turn expressed by the usual mguovi-ranote, and formed of the note above that over which the sign is written, then the principal note and the note below it, closing with the principal note (80). Turned Shake, Open. An open, plain shake, closing with a turn. Turn, Full. A turn consisting of four notes, immediately after that upon which the turn is made (81). Turn, Inverted. An embellishment formed by prefixing three notes to a prin- cipal note (82). Tuscli. (Ger.) A flourish of trumpets and kettle drums. Tute. (Ger.) A cornet. Tuten. ( Ger.} To blow the cornet. Tuter. (Ger.) A cornet player; a cow- herd blowing his horn. Tnthorn. (Ger.) The horn of a cowherd. Tutrice, Mnsica. (Ita.) A female teacher of music. Tutta. (Ita.) All. Tutta Forza. (Ita.) With the utmost vehemence ; as loud as possible. Tutte. (Ita.) All. Tutte Corde. (Ita.) Upon all the strings ; sometimes, in music for the piano, imply- ing that the pedal which shifts the move- ment must no longer be pressed down. Tutti. (Ita) All; the entrance of all the instruments, before or after the solo. Tuttl i Bassi. (Ita.) All the basses. Tnttl TTnisoni. (Ita.) The parts in uni- son ; the grand chorus. Tutto. (7/a.) All. Tuyau. (Fre.) An organ pipe. Twang. A series of sharp, quick, discon- nected sounds. Twelfth. An interval of twelve diatonic degrees. Twelfth Stop. An organ stop, made of metal . and tuned twelve notes above the diapason. Twelfth Stop, Octave. A stop of an organ soundiug an octave higher than the twelfth stop. Twelve Eighth Measure. A measure containing twelve eighth notes, or their equivalent, marked *. Twelve In. A peal upon twelve bells. Twelves and Elevens Metre. A me- tre designated thus, 12s & lls, consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapcstic meas- ure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 12, 11, 12, 11. Twelves, Eleven, and Eight Metre. A metre designated thus, 12s, 11, & 8, con- sisting of a stanza of four lines in anapes- tic measure, the syllables of each being in number and order as follows : 12, 11, 12, 8. Twelves Metre. A metre designated thus, 12s, consisting of a stanza of four lines in anapestic measure, each line con- taining twelve syllables. Twitter. A succession of small, tremulous tones ; the playful song or notes of a bird. Two Eighth Measure. A measure hav- ing the amount of two eighth notes, marked |. Twofold Measure. A measure divided into two equal parts. Two Half Measure. A measure con- taining the value of two half notes, and marked either 'j,, 2, or C. Two Quarter Measure. A measure containing two quarter notes, or smaller notes sufficient to amount to two quarters, marked ^. Two Semibreve Rest. A double note rest (26). Two Voiced. A composition for two voices ; a composition in two parts. Tye. A tie. Tymbal. A species of kettle drum. Tympaui. (Ita.) Kettle drums. Tympanize. To act the part of a drum- mer. Tympanizing. The stretching of a drum head, or the skin of a timbrel or banjo. Tympauo. (Ita.) Kettle drum. Tympauon. (Fre.) Dulcimer. Tympanum. (Lat.) A musical instru- ment of the ancients, similar to a tam- bourine. Type, Music. Notes of music cast in metal, or cut in wood, for the purpose of printing. Tyro. One just commencing musical prae tice. Tyrolienne. I Fre.) A dance peculiar to the inhabitant? of the Tyrol. UBE 247 UNI u. TTBERMASSTGE. (Ger.) Augmented; \J superfluous ia regard to intervals. i'buug. (Ger.) Aa exercise or study for any musical instrument. (Tbungsst ucke. ( Ger.) Pieces for study ; etudes. U. C. The initials of Una Corda. Vdimento. (Ita.) The act of hearing. Udito. (Ita.) The sense of hearing. Uditore. (It a.} An auditor; a hearer. Ueber Ktwas Abstain!. (Ger.) To be dissonant; to jar; to grate. I'ebungen. (Ger.) Exercises. Tebuujjeii im Auschlage iiiken Hand. (Ger.) Ex- ercises for the fingers of the left hand alone. Uebnngen im Anschlage der Fin- ger der Rechten Hand. (Ger.) Ex- ercises for the lingers of the right hand alone. T>bmis;'n im Znsammenspielen der Beiden Hiinde. (Ger.) Exer- cises for both hands together. Uebuug in Achtelii. (Ger.) Exercises in quavers. Uebnngen in Doppelgriflen. (Ger.) Exercises in double notes. Velmnj? zum Unter- und Ueber- set- zen. (Ger.) To pass the thumb under the fingers und the fingers over the thumb. Vsfab. (Heb.) An organ. Ugnale. (Ita.) Equal; just time. Ugualmente. (Ita.) Equally. Ulapunee. (ffin.) The fourth of the Srootis into which the fifth note of the Hindoo scale is divided. Ullaloo. One of the ancient forms of lamen- tation, sung or chanted by the Irish over the dead. 1'It.ra Florid Music. Several notes rap- idly sung to a syllable. Umkehrung. (Ger.) Inversion, in speak- ing of chords. Umschreibung. (Ger.) Circumscrip- tion ; limitation. Una. A little ; one. Una Altera Volta. (Ita.) Play it over again. Unaccented. A term applied to those parts of a measure which have no accent. Unaccompanied. A song or other vocal composition performed without instru- mental accompaniment. Uuaccordaut. Inharmonious. Unacknowledged Note. A note which is passing, skipping, and foreign to the chord in which it occurs. Una Corda. (Ita.) A term denoting that a passage is to be played upon one string. Un Amateur Instruit. (Fre.) An in- structed amateur. Un Buffo. (Ita.) A comic character in an opera. Unca. (Lot.) The old name for a qua- ver (18). Un Canto Spianato. (Ita.) A vocal composition, the notes of which are pecul- iarly distinct from one another. Unchanted. A portion of a musical com- position to be sung, not chanted. Und. (Ger.) And. Undecima. (Lat.) The eleventh. Under Board. The board which closes in the tops of the grooves of an organ, and in which as many holes are bored over each groove as there are stops on the sound board. Under Part. The subordinate part. Under Song. The burden or accompani- ment of a song ; a chorus. Under Voice. The singer who performs the bass. Undulation. A successive rising and fall- ing of tones, in a manner resembling the motion of waves. Undulazione. (Ita.) Undulation ; a wav- ing motion. Unequal Counterpoint. Compositions in notes of unequal duration. Unequal Temperament. A species of temperament in which one or more keys are brought nearer to the ideal purity, while others are removed BO much the farther from it. Unessential Notes. Notes which form no part of the harmony. Une Suite de Pieces. (Fre.) A series of lessons. Ungerade Taktart. (Ger.) Triple time. Ungestum. (Ger.) Impetuous. Ungezivungen. (Ger.) Easy; natural. Uuharmonious. Without harmony ; dis- cordant. Uunarmonischer Querstand. (Ger.) A false relation. Unis. An abbreviation of Unison, Unison. That consonance, or coincidence of chords, proceeding from an equality in the number of vibrations made in a given time by two sonorous bodies; the union of two rounds so directly similar to each other, in respect of acuteness, or gravity, that the ear perceives no difference, but re- ceives them as one; a single, unvaried tone. Uuisouance. The equality of the number UNI 248 UTR of vibrations of sonorous bodies in two equal times. Unisonancia. (Spa.) Uniformity of sound. t'nisomuit. A term applied to those sounds which arc of the same degree of acutcness or gravity. Unison, Augmented. A minor semi- tone. Unison!. (Ita.) A term implying that two, three, or more parts are to play in unison with each other, or, if this be not practicable, at least in octaves. Unison! Suoiii. (Ita.) Unisons. Unisonp. (/to. and Ger.) A unison; with one voice. Unisonous. Sounds having the same de- gree of acuteness. Unisonous Accompaniment. An ac- companiment in unison with the melody. Unite. (Fre.) Unity. Unity. A combination of parts so to con- stitute a whole, or a kind of symmetry of style and character. Unlvalvo. (Ita.) Of one valve. Univocal. A term formerly applied to octaves and their replicates. Unmeasured Recitatives. Recitatives without definite measure. Unmelodious. "Wanting melody. Unmusical . A word applicable to jarring, dissonant sounds; inharmonious; not capable of performing or of appreciating music. Un Peu. (Fre.) A little. Un Peu tent. (Fre.) Rather slow. Un Peu Plus Vite qn'Andante. (Fre.) A little quicker than andante. Un Peu Vite et Gai. (Fre.) Pretty quick and gay. Un Poco. (/to.) A little. Un Poco Meuo Allegro. (Ita.) A lit- tle less gay. Un Poco Piu Allegro. (Ita.) A little more brisk. Un Poco Piu Presto. (Ita.) A little quicker. Un Poco Itltenuto. (Ita.) Gradually slower. Un Kecitatiyo Splanatp. (Ita.) A recitative having notes distinct from each other. Umtngbar. (Ger.) Impossible to be fiui.g. Unstrung. Relaxed in tension; the con- dition ot an instrument from which the strings have been taken. Untcr. (Ger.) Under ; below. Unterbass. ( Ger.) Counter bass. Unterbrechung. ( Ger.) Interruption. Unterlasten. ( Ger.) The white keys. Un Terzo di Battuta. (Ita.) A third part of the bar. Cut iiiied. (Ger.) Not sonorous; void of tone. Uutnnable. Incapable of being tuned. Untune. To put out of tune ; to make dis- cordant, or incapable of harmony. Untuned. Not tuned ; discordant ; harsh. Up Beat. The raising of the hand, or baton, in beating or marking time. Up Bow Sign. A mark used in violin music, showing that the bow is to be car- ried up(12r). Upinge. (Grk.) A song consecrated by the ancient Greeks to Diana. Upper Board. That part of an organ placed directly over and parallel to the under board, perforated with holes corre spending with those in the under board and in which the feet of the pipes are placed. Upper Voice. A designation applied to the person who sings the higher part. Uprigbt Pianolortr. A pianoforte, the strings of winch are placed obliquely or vertically upward. Uranion. An instrument in make simi- lar to a harpsichord or pianoforte. Urlare. (Ger.) A disagreeable drawling and howling. Uscir di Tuono. (Ita.) To get out of tune. Usns. (Grk.') One of the branches of the melopoeia, comprising rules and direc- tions for the proper formation of melodies. Ut. (Fre.) A monosyllable used by the French to name and solfa the note C. Ut Mineur. (Fre.) C minor. Ut Queant X.axis. (Lat.) The com- mencing words of the hymn to St. John the Baptist, from which hymn Guido is said to have taken the syllables ut, re, mi, fa, sol, la, tor his system of solmization. Utricalaris Tibia. (Lat.) The asm* given by the Komtus to the bagpipe. 249 VER V. V THE initial of Violin. Va. (Ita.) Go on ; continue. Vacillando. (Ita.) Wavering; fluctu- ating ; vacillating. Va con Spirito. (Ita.) Continue in a spirited style. Va Crescendo. (Ita.) Continue to in- crease in louduess. Vaganti Suonl. (Ita.) Mo eable sounds ; the second and tliird sounds of every tet- rachord in the ancient system. Vago. (Ita.) With a vague expression. Vnleur. (Fre.) Value or length of notes in respect to time. Valore. (Ita.) Value. Valse. (Fre.) Waltz. Valse a Deux Temps. (Fre.) A modern waltz, in which the dancers make two steps in each measure. Value. Length of notes in respect to time. Valve. A close lid or other contrivance designed to retard or modify the sound of an organ pipe or any wind instrument. Valve Horn. A horn in which a portion of the tube is opened or closed by the use of valves, by which means a higher or lower pitch is obtained. Valve Trumpets. Trumpets whose tones are varied by the use of valves. V. and P. Violin and piano. Var. An abbreviation of Variation and Variasioni. Vardlokr. (Ice.) A magical song; an mentation. Vargeli. One of the classes of the Mys- teries, the subject of which was from the New Testament. Variameuto. (Ita.) In a free and varied manner ; variations. Variations. Ornamental repetitions, in which, while the original notes, harmony, and modulation are, or should be, so far preserved as to sustain the original sub- ject, the passages are extended in flour- ishes or multiplied sounds, and a more brilliant execution is produced. Varlato (Ita.) Varied ; changed ; al- tered. Varlazione. (Ita.) Variation. Variazioni. (Itn.) Variations. Varie. (Frt.) Varied ; arranged with va- riations. Var s. An abbreviation of Variations. VaterTJnser. (Ger.) Our Father. Vaudevil. A vaudeville. Vaudeville. (Fre.) A short, dramatic entertainment, interspersed with little airs ; a rustic ballad or song. Vaudevilllate. (Fre.) A toallad writer. Vaudvil. A vaudeville. Vc. An abbreviation of Violoncello, Vedel. (Dut.) A fiddle. Veemeiite. (Ita.) Vehement ; forcible. Veemenza, Con. (Ita.) With vehe- mence and force. Velato. (Ita.) Veiled; indistinct. Vellutato. (Ita.) Soft and smooth. Veloce. (Ita.) In a rapid time; as quick as possible. Velocemente. (Ita.) Quickly. Velocissimo. (Ita.) With extreme ra- pidity. Veloclta, Con. (Ita.) With velocity. Veneziana, Alia. (Ita.) In the Vene- tian style. Vepres. (Fre.) Vespers. Ver. An abbreviation of Verse. Veriimleruiigen. (Ger.) Variations. Verbindung. ( Ger.) Combination. Vergatterung. (Ger.) The assembly drum-beat. Vergellen. (Ger.) Applied to a tone, to be Tost by degrees ; to gradually diminish. Verger. The chief officer of a cathedral. Vergette. (Ita.) The tail of a note. Verghetta. (Ita.) The tail of a note. Vergliedern. (Ger.) To articulate. Verhallen. (Ger.) A gradual diminu- tion of sound. Verklingen. (Ger.) The fading or dying away of a sound. Verlagsrecht. (Ger.) Copyright. Verliiscliend. ( Ger.) Extinguishing. Verminderte. (Ger.) Diminished, in speakiug of intervals. Verschen. (Ger.) A small verse. Verse. A portion of an anthem or service intended to be performed by one singer to each part; an anthem beginning w'ith verse ; in poetry, a single line, in distinc- tion from a stanza, which consists of two or more lines. Verse, Acatalectic. A verse having the complete number of syllables, without defect or excess. Verse, Adonic. A verse consisting of one long and two short and two loug sylla- bles. Verse, Alcaic. A form of verse emploved by the poet Alczeiis, consisting of two dac- tyls and two trochees. Verse, Alcmanian. A verse consisting of six anapests or their : \uiviilcnta, want ing the last two syllables. VER 250 VER Verse, Alexandrian. 'A form of verse consisting of twelve syllables, or twelve and thirteen alternately, first introduced in a IID in entitled the Alexandriad. Verse, Anapestic. A verse each metrical foot of which contains two short sylla- bles and one long- one. Verse and Chorus Anthem. An an- them composed of verse and chorus, but commencing with chorus. Verse Anthem. An anthem containing verse and chorus / but commencing with verse. Verse, Ascleplad. A verse consisting of four feet, the first a spondee, the sec- ond a choriambus, and the last two dactyls. Verse, Asynartete. A verse consisting of two members having different rhythms. Verse, Blank. Verse without rhyme, particularly the heroic verse of five feet without rhyme. Verse, Brachycatalectic. A verse wanting two syllables. Verse Bringen. ( Ger.) To versify. Verse, Catalectic. Verse wanting a Ryl- lable at the end ; terminating witli an im- perfect foot. Verse, Dactylic. A verse ending with a dactyl instead of a spondee. Verse, Doggerel. Low, burlesque verse ; irregular verse. Verse, Elegiac. A pentameter verse used in elegies. Verse, Epic. Hexameter verse used in the epic poetry of the Greeks and Ro- mans. Verse, Glyconic. A species of Greek or Latin verse formed of a spondee, a chori- ambus, and a pyrrhic. Verse, Hendecasyllabie. A verse of eleven syllables. Verse, Heroic. That in which acts of heroism are commemorated : in Greek and Latin, the hexameter ; in Italian, Ger- man, and English, the iambic often syl- lables ; in French, the iambic of twelve syllables. Verse, Hexameter. A verse having six feet, of which the first four may be either dactyls or spondees, the fifth must be a dactyl, and the sixth a spondee. Verse, If udibrastic. Verse in the style of Hudibras ; doggerel verse. Verse, Hypercatalectic. A verse hav- ing one or more syllables too many at the end. Verse, Iambic. A verse the metrical feet of which consist of a short syllable fol- lowed by a long one, or of an unaccented syllable followed by an accented one. Verse, Ionic. A verse in Ionic metre the greater Ionic consisting of a spondee and a pyrrhic, the smaller Ionic of a pyrrhic and n spondee. Verse, Leonine. A verse the termination of which rhymes with tire middle word. Verseln. (Ger.) To rhyme ; to scribble rhyme. Verse, Lyric. Verse designed to bo sung ; among the ancients, verse sung with an accompaniment on the lyre. Verse Machen. (Ger.) lomake versee; a couplet ; a strophe. Verse, Palindrome. A palindromie verse. Verse, Palindromie. A verse which in the same read backwards or forwards. Verse, Pyrrhichinn. A verse each met- rical foot of which is a pyrrhic, eonsi itiug of two short syllables. Verses, Acrostic. Verses in which the first, or the first and last, letters of each spell some name, title, or motto. Verses, Amoebean. Alternating verses ; verses arranged in dialogue form. Verse, Sapphic. In poetry, a measure of eleven syllables in five feet, of which the first, fourth, and fifth are trochees, the econd a spondee, and the third a dactyl. Verses, Cento. Verses formed by uniting passages from different poems. Verse, Serpentine. A verse commencing and closing with the same word. Verse Service. A service in which verses arc introduced. Verses, Paracrostic. Verses of which the first contains, in order, all the letters which commence the remaining verses of the poem. . Verses, Peiitacrostlc. Verses so dis- posed as to have five acrostics of the samo name in five divisions of each verse. Verse, Spondaic. A verse formed of spondees, that is, of feet consisting of two long syllables. Verses, Triplet. Three verses rhyming together. Verset. A little verse. Verse, Tetrameter. A verse of J'o'ir measures or feet. Verse, Trochaical. Verse consisting of trochees. Versetta. (Ita.) A short verse. Versetten. ( Ger.) Short movements for the organ, intended as preludes, inter ludes, or postludes to psalm tunes, &c. Versetto. (Ita.) A short verse. Versetzen. (Ger.) To transpose. V-rsct/.iiii;;-Zeichen. (Ger.) Mark;/ of transposition. Versicle. A little verse ; short sentences in the liturgy. Versiculet. ( Fre.) A little verse. Versificatewr. (Fre.) Versifier. Versillo. (Spa.) A little vcrst. Versi Sciolti. (Ita.) Blank vtrse. Versmass. (Ger.) The measure of the verse ; the metre. Versmessung. ( Ger.) The metrical art, VER 251 V30 Verso. (Ita.) Verse. Verso Obligate. (Ita.) A style of im- provisation in which a set rhyme and theme are prescribed. Versus Fescennini. Nuptial songs, so called because they wore first used by the people of Fessennia, a city of Etruria. Verte Snbito. (Lot.) Turn the leaf quickly. Vertical Slur. A perpendicular slur, or curved line, denoting that the chord before which it stands is to be performed in imitation of harp music, or in arpeggio style (78). VertOnen. (Ger.) To cease sounding; to die away. Verwandt. (Ger.) Related; relative as to the keys. Verwechslung. (Ger.) A change or mutation. Verweilend. (Ger.) Retarding. Verzierimg. (Ger.) Embellishment; va- riation. Vesperce. (Lot.) Vespers, or the evening service of the Roman Catholic church. Vesperal. (Lat.) A book of vespers. Vesper Bell. The sounding of a bell about half an hour after sunset in Roman Catholic countries, calling to vespers. Vesper Hymn. A hymn sung in the even- ing service of the Roman Catholic church. Vespers. The evening song or service of the Roman Catholic church. Vespertinl IVsalmi. (Lnt.) Evening psalms or hymns. Vessels, Acoustic. Brazen tubes or ves- sels of bell shape, employed in the thea- tres of the ancients to propel the voice of the performers to distant points. Vezzosamente. (Ita.) Tenderly. Vibrante. (Ita.) A peculiar manner of touching the keys of the piano, by which a vibratory or tremulous sound is produced. Vibrare. (/to.) To vibrate. Vibration. The tremulous motion of any sonorous body by which the sound is pro- duced, the sound being grave or acute as the vibrations are fewer or more numerous in any given time; a close shake (87). Vibration Slurs. Slurs made on two strings of a guitar by playing the higher note and forcibly striking with the finger of the left hand the note to be slurred. Vlbratissimo. (/to.) Vibrated to its fullest extent. Vibrato. (Ita.) With a strong, vibrating quality of tone. Vibrato Jlolto. (/to.) Violently rapid. Vide. (Fre.) Open ; in all music for stringed instruments, denoting that the note over which it is placed must be played on the open string. Videl. (Ger.) A fiddle. Vido. (/to.) A word formerly given to the sound produced on the open string of a violin or violoncello. Vielle. (Fre.) A hurdy-gurdy. Vielleur. (Fre.) A player upon the cymbal , Vielstimmig. (Ger.) Many voiced. Vielstimmiges Toiistwck. (Ger.) A piece for several voices . choral piece; a glee. Vieltdnig. (Ger.) Multisonous; many- sounding. Vier. (Ger.) Four. Vlersjestricneue Note. (Ger.) A deml- semiquaver. Vierhitndig. ( Ger.) For four hands. Vierhandiges Tonstiick. (Ger.) A piece for four hands. Vier ftlassig. (Ger.) Containing four measures. Viersaitig. (Ger.) Four stringed. Viersaitige ,eier. (Ger.) A four-stringed lyre; a tetrachord. Vlerspiel. ( Ger.) A quadrille ; a quartet. Vierstimmig. (Ger.) For four voices. Vierstimmige. (Ger.) Four-voiced. Vierstimmiges Tonstiick. (Ger.) A quartet. Vierte. (Ger.) Fourth. Viertel. (Ger.) Crotchet (17). Viertel IVote. (Ger.) A crotchet ; a quar- ter note (17). Vierundsechzigatel. (Ger.) Hemidemt- semiquavers (21). Vier Viertel Takt. ( Ger.) Measure iu common time. Vierzehn. ( Ger.) Fourteen. Vierzehute. ( Ger.) Fourteenth. Vietato. (Ita.) Prohibited; a term applied to intervals and modulations not allowed by the laws of harmony. Vigore, Con. (/to.) With force and vigor. Vigorosamente. (Ita.) Boldly. Vigoroso. (Ita.) Bold ; with vigor. Vi< et Anime. (Fre.) Quick and spirited. Vihuela. (Si>a.) Guitar. Vihuellsta. (Spa.) A guitar player. Villancico. (Spa.) A metrical composi- tion sung in churches on certain festival occasions. Villanciquero. (Spa.) One who com- poses small metrical compositions for churches. Villanella. (Ita.) An old rustic dance; the tune to which it was danced. Villano. (Spa.) A Spanish dance. Villotte. (/to.) One of the names given to the first secular music in parts after the invention of counterpoint. Vina. A fretted instrument of the guitar style, in use in Hindoostan. Vlo. An abbreviation of Violin. VIO 252 VIO Viol. A stringed instrument, resembling, in shape and tone, the violin, or which it was the origin, but larger in size, and fur- nished with six strings, to be struck with a DOW, tind a neck having frets for stopping the strings. Viola. A tenor violin ; an instrument sim- ilar in tone and formation to the violin, but larger in size, and having a compass a fifth lower in the great scale of sounds. Viola, Al ta. (/to.) A counter tenor viol. Viola Bastarda. (Ha.) \ bastard viol, with six or seven strings, an ancient instrument. Viola dl Amore. (Ita.) A viol of love; a viol larger than the violin, having six brass or steel wires, yielding a very soft and silvery sound. Viola dl Bardone. (Ita.) A large viol, having forty-four strings, used by the ancients. Viola dl Bracclo. (Ita.) Viol of the arm; the counter tenor viol, resembling the viola, so called because held upon the arm while being played. Viola dl Gamba. (Ita.) Viol of the leg ; so called from the manner of holding it while being played upon. It resembles the viol, but is larger. Viola dl Cambist. (Ita.) A performer or professor of the viol di gamba. Viola di Spalla. (Ita.) Viol of the shoulder; an instrument intermediate in size between the viola and the viola di gamba, and held upon the shoulder while being played. Viola. Full-toned. An old instrument of a larger size than the violin, but other- wise the same. Viola Quarta. (Ita.) The fourth viol. Viol, Arm. An instrument answering to the counter tenor, treble or fifth violin, named, by Italians, viola di braccio. Violars. Strolling violinists of the 12th century. Viola, Tenore. (Ita.) A tenor viol. Viol, Baas. The violoncello; a stringed instrument in the form of a violin, but much larger, having four strings and eight stops, wnich are subdivided into semi- stops, and performed on with a bow. Viol Iusik. (Ger.) Concert. Vollstimmigeg Toiistuck. (Ger.) Symphony. Vollstimmigkeit. (Ger.) Perfect har- mony. Volltouige Stlmme. (Ger.) Full toned, sonorous voice. Volonte. (Fre.) Will; pleasure. Volta. (Ita.) Time; turn; an old three- timed air; an old Italian dance in J time. Volta Prima. (Ita.) The first time. Voltare. (Ita.) Turn over; change. Volta Seconda. (Ita.) The second time. Volte. (Ita.) An obsolete dance resem- bling the galliard, written in ^ time. Volti. (Ita.) Turn over, or change. Volti Segue la Seconda Parte. (Ita.) Turn over, the second part follows. Volti Subito. (Ita.) Turn over quickly. Volubllita, Con. (Ita.) With freedom and ease. Volubilmeiite. (Ita.) With volubility and freedom of performance ; with ease. Volume. The compass of a voice ; the tone or power of a voice; the quantity or full- nesa of the sound of a voice or instrument. Voluntary. An extemporaneous intro- ductory performance s composition gen- erally consisting of two or three move- ments, calculated to display the capabilities of an organ and the skill of the player. Voluntary, Concluding. A voluntary for an organ designed to be performed at the conclusion of church service. Volver a la .Wisma Canciou. (Spa.) To return to the old tune. Von. (Ger.) By; of. Vpraiisnahme. (Ger.) An anticipation in melody or harmony. Vorbereitnng. (Ger.) A preparation. Vorbereitiingsnnterricht. (Ger.) Pre- paratory lesson; elementary instruction. Vorhalt. (Ger.) A suspension or retar- dation either in melody or harmony ; a pro- longed note. Vorheulen. (Ger.) To sing in a whining tone. Vorklingcn. (Ger.) To sound louder or stronger. Vorleiern. ( Ger.) To play tediously on an instrument. Vorsaiig. (Ger.) Leading off in the song; act of beginning the tune. Vorsanger. (Ger.) The leading singer in a choir; a precentor. Vorschlag. (Ger.) Anappoggiatura(64). Vorspiele. (Ger.) An introductory move- ment; a prelude in organ playing. Vorspielen. (Ger.) To be the leader of an orchestra; to prelude. Vorzeichnung. (Ger.) The signature. Vox. (Lot.) Voice. Vox Acuta. (Lat.) An acute or high voice. Vox Gravis. (Lat.) A grave or low voice. Vox Humana Stop. An organ stop re- sembling in tone the sound of the human voice. Voz. (Spa.) Voice ; sound in general ; vocal music. Voz Argeutada. (Spa.) A clear, sonorous voice. Voz Cascarrona. (Spa.) A harsh, un- pleasant tone of voice. Voz de Carretero. (Spa.) A harsh, loud, unpleasant voice. Vozes. (Spa.) Voices. V. P. The initials of Violino Prime. V. Primo. (Ita.) First violin. V. S. The initials of Volti Subito, and of Vlolino Seconda. Vuide. (Fre.) Open ; a term used in mu- sic for stringed instruments; vide. V. V. Violins; two violins. Vyrdon. ( Wei.) The sixth string of tto cruth. 256 WHO W. THE initial of Waltz. . . Walts. Originally, musical watch- men who guarded me streets in England ; latterly, persons who, about Christmas, play psalm tunes, Ac., in the streets dur- ing the night ; an obsolete term for haut- boys. Waldhorn. ( Ger.) Hunting horn ; bugle. Wals. (Dut.) A waltz. Waltz. (Ger.) A dance originating in Germany, performed by two persons in circular figures, with a whirling motion ; music usually in | measure, regulating the movements of the dance. Walzer. (Ger.) A waltz. Warble. To quaver the sound ; to modu- late with turns or variations, in a manner imitative of the songs of birds ; to be qua- vered or modulated. War Songs. Songs written for and sung for the purpose of inspiring soldiers, or of celebrating a victory. Wassail. An old term signifying a merry or coiurlVial song or glee ; a ditty. Wasserongel. (Ger.) Hydraulic organ. Water Bubble. A name applied by Eng- lish bird fanciers of the last century to a bird note resembling in sound that of the flowing of water through a deep and nar- row channel. Watering Call. A call or sound of a trumpet, on which the cavalry assemble to water their horses. Water Music. A term applied by Handel to certain airs composed by him and per- formed on the water by the first band of wind instruments instituted in England. Water Organ. The hydraulica. Waves of Sound. Undulations propa- gated to the car and producing sound. Waving T,ine. A line which, when placed perpendicularly upon the staff, indicates tfaat the notes are not to be played liter- ally all together at the same instant, but a mere trifle after each other, the lowest generally first. If their succession should be as swift as possible, a line is drawn across the notes (115). When the line is placed horizontally, it shows that the ef- fect of the 8va sign is to be prolonged to the extent of the line (61, d). Wayghtes. Waits ; itinerant musicians who perform in the streets during the nights preceding Christmas. Way, L.yra. One of the two modes of notation in the ancient Greek system. Weak Parts. The unaccented parts of a measure. Web. Chron. An abbreviation of Wtbcr Chronometer. Weber Chronometer. An instrument similar to a metronome, but simpler in its construction, invented by Weber. It con- sists of a piece of twine, about five feet in length, on which are fifty-five inch spaces, and a small weight at the lower end, the degree of motion being determined by the length of twine swinging with the weight. Its use is shown by a sign (131). Wechselchor. (Ger.) Alternate chorus or choir. Wechselnoten. (Ger.) Irregular tran- sient notes ; appoggiaturas. Wehmuth. (Ger.) Sadness. Wehmuthig. (Ger.) Sad; sorrowful. Weiberstlmme. ( Ger.) A female voice ; treble voice. Weiblichereime. (Ger.) Trochaic rhymes. Weihnachtslied. (Ger.) Canticle at Christmas ; Christmas hymn or carol. Welche. (Ger.) Minor in respect to keys and mode. Weichelled. (Ger.) A consecration song. Welse. (Ger.) Melody ; air ; song. Weite Harmonic. (Ger.) Dispersed harmony. Welsh Harp. An instrument of ancient origin, having about one hundred strings. Welsh Tunes. Melodies of the ancier.t Cambrians, and said by Caradocus, in hi; Chronicle of Wales, to be derived from the Irish through the means of Griffith Ap-Conan, of Irish birth, and King of North Wales. Weltliche. (Ger.) Secular. Weltllche t,ieder. (Ger.) Worldly songs ; secular songs. Werk. (Ger.) Work ; opus. Wesentlich. (Ger.) Essential. Wettgesaug. (Ger.) A singing match. Whalghtes. Waits. Whiffle. A fife or small flute. Whlffler. A fifer or a piper. Whistle. A small, shrill wind instrument, in tone resembling a fife, but blown at the end, like the old English flute; to make musical sound by blowing through a small orifice made by compressing the lips. White Notes. The notes with open heads. Whizzing. A humming or hissing sound in a voice or instrument. Whole IVote. A semibreve (15). Whole IVote Rest. A pause equal in length to a whole note (2~). Whole Shift. A violin shift on the eighth lint-, or A. WHO 257 XYL Whole Tone. A tone ; a large second. Wiederholung. ( Ger.) Repetition. Wicderholungszeichen. (Ger.) Signs for repetition. Wiederkliugen. (Ger.) To reeound ; to reecho. Wlna. (Hin.) An instrument of India, consisting of a bamboo body attached to two large gourds, mounted with strings, which in playing are pressed on bridges with the fingers. Winch. A rectangular lever within a bar- rel or hand organ, by means of which the bellows are moved. Wind. To sound so that the notes are prolonged and naturally involved. Wind Chest. An air-tight box under the sound board of an organ, into which the wind passes from the bellows, and from which it passes to the pipes. Wind Instruments. A general name for nil instruments the sounds of which are produced by the breath or by the wind of bellows. Windlade. (Ger.) The wind chest of an organ. Wind Orchestra. A combination of va- rious wind instruments. Windstock. ( Ger.) Cover of organ pipes. Wind Trnnk. A large passage in an organ through which air is conveyed from the bellows to the wind chest. Windzunge. (Ger.) Tongue of an organ pipe. Winselig. (Ger.) Plaintive. Winselstimme. (Ger.) A plaintive voice. Wirbel. (Ger.) A peg of a violin, tenor, &c. ; a drum roll. Wirbel Einer Gelge. (Ger.) Peg or screw of a violin. Wirbelstoclt. (Ger,) A Bound board. Wogend. (Ger.) Waving. Wohlklang. (Ger.) Agreeable sound; harmony. Wohlklingend. (Ger.) Harmonious; sonorous. Wohl-lant. ( Ger.) Euphony ; harmony. Wohl-lauten. (Ger.) To sound agree- ably. Wolf. A noise produced by playing npon an organ which, in being tuned, has had all its imperfections so arranged as to fall upon remote keys which are seldom used; the interval from the false octave, by the fifth, to the true one. Wonnegesang. (Ger.) A delightful, charming song. Wood Horn, The French horn. Wood Instruments. Such as have bone or wood for their body. Wood Quartet. A quartet consisting of the flute, oboe, clarionet, and bassoon. Worked-np Fugue. A fugue consist- ing of several themes, and having many developments. Wortklang. (Ger.) Accent; tone. Wrest. An old name for a tuning key. Wrest Pins. Movable pins in a piano, about which one end of the string is wound, and by turning of which the in- strument is tuned. Wrest Plank. That part of a piano in which the wrest pins are fixed. Wrist Guide. That part of Logier'i chiroplast which guides the wrist. Wuiiderlich. (Ger.) Odd; capricious. Wunderstimme. (Ger.) A wonderful, extraordinary voice. Wiirde. ( Ger.) Dignity. Wurdlg. ( Ger.) Worthy ; dignified. Wnth. ( Ger.) Madness ; rage. X. VABARDILLO. (Spa.) A company of A- strolling players. Xales?a. (Spa.) A wind instrument of The Moors. Xabeha. (Spa.) A Moorish wind instru- ment similar to a flute. Xacara. (Spa.) A rustic tune for singing or dancing ; a dance. Xacarcro. (Spa.) To sing xacaras. Xanorphica. A keyed violin. Xuuori>liika . ( Ger.) A German instru- 22 * ment having a violin bow and keys; keyed violin. Xenorphica. An instrument of the harp- sichord and pianoforte class. Xnlharmonicon. An instrument in ita general character similar to the pianoforte and harpsichord. Xylorganon. (Ger.) An instrument composed of dry staves of wood united with straw, and struck in the same nan* ner as a dulcimer. YA 258 ZI3 Y. YA. (Chi.) One of the eight gperfes ! Ynmljo. of sound in the musical system of the Chinese, being that produced from wood. Yabal. (Hel.) The blast of a trumpet. Yauibico. (Spa.) An iambic. (Spa.) An Iambic foot. Yastio. (Grk.) One of the ancient Greek modes or tones. Yonico. (Grk.) The Ionic mode of the Greeks. Z. ZA. A syllable formerly applied by the French, in their church music, to B flat, to distinguish it from B natural, called St. Zaliorar. (Spa.) To have a repast with music. Zamacuca. The national dance of the Chilians. Zambacueca. A favorite dance of the Peruvians. Zambapalo. (Spa.) An ancient dance. Zambomba. (Spa.) A kind of rustic drum. Znmbra. (Spa.) A festival attended with dancing and music. Zampogino. (Ita.) A small flageolet or bagpipe. Zampogna. (Ita.) The flute-a-bec, or common flute. Zampognare. (Ita.) To play oil the pipes. Zampoguatore. (Ita.) A piper. Zampognatorl. (Ita.) Mountain min- strels. Zampognetta. (Ita.) A small pipe ; bagpipe. Zampognino. (Ita.) A small flageolet or bagpipe. Zampoiia. (Spa.) A rustic instrument ; a kind of bagpipe. Zampoiiear. (Spa.) To play the bag- pipe. Zang. (Dut.) Song. Zangl. (Per.) A little bell. Zapatear. (Spa.) To beat time with the foot. Zarubanda. (Spa.) An old dance in waltz time ; a dance ; a sarabanda. Zarambeque. (Spa.) A kind of merry tune and noisy dance. Zarge. (Ger.) The sides of musical in- struments of the violin class. Zart. ( Ger.) Tender ; delicate. Ztirtlicb. (Ger.) Affectionate ; tender. Zanberlied. (Ger.) A charming song. Zauberstlmme. ((7er.) A charming, bewitching voice. Zehn. (Ger.) Ten. Zehnte. (Ger.) Tenth Zeichen, Alt. (Ger.) The C clef on the third line. Zeitmass. (Ger.) The time or degree of movement. Zel. A Moorish instrument of music, sim- ilar to the cymbals. Zelo. (Ita.) Zeal. Zelosamente. (Ita.) Zealously and en- thusiastically. Zeloso. (Ita.) Zeal ; enthusiasm. Zeiig. (Per.) The Persian eymbals. Zerstrent. (Ger.) Dispersed, scattered, with respect to the notes of arpeggios or chords, the situation of the different parts of a composition, J J "j -I'l - i,/ j.} g) g _f)_ . . . 1_ i Biacu j2 : ^Tzzq:nj=J:^^ tJL-J:zy_ : jji vvtjco \^\y 4 J "i * j Large. 1 1 13 * . tong. Old form of Brere. Old form of SemibreTe. O Old fom of Minim. 4. Double Note. W Breve. _. MTiole Note. SS? [ Half Note. _j=_ Minim. | Quarter Note. . 18. Crochet. | Eighth Note. t~-'. Quaver. ~~-~^ Sixteenth Note. H2~ZT 20. Thirty-Second Note. Semiquaver. H^HZ Demisemiquaver. V^ Sixty-Fourth Note. Hemidemisemiquaver. 9 One Hundred and Twenty-Eighth Note. m l>eiultiuldcuiisemlciuaver. ^ 23. Eight-Note Rest. Eight Semibreve Best. II 24. Six-Note Best. Six Semibreve Best. 25. Four-Note Best. I J*onll Flat. 60. A A'atural employed to contradict a Flat or Sharp, -. r.y fe- Or to restore the single Flat or Sharp. " ~~ ^ 81. Abbreviation Mark*. ^ ^ ^ ^ fc ' 9 * 98 . _q 62 Time Signatures. or indicating two half or bur quarter notes in each bar. | two quarter. jj three half. | three quarter. J three eighth. | six quarter. six eighth. * 8 2 twelve eightli . }jj J g ^ APPENDIX. 265 63. Horizontal Lines, or Strokes. 7 6 7 64. Appoggiatnras. 65. Triplets. 66. Double Triplet. Seitole. 67. Arpeggio. 68. Tremolo. 69. Tremando. 70. Bind or Tie. 71. Tied Notes. 72. A Beat. 6 ~ 9 p f ff g r * | t~~~[i \~ p r Written. Played. Written. ^ Played. -g 1 1" Written. Played. Written. Played. g*J Sometimes represented by 266 APPENDIX. 73. Legato. 74. I>emi-r,egato. 75. Staccato. 76. T>eml-Staccato. 77. A Slur. 80. Direct g 9 ~\- ~-* Turn. 81. Full Torn. Written. Playe*. 8 82. Inverted Torn. 83. Partial Turn. E335I5 1 84. A Torn, With, the not* above made Flat. J? ess 86. Marks of a Trill or Shake* 85. A Turn, With the no* JeJo made Sharp. fr. 87. Sign of a Vibration, or Close Plain Trill or Shake. 88. Plain Trill or Shake. Written. fa Played. - m -*-p-*-T-f-m\ 89. Prepared Trill or Shake. -*+^-&-^p \ -^ i ^-r^-^^ 90. fcle Trill or Shake. J f r5l*T*ltj APPENDIX. tr tr 267 01. Passing Trill or Shake. 92. After Note. 03. Double After Note j ^"s^ *r Written. Played. Written. Played. 04. Figures of Diminution. 05. Sign of Short Mordente. lv or /w or 06. Sign of r > 268 APPENDIX 108. Sign* of Sf onato Assal. ^-* ' *-f ' 100. Signs of Forzando, indicating that a tone is to ] be emphasized stronger than its rhythmical accent j requires. V A 110. Crowned IVotc . r - Ul. ot. 112. Signatures of the Keys. Key of C. Key of O. Key of D. Key of A. r Key of . Key of B. Key of P. ^: &- Key < to=fr &: Key of G|J. APPENDIX. 269 113. Pause or Hold. ,/T\ 114. A. Direct. -vv 115. Waving Line. 116. Harmonic Mark. O 118. 119. 121. 122. 124. 120. 127 129. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 133. Division Marks. Colon. S Notes marked by the Telemaun'a Curve. Sign of a Phrase. Reversed C. ^ rjjmizzziE..,,^^ -urc 3, 5, 7, 9, *. 120. Sign of a Period. 123. Sign of a Section. Q 125. Barred C, or Semi-circle. Cadence Marks. Father ! thy | will, not | mine be | done. Up Bow Sign. A 128. Down Bow Sign. [ [ Circolo. M o r> 130. Metronome Marks ^ ' ~~ Weber Chronometer Signs. Web. Chron. J = 38" Rh., (39 1 Eng.) In the Natural Scale or Gamut of Wind Instruments, Denotes an open hole, O ii ii . . . . Compound Triple Time. Nine-sixteenth measure ' Note-lines Staff. Quarter-note Crotchet. Scale Gamut. Second Tone. Six-eighth measure | Compound Common Tim- Six-quarter measure ' Sixty-fourth note Hemidemisemiquaver. Sma'fl Minor. Small fifth Flat Fifth. Small fourth Perfect fourth. Small second Semitone. Soprano Treble. Superfluous Extreme sharp. Thirty-second note Demisemiquaver. Three-eighth measure Triple Time. Threefold chord Triad. Three-half measure j , e Time Three-quarter measure ' Tones Sounds. Trill Shake. Twelve-eighth measure Compound Common Time.- Two-nail measure | Common Time. Two-quarter measure Voice Part. Whole note Semfbrcve. (tn) ELEVENTH REVISED EDITION. RUDIMENTS OF MUSIC 70 B THE USE OF and th^ir AMD ESPECIALLY INTENDED FOB CLASS TEACHING. BY EUGENE TRASTOUR DE VARANO, A, ML, Professor of Musical Science of the University of the City of New York. SEE TESTIMONIALS ITEOM 8 B- MILLS AND L. M. aOTTSOH4JLK OK TOUOWINQ PAOK8. NEW- YORK ? PUBLISHED BY S. T. GORDON & SON, 18 &AM FOURTEENTH STREET, NEAR FIFTH Entered according to Act of Congren, ta the year 1886, by S. T. GORDON, b iLu U'erk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Souther* District of New York. RUSSELL BROTHERS, PRINTERS, 17 TO 23 ROSE ST., N. V. TESTIMONIALS. Although the book of Mr. Eugene Trastour recommends itself U the impartial reader by its clearness, its correctness and its concise- ness, "yet, as it has been examined by competent judges who have pronounced on its merits and declared It to be the best book ever written of the kind, we will give a few of the testimonials received. S. T. GOKDON, Publisher. From L. M. GOTTSCHALK, ESQ. DEAR SIR: I have carefully read the "Rudiments of Music," which you have written and intend publishing. I consider your work to be admirably well calculated to facilitate a progressive knowledge of the rudiments of music. It will impart a clear and correct knowledge of the principles of music and its use will greatly benefit the musical student. We have long felt the want of such a book for class teaching and the Boards of Education of our large cities could hardly do the cause of art a creator favor than by adopting your excellent book in ill the ward schools at once. N. Y., Sept. 7th, 1864. L. M. GOTTSCHALK. To ECGKXK TRASTOCR, Esq Care of Messrs. Beer & Schirmer, 701 Broadway, N. Y. a 4 TESTIMONIALS. From S. B. MILLS, ESQ. I have seen and carefully read Mr. Eugene Trastour's excellent book on the " Rudiments of Music," and I most earnestly recommend it to all musical people, teachers, pupils, etc. I feel sure that it supplies a want long felt by the profession and the public. N. Y., Sept. 8th, 18G4. S. B. MILLS. From B. BEER, ESQ., of the firm of Beer '240, l>i's. Exercises Jonrnaliers, Part 2, 2 00 Book 1 and 2, each 1 00 75 f.5 j/ v.XOi 1 - 1, Part I, A. W. lierg, 1 00 2, " 100 PUPH/S Dally Exercise 025 Major and Minor Keys - 15 SCHMIDT'S 1'iaui ^paiiiou, 60 TWELVE UK 1 LEANT 1'RELll'ES, for Piano , J. H. Jone*,. . 065 BL"KKO\VKS' Piftuo Pri-ntr and Guide, 30 :h, 1). A. Warden, 1 50 UAL I ^ 00 Y ' F.I L.'iX !>'.-> Xt-vv POIITKIi'H Vl^li-.! ' 'illion, , . . . .3 00 . ..1 00 " 2, Conn.. . ' , 200 . score ,' COOKE'S Vocal Method,. . |M\ I 1 50 1 ,, 200 50 ..,'. > .. .1 00 TWEXTi' KIVE i "2, A th (], ,. . ..1 00 TEMP MA Xi . 60 V,H -S' d in the T'nit-d Statf-s, and tl n>nt of : .ripo. -NG-rORTES, MELODEONS AND HARMONIUMS,